ML20154A888
| ML20154A888 | |
| Person / Time | |
|---|---|
| Site: | Byron, Braidwood  |
| Issue date: | 10/02/1998 |
| From: | COMMONWEALTH EDISON CO. |
| To: | |
| Shared Package | |
| ML20154A871 | List: |
| References | |
| NUDOCS 9810050034 | |
| Download: ML20154A888 (250) | |
Text
{{#Wiki_filter:_-. .- -- . .- .- . - - _ - - . - _ _ - . . . . - - . - . - AC Sourcee. -Operating 3.8.1 1 3.8 ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS j O' 3.8.1 AC Sources-Operating l I LC0 3.8.1 The following AC electrical sources shall be OPERABLE: a. Two qualified circuits per bus between the offsite transmission network and the onsite Class 1E AC Electrical Power Distribution System, and
- b. Two Diesel Generators (DGs) capable of supplying the onsite Class 1E AC Electrical Power Distribution System.
APPLICABILITY: MODES 1, 2. 3. and 4. ACTIONS l l l CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME A. One or more buses with A.1 Perform SR 3.8.1.1 1 hour one required qualified for the required f) circuit inoperable. OPERABLE qualified AND
'V circuits.
Once per 8 hours thereafter AND A.2 Restore required 72 hours qualified circuit (s) to.0PERABLE status. ,A_ND 6 days from discovery of failure to meet LCO (continued) l l V l i BYRON - UNITS 1 & 2 3. 8.1 - 1 8/26/98 Revision A 9810050034 981002 PDR ADOCK 05000454 P pm
i AC Sources-Operating
.3.8.1 L. ./* ACTIONS -(continued) l( CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME ,
l B. One required DG B.1 Perform SR 3.8.1,1 1 hour-inoperable. for the required qualified circuits. AND , Once per 8 hours l thereafter AND B.2- Declare required . 4 hours from o feature (s) sup>orted discovery of i I
'by the inopera)le DG Condition B inoperable when its concurrent with required redundant inoperability of feature (s) is redundant inoperable. required feature (s)
AND B.3.1 Determine OPERABLE DG 24 hours' l is not inoperable due x to common cause failure.
.Qg !
B.3.2 Perform SR 3.8.1.2 24 hours for OPERABLE DG. AND B.4 Restore DG to 72 hours OPERABLE status. AND 6 days from discovery of failure to meet LCO (continued) iO BYRON - UNITS 1 & 2 3. 8.1 - 2 8/26/98 Revision A
1
+ '
__AC Sources-Operating 3.8.1- l l X ACTIONS- (continued) d CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME I l
, 'C. One or more' buses with C.1 = Restore one required 24 hours two required qualified qualified circuit per circuits inoperable, bus to OPERABLE status. .
Y D. One DG inoperable'and- NOTE
- a. one or more buses with Enter applicable Conditions
# one required qualified - and Required Actions of circuit- inoperable. LC0 3.8.9. " Distribution
' 4l Systems-Operating." when 4- QR. Condition D is entered with ;
no AC power source to a , One DG inoperable and division. i one bus with two. required qualified circuits inoperable. D .'1 Restore required 12 hours ; qualified circuit (s) i to OPERABLE status.
/3 g3 L1 D.2 Restore DG to 12 hours*
OPERABLE status. , i E. Two DGs inoperable. E.1 Restore one DG to 2 hours OPERABLE status. I F. Required Action and F.1 Be in MODE 3. 6 hours associated Completion
. Time of Condition A. AND L B. C. D. or E not met.
u F.2 Be in MODE 5. 36 hours (continued) ~ L) BYRON - UNITS 1 & 2 3. 8.1 - 3 8/26/98 Revision L 1^ r
l AC' Sources -Operating 3.8.1 ACTIONS (continued)- m( :w CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME G. Two DGs inoperable. G.1 Enter LCO 3.0.3. Immediately i and~one or more buses wii.h one or more required qualified ' ' ! circuits inoperable.
.One DG inoperable, one
- l. bus with-two required-i= . qualified circuits i inoperable. and the
;second bus with one or more reouired qualified circuits inoperable.
t
. SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS-SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3 . 8 .1 '.1. Verify correct breaker alignment and 7 days indicated power availability for each required qualified circuit.
(continued) l i ? l t i + l i- l !O .
- .. BYRON - UNITS 1 & 2 3. 8.1 - 4 8/26/98 Revision A i
AC Sources-Operating 3.8.1
<- SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS (continued)
SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY
.SR' 3.8.1.2 NOTE A modified DG start involving idling and l 1
~ gradual acceleration to synchronous speed '
msy.be used for this SR. When modified start procedures are not used, the time,
- r- voltage, and frequency tolerances of
'T SR 3.8.1.7 must be met. Performance of 7 SR 3.8.1.7 satisfies this SR. I m
4 Verify each DG starts from standby 31 days
& condition and achieves steady state voltage !
= 3950 V and s 4580 V and frequency a 58.8 l Hz and s 61.2 Hz.
SR 3.8.1.3 NOTES
- 1. DG loadings may include gradual loading as recommended by the manufacturer. i
'h.
w/ !
- 2. Momentary transients outside the load !
range do not invalidate this test. , ,
- 3. This Surveillance shall be cenducted on only one DG at a time.
4
- 4. This SR shall be preceded by and immediately follow without shutdown a successful performance of SR 3.8.1.2 or SR 3.8.1.7.
Verify each DG is synchronized and loaded 31 days and operates for a 60 minutes at a load a 4950 kW and s 5500 kW. SR- 3.8.1.4 Verify each day tank contains a 450 gal of 31 days fuel oil. (continued) }. C BYRON - UNITS 1 & 2 3. 8.1 - 5 8/26/98 Revision L e ~ r +-
F AC Sources-Operating 3.8.1 l . SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS (continued) SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY l l SR 3.8.1.5 Check for and remove accumulated water from 31 days - each day tank.
- i. l SR 3.8.1.6 ' Verify the. fuel oil transfer system- 31 days operates to automatically transfer' fuel oil from storage tank (s) to the day tank. l l
I
.O SR 3 8.1.7 ' Verify each DG starts from normal standby 184 days S condition and achieves in s 10 seconds. -
f voltage a 3950 V and s 4580 V and frequency a 58.8 Hz and s 61.2 Hz. SR 3.8.1.8 Verify manual transfer of AC power sources 18 months from the required normal qualified p circuit (s) to the reserve required qualified circuit (s). (continued) ! l l L 4 l f-( BYRON - UNITS 1 & 2 3. 8.1 - 6 9/24/98 Revision C l t
. AC Sources-Operating 3.8.1
~j . SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS (continued)
V SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY-l
. SR 3.8.1.9 -
NOTE This Surveillance shall not be performed in MODE 1 or 2. ,
. Verify each DG rejects'a load greater than. 18 months
- or equal to its associated single largest ;
post-accident,1oad, and:
- a. :Following load rejection, the-frequency:is.s 64.5 Hz: ;
- b. Following load rejection..the steady
. state voltage is maintained a 3950 V i and s 4580 V: and i
- c. Following load rejection. the steady !
state frequency is maintained '
= 58.8 Hz and.s 61.2 Hz. ,
N '
'r QL 44' SR~ 3.8J1.10 ---
--- - NOTES '
ai 1. Momentary tran'sients above the voltage
'~
. N\ limit immediately following a load rejection do not invalidate this test.
- J 3 2. This Surveillance shall not be g . performed in MODE 1 or 2.
Verify.each DG does not trip and voltage is 18 months maintained s 4784 V during and following a load rejection of a 4950 kW and s 5500 kW. I (continued) l p BYRON - UNITS 1 &.2 3. 8.1 - 7 8/26/98 Revision L h L. .
AC Sources-Operating 5.8.1 i ym SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS (continued) i) SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY
-SR 3.8.1.11 NOTE --
This Surveillance shal'l not be performed in MODE 1. 2. 3. or 4. _ Verify on an actual or simulated loss of 18 months offsite power signal: r' I a. De-energization of ESF buses: e 4 b. Load shedding from ESF buses; and N c. DG auto-starts from standby condition Ml and:
- 1. energizes permanently connected loads in s 10 seconds.
- 2. energizes auto-connected shutdown loads through the shutdown load
, sequence timers, t
C 3. maintains steady state voltage e 3950 V and s 4580 V.
- 4. maintains steady state frequency a 58.8 Hz and s 61.2 Hz, and
- 5. supplies permanently connected and auto-connected shutdown loads for a 5 minutes.
(continued) I U BYRON - UNITS 1 & 2 3. 8.1 - 8 8/26/98 Revision L r l
~
fF a . ,
. ' AC Sources-Operating:
- 3. 8. L
- j. ? SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS (continued)
M : e; SURVEILLANCE- FREQUENCY 3 > ,' 4 SR-J3.8.1.12 Verify:on an actual or sim61ated Engineered ~ 18' months _ Safety Feature (ESF) actuation. signal each k: k . 'DG auto-starts from standby condition;and:
'ca. .In's 10: seconds achieves voltage
-=-3950 V and sL4580 V: ,
- b. In s 10. seconds achieves frequency-3e = 58.8 Hz and 5 61.2 Hz: and
'c. ; Operates for = 5 minutes.
SR 3 8.1.13 ' Verify each DG's. automatic trips ~are 18 months-bypassed on actual or simulated loss of-voltage signal on-the emergency bus concurrent with an actual'or simulated ESF actuation signal.except:
- a. Engine overspeed: and
- b. ~ Generator differential current.
SR 3.8.1.14 . NOTES-
- 1. Momentary transients outside the load range do not invalidate this test.
- 2. -This Surveillance shall not be
-performed in MODE 1 or 2.
Verify _each DG operates for = 24 hours: 18 months
- a. For = 2 hours loaded = 5775 kW and 5 6050 kW: and
- b. For the remaining'nours of the test loaded a 4950 kW and s 5500 kW.
(continued) b)/
.Q -
~ BYRON.- UNITS 1 & 2
- 3. 8.1 - 9 8/26/98 Revision L
. _ _ _ _ _ __ I
AC Sources -Operating - l , 3.8.1-
.i SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS (continued)
JW}- ! + SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY [?
'SR 3.8'1'.15
. NOTES l _1. :This Surveillance shall be performed
.within 5 minutes of shutting down the-
.DG after the DG has op'erated a 2 hours
loaded a 4950 kW and s 5500 kW or- : until operating temperature.has-stabilized. J '
}l- 2. ' Momentary transients outside'of load range do not invalidate this test, j i
l l Verify each DG ' starts 'and achieves in 18 months s-10 seconds voltage a 3950 V and s 4580 V, and frequency a 58.8 Hz and 5 61.2 Hz. ; l i i SR 3.8.1.16 NOTE ; This Surveillance shall not be performed in MODE 1. 2, 3, or 4.
' ~
Verify each DG: 18 mon,ths
- a. Synchronizes with offsite power source while loaded with emergency loads upon a simulated restoration of offsite power;
- b. Transfers loads to offsite power source: and
- c. Returns to ready-to-load operation.
(continued) i i lO ' BYRON - UNITS 1 & 2 3.8.1 - 10 8/26/98 Revision L
AC Sources-Operating i 3.8.1 I l SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS (continued) SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY l 1 l SR 3.8.1.17 NOTE - ' This Surveillance shall not be performed in MODE 1. 2. 3. or 4. , , Verify. with a DG operating in test mode 18 months and connected to its bus, an actual or . simulated ESF actuation signal overrides ) the test mode by: I
- a. Returning DG to ready-to-load operation; and b .- Automatically energizing the emergency load from offsite power.
SR 3.8.1.18 NOTE This Surveillance shall not be performed in MODE 1. 2. 3. or 4. O O Verify interval between each sequenced load 18 months block is within 10% of design interval
~
for each sateguards and shutdown sequence j timer. J (continued) O BYRON - UNITS 1 & 2 3.8.1 - 11 8/26/98 Revision A
c
- ~ AC Sources-Operatingi
- , 3.8.1 1'
lN SURVEILLANCE REOUIREMErlTS '(continued) fM SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR-.3.8.1.19 NOTE i This Surveillance shall not be performed in i MODE 1. 2, 3, or 4. 7 Verify on an actual or simulated loss of 18 months offsite power signal in conjunction with an actual or simulated ESF actuation signal: h a. De-energization.of ESF buses; , .m b b. Load shedding from ESF b.& m. and
@l c. DG auto-starts from' standby condition y and:
- 1. energizes permanently connected loads in s 10 seconds, ,
- 2. energizes auto-connected emergency loads through tN
\n_) 3.
safeguards sequence timers, achieves steady state voltage i a 3950 V and s 4580 V. -
- 4. achieves steady state frequency a 58.8 Hz and s 61.2 Hz. and
- 5. supplies permanently connected and auto-connected emergency ,
. r-- loads for a 5 minutes. I
.I i
.g .
4 Q 'SR 3.8.1.20 Verify when started simultaneously from 10 years y standby condition, each DG achieves, in s 10 seconds, frequency a 58.8 Hz. l ' ip M BYRON - UNITS 1 & 2 3.8.1 - 12 8/26/98 Revision L
. . - - . . .- . . - . . . . . . =
AC Sources-Shutdown 3.8.2 l f, 3.8-' ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS ,t ! .v 3.8.2.: AC Sources-Shutdown l l L LCO 3.8.2 The following AC electrical power sources shall be OPERABLE: I e ! l a. One qualified circuit between the offsite transmission I network and the onsith Class 1E AC electrical' power distribution subsystem (s) required by LCO 3.8.10. , " Distribution Systems-Shutdown": and
- b. Ont Diesel Generator (DG) capable of supplying one I
' g division of.the onsite Class 1E AC electrical power distribution ~ subsystem (s) required by LCO 3.8.10. _ 4. . M
?
dlAPPLICABILITY: MODES 5 and 6. W During movement of irradiated fuel assemblies. i
~ ACTIONS l
NOTE 1 LC0 3.0.3 is not applicable. l ,() ' I (.) i CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME l j A. Required qualified NOTE
.:. circuit inoperable. Enter applicable Conditions 6 and Required Actions of 6 LCO 3.8.10. with one required Q division de-energized as a e result of Condition A.
I A.1 Declare affected Immediately required feature (s) with no offsite power available inoperable. OB (continued) BYRON - UNITS 1 & 2 3.8. 2 - 1 8/26/98 Revision L
AC Sources-Shutdown l 3.8.2 n : ACTIONS i( CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME A. (continued) A.2.1 Suspend CORE Immediately ALTERATIONS. !. 1
* ~ '
i AND ! A.2.2 Suspend movement of Immediately ! irradiated fuel : L assemblies.
)
MD j A.2.3 Initiate action to Immediately { suspend operations ; involving positive : reactivity additions. l AND { A.2.4 Initiate action to Immediately ! restore required qualified circuit to i r'T OPERABLE status. V AND I l l A.2.5 Declare affected Low Immediately Temperature Overpressure Protection (LTOP) feature (s) inoperable. (continued) l Ik l BYRON - UNITS 1 & 2 3.'8. 2 - 2 8/26/98 Revision A
AC Sources-Shutdown 3.8.2 f^g ACTIONS (continued) CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME B. Required DG B.1 Suspend CORE Immediately inoperable. ALTERATIONS. B.2 Suspend movement of Immediately irradiated fuel assemblies. AND B.3 Initiate action to Immediately suspend operations involving positive reactivity additions. AND B.4 Initiate action to Immediately restore required DG to OPERABLE status. AND B.5 Declare affected LTOP Immediately feature (s) inoperable. n V BYRON - UNITS 1 & 2 3.8.2 - 3 8/26/98 Revision A
.-.. . - . . - ...- ... . - .. - . - - - .. . - . - . - . . .- .~. - .. - .. - .. - - . ,
' AC Sources-Shutdown 3.8.2 .
l 1 SURVEILLANCE.RE0UIREMENTS: SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY-SR 3.8.2.1 NOTE --- The following SRs are not required to be ! performed: , , L SR 3.8.1.3 SR 3.8.1.14 L SR 3.8.1.9. SR 3.8.1.15 i SR 3.8.1.10 SR 3.8.1.16-SR 3.8.1.11 SR 3.8.1.18 SR 3.8.1.13 SR 3.8.1.19 For AC sources 1 required to be OPERABLE. the In accordance following SRs are applicable: with applicable SRs SR 3.8.1.11 SR 3.8.1.11 SR 3.8.1.2 SR 3.8.1.12 - SR 3.8.1.3 SR 3.8.1.13 SR 3.8.1.4 SR 3.8.1.14 SR 3.8.1.5 .SR 3.8.1.15 SR 3.8.1.6 SR 3.8.1 16 . SR 3.8.1.7 SR 3.8.1.18 I SR 3.8.1.9 SR 3.8.1.19. SR 3.8.1.10 l I 6 l i O ,V
- BYRON - UNITS 1 & 2 3. 8. ;2 - 4 8/26/98 Revision A i
r . . . _ . _ _..
l- Diesel Fuel Oil . L 3.8.3 l'
- l
\
- p 3.8' ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS-
.Q .
3.8.3 Diesel Fuel Oil ' 1 l
\
l LCO 3.8.3 The stored diesel fuel oil shall be within limits for each required Diesel. Generator (DG). l APPLICABILITY: When associated DG is required to be OPERABLE. l ACTIONS- l NOTE ) Separate Condition entry is allowed for each DG. ! CONDITION- REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME i A. One or more DGs with A.1 Restore stored fuel 48 hours : stored fuel volume oil volume to within '
< 44,000 gal and limits. ;
h O
> 41.138 gal in storage tank (s).
B. One or more DGs with B.1 Restore fuel oil 7 days stored fuel oil total total part'iculates particulates not within limit. within limit. C. One or more DGs with C.1 Restore stored fuel 30 days new fuel oil oil properties to ' properties not within within limits. I limits. (continued) 1 i O BYRON - UNITS 1 & 2 3.8. 3 - 1 8/26/98 Revision A
, Diesel Fuel Oil 4 3.8.3 l
. ACTIONS (continued) d CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME l
l l D. Required Action and D'.1 Declare associated DG Immediately associated Completion inoperable.
. Time of Conditions A. ~ '
B. or C not liiet. One or more DGs with I diesel fuel oil not within limits for reasons other ';..on Condition A. B or C. SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS i SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY j O SR 3.8.3.1 Verify each DG fuel oil storage tank (s) ?1 days contains a 44.000 gal of fuel. , i SR 3.8.3.2 Verify fuel oil properties of new and In accordance stored fuel oil are tested in accordance with the Diesel with, and maintained within the limits of. Fuel Oil the Diesel Fuel Oil Testing Program. Testing Program SR. 3.8.3,3 Check for and remove accumulated water from 31 days each fuel oil storage tank. l \ ! N' iJ l BYRON - UNITS 1 & 2 3.8. 3 - 2 8/26/98 Revision A
l AC Sources -Shutaown 3.8.2 A: IONS (continued) CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME B. Required DG B.1 Suspend CORE Immediately inoperable. ALTERATIONS.
' ~
AND. B.2 Suspend movement of Immediately irradiated fuel assemblies. AND B.3 Initiate action to Immediately l suspend operations I involving positive l reactivity additions. AND B.4 Initiate action to Immediately restore required DG 1 to OPERABLE status. '( AND B.5 Declare affected LTOP Immediately feature (s) inoperable. 1 i .t BRAIDWOOD - UNITS 1 & 2 3. 8.2 - 3 8/26/98 Revision A l
. - .- .-. _. . . - . . . . . . . - . . . . . . . - . - - = . . . - . . . . . . . . . . . .
AC Sources - Shutdown j 3.6.7
; l
/
SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS / O y- - = V / AURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY
/
SR 3.8.2.1 - NOTE- ---- Yhe following SRs are not required to be performea: . SR 3.8.1.3 SR 3.8.1.14 SR 3.8.1.9 SR 3.8.1.15 SR 3.8.1.10 SR 3.8.1.16 SR 3.8.1.11 SR 3.8.1.18 l SR 3.8.1.13 SR 3.8.1.19 I i For AC sources required to be OPERABLE. the In accordance following SRs are applicable: with applicable SRs SR 3.8.1.1 SR 3.8.1.11 l SR 3.8.1.2- SR 3.8.1.12
- SR 3.8.1.3 SR 3.8.1.13 l SR 3.8.1.4 SR 3.8.1.14 SR 3.8.1.5 SR 3.8.1.15 SR 3.8.1.6 SR 3.8.1.16 SR 3.8.1.7 SR 3.8.1.18 SR 3.8.1.9 SR 3.8.1.19.
O SR 3.8.1.10 BRAIDWOOD - UNITS 1 & 2 3. 8.2 - 4 8/26/98 Revision A
Diesel Fuel Oil 3.8.3 ! 3.8 CLECTRICAL POWER 3YSTEMS L \' /) t 3.8.3 Diesel Fuel Oil ' l l l LC0 3.8.3 The stored diesel fuel oil shall be within limits for eacn required Diesel Generator (DG). l APPLICABILITY: When associated DG is required to be OPERABLE. I l, ACTIONS
- NOTE Separate Condition entry is allowed for each DG.
CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME l A. One or more DGs with A.1 Restore stored fuel 48 hours i stored fuel volume oil volume to within I ! < 44.000 gal and limits. ! e > 41.138 gal in l
-( storage tank (s).
l B. One or more DGs with B.1 Restore fuel oil 7 days stored fuel oil total total particulates particulates not within limit, within limit. C. One or more DG5 with C.1 Restore stored fuel 30 days new fuel oil oil properties to properties not within within limits. limits. (continued) f BRAIDWOOD - UNITS 1 & 2 3. 8.3 - 1 8/26/98 Revision A
=.
Diesel Fuel 011 3.8.3 L ,f.3 C IONS (continued) ; lU CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME i l D. Required Action and D.1 Declare associated DG Immediately associated Completion inoperable. l Time of Conditions A, ' ' B, or C not met. i 03 I One or more DGs with i diesel fuel oil not within limits for - reasons other than Condition A, B. or C. SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SURVEILLANCE FRE0VENCY , SR 3.8.3.1 Verify each DG fuel oil storage tank (s) 31 days contains a 44.000 gal of fuel. . SR 3.8.3.2 Verify fuel oil properties of new and In accordance stored fuel oil are tested in accordance with the Diesel with, and maintained within the limits of. Fuel Oil the Diesel Fuel Oil Testing Program. Testing Program SR 3.8.3.3 Check for and remove accumulated water from 31 days each fuel oil storage tank. m iO l BRAIDWOOD - UNITS 1 & 2 3. 8.3 - 2 8/26/98 Revision A
DC Sources-Operating. ! 3.8.4 l L v s- '3'8
. ELECTRICAL: POWER-SYSTEMS 4y 3 8.4 ::DC.1 Sources-Operating
-LC0' 3.8.4 Division 11(21) and Division 12(22) DC electrical power t
subsystems shall be.0PERABLE and not crosstied to the ; opposite unit ,
, l I
APPLICABILITY: MODES 1, 2, 3, and 4. H
' ACTIONS
. CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION- COMPLETION TIME A. One battery' charger A.1 Crosstie 2 hours inoperable. opposite-unit bus with associated ,
OPERABLE battery-charger to the affected division. A.2 Restore battery 24 hours
- charger to OPERABLE -
status. B. One DC electrical B.1. Open at least one 60 hours power division crosstie breaker crosstied.to between the crosstied opposite-unit DC divisions. electrical )ower subsystem tlat has an l inoperable' battery charger..while opposite unit is in MODE 1. 2, 3. or 4. (continued) (0 wJ L BYRON - UNITS 1 &'2 3.8.4 - 1 8/26/98 Revision L
L DC _ Sources -Operating 3.8.4
. ACTIONS (continued)- '
L 'v
- CONDITION- REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME
.C. 'One DC electrical C.1 NOTE power division- Only required when crosstied to opposite unit has an.
opposite-unit? DC: inoperable battery. t electrical power. subsystem with an inoperable source. .. Verify opposite-unit Once per L while opposite unit is DC bus load 12 hours-
- l.
in MODE 5. 6. or ~s 200 amps. defueled.- eM l C.2 Open at.least one crosstie breaker ~ 7 days between the crosstied d1 Visions.
- D. One DC electr'ical D.1 Restore DC .lectrical 2 hours
= c '
. power subsystem - power subsystem to inoperable for. reasons OPERABLE status.
other than Condition. A..B.-or C. . 1 E. Required Action and E.1 Be in MODE 3. 6 hours Associated Completion Time not met. AND E.2 Be in MODE 5. 36 hours I r , ye O a
. BYRON - UNITS 1 & 2 3.8.4 - 2 8/26/98 Revision L f
l
M;- ' DC' Sources -Operating - 3.8.4 u SURVEILLANCE RE0VIREMENTS. A- . SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY
-SR 3.8.4.1 Verify battery terminal voltage is 7 days
= 127.6 V on float charge.
SR 3.8.4.2 Verify no visible corrosion at battery -92 days terminals and connectors. . 2 Verify battery connection resistance is V s 1.5E-4 ohm for inter-cell connections. y 51.5E-4 ohm for inter-rack connections. (m s 1.5E-4 ohm for inter-tier connections. and s 1.5E-4 ohm for terminal connections. SR~ 3.8.4.3 Verify battery cells, cell plates, and 18 months V racks show no visual indication of physical p-> damage or abnormal deterioration that could
-() J degrade battery performance.
SR 3.8.4.4 Remove visible terminal corrosion, verify 18 months
.d battery cell to cell and terminal
? connections are clean and tight, and are d coated with anti-corrosion material.
- SR 3.8.4.5 Verify battery connection resistance is 18 months s 1.5E-4 ohm for inter-cell-connections.
d 5 1.5E-4 ohm for inter-rack connections. . B- s 1.5E-4 ohm for inter-tier connections. Gj and s 1.5E-4 ohm for terminal connections. (continued) BYRON - UNITS 1 & 2 3. 8.4 - 3 8/26/98 Revision L
I
' ' ~
DC LSources -Operating
~ 3.8.4, "f SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS :(continued) k) ^
. SURVEILLANCE' FREQUENCY I
[a
- r al (SR i3.8!4.6 1 Verify each battery ctjarger supplies a . load 18 months-4:' : equal-to.the manufacturer's~ rating.for. >
= 8 hours.
N g - SR ; 3.8:4.'7..! . NOTES 4 1. The modified performance discharge N ' test in SR 3 8.4.8'may be performed in
- lieu of the service-test in-
- d l SR-3.8.4.7_'
] 2. -This Surveillance shall not be-performed in MODE-1. 2. 3. or 4.
LVerify battery capacity is adequate to 18 months supply. and maintain OPERABLE status, th.e' required emergency loads for the design 1 duty cycle'when subjected to a battery service test. (co.ntinued) i e i
. BYRON - UNITS 1 & 2 3.8.4 - 4 9/8/98 Revision L
- ) - /
DC . Sources ~--Operating i l3.8.4-1 ' SURVEILLANCE:REQUIREMENTSL'lcontinued)-
'h/? ,
SURVEILLANCE.
-FREQUENCY. :
' T ..SRE3.8.4.8- NOTE iThis Surveillance shall not be performed in- ;
- MODE 1, 2. 3..or 4. ,
7 j .. Verify battery capacity is = 80% of the. 60 monthst manufacturer's rating when~ subjected to a performance discharge test or. a modified - E. J- performance discharge' test. 12 months when batteryLshows'
. degradation or has reached 85%-
'of the expected life with capacity < 100%
of manufacturer's'- rating _ g:
' 'V 24 months when i batte has-
]
reach -85% of the expected' life with capacity a 100% of manufacturer's rating
)
4
. BYRON . UNITS l'& 2 3.8.4 - 5 8/26/98 Revision L 1
DC Sources-Shutdown l
- 3. 8. 5' I
- 3.8 . ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS 4 a )-
3.8.5 DC Sources-Shutdown
- LC0 3.8.5 The.following shall:be OPERABLE, with at least one unit :
crosstie breaker per division open: ; l
- d. One DC electrical pow'er subsvstem capable of iupplying one division of the onsite Class IE DC electrical power distribution' subsystem (s) reouired by LC0 3.8.10. -
" Distribution System-Shutdown"; and -
- b. -One source of DC electrical power, other than that; required by LC0 3.8.5.a. capable of supplying the remaining onsite Class 1E DC electrical )ower i distribution subsystem (s) when required ay LC0 3.8.10 J NOTE -
One division may be crosstied to the opposite unit, when the
.g opposite unit is in MODE 1. 2, 3. or 4 with an inoperable 1
. battery charger, p.
3 M ^ M (()7 @ APPLICABILITY: MODES 5 and 6, During movement of . irradiated fuel assemblies.
- ACTIONS NOTE LC0 3.0.3 is not applicable.
CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME A. One or more required A.1.1 Declare affected Immediately DC electrical power required feature (s) subsystems ino3erable inoperable. for reasons otler than Condition B. QR 1 (continued) 10 - BYRON - UNITS 1 & 2 3.8. 5 - 1 8/26/98 Revision L
i DC Sources-Shutdown 3.8.5 ! ACTIONS l: CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME 1 A. (continued) A.2.1 Suspend CORE Immediately
' ALTERATIONS.
' ~ '
.AND -
1 A.2.2 Suspend movement of Immediately irradiated fuel assemblies. i l AND A.2.3 Initiate action to Immediately-suspend operations involving positive reactivity additions. AND A.2.4 Initiate action to Immediately restore required DC i electrical power
~p V
subsystems to
' OPERABLE status.
AND - A.2.5 Declare affected Low Immediately Temperature Overpressure Protection feature (s) l inoperable. (continued) i l l l u i BYRON - UNITS 1 & 2 3.8.5 - 2 12/17/98 Revision C
+ .. -.-..- . - - . . . . . - . . ..-. - - -.. . -..-.- -.
. DC Sources -Shut'down'
~3.8.5
, :p. v y, - ACTIONS
~
LCONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME'
- B. One!DC electrical' B.1- -
NOTE' power division Only required when. crosstied to ' opposite unit has an. r .
' opposite-unit DC. .
inopefable tattery. ' '
-electrical power c subsystem with.an ..
inoperable source.- : Verify opposite-unit Once per'
, while opposite unit'is DC bus load is: 12 hours
.l. .in' MODE 5. 6, or s 200 amps.
defueled. AND B.2 _Open at.leastLone crosstie.. breaker. . 7 days-between the crosstied divisions.
! SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS-SURVEILLANCE . FREQUENCY.
LSR 3'.8. 5.1 ' ---- NOTE - - M The following SRs are not required to be
! performed: SR 3.8;4.6,'SR.3.8.4.7 and
.hj SR 3.8.4.8.
For DC sources required to be OPERABLE, the In accordance following SRs are applicable: with applicable SRs SR 3.8.4.1 SR 3.8.4.5 g SR 3.8.4.2 SR 3.8.4.6 SR 3.8.4.^ SR 3.8.4.7 SR 3.8.4.4 SR 3.8.4.8. r n-f. 'r.-- BYRON . UNITS 1 & 2 3.8.5 - 3 8/26/98 Revision L L , l y
l Battery Cell Parameters 3.8.6 1 3.8 ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS Y l 3;8.6 Battery Cell Parameters I LC0 3'8.6
. Battery cell parameters for Division 11(21) and Division 12(22) batteries shall be within limits of l T.able 3.8.6-1. . .
i
-APPLICABILITY: When associated DC electrical power subsystems are required to be OPERABLE.
ACTIONS NOTE - Separate Condition entry is allowed for each battery. CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME ; A. One or more batteries A.1 Verify pilot cell 1 hour {_ * '- with one or more electrolyte level and s battery cell float voltage meet parameters not within- Table 3.8.6-1 Category A or B Category C limits. limits. AND A.2 Verify battery cell 24 hours parameters meet Table 3.8.6-1 AND Category C limits. Once per 7 days thereafter AND A.3 Restore battery cell 31 days parameters to Category A and B limits of Table 3.8.6-1. i l l continued) l lO BYRON - UNITS 1 & 2 3.8.6 - 1 12/17/97 Revisici C L
Lg
~
;,, Battery Cell Parameters
[L ~ 3.8.6-
~ ACTIONS:
4.:fm [M iCONDITIONl REQUIRED. ACTION COMPLETION TIME L Bi Required Action and B .' 1 Declare associated Immediately
, : associated Completion. 6attery inoperable.
- . Time ofLCondition-A' L. not met: -
- 08
- d. J'
-- One or: more batteries
!- "with' average electrolyte
< temperature of the representative cells
<-60 F, gg ,
-One or more batteries-with oneTor more
-battery cell
" parameters not within Category C values.
p AM SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY
,d
. SR 3.8.6.1 Verify battery cell parameters meet 7 days h Table 3.8:6-1 Category A limits.
.): (continued)
- .( .
' BYRON'- UNITS 1 & 2 3.8. 6 - 2 9/8/98 Revision L
Ba'ttery Cell Parameters
~3.8.6 l 76, SURVEILLANCE REOUIREMENTS (continued)
- O SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY o
- SR 3.8.6.2 Verify battery cell parameters meet 92 days l Table 3.8.6-1 Category B limits.
AND . Once within 7 days after a battery discharge .
< 110 V AND Once within 7 days after a battery overcharge
> 145 V
! ) SR 3.8.6.3 Verify average electrolyte temperature of 92 days representative cells is a 60 F 1
)
l 1 l l O I: ' BYRON ' UNITS 1 & 2 3. 8.6 - 3 12/17/97 Revision C l
[ .
, "Ba'ttery Cell?ParametersE
- 3.8,6l Table 3.8.64 (page l' of 1)
Battery Cell Parameters Requirements l w/ ;-
' CATEGORY A: .
CATEGORYBi .
. CATEGORY C 1
. LIMITS FOR EACH . LIMITS FOR EACH CONNECTED -ALLOWABLE LIMIT! FOR EACH
%. PARAMETER' ' DESIGNATED PILOT CELL CELL CONNECTED CILL-s Electrolyte Level-
- Minimum level > Minimum level .
Above top of plates, and
, indication marks and s k indication mark. and s k not overflowing inchabovemaxiy level inch above maxi g level indication mark indication mark J.
lFloatVoltage a . 2 13 y a 2.13 V(b) > 2.'07 V. lL ' Specific Gravity (c)(d)' . 1.200 a 1.195 Not more than 0.020 below m." average of all connected A!g cells Average of all connected MQ
. l cells > 1.206 Average of all connected
] cells a 1.195 ,
~
(a) . It is acceptable for the electrolyte level to temporarily increase above the specified' maximin during.- equalizing charges provided it is not overflowing. (b) Corrected for average electrolyte temperature.
.m
/
(c). Corrected for electrolyte temperature.
.j g. (d) ' A battery charging current of < 3 amps when on. float charge is 8CCeptable for meeting specific gravity D f limits following a battery recharge. for a maximtn of 7, days. When charging current is used to satisfy specific gravity requirements, specific gravity of each connected cell shall be measured prior to expiration -
. of the .7 day allowance.
4 6 4 p , U
- BYRON - UNITS 1 &'2 3.8.6 - 4 8/26/98 Revision L
.'I'nverters -0perating' .
- 3. 8. 7.-
g 3.8-lELECTRICAL'POWERSYSTEMS 3.8.7 Inverters-Operating; l
- LCO. 3.8.7- Four instrument bus inverters shall'be OPERABLE.
j APPLICABILITY: = MODES 1', -
- 2. 3. and 4. l
'. ACTIONS-
~ CONDITION . REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME. -l A. One-instirument bus A.1 NOTE -
eJ inverter inoperable. Enter applicable
?
Conditions.and Required' Actions of
* Y: -
LC0 3-8.9.
" Distribution 4
' Systems - Operating" l
.. jl with any. instrument bus de-energized.
- (~\
LJ' Restore inverter to 24 hours OPERABLE status. B. Required < Action and. B.1 Be in MODE 3. 6 hours
' associated Completion Time not met. AJD B.2 Be in MODE 5. 36 hours 4 i
/
, y( N -
BYRON.-; UNITS 1~& 2 3.8.7 - 1 8/26/98 Revision L
Inverters -Operating 3.8.7 g- SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.8.7.1 Verify correct inverter voltage and breaker 7 days alignment to AC instrument buses.
. (3 V
I L 3 (J BYRON - UNITS 1 & 2 3. 8. 7 - 2 8/26/98 Revision A
Inverters -Shutdown 3.8.8 L 3.8. ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS 3.8.8 Inverters -Shutdown - LC0 3.8.8 The following shall be OPERABLE: a. Two inverters capable of supplying one division of the onsite Class 1E AC in~strument bus electrical power distribution subsystem (s) required by LCO 3.8.10.
. " Distribution System-Shutdown"; and '
- b. One source of instrument bus >ower, other.than that 1 required by LC0 3.8.8.a. capa)le of supplying the l remaining onsite Class 1E AC instrument bus electrical. '
)ower distribution subsystem (s) when required by 4,. _C0 3.8.10.
4 w es-
'pjAPPLICABILITY: MODES 5 and 6, w During movement of irradiated fuel assemblies.
l ACTIONS G V. LCO 3.0.3 is not applicable.
--NOTE -
CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME A. One or more required A.1 Declare affected Immediately AC instrument bus required feature (s) i power sources inoperable inoperable. gg (continued) I I
.o
. L/ l . BYRON - UNITS 1 & 2 3. 8.8 - 1 8/26/98RevisionL L l l
I: : Inverters - Shutdown 3.8.8 ACTIONS
~I k '
CONDITION RE0illRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME {
'A. (continued) A.2.1 Suspend CORE Immediately
' ALTERATIONS.
AND A.2.2 Suspend movement'of Immediately irradiated fuel I assemblies. l-g A.2.3 Initiate action to Immediately suspend operations involving positive reactivity additions. MQ A.2.4 Initiate action to Immediately restore required inverters to OPERABLE O status. V AND ! A.2.5 Declare affected Low Immediately Temperature Overpressure i Protection feature (s) inoperable. ; 1 SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS l SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.8.8.1 Verify correct inverter voltage and breaker 7 days alignment to required AC instrument buses. I O BYRON - UNITS 1 & 2 3.8. 8 - 2 12/17/98 Revision C
Distribution Systems-Operating 3.8.9 1 3.8 ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS i
- 3.8.9 Distribution Systems-Operating 1 -
l LCO 3.8.9 The following AC. DC, and AC instrument bus electrical power distribution subsystems shall be OPERABLE for the applicable
- u. nit : . -
l Unit 1 Unit 2 l l A. Division 11 AC A. Division ?1 AC Subsystem Subsystem 4.16 kV Bus 141 4.16 kV Bus 241 480 volt Bus 131X 480 volt Bus 231X ! 480 volt Bus 131Z 480 volt Bus 231Z l Division 11 AC Division 21 AC Instrument Bus Sut> system Instrument Bus Subsystem Instrument Bus 111 Instrument Bus 211 Instrument Bus 113 Instrument Bus 213 Division 11 DC Subsystem Division 21 DC Subsystem 125 VDC Bus 111 125 VDC Bus 211 B. Division 12 AC B. Division 22 AC ' Subsystem Subsystem 4.16 kV Bus 142 4.16 kV Bus 242 480 volt Bus 132X 480 volt Bus 232X 480 volt Bus 132Z 480 volt Bus 232Z Division 12 AC Division 22 AC i instrument Bus Subsystem Instrument Bus Subsystem l t Instrument Bus 112 Instrument Bus 212 Instrument Bus 114 Instrument Bus 214 Division 12 DC Subsystem Division 22 DC Subsystem l 125 VDC Bus 112 125 VDC Bus 212 APPLICABILITY: MODES 1. 2. 3. and 4. !O I BYRDN - UNITS 1 & 2 3.8. 9 - 1 8/26/98 Revision A 1 _ . . _ ,. _ _ _ . . , ---- -- - - I
Distribution Systems-Operating 3.8.9 l! f ' ~ SACTIONS 4 t: 1 D : CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION ~ . COMPLETION TIME- I L . eJ L e EP= 4 A. One AC' electrical power distributior~. A.1 -Restore AC electrical power distribution 8 hours c.6 subsystem inoperable. subsystem to.0PERABLE AND~
%jl' status.
16 hours from discovery of.. - failure'to meet L_ LC0 1
..t W. i~
il B. 'One AC-instrument bus B.1 Restore AC instrument- 2 hours g electrical power bus electrical power-l- La distribution subsystem distribution M 1 ll 3 inoperable. subsystem to OPERABLE status. l- 16 hours from E discovery of-L ' failure to meet LC0-l f~~ ' C. One DC electrical C.1' Restore DC electrical 2 hours power distribution power distribution . subsystem inoperable. subsystem to OPERABLE M status. 16 hours from
' discovery of failure to meet LC0 1
i.. D. . Required Action and D.1 BeinM0bE3. 6 hours associated Completion 1 Time of Condition A. AND ! B. or-C not met. D.2 Be in MODE 5. 36 hours (continued) >0 ' BYRON - UNITS 1'& 2 3.8.9 - 2 8/26/98 Revision L I y- g y .-r. , - - , - -
Distribution Systems-0perating :
. 3,8.9 i 4
. ACTIONS (continued)
Y CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME e
.e (l-s E. - Two electrical power distribution E.1 _ Enter LCO 3.0.3.' Immediately V- subsystems inoperable '
that result-in a loss. i of safety function. E SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS
)
-SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.8.9.1 Verify correct breaker alignments and . 7 days !
voltage to AC DC, and AC instrument bus electrical power distribution subsystems. I O ; O BYRON - UNITS 1 & 2 3.8.9 - 3 8/26/98 Revision L
l Distribution Systems-Shutdown 3.8.10 . l
- m 3.8 ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS 1 3.8.10 Distribution Systems-Shutdown LC0 3.8.10 The necessary portions of the following AC. DC. and AC I
instrument bus electrical power distribution subsystems shall be OPERABLE to sup) ort equipment required to be ' OPERABLE for the applica)Te unit. ) Unit 1 Unit 2-A. Division 11 AC A. Division 21 AC l . Subsystem Subsystem 4.16 kV Bus 141 4.16 kV Bus 241 480 volt Bus 131X 480 volt Bus 231X 480 volt Bus 131Z 480 volt Bus 231Z l i Division 11 AC Division 21 AC Instrument Bus Subsystem Instrument Bus Subsystem 1 Instrument Bus 111 Instrument Bus 211 ' Instrument Bus 113 Instrument Bus 213-Division 11 DC Subsystem Division 21 DC Subsystem 3 (V 125 VDC Bus 111 125 VDC Bus 211 I l B. Division 12 AC B. Division 22 AC Subsystem Subsystem 4.16 kV Bus 142 4.16 kV Bus 242 I 480 volt Bus 132X 480 volt Bus 232X 480 volt Bus 132Z 480 volt Bus 2322 l Division 12 AC Division 22 AC Instrument Bus Subsystem Instrument Bus Subsystem t L Instrument Bus 112 Instrument Bus 212 Instrument Bus 114 Instrument Bus 214 l-t ,J Division 12 DC Subsystem Division 22 DC Subsystem i 125 VDC Bus 112 125 VDC Bus 212 l c) H
$l APPLICABILITY: MODES 5 and 6.
During movement of irradiated fuel assemblies. O
'V ~
BYRON - UNITS 1 & 2 3.8.10 - 1 8/26/98 Revision L l
- .. - _ .-. . - - . . - - - _ - _. .. . _ . ~ . . - . . . _ . . .
Distribution Systems-Shutdown 3.8.10 l
--NOTE -
l LC0 3.0.3 is not applicable. l l I CONDITIO,N REQUIRED ACTI0ll COMPLETION TIME i i A. One or more required A.1 Declare associated Immediately
- AC. DC. or AC supported required l instrument bus feature (s)
! electrical power inoperable. l distribution subsystems QB ! inoperable. (continued) I I l O BYRON - UNITS 1 & 2 3.8.10-2 8/26/98 Revision A
l Distribution Systems-Shutdown 3.8.10 l ("N ACTIONS CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME I I-l A. (continued) A.2.1 Suspend CORE Immediately ) ALTERATIONS. 1
' ~ '
AND ! l A.2.2 Suspend movement of' Immediately i irradiated fuel assemblies. ABD l A.2.3 Initiate action to Immediately l suspend operations involving positive , reactivity additions. { AND l A.2.4 Initiate actions to Immediately ; restore required AC. l DC, and AC instrument ; i () bus electrical power (> distribution subsystem (s) to 1 OPERABLE status. ' AND A.2.5 Declare associated Immediately required residual heat removal train (s) inoperable and not in operation. l AND A.2.6 Declare affected Low Immediately Temperature Overpressure Protection feature (s) inoperable. l l l i I !O i BYRON - UNITS 1 & 2 3.8.10-3 12/17/90 Revision C l l
-. m . _. .- _ _ .. _ _ _ . _ _- __. _ _ . . . . - . _ . . _ . _ . . _ _ _ _ . _ . _ . _ _ _ _ _ _ _ . . _ .
Distribution Systems-Shutdown 3.8.10 r-i SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS i SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY l SR 3.8.10.1 Verify correct breaker alignments and 7 days voltage to required AC. DC, and AC in.strument bus electrical ppwer ,
. distribution subsystems.
b)
-O BYRON - UNITS 1 & 2 3.8.10-4 8/26/98 Revision A
i
'AC Sources-Operating B 3.8.1 l
l '
,m B 3.8 ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS
's
)
B 3.8.1 AC Sources-Operating i BASES l BACKGROUND *The unit Class 1E AC Electrical Power Distributioii System AC sources consist of the offsite power sources and the onsite standby power sources (Train A and Train B Diesel Generators (DGs)). As required by 10 CFR 50. Appendix A. GDC 17 (Ref. 1), the design of the AC electrical power system provides independence and redundancy to ensure an available source of power to the Engineered Safety Feature (ESF) systems. The onsite Class 1E AC Distribution System is divided into redundant load groups (divisions) so that the loss of any one group does not prevent the minimum safety functions from being performed. Each division has connections to two y offsite power sources and a single DG. Y Offsite power is su] plied to the station switchyard from the. M transmission networt. From the switchyard. two electrically 4 and physically separated lines (i .e. , independent qQ y transmission circuits) provide AC power through their associated System Auxiliary Transformer (SAT) banks (SATs 142-1 and 142-2 from one line, and SATs 242-1 and 242-2 from the second line). to the 4.16 kV ESF buses. Normally. SATs 142-1 and 142-2 feed Unit 1 4.16 kV ESF buses, and SATs 242-1 and 242-2 feed Unit 2 4.16 kV ESF buses. Additionally, each 4.16 kV ESF bus has a reserve feed via its associated crosstie to an opposite-unit 4.16 kV ESF bus. Each unit is required to have cualified normal and reserve circuits to each 4.16 kV bus (cetailed in the LCO Bases for this Specification). The transmission network and switchyard are maintained in accordance with UFSAR, and are not governed by the requirements of Technical Speci fications. A detailed description of the offsite power network and the circuits to the Class 1E ESF buses is found in the UFSAR. Chapter 8 (Ref. 2).
)
V BYRON - UNITS 1 & 2 B 3.8.1 - 1 8/26/98 Revision L
AC Sources-Operating B 3.8.1-BASES BACKGROUND (continued) The onsite standby power source for each 4.16 kV ESF bus is a dedicated DG. DGs 1A (2A) and IB (28) are dedicated to ESF buses 141 (241) and 142 (242). respectively. A DG starts automatically on a Safety Injection (SI) s
'(i .e. . manual SI. low ste'am line pressure, low pre,ignal ssurizer l pressure or high-1 containment pressure signals) or on an ESF bus degraded voltage or undervoltage signal (refer to LC0 3.3.5. " Loss of Power (LOP) Diesel Generator (DG) Start l
' Instrumentation"). After the DG has started. it will automatically tie to its respective bus after offsite power is tripped as a consequence of ESF bus undervoltage or degraded voltage independent of or coincident with an SI signal. The DGs will also start and operate in'the standby i mode without tying to the ESF bus on an SI signal alone. Following the trip of offsite power, an undervoltage signai strips nonpermanent loads from the ESF bus. When the DG is tied to the ESF bus, loads are then sequentially connected to its respective ESF bus by automatic load sequencing. The sequencing logic controls the permissive and starting signals to motor breakers to prevent overloading the DG by automatic load application.
/]
(/ In the event of a loss of offsite power. the ESF electrical loads are automatically connected to the DGs -in sufficient time to provide for safe reactor shutdown and to mitigate the consequences of a Design Basis Accident (DBA) such as a Loss Of Coolant Accident (LOCA). Certain required unit loads are automatically connected to the DGs in a predetermined sequence in order to prevent overloading the DG in the process. Within 1 minute after the initiating signal is received, all loads needed to recover the unit or maintain it~in a safe condition are automatically connected to the DGs. Continuous service ratings for Train A and Train B DGs satisfy the requirements of Regulatory Guide 1.9 (Ref. 3). The continuous service reting of each DG is 5500 kW with 10% overload permissible for up to 2 hours in any 24 hour period. The ESF loads that are powered from the 4.16 kV ESF buses are listed in Reference 2. l h I BYRON - UNITS 1 & 2 B 3.8.1 - 2 8/26/98 Revision A
. - - .- .. .. ~ . . . .-- - - - - - - - _ . - - - -
AC Sources-Operating l B 3.8.1 l p BASES U APPLICABLE The initial conditions of DBA and transient analyses in the SAFETY ANALYSES OFSAR. Chapter 6 (Ref. 4) and Chapter 15 (Ref. 5), assume ESF systems are OPERABLE. The AC electrical power sources are designed to provide sufficient capacity, capability. redundancy, and reliability to ensure the availability of
'necessary power to ESF sy' stems so that the fuel. Reactor Coolant System (RCS). and containment design limits are not exceeded. These limits are discussed in more detail in the Bases for Section 3.2. Power Distribution Limits; Section 3.4. Reactor Coolant System (RCS): and Section 3.6.
Containment Systems. The OPERABILITY of the AC electrical power sources is consistent with the initial assumptions of the Accident l analyses and is based upon meeting the design basis of the plant. This results in maintaining at least one division of the onsite or offsite AC sources OPERABLE during Accident l conditions in the event of: ! a. An assumed loss of all offsite power or all onsite AC l power sources: and
- b. A worst case single failure.
The AC sources satisfy Criterion 3 of 10 CFR 50.36(c)(2)(ii). LCO Two qualified circuits per 4.16 kV bus between the offsite transmission network and the onsite Class 1E Electrical Power System and separate and independent DGs for each division ensure availability of the required power to shut down the reactor and maintain it in a safe shutdown condition after an Anticipated Operational Occurrence (A00) or a postulated DBA. Qualified circuits are those that are described in the UFSAR and are part of the licensing basis for the plant. Each qualified circuit must be capable of maintaining rated i frequency and voltage. and accepting required loads during an accident, while connected to the ESF buses. O V BYRON - UNITS 1 & 2 B 3.8.1 - 3 8/26/98 Revision A l l
AC Sources-Operating B.3.8.1 BASES LC0 (continued) For. Unit 1 (Unit 2). the two qualified circuits (a normal circuit and a reserve circuit) per ESF bus between the offsite transmission network and the onsite 4,16 kV ESF
, buses are as follows: , ,
- a. NORMAL ESF bus 141 (241) 345 kV system through system ,
auxiliary transformer. (SAT) 142-1 l (242-1) or by use of disconnect 1 links via SAT 142-2 (242-2): and j ESF bus 142 (242) 345 kV system through SAT 142-2 (242-2) or by use of disconnect l links via SAT 142-1 (242-1); and
- b. RESERVE ESF bus 141 (241) 345 kV system through SAT 242-1 !
(142-1) or by use of disconnect i links via SAT 242-2 (142-2), to 4.16 kV ESF bus 241 (141) l
/"
crosstied to 4.16 kV ESF bus 141 (T) (241): and l ESF bus 142 (242) 345 kV system through SAT 242-2 (142-2) or by use of disconnect links via SAT 242-1 (142-1). to. 4.16 kV ESF bus 242 (142) crosstied to 4.16 kV ESF bus 142 (242). A standby (onsite) source to the 4.16 kV ESF buses is provided by DG 1A (2A) for 4.16 kV ESF bus 141 (241) and DG 1B (28) for 4.16 kV ESF bus 142 (242). l-i. BYRON - UNITS 1 & 2 B 3.8.1 - 4 8/26/98 Revision A
i AC Sources-Operating i B 3.8.1 ) 1 7 -] BASES "i LCO (continued) I Each DG must be capable of start'ng, accelerating to rated i A speed and voltage, and connectPg to its respective ESF bus s on detection of bus undervoltage. This will be accomplished I within 10 seconds. Each DG must also be capable of
^ ' accepting required loads 'within the assumed loading sequence 4 intervals, and continue to operate until offsite power can ,
y be restored to the ESF buses. These ca'pabilities are l required to be met from a variety of initial conditions such l {l h as DG engine hot and DG engine at ambient conditions. Additional DG capabilities must be demonstrated to meet required Surveillances (e.g., capability of the DG to revert to standby status on an Emergency Core Cooling System (ECCS) l signal while operating in parallel test mode). i Proper sequencing of loads, including tripping of nonessential loads, is a required function for DG OPERABILITY. I The AC sources in one division must be se)arate and independent (to the extent possible) of tie AC sources in ! the other division. For the DGs, separation and independence are complete. For the qualified circuits, j
,,i separation and independence are to the extent practical. '
(G APPLICABILITY The AC sources are required to be OPERABLE in MODES 1, 2, 3. l and 4 to ensure that: I
- a. Acceptable fuel design limits and reactor coolant pressure boundary limits are not exceeded as a result of A00s or abnormal transients; and
- b. Adequate core cool-ing is provided and containment OPERABILITY and other vital functions are maintained in the event of a postulated DBA.
The AC power requirements for MODES 5 and 6 are covered in 1 LC0 3.8.2, "AC Sources -Shutdown." l l l l g3 , O BYRON - UNITS 1 & 2 B 3.8.1 -- 5 8/26/98 Revision L l
_ _ . _ .._ _ _ __ _ .._ _ _ _ . _ _ _ -~ _ __ _. l AC Sources-Operating i B 3.8.1 l
-(q J
BASES ACTIONS .A_d To ensure a highly reliable power source remains with one required qualified circuit inoperable, it is necessary to verify the OPERABILITY of the remaining required gualified
' circuit on a more frequent basis. Since the Required Action only specifies " perform." a failure of SR 3.8.1.1 acceptance criteria does not result in a Required Action not met.
However, if another required circuit fails SR 3.8.1.1. this qualified circuit is inoperable, and additional Conditions and Required Actions may.be appropriate. If the additional inoperability results in a bus with two required qualified circuits inoperable Condition C is entered. If the additional inoperability results in the second bus with one required qualified circuit inoperable Condition A is still l applicable. 1 b1 \ l l According to Regulatory Guide 1.93 (Ref. 6) operation may l continue in Condition A for a period that should not exceed 72 hours. With one or more buses with one required l qualified circuit inoperable, the reliability of the offsite system is degraded, and the potential for a loss of offsite O power is increased, with attendant potential for a challenge to the plant safety systems. In this Condition, however. l the remaining OPERABLE required qualified circuits and DGs l are adequate to supply electrical power to the onsite l Class 1E Distribution System. The 72 hour Completion Time takes into account the capacity and capability of the remaining AC sources, a reasonable i time for repairs. and the low probability of a DBA occurring ) l during this period. ! I i l l i BYRON - UNITS 1 & 2 B 3.8.1 - 6 8/26/98 Revision A
i L 1 l AC Sources-Operating { B 3.8.1 ) p BASES
-ACTIONS (continued)
The second Completion Time for Required Action A.2 establishes a limit on the maximum time allowed for any combination of required AC power sources to be inoperable during any single contiguous occurrence of failing to meet
'the LCO. If Condition A is entered while, for instance, a DG is inoperable and that DG is subsequently returned OPERABLE. the LCO may already have been not met for up to l 72 hours. This could lead to a total of 144 hours, since. i initial failure to meet the LCO. to restore the required l l qualified circuit (s). At this time a DG could again become l inoperable, the circuit (s) restored OPERABLE, and an-l additional 72 hours (for a total of 9 days) allowed prior.to ,
t complete restoration of the LCO. The 6 day Completion Time ! provides a limit on the time allowed in a specified condition after discovery of failure to meet the LCO. This limit is considered reasonable for situations in which Conditions-A and B are entered concurrently The "AND" connector between the 72 hour and 6 day Completion Times means that both Completion Times apply simultaneously, and the more restrictive Completion Time must be met. t The Completion Time allows for an exception to the normal
/
" time zero" for beginning the allowed outage time " clock."
1 This will result in establishing the " time zero" at the time that the LCO was initially not met, instead of at the time l Condition A was entered.
- l l
B.l , To ensure a highly reliable power source remains with an i inoperable DG. it is necessary to verify the availability of the required qualified circuits on a more frequent basis. Since the Required Action only specifies " perform." a ' failure of SR 3.8.1 1 acceptance criteria does not result in ! a Required Action being not met.. However, if a required qualified circuit fails to pass SR 3.81.1. it is inoperable.andadditionalConditionsandRequiredActions appiy. .O BYRON - UNITS 1 & 2 B 3.8.1 - 7 8/26/98 Revision A
AC Sources-Operating i B 3.8.1 p BASES' ACTIONS (continued) L2 ' Required Action B.2 is intended to provide assurance that a loss of offsite power, during the period that a DG is
' inoperable, does not resu'It in a complete loss of~ safety function of critical systems. These features (i.e.,
systems, subsystems. trains components, and devices) are designed.with redundant safety related trains. This' includes the diesel driven auxiliary feedwater pump. Redundant required feature failures consist of inoperable features associated with a train, redundant to the train that has an inoperable DG. The Com)letion Time for Required Action B.2 is intended to allow tie operator time to evaluate and repair any discovered inoperabilities. This Completion Time also allows for an exception to the normal " time zero" for beginning the allowed outage time " clock." In this Required Action. the Completion Time only begins on discovery that both:
- a. An inoperable DG exists; and
- b. A required feature on the other division is inoperable.
If at any time during the existence of this Condition (one 9 DG inoperable) a required feature subsequently becomes
- inoperable. this Completion Time would begin to be tracked.
M Discovering one required DG inoperable coincident with one 4 or more inoper6ble required redundant feature (s) results in Ql starting the Completion Time for the Required Action. Four hours from the discovery of these events existing concurrently is acceptable because it minimizes risk while allowing time for restoration before subjecting.the unit to transients associated with' shutdown.
- ,r m lC BYRON - UNITS 1 & 2 B 3.8.1 - 8 8/26/98 Revision L
AC Sources-Operating B 3.8.1 i BASES ACTIONS (continued) In this Condition, the remaining OPERABLE DG and qualified circuits are adequate to supply electrical power to the onsite Class 1E Distribution System. Thus, on a component basis, single failure protection for the required, feature's
' function may have been lost: however, function has not been lost. The 4 hour Completion Time takes into account the OPERABILITY of the redundant counterpart to the inoperable required feature. Additionally, the 4 hour Completion Time takes into account the capacity and capability of the remaining AC sources, a reasonable time for repairs and the low probability of a DBA occurring during this period.
B.3.1 and B.3.2 I Required Action B.3.1 provides an allowance to avoid I unnecessary testing of OPERABLE DG(s). If it can be determined that the cause of the inoperable DG does not exist on the OPERABLE DG. SR 3.8.1.2 does not have to be performed. If the cause of inoperability exists on the other DG. the other DG would be declared inoperable upon discovery and Condition E of LCO 3.8.1 would be entered. Once the failure is repaired the common cause failure no
/7 longer exists, and Required Action B.3.1 is satisfied. If U the cause of the initial inoperable DG cannot be confirmed not to exist on the remaining DG, performance of SR 3.8.1.2 suffices to provide assurance of continued OPERABIt.ITY of that DG.
l In the event the inoperable DG is restored to OPERABLE status prior to completing either B.3.1 or B.3.2. the Problem Identification and Investigation Procedure will continue to evaluate the common cause possibility and determine the need for any additional DG testing. This i continued evaluation however, is no longer under the l 24' hour constraint imposed while in Condition B. l According to Generic Letter 84-15 (Ref. 7). 24 hours is reasonable to confirm that the OPERABLE DG is not affected L i by the same problem as the inoperable DG. 1 l l l l [ BYRON - UNITS 1 & 2 B 3.8.1 - 9 8/26/98 Revision A l
AC Sources-Operating l B 3.8.1 BASES l bq l ACTIONS (continued) B4 According to Regulatory Guide 1.93 (Ref. 6). operation may continue in Condition B for a period that should ,not exceed
~
I '72 hours. In Condition B the remaining OPERABLE DG and required qualified circuits are adequate to supply electrical power to the onsite Class 1E Distribution System. The 72 hour Completion Time takes into account the capacity and capability of the remaining AC sources, a reasonable time for repairs, and the low probability of a DBA occurring during this period. The second Completion Time for Required Action B.4 establishes a limit on the maximum time allowed for any combination of required AC power sources to be inoperable during any single contiguous occurrence of failing to meet the LCO. If Condition B is entered while, for instance, a required qualified circuit is ino)erable and that circuit is subsequently restored OPERABLE. tie LCO may already have been not met for up to 72 hours. This could lead to a total O of 144 hours, since initial failure to meet the LCO to U restore the DG. At this time, a required qualified circuit could again become inoperable the DG restored OPERABLE, and an additional 72_ hours (for a total of 9 days) allowed prior to complete restoration of the LCO. The 6 day Completion Time provides a limit on time allowed in a specified condition after discovery of failure to meet the LCO. This limit is considered reasonable for situations in which Conditions A and B are entered concurrently The "AND" connector between the 72 hour and 6 day Completion Times means that both Completion Times apply simultaneously, and the more restrictive Completion Time must be met. As in Required Action B.2, the Completion Time allows for an exception to the normal " time zero" for beginning the allowed time " clock." This will result in establishing the
" time zero" at the time that the LCO was initially not met, instaad of at the time Condition B was entered.
I O BYRON - UNITS 1 & 2 B 3.8.1 - 10 8/26/98 Revision A
AC Sources-Operating B 3.8.1 BASES l !. ACTIONS (continued) L.1 l With one or more bus'es with both of its required qualified i circuits inoperable. sufficient onsite AC sources are
'available to maintain the' unit in a safe shutdown' condition i in the event of a DBA or transient. In fact, a simultaneous I loss of offsite AC sources. a LOCA, and a worst case single failure were postulated as a part of the design basis in the i safety analysis. Thus, the 24 hour Completion Time provides !
a period of time to effect restoration of one of the required qualified circuits commensurate with the importance I of maintaining an AC electrical power system capable of meeting its design criteria. l According to Regulatory Guide 1.93 (Ref. 6), witn tiie available required qualified circuits _two less than required by the LCO. operation may continue for 24 hours. If two required qualified circuits are restored within 24 hours. unrestricted operation may continue. If only one required qualified circuit is restored within 24 hours, power
. operation continues in accordance with Condition A. / D.1 and 0.2 O] In Condition D, with one DG inoperable and one or more buses with one qualified circuit inoperable or with one 'DG cnd one-bus with both qualified circuits inoperable individual redundancy is lost in both the offsite electrical pow 3r system and the onsite AC electrical aower system. Since power system redundancy is provided )y two diverse sources of power, however, the reliability of the power systems in this Condition may appear higher than that in Condition C.
This difference in reliability is offset by the susceptibility of this power system configuration to a single bus or switching failure. The 12 hour Completion Time to restore the DG or the required qualified circuit (s) takes into account the capacity and capability of the remaining AC sources, a reasonable time for repairs. and the low probability of a DBA occurring during this period. !O BYRON - UNITS 1 & 2 B 3.8.1 - 11 8/26/98 Revision A
AC Sources-Operating B 3.8.1 l r BASES i ACTIONS (continued) 1 l u Pursuant to LCO 3.0.6. the Distribution System ACTIONS would not be entered even if all AC sources to it were inoperable. i resulting in de-energization. Therefore, the Required Actions of Condition D are modified by a Note to indicate
'that when Condition D is ' entered with no'AC source to any division (one or more divisions de-energized). the I
Conditions and Required Actions for LCO 3 8.9. " Distribution l Systems-Operating." must be immediately entered. This allows Condition D to provide recuirements for the loss of one DG and one required qualifiec circuit on one or more buses, without regard to whether a division.is de-energized. LCO 3.8.9 provides the appropriate restrictions for a i de-energized division. 1 According to Regulatory Guide 1.93 (Ref. 6). operation may continue in Condition D for a period that should not exceed 12 hours. L.1 With Train A and Train B DGs ino)erable, there are no remaining standby AC sources. T1us, with an assumed loss of offsite electrical power insufficient standby AC sources are available to power the minimum required ESF functions. Since the offsite electrical power system is the only source of AC power for this level of degradation the risk associated with continued operation for a very short time could be less than that associated with an immediate controlled shutdown (the immediate shutdown could cause grid instability, which could result in a total loss of AC power). Since any inadvertent generator trip could also result in a total loss of offsite AC power, the time allowed for continued operation is severely restricted. The intent here is to avoid the risk associated with an immediate controlled shutdown and to minimize the risk associated with this level of degradation. According to Reference 6. with both DGs inoperable, operation may continue for a period that should not exceed 2 hours. rh O BYRON - UNITS 1 & 2 B 3.8.1 - 12 8/26/98 Revision A
.. .-- .~ - . - - . . - - - - - -. . - -- - - - - - . . .
AC Sources-Operating l B 3.8,1 BASES ACTIONS (continued) I 1 F.1 and F:2 If the inoperable AC electric power sources cannot be I restored to OPERABLE status within the required Completion Time. the unit must be brbught to a MODE in which'tle l LC0 does not apply. To achieve this status, the unit must l be brought to at least MODE 3 within 6 hours and to MODE 5 l within 36 hours. The allowed Completion Times are reasonable.. based on operating experience, to reach the recuired unit conditions from full power conditions in an orcerly manner and without challenging plant systems. El Condition G corresponds to a level of degradation in which all redundancy in the AC electrical power suoplies may be lost. At this severely degraded level, any further losses in the AC electrical power system may cause a loss of function. Therefore, no additional time is justified for continued operation. The unit is required by LCO 3.0.3 to commence a controlled shutdown. Examples of inoperabilities that recuire entry into Condition G are: 1) both DGs inoperable A anc both qualified circuits inoperable on one bus, and 2) U one DG inoperable and both qualified circuits ino)erable on one bus and one qualified circuit inoperable on t1e second bus.
- O BYRON - UNITS 1 & 2 B 3.8.1 - 13 8/26/98 Revision A
, AC Sources-Operating l B 3.8.1 p BASES l\ ' SURVEILLANCE The AC sources are designed to permit inspection and i REQUIREMENTS testing of all important areas and' features, especially ' those that have a standby function, in accordance with 10 CFR 50. Appendix A. GDC 18 (Ref. 8). Periodic component tests are supplemented by extensive functional tests during
' refueling outages (under ' simulated accident conditions).
The SRs for demonstrating the OPERABILITY of the DGs are in general conformance with the recommendations of Regulatory l Guide 1.9 (Ref. 3). and Regulatory Guide 1.137 (Ref. 10), as addressed in the UFSAR. Where the SRs discussed herein specify voltage and frequency l tolerances, the following is applicable. The minimum steady l l state output voltage of 3950 V is 95% of the nominal 4160 V l output voltage. This value allows for voltage drop to the terminals of 4000 V motors whose minimum operating voltage is specified as 90% or 3600 V. It also allows for voltage drops to motors and other equipment down through the 120 V level where minimum operating voltage is also usually specified as 90% of name plate rating. The specified maximum steady state output voltage of 4580 V is equal to the maximam operating voltage specified for 4000 V motors. It ensures that for a lightly loaded distribution system. the voltage at the terminals of 4000 V motors is no more ( than the maximum rated operating voltages. The specified l minimum and maximum frequencies of the DG are 58.8 Hz and 61.2 Hz respectively. These values are ecual to - 2% of , the 60 Hz nominal frequency and are derivec from the recommendations given in Regulatory Guide 1.9 (Ref. 3). l SR 3.8.1.1 This SR ensures proper circuit continuity for the offsite AC electrical power supply to the onsite distribution network i and availability of offsite AC electrical power. The breaker alignment verifies that each breaker is in its I correct position to ensure that distribution buses and loads are connected to their preferred power source, and that appropriate independence of offsite circuits is maintained. The 7 day Frequency is adequate since breaker position is not likely to change without the operator being aware of it and because its status is displayed in the control room. (
- O BYRON - UNITS 1 & 2 B 3.8.1 - 14 12/17/97 Revision C i
. AC Sources-Operating B 3.8.1
- 7, -BASES I- SURVEILL'ANCE REQUIREMENTS (continued)
SR 3.8.1.2 and SR 3.8.1.7 l [ These SRs help to ensure the availability of the standby !
- -electrical power supply to mitigate DBAs and transients and l 'to maint61n the unit in a' safe shutdown condition'. ,
Each SR 3.8.1.2 and SR 3.8.1.7 DG start requires the DG to achieve and maintain a steady state voltage and frequency i range. The start signals used for this test may consist of l one of the foklowing signals: l l' a. Manual;
- b. Simulated loss of ESF bus voltage by itself:
- c. Simulated loss of ESF bus voltage in conjunction with an ESF actuation test signal: or L
- d. An ESF actuation test signal by itself.
For the p pose of SR 3.8.1.2 testing. the DGs are started
~
Ns from stan y conditions once per 31 days. Standby
< d conditions for a DG mean that the diesel engine coolant and Ig] _ %'- oil are being continuously circulated and temperature is tri being maintained consistent with manufacturer's recommended i
N o erating range (low lube oil and acket water temperature a arm settings to the high. lube 01 and jacket water k temperature alarm settings). For the purposes of SR 3.8.1.7 testing, the DGs are started from normal standby conditions once per 184 days. Normal , standby conditions for a DG mean that the diesel engine coolant and oil are being continuously circulated and temperature is being maintained within the prescribed temperature bands of these subsystems when the diesel generator has been at rest for an extended period of time with the prelube oil and jacket water circulating systems operational. The prescribed temperature band is 115*F - 135 F whic1 accounts for instrument tolerances. DG starts for these Surveillances are followed by a warmup ! period prior to loading l-O . UNITS 1 & 2 B 3.8.1 - 15 BYRON 9/24/98 Revision L l l l l
l AC Sources-Operating B 3.8.1 l e BASES l t . SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS (continued) In order to reduce' stress and wear on diesel engines, a modified start is used in which the starting speed of DGs is , limited, warmup is limited to this lower speed. and the DGs ' are gradually accelerated to synchronous speed pr,ior to
~
l
' loading. These start procedures are the intent of starts in accordance with SR 3.8.1.2.
L SR 3.8.1.7 requires that, at a 184 day Frequency, the DG , l starts from normal standby conditions and achieves required l voltage and frequency within 10 seconds. The 10 second i start requirement supports the assumptions of the design l basis LOCA analysis in the UFSAR, Chapter 15 (Ref. 5). The 10 second start requirement is not applicable to SR 3.8.1.2 (see SR Note) when a modified start procedure as described above is used. If a modified start is not used, the 10 second start requirement of SR 3.8.1.7 applies Since SR 3.8.1.7 requires a 10 second start, it is more restrictive than SR 3.8.1.2, and it may be 3erformed in lieu of SR 3.8.1.2. This is also addressed in SR 3.8.1.2 Note. A The 31 day Frecuency for SR 3.8.1.2 is consistent with () . Regulatory Guice 1.9 (Ref. 3). The 184 day Frequency for l SR 3.8.1.7 is a reduction in cold testing consistent with l Generic Letter 84-15 (Ref. 7). These Frequencies' provide adequate assurance of DG OPERABILITY, while minimizing degradation resulting from testing. 4 l l l l l 0 - BYRON - UNITS 1 & 2 B 3.8.1 - 16 9/24/98 Revision C l L _
_ _ . _ _ . - _~. . . . _ . _ _ _ _
'AC Sources-Operating e
B 3.8.1 n- BASES _t 1
-V SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS (continued)
, SR 3.8.1.3 This Surveillance ve'rifies that the DGs are capable of synchronizing with the offsite electrical system and accepting loads greater than or ecual to the equii/alent of the maximum expected accident loacs. 'A minimum run time of 60 minutes is required to stabilize encjine temperatures. Although no power factor requirements are established by this SR. the DG is normally operated between 0 and 1000 kVARs. The load band is provided to avoid routine overloading of the DG. . Routine overloading may result in more frecuent teardown inspections in accordance with vendor recommencations in order to maintain DG OPERABILITY.. The 31 day Frequency for this Surveillance is consistent with Regulatory Guide 1.9 (Ref. 3). This SR is modified by four Notes. Note 1 indicates that 2 diesel engine runs for this Surveillance may include gradual 2 loading, as recommended by the manufacturer, so that g mechanical stress and wear on the diesel engine are f', 4 minimized. Note 2 states that momentary tr6nsients (e.g.. changing bus loads) do not invalidate this test. Similarly. gl momentary kVAR transients outside of the specified range do not invalidate the test. Note 3 indicates that this Surveillance should be conducted on only one DG at a time in order to avoid common cause failures that might result from offsite circuit or grid perturbations. Note 4 sti)ulates a prerequisite requirement for performance of this St. A successful DG start must precede this test to credit satisfactory performance. 4 O BYRON - UNITS 1 & 2 8 3.8.1 - 17 8/26/98 Revision L
. 1 l AC Sources-Operating B 3.8.1 l l
BASES
- i SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS (continued) j SR 3.8.1.4 i
This SR provides verification that the level of fuel oil in the day tank is at or above the level at which fuel oil is i
' automatically added. The' level is expressed as a'n equivalent volume in gallons, and is selected to ensure adequate fuel oil for a minimum of 1 hour of DG operation at i full load plus 10%.
]
The 31 day Frequency is adequate to assure that a suf ficient , supply of fuel oil is available, since low level alarms are I provided and facility operators would De aware of any large uses of fuel oil during this period. SR 3.8.1.5 Microbiological fouling is a major cause of fuel oil degradation. There are numerous bacteria that can grow in fuel oil and cause fouling, but all must have a water environment in order to survive. Removal of water from the fuel oil day tanks once every 31 days eliminates the necessary environment for bacterial survival. This is the , most effective means of controlling microbiological fouling. In addition. .it eliminates the potential for water entrainment in the fuel oil durin Water may come from any of several sources,g DG operation. including condensation, ground water, rain water, contaminated fuel oil, and breakdown of the fuel oil by bacteria. Frequent checking for and removal of accumulated water minimizes fouling and , provides data regarding the watertight integrity of the fuel oil system. The Surveillance Frequencies are established by Regulatory Guide 1.137 (Ref. 10). This SR is for preventative maintenance. The presence of water does not l necessarily represent failure of this SR. provided the l accumulated water is removed during the performance of this Surveillance. BYRON - UNITS 1 & 2 B 3.8.1 - 18 8/26/98 Revision A
AC Sources-Operating B 3.8.1 rw BASES b SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS (continued) SR 3.8 1.6 This Surveillance demonstrates that each required (one of two transfer pumps per DG is " required" to support DG
' OPERABILITY) fuel oil tra~nsfer pump operates and transfers fuel oil from its associated storage tank (s) to its associated day tank. This is required to support continuous operation of standby power sources. This Surveillance provides assurance that the fuel oil transfer pump is OPERABLE. the fuel oil piping system is intact the fuel delivery piping is not obstructed, and the controls and control systems for automatic fuel transfer systems are OPERABLE.
The design of fuel transfer systems is such that orie pump will operate automatically in order to maintain an adequate volume of fuel oil in the day tank during or following DG testing. Therefore, a 31 day Frequency is appropriate. SR 3.8.1.8 Transfer of each 4.16 kV ESF bus power supply from the t] V normal offsite circuit to the alternate offsite circuit demonstrates the OPERABILITY of the alternate circuit distribution network to power the shutdown loads. The 18 month Frequency of the Surveillance is based ort engineering judgment, taking into consideration the unit conditions required to perform the Surveillance, and is intended to be consistent with expected fuel cycle lengths. Operating experience has shown that these components usually pass the SR when performed at the 18 month Frequency. Therefore, the Frequency was concluded to be acceptable from a reliability standpoint. BYRON - UNITS 1 & 2 B 3.8.1 - 19 8/26/98 Revision A
~AC Sources-Operating B 3.8.1 BASES O' SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS (continued)
SR 3.8.1.9 Each DG is 3rovided with an engine overspeed trip to prevent ! damage to tie engine. Recovery from the transient caused by
'the loss of a large load 'could cause diesel enginb overspeed. which. if excessive, might result in a trip of the engine. This Surveillance demonstrates the DG load response characteristics and capability to reject the largest single load without exceeding predetermined voltage and frequency and while maintaining a specified margin to the overspeed trip. The single largest post-accident load associated with each DG is the Essential Service Water (SX) i
' pump (1290 brake horsepower. 1034 kW at full load conditions). This Surveillance is accomplished by simultaneously tripping loads supplied by the DG which have a minimum combined load equivalent to the single largest post-accident load. This method is employed due to the di fficulty of attaining SX full load conditions during normal plant operations. As required by IEEE-308 (Ref. 9), the load rejection test is acceptable if the increase in diesel speed does not exceed 75% of the difference between synchronous speed and the m overspeed trip setpoint (64.5 Hz). or 15% above synchronous speed (69 Hz). whichever is lower. The voltage and frequency tolerances specified ir this SR are derived from Regulatory Guide 1.9 (Ref. 3) recommendations for response during load sequence intervals. l The voltage and frequency specified are consistent with the design range of the equipment powered by the DG. { SR 3.8.1.9.a corresponds to the maximum frequency excursion. I while SR 3.8.1.9.b and SR 3.8.1.9.c are. steady /. ate voltage , and frequency values to which the system must recover following load rejection. The 18 month Frequency is consistent with the recommendation of Regulatory Guide 1.9 (Ref. 3). ; This SR is modified by a Note. The reason for the Note is that during operation with the reactor critical, performance of this SR could cause perturbations to the electrical distribution systems that could challenge continued steady state operation and, as a result, plant safety systems. BYRON - UNITS 1 & 2 B 3.8.1 - 20 8/26/98 Revision A
i AC Sources-Operating B 3.8.1
.g . BASES b SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS (continued)
SR 3.8.1.10-This Surveillance demonstrates the DG capability to reject a full load without overspeed trip)ing or exceeding the
' predetermined voltage limits. T1e DG full load rbjection may occur because of a system fault or inadvertent breaker tripping. This Surveillance ensures proper engine / generator response under the simulated test conditions. This test simulates a full load rejection and verifies that the DG does not trip upon loss of the load. These acceptance criteria provide for DG damage protection. While the DG is not expected to experience this transient during an event and continues to be available,'this response ensures that the DG is not degraded for future application, including reconnection to the bus if the trip initiator can be corrected or isolated.
The 18 month Frequency is consistent with the recommendation s of Regulatory Guide 1.9 (Ref. 3) and is intended to be
,y consistent with expected fuel-cycle lengths.
n Q2M .This SR has been modified by two Notes. Note 1 states that momentary transients above the stated voltage limit V y
.N Q
immediately following a load rejection (i.e., the DG full load rejection) do not invalidate this test. The reason for 2 Note 2 is that during operation with the reactor critical. performance of this SR could cause perturbation to the electrical distribution systems that could challenge continued steady state operation and, as a result, plant safety systems. SR 3.8.1.11 In general conformance with the recommendations of Regulatory Guide 1.9 (Ref. 3), paragraph 2.2.4, this Surveillance demonstrates the as designed operation of the standby power sources during loss of the offsite source. This test verifies all actions encountered from the loss of offsite power, including shedding of the nonessential loads and energization of the emergency buses and respective loads from the DG. It further demonstrates the capability of the DG to automatically achieve the required voltage and frequency within the specified time, and maintain a steady state voltage and frequency range. O i V BYRON - UNITS 1 & 2 B 3.8.1 - 21 8/26/98 Revision L
AC Sources-Operating. B 3.8.1 BASES l , SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS (continued) I The DG autostart time of 10 seconds is derived from requirements of the accident analysis to respond to a design basis large break LOCA. The Surveillance should be continued for a minimum of 5 minutes in order to demonstrate
'that all starting transiehts have decayed and stability is achieved. !
The requirement to verify the connection and power supply of permanent and autoconnected loads is intended.to satisfactorily show the relationship of these loads to the , DG loading logic. In certain circumstances, many of these loads cannot actually be connected or loaded without undue hardship or potential for undesired operation. For instance. ECCS injection valves are not desired to be stroked open, or high pressure injection systems are not capable of being operated at full flow, or Residual Heat Removal (RHR) systems performing a decay heat removal i function are not desired to be realigned to the ECCS mode of operation. In lieu of actual demonstration of connection l and loading of loads, testing that adequately shows the capability of the DG systems to perform these functions is acceptable. This testing may include any series of sequential, overlapping, or total steps so that the entire connection and loading sequence is verified. The Frequency of 18 months is consistent with the-recommendations of Regulatory Guide 1.9 (Ref. 3). takes into consideration unit conditions required to perform the Surveillance, and is intended to be consistent with expected fuel cycle lengths. i This SR is modified by a Note. The reason for the Note is that performing the Surveillance would remove a required l offsite circuit from service. perturb the electrical distribution system, and challenge safety systems. l f O BYRON - UNITS 1 & 2 B 3.8.1 - 22 8/26/98 Revision A 1 l
AC Sources-Operating B 3.8.1 l
,m BASES SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS (continued) l SR 3.8.1.12 This Surveillance d5monstrates that the DG automatically I starts and achieves the required voltage and frequency
'within the specified time'(10 seconds) from the design basis actuation signal (LOCA signal) and operates for a 5 minutes. ,
The 5 minute period provides sufficient. time to demonstrate ' stability. The Frequency of 18 months takes into consideration unit ' conditions required to perform the Surveillance and is j intended to be consistent with the expected fuel cycle l lengths. Operating experience has shown that these i components usually pass the SR when 3erformed at the ! 18 month Frequency. Therefore, the requency was concluded to be acceptable from a reliability standpoint. l SR 3.8.1.13 This Surveillance demonstrates that DG noncritical protective functiont (e.g.. high jacket water temperature) l are bypassed on a los; of voltage signal concurrent with an t'N ESF actuation test signal The noncritical trips are d bypassed during DBAs and rovide an alarm on an abnormal engine condition. This a arm provides the operator with sufficient time to react appropriately. The DG availability to mitigate the DBA is more critical than protecting the engine against minor problems that are not immediately detrimental to emergency operation of the DG. The 18 month Frequency is based on engineering judgment, taking into consideration unit conditions required to perform the Surveillance, and is intended to be consistent with expected fuel cycle lengths. Operating experience has shown that these components usually performed at the 18 month Frequency. pass thethe Therefore. SR when Frequency was concluded to be acceptable from a reliability standpoint. l O BYRON - UNITS 1 & 2 B 3.8.1 - 23 8/26/98 Revision A l
AC Sources -Operating B 3.8.1 g:. ::. V SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS (continued) The DG autostart time of 10 secon'ds is derived from requirements of the accident analysis to respond to a design basis large break LOCA. The Surveillance should be continued for a minimum of 5 minutes in orcer to demonstrate
'that all starting transients have decayed and stability is acnleved. ;
The requirement to verify the connection' and power supply of permanent and autoconnected loads is intended to i satisfactorily show the relationship of these loads to the DG loading logic. In certain circumstances, many of these loads cannot actually be connected or loaded without undue hardship or potential for undesired operation. For i instance. ECCS injection valves are not desired to be stroked open, or high pressure injection systems are not capable of being operated at full flow, or Residual Heat Removal (RHR) systems performing a decay heat removal function are not desired to be realigned to the ECCS mode of operation. In lieu of actual demonstration of connection and loading of loads, testing that adequately shows the capability of the DG systems to perform these functions is acceptable. This testing may include any series of sequential, overlapping, or total steps so that the entire I connection and loading sequence is verified. The Frequency of 18 months is consistent with the. recommendations of Regulatory Guide 1.9 (Ref. 3), takes into consideration unit conditions required to perform the Surveillance, and is intended to be consistent with expected fuel cycle lengths. This SR is modified by a' Note. The reason for the Note is that performing the Surveillance would remove a required offsite circuit from service, perturb the electrical distribution system, and challenge safety systems. BRAIDWOOD - UNITS 1 & 2 B 3.8.1 - 22 8/26/98 Revision A l l
u AC Sources-Operating B 3.8.1 [ BASES i
- SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS (continued) 4 SR 3.8 1.12-This Surveillance demonstrates that the DG automatically starts and achieves the required volta
'within the specified time'(10 seconas)gefrom and the frecuency aes1ari basis actuation signal (LOCA signal) and operates for a 5 ininutes.. I The 5 minute period prov10es sufficient time to cemonstrate
. stability.
The Frequency of 18 months takes into consideration unit i conditions required to perform the Surveillance and is ; ' intended to be consistent with the expected fuel cycle ) lengths. Operating experience has shown that these ,' components usually pass the SR when performed at the 18 month Frequency. Therefore, the Frequency was concluded to be acceptable from a reliability standpoint. SR 3 8.1.13 ' This Surveillance demonstrates that DG noncritical ! protective functions (e.g., high jacket water temperature) are bypassed on a loss of voltage signal concurrent with an ~ ESF actuation test signal The noncritical trips are ) bypassed during DBAs-and provide an alarm on an abnormal , engine condition. This alarm provides the operator with ' sufficient time to react appropriately. The DG availability to mitigate the DBA is more critical than protecting the l engine against minor problems that are not immediately detrimental to emergency operation of the DG. The 18 month Frequency is based on engineering judgment. taking into consideration unit conditions required to perform the Surveillance, and is intended to be consistent with expected fuel cycle lengths. Operating experience has shown that these components usually performed at the 18 month Fr'equency. pass the Therefore, theSR when Frequency was concluded to be acceptable from a reliability stanapoint. BRAIDWOOD - UNITS 1 & 2 B 3.8.1 - 23 8/26/98 Revision A
AC Sources-Operating
- B 3.8.1 o
p BASES lU SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS (continued) l l ~ SR 3.8.1.14 Regulatory Guide 1.9 (Ref. 3), paragraph 2.2.9. recommends
' demonstration once per 18 months that the DGs can start and C 'run continuously at-full load capability for an interv al of i 1.
not less than 24 hours. = 2 hours of which is at a load band I d equivalent to 105% to 110% of the continuous duty rating and is - the remainder of the time at a load equivalent to the continuous duty rating of the DG. The DG starts for this pl v Surveillance can be performed either from standby or hot l- k - conditions. The provisions for warmup, discussed in SR 3.8.1.2. and for gradual loading, discussed in i SR 3.8.1.3, are also applicable to this SR. Although no power factor requirements are established by this SR. a portion of the testing is performed between 0 and. 1000 kVARs. The practice of performing this entire test at rated power factor has been determined to be unjustified, potentially destructive, testing due to exceeding the vendors recommendation for maximum voltage of the generator if the DG output breaker should open during testing. - Therefore. the DG is to be operated at rated power factor p for only a short duration during the performance of this Q surveillance in accordance with the following guidance: i During the period that the DG is loaded at a 5500'kW and ! 51000 kVAR, the following shall be performed once to verify DG operability at rated power factor:
- a. Over a two minute period, raise kVAR loading to 4125 kVAR:
- b. Operate the DG at 4125 kVAR for 1 minute or until kVAR and kW loading has stabilized; and
- c. Reduce kVAR loading to s 1000 kVAR. ;
The load band is provided to avoid routine overloading of the DG. Routine overloading may result in more frequent teardown inspections in accordance with vendor recommendations in order to maintain DG OPERABILITY. L LO l BYRON - UNITS 1 & 2 B 3.8.1 - 24 8/26/98 Revision L w
AC Sources-Operating B 3.8.1 BASES SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS (continued) The 18 month Frequency is consistent with the recommendations of Regulatory Guide 1.9 (Ref. 3), takes into consideration unit conditions required to perform the Surveillance, and is intended to be consistent with expected
~
' fuel cycle lengths.
~
This Surveillance is modified by two Notes. Note 1 states that momentary transients (e.g., due to changing bus loads) do not invalidate this test. The reason for Note 2 is that during operation with the reactor critical, performance of this Surveillance could cause perturbations to the electrical distribution systems that could challenge continued steady state operation and, as a result, plant safety systems. SR 3.8.1.15 This Surveillance demonstrates that the diesel engine can restart from a hot condition, such as subsequent to shutdown from normal Surveillances, and achieve the required voltage and frequency within 10 seconds. The 10 second time is derived from the requirements of the accident analysis to respond to a design basis large break LOCA. The 18 month O,' Frequency is consistent with the recommendations of Regulatory Guide 1.9 (Ref. 3). l This SR is modified by two Notes. Note 1 ensures that the ! test is performed with the diesel sufficiently hot. The i load band is provided to avoid routine overloading of the DG. Routine overloads may result in more frequent teardown inspections in accordance with vendor recommendations in order to maintain DG OPERABILITY. The requirement that the diesel has operated for at least 2 hours at full load conditions prior to performance of this Surveillance is based on manufacturer recommendations for achieving hot conditions. Alternatively, the DG can be operated until operating temperatures have stabilized. Note 2 states that momentary transients (e.g., due to changing bus loads) do i not invalidate this test. ! l l l O : BYRON - UNITS 1 & 2 B 3.8.1 - 25 12/17/97 Revision C
AC Sources-Operating B 3.8.1 BASES' _\ '
. (V , ' SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS (continued) .
1 SR 3.8.1.16 cd . dif As required by Regulatory Guide 1.9 (Ref. 3). paragraph 2.2.11. this Surveillance ensures that the manual i y$ ' synchronization and 'oad transfer from the DG to the offsite source can be made and the DG can be returned to ready to-load status when offsite power is restored. It also ensures 1
.that the autostart logic is reset to allow the DG'to reload if a subsequent loss of offsite power occurs. .The DG is considered to be in ready to load status when the DG is at I rated speed and voltage, the output breaker is open and can H receive an autoclose signal on bus undervoltage, and the load sequence timers are reset The Frequency of 18 months is consistent with the recommendations of Regulatory Guide 1.9 (Ref. 3), a'nd takes into consideration unit conditions required to perform the
. Surveillance.
This SR is modified by a Note. The reason for the Note is that performing the Surveillance would remove a required offsite circuit from service, perturb the electrical distribution system, and challenge safety systems.
.X..p) fe-l I
l l l rD a_) ' , BYRON - UNITS 1 & 2 8 3.8.1 - 26 8/26/9'8 Revision L f'
~. .. _ . _ _ . . __._m._._._.. _ . - . _ _ . _ _ _ _ . _ . . _
AC Sources-Operating ; B 3.8.1 , BASES SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS (continued) SR 3.8.1.17 Demonstration of the* test mode override ensures that the DG availability under accident conditions will not be !
' compromised as the result ~of testing and the DG will l automatically reset to ready to load. operation if a.LOCA l actuation signal is received during operation in the test i mode. Ready to load operation is defined as the DG running !
at rated speed and voltage with the DG output breaker open. ! These provisions for automatic switchover are required by l IEEE-308 (Ref. 9), paragraph 6.2.6(2). l l The intent in the requirement associated with SR 3.8.1.17.b ! is to show that the emergency loading was r.ot~affected by the DG operation in test mode. In lieu of. actual demonstration of connection and loading of loads, testing that adequately shows the capability of the emergency loads ; to perform these functions is acceptable. This testing may include any series of sequential. overlapping, or total steps so that the entire connection and-loading sequence is verified. The 18 month Frequency is consistent with the ! recommendations of Regulatory Guide 1.9 (Ref. 3). takes into ' consideration unit conditions required to perform the
- Surveillance, and is intended to be consistent with expected fuel cycle lengths.
This SR is modified by a Note. The reason for the Note is that performing the Surveillance would remove a required offsite circuit from service, perturb the electrical distribution system, and challenge safety systems. Y 4 1 iO ~ BYRON - UNITS 1 & 2 B 3.8.1 - 27 8/26/98 Revision A
L AC Sources-Operating ( B 3.8.1 I. BASES l SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS (continued) SR 3.8.1.18 , Under accident and loss of offsite power conditions, loads l-are sequentially connected to the bus by the automatic load
' sequence timers The seq'uencing logic controls the permissive and starting signals to motor breakers to prevent overloading of the DGs due to high motor starting currents.
The 10% load sequence time interval tolerance ensures that sufficient time exists for the DG to restore frequency and voltage prior to~ applying the next-load and that safety l analysis assumptions regarding ESF equipment time delays are l' not violated. Reference 2 provides a summary of the automatic loading of ESF~ buses. The Frequency of 18 months is consistent with the recommendations of Regulatory Guide 1.9 (Ref. 3), takes into consideration unit conditions required to perform the ! Surveillance. and is intended to be consistent with expected ) fuel cycle lengths, i This SR is modified by a Note. The reason for the Note is that performing the Surveillance would remove a required offsite circuit from service perturb the electrical O distribution system, and challenge safety systems. 1 I l l t ( BYRON - UNITS 1 & 2 B 3.8.1 - 28 8/26/98' Revision A
l AC Sources-Operating B 3,8.1 ( l p BASES ' V SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS (continued) SR 3.8.1.19 In the event of a DBA coincident with a loss of offsite l power, the DGs are required to supply the necessary power to
'ESF systems so that the f'uel, RCS and containment design limits are not exceeded.
l l This Surveillance demonstrates the DG operation, as discussed in the Bases for SR 3.8.1.11. during a loss of offsite power actuation test signal in conjunction with an ESF actuation signal. In lieu of actual demonstration of connection and loading of loads, testing that adequately shows the capability of the DG system to perform these functions is acceptable. This testing may include any series of sequential, overlapping, or total steps so that the entire connection and loading sequence is verified. The Frequency of 18 months takes into consideration unit conditions required to perform the Surveillance and is intended to-be consistent with an expected fuel cycle length of 18 months. This SR is modified by a Note. The reason for the Note is y that the performance of the Surveillance would remove a required offsite circuit from service, perturb the electrical distribution system, and challenge safety systems. SR 3.8.1.20 This Surveillance demonstrates that the DG starting independence has not been compromised. Also, this Surveillance demonstrates that each engine can achieve proper speed within the specified time when the DGs are started simultaneously. The 10 year Frequency is consistent with the recommendations of Regulatory Guide 1.9 (Ref. 3). l lO BYRON - UNITS 1 & 2 B 3.8.1 - 29 8/26/98 Revision A
I AC Sources-Operating B 3.8.1 f- BASES N]J REFERENCES 1. 10 CFR 50. Appendix A. GDC 17.
- 2. UFSAR, Chapter 8.
,3 . Regulatory Guide 1.9,. Rev. 3. July 1993. ,
- 4. UFSAR. Chapter 6.
- 5. UFSAR, Chapter 15.
- 6. Regulatory Guide 1.93. Rev. O. December 1974.
- 7. Generic Letter 84-15. " Proposed Staff Actions to Improve and Maintain Diesel Generator Reliability."
July 2. 1984.
- 8. 10 CFR 50. Appendix A. GDC 18.
- 9. IEEE Standard 308-1978.
- 10. Regulatory Guide 1.137. Rev.1. October 1979.
~'i (V
i l O (j BYRON - UNITS 1 & 2 B 3.8.1 - 30 8/26/98 Revision A l
AC Sources-Shutdown B 3.8.2 m B 3.8 ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS f ) B 3.8.2 AC Sources-Shutdown BASES BACKGROUND 'A description of the AC s'ources is provided in thi Bases for LCO 3.8.1 "AC Sources -Operating." APPLICABLE The OPERABILITY of the minimum AC sources during MODES 5 SAFETY ANALYSES and 6. and during movement of irradiated fuel assemblies ensures that:
- a. The unit can be maintained in the shutdown or refueling condition for enended periods;
- b. Sufficient instrumentation and control capability is available for monitoring and maintaining the unit status; and i
- c. Adequate AC electrical power is provided to mitigate !
events postulated during shutdown, such as a fuel ! , handling accident. J l In general, when the unit is shut down, the Technical i Specifications requirements ensure that the unit has the j capability to mitigate the consequences of postulated accidents. However. assuming a single failure and concurrent loss of all offsite or all onsite power is not required. The rationale for this is based on the fact that many Design Basis Accidents (DBAs) that are analyzed in MODES 1. 2. 3. and 4 have no specific analyses in MODES 5 and 6. Worst case bounding events are deemed not credible in MODES 5 and 6 because the energy contained within the ; reactor pressure boundary. reactor coolant temperature and l pressure, and the corresponding stresses result in the probabilities of occurrence being significantly reduced or eliminated, and in minimal consecuences. These deviations from DBA analysis assumptions anc design requirements during ' shutdown conditions are allowed by the LCO for required systems. l m b BYRON - UNITS 1 & 2 B 3.8.2 - 1 8/26/98 Revision A
i AC Sources-Shutdown B 3.8.2 p d BASES APPLICABLE . SAFETY ANALYSES (continued) During MODES 1, 2, 3, and 4. various deviations from the ! , analysis assumptions and design requirements are allowed I within the Required Actions. This allowance is in recognition that certain testing and maintenance activities
'must be conducted provide ~d an acceptable level of' risk is not exceeded. During MODES 5 and 6, performance of a l significant number of required testing and maintenance activities is also required. In MODES 5 and 6 the activities are generally planned and administratively controlled. Relaxations from MODE 1, 2, 3, and 4 L LCO requirements are acceptable duririg shutdown modes based i
- on
- a. The fact that time in an outage is limited. This is a risk prudent goal as well as a utility economic consideration.
- b. Requiring appropriate compensatory measures for-certain conditions. These may include administrative controls, reliance on systems that do not necessarily meet typical design requirements applied to systems credited in operating MODE analyses, or both.
0 c. Prudent utility consideration of the risk associated 1 with multiple activities that could affect multiple systems. -
- d. Maintaining, to the extent practical, the ability to perform required functions (even if not meeting ,
MODE 1, 2, 3, and 4 OPERABILITY requirements) with systems assumed to function during an event. In the event of an accident during shutdown, this LC0 ensures the capability to support systems necessary to avoid immediate difficulty, assuming either a loss of all offsite power or a loss of all onsite Diesel Generator (DG) power. The AC sources satisfy Criterion 3 of 10 CFR 50.36(c)(2)(ii). O BYRON - UNITS 1 & 2 B 3.8.2- 2 8/26/98 Revision A
l AC Sources-Shutdown B 3.8.2 BASES O LCO One qualified circuit capable of supplying the onsite Class 1E power distribution subsystem (s) of LC0 3.8.10.
" Distribution Systems-Shutdown " ensures that all required
, loads are capable of being 30wered from offsite power. An l OPERABLE DG, associated wit 1 one of the distribution ! ' subsystem division (s) required to be OPERABLE by [.C0 3.8.10, ensures a diverse power source is available to provide l electrical power support, assuming a loss of the offsite circuit. Together, OPERABILITY of the required qualified circuit and DG ensures the availability of sufficient AC sources to operate the unit in a safe manner and to mitigate the consequences of postulated events during shutdown (e.g., i
- fuel handling accidents).
1 The qualified circuit must be capable of maintaining rated l frequency and voltage, and accepting required loads during an accident. while connected to the Engineered Safety Feature (ESF) bus (es). Qualified circuits are those that l are described in the UFSAR and are part of the licensing I basis for the plant, A description of the qualified circuits is contained in the Bases for LC0 3.8.1, "AC Sources -Operating. " The DG must be capable of starting, accelerating to rated O- speed and voltage, and connecting to its respective ESF bus on detection of bus undervoltage. This sequence must be accomplished within 10 seconds. The DG must be capable of accepting required loads within the assumed loading sequence intervals, and continue to operate until offsite power can be restored to the ESF buses. These capabilities are required to be met from a variety of initial conditions such i as DG in normal standby with the engine hot and DG in i standby at ambient conditions. ' 1 Proper sequencing of loads, including tripping of nonessential loads. is a required function for DG OPERABILITY. l It is acceptable for divisions to be cross tied during shutdown conditions allowing a single offsite power circuit to supply all required divisions. j i lO BYRON - UNITS 1 & 2 B '3.8.2 - 3 8/26/98 Revision A l l
AC Sources -Shutdown B 3.8.2 BASES ( l APPLICABILITY The AC sources required to be OPERABLE in' MODES 5 and 6. and at all times during movement of irradiated fuel assemblies. provide assurance that:
~
- a. Systems to provide adequate coolant inventory makeup are available for th'e irradiated fuel assemblies in I the core:
- b. Systems needed to mitigate a fuel handling accident are available:.
- c. Systems necessary to mitigate the effects of events i i
that can lead to core damage during shutdown are ! l available; and
]
- d. Instrumentation and control capability is available i for monitoring and maintaining the unit in a cold 1 shutdown condition or refueling condition. !
The AC power requirements for MODES 1. 2. 3. and 4 are covered in LCO 3.8.1. ACTIONS LC0 3.0.3 is not applicable while in MODE 5 or 6. However, since irradiated fuel assembly movement can occur in MODE 1
- 2. 3. or 4. the ACTIONS have been modified by a Note stating that LC0 3.0.3 is not applicable. If moving irradiated fuel assemblies while in MODE 5 or 6. LCO 3.0.3 would not specify any action. If moving irradiated fuel assemblies while in MODE 1. 2. 3. or 4. the fuel movement is independent of reactor operations. Therefore. in either case. inability to suspend movement of irradiated fuel assemblies would not be sufficient reason to require a reactor shutdown.
LO BYRON - UNITS 1 & 2 B 3.8.2 -4 8/26/98 Revision A
AC Sources-Shutdown . B 3.8.2 BASES ACTIONS (continued) A.1 i The' qualified circuit would be considered inoperable if it i were not available to'one required ESF division. Since two I l
' divisions may be required ~by LCO 3.8.10. the oned 'ivision j with offsite power available may be capable of supporting sufficient required features (i.e., systems, subsystems, trains, components, and devices) to allow continuation of CORE ALTERATIONS and fuel movement. -By the allowance of the .I option to declare required features inoperable, with no offsite power available, appropriate restrictions will be implemented in accordance with-the affected required
- features LC0's ACTIONS.
O V l l 1 1 i BYRON - UNITS 1 & 2 B 3.8.2 - 5 8/26/98 Revision A
AC Sources-Shutdown B 3.8.2 i ^ BASES ACTIONS (continued) A.2.1. A.2.2. A.2.3. A.2.4. A.2.5. B.1. B.2. B.3. B.4. and i U i With the offsite circuit not available to one or more , ' required divisions, the option would still exist to declare all required features inoperable. Since this option may l involve undesired administrative efforts, the allowance for l sufficiently conservative actions is made.. With the' l required DG inoperable, the minimum required diversity of AC power sources is not available. It is, therefore, required to suspend CORE ALTERATIONS. movement of irradiated fuel assemblies, operations involving positive reactivity additions, and declare the affected Low Temperature j Overpressure Protection (LTOP) features required by l LCO 3.4.12. " Low Tem l System" inoperable. The perature Overpressure Required Protection Action to declare the (LTOP) i affected LTOP features inoperable allows the operator to evaluate the current unit conditions and to determine which (if any) of the LTOP features have been affected by the loss of power. The Required Action to suspend positive reactivity additions does not preclude actions to maintain or increase reactor vessel inventory provided the required l ' -f SDM is maintained. Suspension of these activities does not preclude completion of actions to establish a safe l ! conservative condition. These actions minimize the l probability or the occurrence of postulated events'. It is 1 further required to immediately initiate action to restore l the required AC sources and to continue this action until restoration is accomplished in order to provide the necessary AC power to the plant safety systems. The Completion Time of immediately is consistent with the required times for actions requiring prompt attention. -The l restoration of the required AC electrical power sources l should be completed as quickly as possible in order to l minimize the time during which the unit safety systems may be without sufficient power. l l t iO ! BYRON - UNITS 1 & 2 B 3.8.2 - 6 8/26/98 Revision A I l
AC Sources-Shutdown B 3.8.2
- BASES I I (o') ACTIONS (continued)
Pursuant to LCO 3.0.6. the Distribution System's ACTIONS l would not be entered even if all AC sources to it are l inoperable, resulting in de-energization. Therefore, the l Required Actions of Condition A are modified by a Note to l
' indicate that when Condition A is entered with no'AC power l to any required ESF bus the ACTIONS for LCO 3.8.10 must be i immediately entered. This Note allows Condition A to l provide requirements for the loss of the offsite circuit, whether or not a division is de-energized. LCO 3.8.10 would provide the appropriate restrictions for the situation i involving a de-energized division. I 1
SURVEILLANCE SR 3.8.2.1 REQUIREMENTS i SR 3.8.2.1 requires the SRs from LCO 3.8.1 that are l necessary for ensuring the OPERABILITY of the AC sources in other than MODES 1. 2, 3. and 4. SR 3.8.1.8 is not required to be met since only one offsite circuit is required to be OPERABLE. SR 3.8.1.17 is not required to be met because the required OPERABLE DG is not required to undergo periods of I'O being synchronized to the offsite circuit. SR 3.8.1.20 is (./ not required to be met because starting independence is not required with the DG that is not required to be operable. This SR is modified by a Note. The reason for the Note is to 3reclude requiring the OPERABLE DG from being paralleled wit 1 the offsite power network or otherwise rendered inoperable during performance of SRs. and to preclude de-energizing a required 4160 V ESF bus or disconnecting a required offsite circuit during performance of SRs. With limited AC sources available, a single event could compromise both the required circuit and the DG. It is the intent that these SRs must still be capable of being met. but actual performance is not required during periods when the DG and offsite circuit is required to be OPERABLE. Refer to the corresponding Bases for LCO 3.8.1 for a discussion of each SR. REFERENCES None. b) v BYRON - UNITS 1 & 2 B 3.8.2 - 7 8/26/98 Revision A
Diesel Fuel Oil B 3.8.3 l
'B 3.8 ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS B 3.8.3 Diesel Fuel Oil :
BASES ! BACKGROUND Each Diesel Generator (DG) is provided with fuel oil capacity sufficient to operate that diesel for a period of ; 7 days while the DG is supplying maximum post loss of l coolant accident load demand discussed in the UFSAR. l Section 9.5.4.2 (Ref. 1). The station fuel oil system is comprised 'of two outside storage tanks (one 50.000 gal and one 125.000 gal) which are the source for all of the fuel oil needs for the station. These outside tanks are normally the source of "new" fuel oil. Each Unit 1 DG is 3rovided with two 25.000 gal.lon inside storage. tanks. Eac1 Unit 2 DG is provided with one 50.000 gallon inside storage tank. These inside storage tanks are the source of the required
" stored" fuel oil. This onsite fuel oil capacity is sufficient to operate the DGs for longer than the time to
, replenish.the onsite supply from outside sources. Fuel oil is transferred from the inside storage tank (s) to the day tank by either of two transfer pumps associated with each DG. Independence of pumps and piping precludes the 0%.- failure of one pump. or the rupture of any pipe valve or tank (s) to result in the loss of more than one DG. , For proper operation of the standby DGs. it is necessary to ! ensure the proper quality of the fuel oil. Regulatory ) Guide 1.137 (Ref. 2) addresses the recommended fuel oil '
. practices as supplemented by ANSI N195 (Ref. 3). The fuel oil properties governed by these SRs are the water and sediment content. the kinematic viscosity, specific gravity (or API gravity), and. particulate level.
i O BYRON - UNITS 1 & 2 B 3.8.3 - 1 8/26/9'8 Revision A
Diesel Fuel Oil B 3.8.3 g BASES 1 O APPLICABLE The initial conditions of Design Basis Accident (DBA) and SAFETY ANALYSES transient analyses in the UFSAR, Chapter 6 (Ref. 4). and in the UFSAR. Chapter 1,5 (Ref. 5). assume Engineered Safety ' Feature (ESF) systems are OPERABLE. The DGs are designed to provide sufficient capacity, capability, redundancy. and
' reliability to ensure the" availability of necessary power to ESF systems so that fuel, Reactor Coolant System an.d containment design limits are not exceeded. These limits are discussed in more detail in the Bases for Section 3.2.
Power Distribution Limits: Section 3.4. Reactor Coolant System (RCS): and Section 3.6. Containment Systems. Since the diesel fuel oil supports the operation of the standby AC power sources, they satisfy Criterion 3 of 10 CFR 50.36(c)(2)(ii). LCO Stored diesel fuel oil is required to have sufficient supply for 7 days of maximum post accident load operation. It is also required to meet specific standards for quality. This requirement, in conjunction with an ability to obtain replacement supplies within 7 days, supports the ()
,A availability of DGs required to shut down the reactor and to maintain it in a safe condition for an Anticipated Operational Occurrence (A00) or a postulated DBA with loss of offsite power. DG day tank fuel requirements. as well as transfer capability from the storage tank to the day tank, are addressed in LC0 3.8.1. "AC Sources-Operating," and LCO 3.8.2, "AC Sources -Shutdown. "
APPLICABILITY The AC sources (LCO 3.8.1 and LCO 3.8.2) are required to ensure the availability of the required power to shut down the reactor and maintain it in a safe shutdown condition after an A00 or a postulated DBA. Since the stored diesel fuel oil supports LCO 3.8.1 and LCO 3.8.2, stored diesel fuel oil is required to be within limits when the associated DG is requireo to be OPERABLE. i l 0 O i BYRON - UNITS 1 & 2 B 3.8.3 - 2 8/26/98 Revision A l
Diesel Fuel Oil B 3.8.3 > ,A) BASES v ACTIONS The ACTIONS Table is modified by a Note indicating that separate Condition entry is allowed for each DG. This is. acceptable, since the Required Actions for each Condition provide appropriate compensatory actions for each DG Fuel Oil System. Complying with the Required Actions for one
' inoperable DG Fuel Oil Sy' stem may allow for continued operation, and subsequent inoperable DG Fuel Oil System (s) are governed by separate Condition entry and application of associated Required Actions.
A.1 In this Condition, the 7 day fuel oil supply for a DG is not available. However, the Condition is restricted to fuel oil level reductions that maintain at least a 6 day supply. These circumstances may be caused by events, such as full load operation required after an inadvertent start while at minimum required level, or feed and bleed operations, which may be necessitated by increasing particulate levels or any number of other oil quality degradations. This restriction : allows sufficient time for obtaining the requisite ' replacement volume and performing the analyses required i prior to addition of fuel oil to the tank (s). A period of I (l (_/ 48 hours is considered sufficient to complete restoration of the required level prior to declaring the DG inoperable. This period is acceptable based on the remaining capacity (> 6 days) the fact that procedures will be initi'ated to obtain replenishment, and the low probability of an event during this brief period. I
%j BYRON - UNITS 1 & 2 B 3.8.3 - 3 8/26/98 Revision A
I Diesel Fuel Oil B 3.8.3 BASES ACTIONS (continued) l ' fL1 l This Condition is entered as a result of a failure to meet I the acceptance criterion of SR 3.8.3.2. Normally, trending 1 l 'of particulate levels allows sufficient time to correct high j l particulate levels prior to reaching the limit of i acceptability. Poor sample procedures (bottom sampling). !
- contaminated sampling equipment, and errors in laboratory analysis can' produce failures that do not follow a trend.
- Since the presence of particulates does not mean failure of l
the fuel oil to burn properly in the diesel engine, and particulate concentration is unlikely to change significantly between Surveillance Frequency intervals, and proper engine performance has been recently demonstrated (within 31 days) it is prudent to allow a brief period prior to declaring the associated DG inoperable. The 7 day Completion Time allows for further evaluation, resampling l and re-analysis of the DG fuel oil. L.1
.With the new fuel oil properties defined in the Bares for
, O(_./ SR 3.8.3.2 not within the required limits (after having been i added to the storage tank (s); thus making it part of the stored fuel), a period of 30 days is allowed for restoring the stored fuel oil properties. This period provides sufficient time to test the stored fuel oil to determine that the new fuel oil, when mixed with previously stored fuel oil, remains acceptable, or to restore the stored fuel oil properties. This restoration may involve feed and bleed procedures. filtering. or combinations of these procedures. Even if a DG start and load was required during this time interval and the fuel oil properties were outside limits. there is a high likelihood that the DG would still be capable of performing its intended function. U With a Required Action and associated Completion Time not met. or one or more DGs with fuel oil not within limits for reasons other than addressed by Conditions A through C. the associated DG may be incapable of performing its intended function and must be immediately declared inoperable. l l l BYRON - UNITS 1 & 2 B 3.8.3 - 4 8/26/98 Revision A
-y l
Diesel Fuel Oil i B 3.8.3 I l BASES 1 l !' SURVEILLANCE SR 3.8.3.1 1 ! REQUIREMENTS l l This SR provides verification that there is an adequate inventory of fuel oil in the storage tanks to support each DG's operation for 7 days at full load. The 7 day period is
' sufficient time to place the unit in a safe shutdown l condition and to bring in replenishment fuel from an offsite location.
The 31 day Frequency is adequate to ensure that a sufficient
- supply of fuel oil is available, since low level alarms are l- provided and unit operators would be aware of any large uses L
of fuel oil during this period. SR 3.8.3.2 The tests of fuel oil prior to addition to the storage tank (s) are a means of determining whether new fuel oil is of the approariate grade and has not been contaminated with substances tlat would have an immediate, detrimental impact on diesel engine combustion. If results from these tests are within acce) table limits, the fuel oil may be added to the storage tan (s without concern for contaminating the entire volume of fuel oil in the storage tanks. These tests d are to be conducted prior to adding the new fuel to the storage tank (s), but in no case is the time between sampling , (and associated results) of new fuel and addition'of new ' fuel oil to the storage tank to exceed 30 days. The tests. limits, and applicable ASTM Standards for the tests listed in the Diesel Fuel Oil Testing Program of Specification 5.5.13 are as follows: l lO BYRON - UNITS 1 & 2 B 3.8.3 - 5 I 8/26/98 Revision A
Diecel Fuel Oil B 3.8.3 l l :fg BASES SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS (continued)' l l
- a. Sample the new fuel oil in accordance with
- ASTM D4057-(Ref. 6)
l
- b. Verify in accordance with the tests specified in
! ASTM 0975-81 (Ref. 6) that the sample has an absolute specific gravity at- 60*F of = 0.83 and s 0.89 or an API gravity at 60 F of 2.27 and 5 39 , a kinematic L viscosity at 40 C of a 1.9 centistokes and s 4.1 contistokes, and a flash point of a 125 F: and l c. Verify that the new fuel oil has a clear and bright ! appearance with proper color when tested in accordance
- with ASTM D4176-82 (Ref. 6).
i Failure to meet any of the above limits is cause for rejecting the new fuel oil, but does not represent a failure to meet the LC0 concern since the fuel oil is not added to the storage tanks. Following the initial new fuel oil sample, the fuel oil is analyzed to establish that the other properties specified in Table 1 of ASTM D975-81 (Ref. 7) are met for new fuel oil f ( when tested in accordance with ASTM D975-81 (Ref. 6). except that the analysis for sulfur may-be ]erformed in accordance ' with ASTM D1552-79 (Ref. 6) or ASTM 32622-82 (Ref. 6). These additional analyses are required by Specification '5.5.13. ;
" Diesel Fuel Oil Testing Program." to be performed within l 30 days following sampling and addition. This 30 day time period is . intended to assure: 1) that the sample taken is not more than 30 days old at the time of adding the fuel oil to the storage tank, and 2) that the results of a new fuel oil sample (sample obtained ]rior to addition but not more ,
than 30 days prior to) are o]tained within 30 days after addition. The 30 day period is acceptable because the fuel oil properties of interest, even if they were not within stated limits. would not have an immediate effect on DG operation. This Surveillance ensures the availability of high quality fuel oil for the DGs. I [O f BYRON - UNITS 1 & 2 B 3.8.3 - 6 8/26/98 Revision A W' 'P - T P--
.m _ _ _ _ _ _ ____ _____._.._._ . _ _ _ . . _ _.
L l~ Diesel Fuel Oil B 3.8.3 BASES SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS (continued) Fuel oil degradation during long term storage shows up as an increase in particulate, due mostly to oxidation. The 3resence of particulate does not mean the fuel oil will not aurn properly in a diesel engine. The particulate can cause
' fouling of filters and fuel oil injection equipment.
l however, which can cause engine failure. Particulate concentrations should be determined in accordance with ASTM D2276 (Ref. 6). This method involves a determination of total particulate concentrat'on in the fuel l oil and has a limit of 10 mg/1. It i.s acceptable to obtain l a field sample for subsequent laboratory testing in lieu of field testing. Each tank must be considered and tested separately since the total stored fuel oil volume is contained in two or more interconnected tanks. The Frequency of this test takes into consideration fuel oil degradation trends that indicate that particulate concentration is unlikely to change significantly between Frequency intervals. SR 3 8.3.3 Microbiological fouling is a major cause of fuel oil j degradation. There are numerous bacteria that can grow in ' fuel oil and cause fouling, but all must have a water environment in order to survive. Removal of water from the fuel storage tanks once every 31 days eliminates the necessary environment for bacterial survival. This is the most effective means of controlling microbiological fouling. In addition, it eliminates the potential for water entrainment in the fuel oil during DG operation. Water may come from any of several sources, including condensation, ground water, rain water, and contaminated fuel oil, and from breakdown of the fuel oil by bacteria. Frequent checking for and removal of accumulated water minimizes fouling and provides data regarding the watertight integrity of the fuel oil system. The Surveillance Frequencies are established consistent with the recommendations of Regulatory Guide 1.137 (Ref. 2). This SR is for preventive maintenance. The presence of water does not necessarily represent failure of this SR, provided the accumulated water is removed during performance of the Surveillance. O BYRON - UNITS 1 & 2 B 3.8.3 - 7 8/26/9'8 Revision A
Diesel Fuel Oil B 3.8.3 i x BASES \ l e'~b REFERENCES 1. UFSAR. Section 9.5.4.2. l
- 2. Regulatory Guide 1.137.
, ,3 . ANSI N195-1976. Appendix B. , i
- 4. UFSAR. Chapter 6.
l l S. UFSAR. Chapter 15-.
- 6. ASTM Standards: D4057: D975-81: D4176-82: 01552-79. 3 l D2622-82: D2276. i
- 7. ASTM Standards. D975. Table 1.
l l l ( s.\ \
%J i
i ( ) l '%J BYRON - UNITS 1 & 2 B 3.8.3 - 8 8/26/98 Revision A
DC Sources-Operating B 3.8.4 8 3.8 ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS
'O' B 3.8.4 DC Sources-Operating BASES BACKGROUND *The station DC electricar )ower system provides the AC emergency power system wit 1 control power. It also provides both motive and control power to selected safety related equipment and AC instrument bus power (via inverters). As
;. required by 10 CFR.50. Appendix A. GDC 17 (Ref. 1), the DC
> electrical power system is designed to have sufficient 6 independence, redundancy, and testability to perform its M safety functions, assuming a single failure. The DC u .
electrical power system also conforms to the recommendations
-{l of Regulatory Guide 1.6 (Ref. 2) and IEEE-308 (Ref. 3).
The 125 VDC electrical power system for each unit consists of two independent and redundant safety related Class 1E DC electrical power subsystems (Division 11 (21) and . Division 12 (22)). Each subsystem consists of one 125 VDC battery. the associated battery charger for each battery, and all the associated control equipment and interconnecting cabling. g () V During normal operation, the 125 VDC loads are powered from the battery chargers with the batteries floating on the pl system. In case of a loss of normal power.to the* battery d charger, the DC load is automatically powered from the station battery. The Division 11 (21) and Division 12 (22) DC electrical power subsystems provide the control power for its associated Class 1E AC power load group 4.16 kV switchgear, and 480 V load centers. The DC electrical power subsystems also provide DC electrical power to the inverters, which in turn power the AC instrument buses. Additionally, the Class 1E 125 VDC electrical power subsystems 3rovide power to the 6.9 kV Reactor Coolant Pump (RCP) breacers and the non-Class 1E 125 VDC buses. The connection between the Class 1E and non-Class 1E 125 VDC buses contains fuses to ensure that a fault on the non-Class 1E bus does not cause a loss of the Class 1E bus. O BYRON - UNITS 1 & 2 B 3.8.4 - 1 8/26/98 Revision L
L DC Sources-Operating l- B 3.8.4 BASES ( \~ BACKGROUND (continued) l The DC power distribution system is described in more detail L
-in Bases for LC0 3.8.9, " Distribution System-Operating."
and LC0 3.8.10. " Distribution Systems-Shutdown." 1
'Each battery was sized ba' sed upon supplying the d5 sign duty 1 cycle in the event of a loss of offsite AC power concurrent
! with a Loss Of Coolant Accident (LOCA) and a single failure l l of a' Diesel Generator (DG). Each battery has a nominal ; rating of 2320 ampere-hours at the 8 hour discharge rate to ! an end voltage of 1.75 volts per cell, and was sized based upon continuously carrying the various estimated loads. The l batteries were sized in accordance with IEEE-485-1983 (Ref. 5). Each 125 VDC battery is separately housed in a ventilated , i room apart from its charger and distribution centers. Each j subsystem is located in an area separated physically and i electrically from the other subsystem to ensure that a single failure in one subsystem does not cause a failure in a redundant subsystem. There is no sharing.between i redundant Class 1E subsystems, such as batteries, battery
^
chargers, or distribution panels. While it is ossible to interconnect the Unit 1 and Unit 2 DC electrica power h subsystems, they normally remain disconnected, except when a DC source must be taken out of service for the purposes of maintenance and/or testing, or in the event of a failure of a DC source. l. i BYRON - UNITS 1 & 2 B 3.8.4 - 2 8/26/98 Revision L I
DC Sources-Operating
, B 3.8.4 l
_ BASES ! l BACKGROUND (continued) l
~The crosstie between 125 VDC ESF buses 111 and 211 and the I crosstie between 125 VDC ESF buses 112 and 212 are each provided with two normally locked open, manually operated circuit breakers. No interlocks are provided since the ,
' interconnected buses are'not redundant. However,Iif one 'j battery is inoperable, procedural and administrative l controls are used to limit the connected load to 200 amps based on not exceeding the OPERABLE battery capacity. These I controls ensure that combinations'of maintenance and test operations.will not 3reclude the system capabilities to 4
supply power to the ESF DC loads. The~ provisions of i administratively controlled, manually actuated. ! interconnections between the non-redundant Class 1E DC buses increases the overall reliability and availability of the DC systems for each unit in that it 3rovides a means for manually providing power to a DC aus at a time when it would otherwise have to be out-of-service (e.g., to perform a battery discharge test during an outage, to replace a j damaged cell, etc. ). Crosstie breaker closed alarms are i also provided to alert the operator when the units are crosstied. p Each Division 11 (21) and Division 12 (22) DC electrical i power subsystem battery charger has ample power output i g capacity for the steady state operation of connected loads 1 required during normal o)eration, while at the same time 7 maintaining its battery Jank fully charged. Each battery ! T charger also has sufficient capacity to restore the battery M from the design minimum charge to its fully charged state 41 within 24 hours while sup) lying normal steady state loads 5 discussed in the UFSAR. Clapter 8 (Ref. 4). i 1-2 BYRON - UNITS 1 & 2 B 3.8.4 - 3 8/26/98 Revision L 4
l DC Sources-Operating i B 3.8.4 es BASES I C APPLICABLE The initial conditions of Design Basis Accident (DBA) and SAFETY ANALYSES transient analyses in the UFSAR, Chapter 6 (Ref. 6), and in the UFSAR. Chapter 15 (Ref. 7), assume that Engineered Safety Feature (ESF) systems are OPERABLE. The DC electrical power system provides normal and emergency DC
' electrical power for the DGs emergency auxiliaries, and '
control and switching during all MODES of operation. The OPERABILITY of the DC sources is consistent with the l initial assumptions of the accident analyses and is based I upon meeting the design basis of the plant. This includes l maintaining the DC electrical power distribution subsystem l OPERABLE during accident conditions in the event of: j
- a. An assumed loss of all offsite AC power or all.onsite AC power sources; and 1
- b. A worst case single failure.
The DC sources satisfy Criterion 3 of 10 CFR 50.36(c)(2)(ii). N l (G \ O BYRON - UNITS 1 & 2 B 3.8.4 - 4 8/26/98 Revision A l
_. ._m _ _ _ .. _ _ .._ _ _ _ _ _ _ . _ _ _ . __ _ DC Sources-Operating B 3.8.4 BASES:
.[i v '
LC0 The DC electrical' power subsystems, each subsystem consisting of:
- a. a battery;
- b. . battery charger; and'
- c. the corresponding control equipment and interconnecting cabling supplying power to the associated bus within the division,
, are required to be OPERABLE to ensure the availability.of the required power to shut down the reactor and maintain it in a safe condition after an Anticipated Operational Occurrence (A00) or a sostulated DBA. Loss of any division
-DC electrical power suasystem does not prevent the minimum safety function from being performed (Ref. 4). Furthermore, at least one crosstie breaker between Division 11 and Division 21, and at least one crosstie breaker between Division 12 and Division 22, is required to be open to maintain independence between the units.
An'0PERABLE DC electrical power subsystem requires the required battery and respective charger to be operating and 4 connected to the associated DC bus. T.' APPLICABILITY The DC electrical power sources are required to be OPERABLE in MODES 1, 2. 3, and 4 to ensure safe unit operation and to ensure that:
- a. Acceptable fuel design. limits and reactor coolant pressure boundary limits are not exceeded as a result of A00s or abnormal transients: and
- b. Adequate core cooling is provided, and containment integrity and other vital functions are maintained in the event of a. postulated DBA.
The DC electrical power requirements for MODES 5 and 6 are addressed in LC0 3.8.5, "DC Sources-Shutdown." BYRON - UNITS 1 & 2 33.8.4-5 8/26/9'8 Revision L
.= .- _ -- . __ -- _ -. _ -- ..
DC Sources-Operating B 3.8.4 p BASES V ACTIONS A.1 and A.2 Condition A addresses the event of having one battery charger inoperable, and provides for restoration of elf.crical power to the a.ssociated DC bus by use of the I
' crosstie capability to the opposite unit. The 2 hour ;
Completion Time allows adequate time to evaluate th.e cause j for battery charger failure, to determine whether the ' opposite unit's DC bus is available for support, and to i perform the crosstie procedure. The battery charger is I required to be restored to OPERABLE status within 24 hours , in order to reestablish the independence of DC subsystems, i while providing a reasonable amount of time for repalrs. By i limiting the crosstied conditions of operating units to i 24 hours, the likelihood of an event occurring which could I place either unit in jeopardy is minimized. (Note, there are no load restrictions applicable to the opposite unit's DC bus in this' condition.) B.1 Condition B addresses the situation of crosstieing the , operating unit's DC bus to the opposite unit, which has an O. V inoperable battery charger, when the opposite unit is operating in MODE 1. 2. 3. or 4. This provision is included i to accommodate unexpected failures, maintenance. and/or ' testing of the opposite unit's DC subsystems. The' Completion Time for Required Action B.1 of 60 hours is adequate to allow testing and restoration activities. In this Condition. the opposite unit's battery is assumed to remain OPERABLE. Therefore, the function of the crosstie is to maintain the opposite unit's battery fully charged and to supply the minimal opposite unit DC loads. The 60 hours is based on the-24 hours the opposite unit has to restore the inoperable charger and the 36 hours the. opposite unit would have to reach MODE 5. if the charger is not restored to OPERABLE status. When the opposite unit reaches MODE 5. Condition C is entered. Requiring the associated crosstie breaker to be opened within 60 hours also ensures that independence of the DC subsystems is reestablished. O d BYRON - UNITS 1 & 2 B 3.8.4 - 6 8/26/98 Revision A
DC Sources-Operating l B 3.8.4
' BASES !
lf-% l -ACTIONS (continued) ! C.1 and C.2 l m i 4 Condition C addresses an. operating unit's DC bus that is ai crosstied to the' opposite unit's associated DC bus, which l $l 'has an inoperable source '(i.e.. battery or battery charger). e- when the opposite unit is shutdown. This provision is included to accommodate maintenance and/or testing of the shutdown unit's DC subsystems. l With the shutdown unit's battery inoperable, the operating . unit will be recuired to supply all loads on the shutdown i unit's crosstiec bus should an event occur on the shutdown j i . unit. Therefore. Required Action C.1 specifies that the i possible loading on the shutdown unit's DC bus be verified , to be s 200 amps once per 12 hours. Limiting the load to ! 200 amps, ensures that the operating unit's DC subsystem l will not be overloaded in the event of a concurrent event on ! , the operating unit. Required Action C.1 is modified by a ) l Note only requiring Required Action C.1 when the oppo ' .e i
- unit has an inoperable battery. j e <
f Required Action C.2 recuires the associated crosstie breaker c6 to be opened within 7 cays and ensures that measures are !q 'Q - 6 being taken to restore the inoperable battery or battery i charger and reestablish independence of the DC subsystems. l L h 1 i
. O BYRON - UNITS 1 & 2 B 3.8.4 - 7 8/26/98 Revision L
-- .- . . - - - - - ~ . . _ - _ _ . - . . . - - - - - . __
DC Sources-Operating ! B 3.8.4 i i 1 BASES 1 h l ACTIONS (continued)
.D._.1 Condition D represents one division with a loss of ability i to completely respond to an event, and a potential loss of '
' ability for the DC divisibn to remain energized d0 ring normal operation. It is, therefore, imperative that the operator's attention focus on stabilizing the unit, minimizing the potential for complete loss of DC power to the affected division. The 2 hour limit is consistent with the allowed time for an inoperable DC distribution system division.
If one of the re inoperable (e.g., quired DC electrical inoperable battery orpower one DC subsystems division is crosstied to the opposite-unit DC division that does not have an inoperable battery charger). the remaining DC electrical power subsystem has the capacity to support a safe shutdown and to mitigate an accident condition. Since a subsequent worst case single failure would, however, result in the complete loss of the remaining 125 VDC electrical power subsystems with attendant loss of ESF functions continued power operation should not exceed n 2 hours. The 2 hour Completion Time is based on Regulatory Guide 1.93 (Ref. 8) and reflects a reasonable time to assess unit status as a function of the inoperable DC electrical power subsystem and. if the DC electrical power subsystem is not restored to OPERABLE status, to prepare to effect an orderly and safe unit shutdown. E.1 and E.2 If the inoperable DC electrical power subsystem cannot be restored to OPERABLE status, or the crosstie breaker (s) cannot be opened, within the required Completion Time. the unit must be brought to a MODE in which the LCO does not apply. To achieve this status, the unit must be brought to at least MODE 3 within 6 hours and to MODE 5 within 36 hours. The allowed Completion Times are reasonable, based on operating experience, to reach the recuired unit conditions from full power conditions in an orcerly manner and without challenging plant systems. The Completion Time to bring the unit to MODE 5 is consistent with the time required in Regulatory Guide 1.93 (Ref. 8). BYRON - UNITS 1 & 2 B 3.8.4 - 8 8/26/98 Revision A
l i DC Sources-Operating B 3,8.4 BASES SURVEILLANCE SR 3.8.4.1 REQUIREMENTS Verifying battery terminal voltage while on float charge helps to ensure the effectiveness of the charging system and the ability of the batteries to perform their intended
' function. Float charge i's the condition in which'the charger is supplying the connected loads and the continuous charge required to overcome the internal losses of a battery and maintain the battery in a fully charged state. The
' voltage requirements are based on the nominal design voltage of the battery and are consistent with the initial voltages l assumed in the battery sizing calculations. The 7 day -
Frequency is consistent with manufacturer recommendations and IEEE-450 (Ref. 9). SR 3.8.4.2 ! Visual inspection to detect corrosion of the battery cells and connections, or measurement of the resistance of each intercell. interrack, intertier. and terminal connection, provides an indication of physical damage or abnormal
- deterioration that could potentially degrade battery performance.
The limits established for this SR must not be above the ceiling value established by the manufacturer. i i Connection resistance is obtained by subtracting the nonnal resistance of the interrack (cross room rack) connector or the intertier (bi-level rack) connector from the measured intercell (cell-to-cell) connection resistance. The Surveillance Frequency for these inspections, which can detect conditions that can cause power losses due to resistance heating. is 92 days. This Frequency is considered acceptable based on operating experience related to detecting corrosion trerids. i l O v BYRON - UNITS 1 & 2 B 3.8.4 - 9 12/17/97 Revision C t
DC Sources-Operating B 3.8.4 BASES SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS (continued) SR 3.8.4.3 Visual inspection of the battery cells, cell plates, and ! battery racks provides an indication of physical damage or j
' abnormal deterioration that could potentially degrade :
battery performance. The presence of physical damage or i deterioration does not necessarily represent a failure of this SR, provided'an evaluation determines that the physical damage or deterioration does not affect the OPERABILITY of the battery-(its ability to perform its design function). SR 3.8.4.4 and SR 3.8.44 Visual inspection and resistance measurements of intercell, interrack. intertier, and terminal connections provide an indication of physical damage or abnormal deterioration that could indicate degraded battery condition. The anticorrosion material is used to help ensure good electrical connections and to reduce terminal deterioration. The visual inspection for corrosion is not intended to require removal of and inspection under each terminal 1 connection. The removal of visible corrosion is a T preventive maintenance SR. The presence of visible O corrosion does not necessarily represent a failure of this SR provided visible corrosion is removed during performance i i of SR 3.8.4.4. ' The connection resistance limits for SR 3.8.4.5 shall not be above the ceiling value established by the manufacturer. Connection resistance is obtained by subtracting the normal resistance of the interrack (cross room rack) connector or the intertier (bi-level rack) connector from the measured intercell (cell-to-cell) connection resistance. F O BYRON - UNITS 1 & 2 B 3.8.4 - 10 12/17/97 Revision C I
DC Sources -Operating B 3.8.4 g ~.x n BASES SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS (continued) a y SR 3.8.4.6 u This SR requires that each battery charger be capable of supplying 400 amps and 125 V for 2 8 hours. These
' requirements are based on' the design capacity of 'the chargers (Ref 4). According to Regulatory Guide 1.32 (Ref.10) the battery charger output capacity is required to be based on the largest combined demands of the various steady state loads and the charging demands to restore the battery from the design minimum charge state to the fully charged state. irrespective of the status of the unit during these demand occurrences. The minimum required amperes and duration ensures that these requirements can be satisfied.
The Surveillance Frequency is acceptable, given the unit conditions required to perform the test and the other administrative controls existing to ensure adequate charger performance during these 18 month intervals. In addition, this Frequency is intended to be consistent with expected fuel cycle lengths. This Surveillance is required to be performed during MODES 5 A and 6 since it would require the DC electrical power V subsystem to be inoperable during performance of the test. , SR 3.8.4.7 -
-$l A battery service test is a special test of battery capability, as found, to satisfy the design requirements ;
(battery duty cycle) of the DC electrical power system. The i discharge rate and test length should correspond to the l design duty cycle requirements as specified in Reference 4. l The Surveillance Frequency of 18 months is consistent with the recommendations of Regulatory Guide 1.32 (Ref.10) and Regulatory Guide 1.129 (Ref. 11), which state that the battery service test should be performed during refueling operations or at some other outage, with intervals between tests, not to exceed 18 months. This SR is modified by two Notes. Note 1 allows the performance of a modified performance discharge test in lieu of a service test. . p K. s BYRON - UNITS 1 & 2 B 3.8.4 - 11 8/26/98 Revision L
DC Sources-Operating B 3.8.4 . , sc BASES
> SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS (continued) n The modified performance discharge test is' a simulated duty cycle consisting of just two rates:-the one minute rate published for the battery or the largest current load.of the duty cycle, followed by the test rate employed for the
' performance test, both of'which envelop the duty cycle of the service test. Since the ampere-hours removed by a rated one minute discharge represents a very'small portion of the battery capacity, the test rate can be changed to thattfor-the performance test without compromising the results of the p ^formance discharge test. The battery terminal voltage for the modified performance discharge test should remain-above the minimum battery terminal voltage specified in the battery service test for the duration of time equal to that of the service test.
t A modified performance discharge test is a test of the battery capacity and its ability to provide a high rate ~, 4 short duration load (usually the highest rate of the duty cycle). This will often confirm the battery's ability to meet the critical period of the load duty cycle, in addition to determining its percentage of rated capacity. Initial . conditions for the modified performance discharge test should be identical to-those specified for a service test V(3 and the test discharge rate must envelop the duty cycle of the service test if the modified performance discharge test is performed in lieu of a service test.
- The reason for Note 2 is that performing the Surveillance would perturb the electrical distribution system and challenge safety systems.
f% V BYRON - UNITS 1 & 2 B 3.8.4 - 12 8/26/98 Revision L i
DC Sources-Operating B 3.8.4 m ; BASES ( SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS (continued) l SR 3.8.4.8 A battery performance discharge test is a test of constant current capacity of a battery, normally done in the as found
' condition, after having been in service, to detect any change in the capacity determined by the acceptance test.
The test is intended to determine overall battery degradation due to age and usage. A battery modified performance discharge test is described in the Bases for SR 3.8.4.7. Either the battery performance discharge test or the modified performance discharge test is acceptable for satisfying SR 3.8.4.8. however, only the modified performance discharge test may be used to satisf:< SR 3.8.4.8 while satisfying the requirements of SR '3.8.4.7 at the same time. The acceptance criteria for this Surveillance are consistent with IEEE-450 (Ref. 9) and IEEE-485 (Ref. 5). These references recommend that the battery be replaced if its capacity is below 80% of the manufacturer's rating. A capacity of 80% shows that the battery rate of deterioration is increasing, even if there is ample capacity to meet the f'); ( load requirements. wi BYRON - UNITS 1 & 2 B 3. 8. 4 - 13 8/26/98 Revision L
l DC _ Sources -Operating B 3.8.4 BASES 1
. (m SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS (continued) l
- The Surveillance Frequency for this test is normally 4 60 months.
- f the battery shows degradation, or if the '
battery has rudched 85% of its expected life and capacity is
< 100% of the manufacturer's rating, the Surveillance
" Frequency is reduced to 12 months. However, if the battery L shows no degradation but has reached 85% of its expected -
! life, the Surveillance Frequency is only reduced to J 24 months for batteries that retain capacity a 100% of the manufacturer's rating. Degradation is indicated according I to IEEE-450 (Ref. 9). when the battery capacity drops by more than 10% relative to its capacity on the previous performance test or when it.is > 10% below the L manufacturer's rating. These Frequencies are consistent with the recommendations in IEEE-450 (Ref. 9). o This SR is modified by a Note. The reason for the Note is that performing the Surveillance would perturb the. electrical distribution system and challenge safety systems. REFERENCES 1. 10 CFR 50. Appendix A. GDC 17. l' V 2. Regulatory Guide 1.6. March 10. 1971.
- 3. IEEE-308-1978. -
- 4. UFSAR. Section 8.3.2.1.
l 5. IEEE-485-1983. June 1983. I
- 6. UFSAR Chapter 6.
- 7. UFSAR, Chapter 15.
l 8. Regulatory Guide 1.93. December 1974. l
- 9. IEEE-450-1995.
- 10. Regulatory Guide 1.32. February 1977.
l 11. Regulatory Guide 1.129. December 1974. L r k BYRON - UNITS 1 & 2 B 3.8.4 - 14 8/26/98 Revision L
DC Sources-Shutdown B 3.8.5
'B 3.8 ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS B 3.8.5 DC Sources-Shutdown BASES BACKGROUND 'A description of the DC sources is provided in th Bases for j LCO 3.8.4. "DC Sources -Operating. "
APPLICABLE The initial conditions of Design Basis Accident and SAFETY ANALYSES transient analyses in the UFSAR. Chapter 6 (Ref. 1) and Chapter 15 (Ref. 2). assume that Engineered Safety Feature systems are OPERABLE. The DC electrical power system ' provides normal and emergency DC electrical power for the l diesel generators, emergency auxiliaries, and control and ! switching during all MODES of operation. ' ! The OPERABILITY of the DC subsystems is consistent with the
- initial assumptions of the accident analyses and the l requirements for the supported systems' OPERABILITY.
The OPERABILITY of the minimum DC electrical power sources during MODES 5 and 6 and during movement of irradiated fuel O assemblies ensures that: l a. The unit can be maintained in the shutdown or refueling condition for extended periods: , b. Sufficient instrumentation and control capability is available for monitoring and maintaining the unit status; and l c. Adequate DC electrical power is provided to mitigate ! events postulated during shutdown, such as a fuel handling accident. i The DC sources satisfy Criterion 3 of 10 CFR 50.36(c)(2)(ii). t L lO BYRON - UNITS 1 & 2 B 3.8.5 - 1 8/26/98 Revision A
DC Sources-Shutdown l B 3.8.5 i
- g BASES lU LC0 The DC electrical power subsystems with
- a. at least one subsystem consisting of a battery and battery charger;
- b. when the redundant division of the Class 1E DC electrical power distribution subsystem is required by l
LCO 3.8.10. the other subsystem consisting of either a battery or a charger; and
- c. the corresponding control equipment, and interconnecting cabling within the division (s) are required to be OPERABLE to support required division (s) of the distribution systems required OPERABLE by LC0 3.8.10.
" Distribution Systems-Shutdown." This ensures the availability of sufficient DC electrical power sources to operate the unit in a safe manner and to mitigate the consequences of postulated events during shutdown (e.g.,
t fuel handling accidents). Furthermore at least one unit crosstie breaker per division is required to be open to maintain independence between the units. O LCO 3.8.5 is modified by a Note which allows one division to ' ! '~) be crosstied to the opposite unit, when the opposite unit is in MODE 1. 2. 3. or 4 with an inoperable charger. No load restrictions are placed on the bus loading. when the one division is crosstied. i L
!fh 1.J BYRON - UNITS 1 & 2 B 3.8.5 - 2 8/26/98 Revision A l
DC Sources-Shutdown B 3.8.5 , BASES APPLICABILITY The DC electrical power sources required to be OPERABLE in MODES 5 and 6. and at all times during movement of irradiated fuel assemblies, provide assurance that:
- a. Required features to provide adequate coolant inventory makeup are~available for the irradiated fuel assemblies in the core:
- b. Required features needed to mitigate a fuel handling accident are available:
- c. Required features necessary to mitigate the effects of events that can lead to core damage during shutdown are available: and
- d. Instrumentation and control capability is available for monitoring and maintaining the unit in a cold shutdown condition or refueling condition.
The DC electrical power requirements for MODES 1, 2. 3. and 4 are covered in LCO 3.8.4. C ACTIONS. LCO 3.0.3 is not applicable while in MODE 5 or 6. However, since irradiated fuel assembly movement can occur in MODE 1
- 2. 3. or 4. the ACTIONS have been modified by a Note statin l that LC0 3,0.3 is not applicable. If moving irradiated fue assemblies while in MODE 5 or 6. LCO 3.0.3 would not specify any action. If moving irradiated fuel assemblies while in MODE 1. 2. 3. or 4. the fuel movement is independent of reactor operations. Therefore, in either case. inability to suspend movement of irradiated fuel assemblies would not be sufficient reason to require a reactor shutdown.
l O BYRON -- UNITS 1 & 2 B 3.8.5 - 3 8/26/9'8 Revision A
DC Sources-Shutdown B 3.8.5 BASES ACTIONS (continued) A.~1. A.2.1. A.2.2. A.2.3. A.2.4. and A.2.5 If two divisions are* required by LC0 3.8.10. the remaining division with DC power available may be capable of
' supporting sufficient systems to allow continuation of CORE ALTERATIONS and fuel movement. By allowing the opt. ion to {
declare required features inoperable with the associated DC J power source (s) inoperable, a]propriate restrictions will be I implemented in accordance wit 1 the affected required features' LC0 ACTIONS. In many instances, this option may involve undesired administrative efforts. Therefore, the allowance for sufficiently conservative actions is made . (i .e. . to suspend CORE ALTERATIONS. movement of irradiated fuel assemblies, operations involving positive reactivity ' additions, and declare the affected Low Temperature Overpressure Protection (LTOP) features required by LCO 3.4.12, inoperable). The Required Action to declare the associated LTOP features inoperable allows the operator to ; evaluate the current unit conditions and to determine which (if any) of the LTOP features have been affected by the loss of power. The Required Action to suspend positive reactivity additions does not preclude actions to maintain or-increase reactor vessel inventory, provided the required O 5 SDM is maintained. Suspension of these activities shall not preclude completion of actions to establish a safe conservative condition. These actions minimize probability of the occurrence of postulated events. It is further required to immediately initiate action to restore the required DC electrical power subsystems and to continue this , action until restoration is accomplished in order to provide the necessary DC electrical power to the unit safety systems. The Completion Time of immediately is consistent with the required times for actions requiring prompt attention. The restoration of the required DC electrical power subsystems should be completed as quickly as possible in order to - minimize the time during which the unit safety systems may be without sufficient power. O BYRON - UNITS 1 & 2 B 3.8.5 - 4 8/26/98 Revision A 1
DC Sources-Shutdown
'B 3.8.5 l BASES ACTIONS (centinued) l B.1 and B.2 Condition B addresses a shutdown unit's DC bus that is crosstied to the opposite unit's associated DC bus which
'has an inoperable source.'when the opposite unit is also shutdown. This provision is included to accommodate i maintenance and/or testing of the opposite unit's DC subsystems.
With the opposite unit's battery inoperable. the unit-specific DC subsystem will be recuired. to supply all ! loads on the opposite unit's crosstiec bus should an event . occur on the opposite unit. Therefore. Required Action B.1 l specifies that the possible loading on the opposite. unit's l DC bus be verified to be 5 200 amps once per 12 hours. ; Limiting the load to 200 amps, ensures that the ! unit-specific DC subsystem will not be overloaded in the ! event of a concurrent event on the unit. Required { Action B.1 is modified by a Note requiring Required ' Action B.1 when the opposite unit has an inoperable battery. j Required Action B.2 recuires the associated crosstie breaker to be opened within 7 cays ensures that measures are being (Q./ ' taken to reestablish independence of the DC subsystems. SURVEILLANCE SR 3.8.5.1
! LEQUIREMENTS SR 3.8.5.1 requires application of all Surveillances
}l required by SR 3.8.4.1 through SR 3.8.4.8. Therefore, see the corresponding Bases for LC0 3.8.4 for a discussion of each SR.
This SR is modified by a Note. The reason for the Note is to preclude requiring the OPERABLE DC sources from being discharged below their capability to provide the required power supply or otherwise rendered inoperable during the performance of SRs. It is the intent that these SRs must still be capable of being met. but actual performance is not requi red. l l BYRON - UNITS 1 & 2 B 3.8.5 - 5 8/26/98 Revision L
DC Sources-Shutdown B 3.8.5 BASES s-)
%J REFERENCES 1. UFSAR. Chapter 6.
- 2. UFSAR. Chapter 15.
J
- o 4
O O BYRON - UNITS 1 & 2 B 3.8.5 - 6 8/26/98 Revision A
_ . _ _ . . . _ . _ _ _ _ . . _ . _ . _ . _ . _ _ . _ _ . _ _ _ . _ _ _ _ _ . _ . ~ . .
.l Battery Cell Parameters '
B 3.8.6 B 3.8 ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS I' l' B 3.8.6 Battery Cell Parameters f
-BASES 1
- BACKGROUND This LC0 delineates.the limits on electrolyte temperature, i j level, float voltage, and specific gravity for the DC power
. source batteries. A discussion of these batteries and their OPERABILITY requirements is provided in the Bases for LC0 3.8.4. "DC Sources -Operating. " and LC0 3.8.5. "DC Sources - Shutdown. "
APPLICABLE The initial conditions of Design Basis Accident (DBA) and SAFETY ANALYSES transient analyses in the UFSAR. Chapter 6 (Ref. 1) and Chapter 15 (Ref. 2), assume Engineered Safety Feature systems are OPERABLE. The DC electrical power system 4 provides normal and emergency DC electrical power for the diesel generators, emergency auxiliaries, and control and switching during all MODES of operation. The OPERABILITY of the DC subsystems is consistent with the ' initial assumptions of the accident analyses and is based s upon meeting the design basis of the plant. This includes maintaining at least one division of DC sources OPERABLE during accident conditions, in the event of:
- a. An assumed loss of all offsite AC power or all onsite
- j AC power; and ;
4 l b. A worst case single failure. ). 1 Battery cell parameters satisfy the Criterion 3 of i 10 CFR 50.36(c)(2)(ii). j LC0 Battery cell parameters must remain within acceptable limits to ensure availability of the required DC power to shut down the reactor and maintain it in a safe condition after an anticipated operational occurrence or a postulated DBA. Electrolyte limits are conservatively established, allowing continued DC electrical system function even with Category A and B limits not met. O BYRON - UNITS 1 & 2 B 3.8.6 - 1 12/17/97 Revision C l l
l Battery Cell Parameters B 3.8.6 BASES l APPLICABILITY The battery cell parameters are. required solely for the support of the associated DC electrical power subsystems. Therefore, battery electrolyte is only required when the DC power source is required to be OPERABLE. Refer to the Applicability discussion in Bases for LC0 3.8.4 and LCO 3.8.5. ACTIONS The ACTIONS Table is modified by a Note which indicates that ' separate Condition entry is allowed for each battery. This. is acceptable, since the Required Actions for each Condition 3rovide appropriate com)ensatory actions for each affected 3attery. Comp ying wit 1 the Required Actions for one battery may al ow for continued operation, and subsequent i battery parameters out of limits are governed by separate Condition entry and application of associated Required Actions. A.1. A.2. and A.3 With one or more cells in one or more batteries not within limits (i.e. , Category A limits not met. Category B limits not met, or Category A and B limits not met) but within the O Category C limits s)ecified in Table 3.8.6-1 in the accompanying LCO. t1e battery is degraded but there is still sufficient capacity to perform the intended function. Therefore, the affected battery is not required to be considered inoperable solely as a result of Category A or B limits not_ met and operation is permitted for a limited period. The pilot cell electrolyte level and float voltage are required to be verified to meet the Category C limits within 1 hour (Required Action A.1). .This check will provide a quick indication of the status of the remainder of the battery cells. One hour provides time to inspect the electrolyte level and to confirm the float voltage of the pilot cell. One hour is considered a reasonable amount of time to perform the required verification. O BYRON - UNITS 1 & 2 B 3.8.6 - 2 12/17/97 Revision C
L l Battery Cell' Parameters B 3.8.6 i -- m BASES ACTIONS.(continued) ,
. Verification that the Category C limits are met (Required Action A.2) 3rovides assurance that during the time needed to restore tie parameters to the Category A and B limits, the' battery is still capable of performing its intended
' function. A period of 24' hours is allowed to complete the tl initial verification because specific gravity measurements I a . must be obtained for each connected cell. Taking into 4 consideration both the time required to aerform the required verification and the assurance that the )attery cell parameters are not severely degraded, this time is
~
considered reasonable. The verification is repeated at 7 _~ day intervals until the parameters are restored to Category A or B limits. This periodic verification is consistent [4,- with the normal Frequency of pilot cell surveillances. Continued operation is only permitted for 31 days before battery cell parameters must be restored to within Category A and B limits. With the consideration that, while i battery capacity is degraded, sufficient capacity exists to i perform the intended function and to allow time to fully j restore the battery cell parameters to normal limits, this time is acceptable prior to declaring the battery r inoperable. a L1 . l' 7 With one or more batteries with one or more battery cell M,. . parameters outside the Category C limit for any connected cell, sufficient capacity to supply the maximum expected load requirement is not assured and the corresponding DC electrical power subsystem must be declared inoperable. Additionally, other potentially extreme conditions, such as not completing the Required Actions of Condition A within the required Completion Time or average electrolyte temperature of representative cells falling below 60 F. are also cause for immediately declaring the associated DC electrical power subsystem inoperable. i l 1
.i BYRON - UNITS 1 & 2 B 3.8.6 - 3 9/8/98 Revision L i
l
l Battery Cell Parameters B 3.8.6 BASES i V SURVEILLANCE SR 3.8.6.1 REQUIREMENTS This SR verifies that Category A battery cell parameters are consistent with IEEE-450 (Ref. 3), which recommends regular battery inspections (at least one per month) including
' voltage, specific gravity; and electrolyte level 6f pilot cells.
SR 3.8.6.2 The quarterly inspection of specific gravity and voltage is consistent with IEEE-450.(Ref. 3). In addition, within 7 days of a battery discharge < 110 V or a battery overcharge > 145 v. the battery must be demonstrated to meet Category B limits. Transients, such as motor starting transients, which may momentarily cause battery voltage to drop to < 110 V. do not constitute a battery discharge-provided the battery terminal voltage and float current return to pre-transient values. This inspection is also consistent with IEEE-450 (Ref. 3), which recommends special inspections following a severe discharge or overcharge. to ensure that no significant degradation of the battery occurs as a consequence of such discharge or overcharge. O sa 3.8 e 3 This Surveillance verification that the average temperature of representative cells is a 60 F. is consistent with a recommendation of IEEE-450 (Ref. 3), that states that the temperature of electrolytes in representative cells should be determined on a quarterly basis. Lower than normal temperatures act to inhibit or reduce battery capacity. This SR ensures that the operating temperatures remain within an acceptable operating range. This limit is based on manufacturer recommendations. O BYRON - UNITS 1 & 2 B 3.8.6- 4 12/17/97 Revision C i
l . l Battery Cell Parameters B 3.8.6 , g BASES SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS (continued) Table 3.8.6-1 This table delinedtes the limits on electrolyte level, float voltage, and specific gravity for three different
' categories. The meaning 'of each category is discussed below.
Category A defines the normal aarameter limit for each ! designated pilot cell in each 3attery. The cells selected as pilot cells are those whose temperature, voltage, and electrolyte specific gravity approximate the state of charge of the entire battery. The Category A limits specified for electrolyte level are based on manufacturer recommendations and are consistent with the guidance in IEEE-450 (Ref. 3), with the extra k inch allowance above the high water level indication for operating margin to account for temperatures and charge effects. In addition to this allowance, footnote (a) to Table 3.8.6-1 permits the electrolyte level to be above the specified maximum level during equalizing charge. Jrovided it is not overflowing. These limits ensure that t1e plates
-s suffer no physical damage, and that adequate electron g transfer capability is maintained in the event of transient conditions. IEEE-450 (Ref. 3) recommends that electrolyte level readings should be made only after the battery has been at float charge for at least 72 hours.
The Category A limit specified for float voltage is a 2.13 V per cell. This value is based on the recommendations of IEEE-450 (Ref. 3), which-states that prolonged operation of cells < 2.13 V can reduce the life expectancy of cells. The Category A limit specified for saecific gravity for each pilot cell is a 1.200 (0.015 below t1e manufacturer fully charged nominal specific gravity or a battery charging current that had stabilized at a low value). This value is characteristic of a charged cell with adequate capacity. According to IEEE-450 (Ref. 3). the specific gravity readings are based on a temperature of 77 F (25'C). 1 O BYRON - UNITS 1 & 2 B 3.8.6 - 5 9/8/98 Revision C l
l Battery Cell Parameters B 3.8.6 e BASES
'd SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS (continued)
]i' The specific gravity readings are corrected for actual
' electrolyte temperature. For each 3 F-(1.67 C) above 77*F (25 C). 1 point (0.001) is added to the reading: 1 point is
, subtracted for each 3"F below 77 F. ,
Category B defines the normal parameter limits for each connected cell. The term " connected cell" excludes any battery cell that may be jumpered out. The Category B limits specified for electrolyte level and float voltage are the same as those specified for Category A and have been discussed above. Footnote (b) to Table 3.8.6-1 requires the float voltage correction for average electrolyte temperature. The Category B limit specified for saecific gravity for each connected cell is j a 1.195 (0.020 3elow the manufacturer fully charged. nominal specific gravit ) with the average of all connected cells
> 1.205 (0.010 elow the manufacturer fully charged, nominal specific gravity). These values are based on manufacturer's recommendations. The minimum specific gravity value required for each cell ensures that the effects of a highly charged or newly installed cell will not mask overall
(_)
\J degradation of the battery.
Category C defines the limits for each connected cell. These values, although reduced, provide assurance'that sufficient capacity exists to perform the intended function and maintain a margin of safety. When any battery parameter is outside the Category C limits, the assurance of sufficient capacity described above no longer exists, and the battery must be declared inoperable. (~ ' V) BYRON - UNITS 1 & 2 B 3.8.6 - 6 9/8/98 Revision L
1
. l' Battery Cell Parameters l B 3.8.6 f- BASES v
SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS (continued) The Category C limits specified for electrolyte level (above the top of the plates and not overflowing) ensure that the i plates suffer no physical damage and maintain adequate electron transfer capability. The' Category C limits for
' float voltage is based on'IEEE-450 (Ref. 3) whicf1 states that a cell voltage of 2.07 V or below, under float i
4 conditions and not caused by elevated temperature'of the cell, indicates internal cell problems and'may require cell l replacement. The Category C limit of average specific gravity a 1.195 is based on manufacturer recommendations (0.020 below the manufacturer recommended fully charged, nominal specific gravity). In addition to that limit, it is required that the specific gravity for each connected cell must be no less g than 0.020 below the average of all connected cells. This I limit ensures that the effect of a highly charged or new
}. cell does not mask overall degradation of the battery.
The footnotes to Table 3.8.6-1 are applicable to Category A, B. and C specific gravity. Footnote (c) to Table 3.8.6-1 requires tne above mentioned correction for electrolyte temperature, ('] v - Because of specific gravity gradients that are produced during the recharging process, delays of several days may occur while waiting for the specific gravity to stabilize. A stabilized charger current is an acceptable alternative to s)ecific gravity measurement for determining the state of d c1arge. This phenomenon is discussed in IEEE-450 (Ref. 3). 3 Footnote (d) to Table 3.8.6-1 allows the float charge G. current to be used as an alternate to specific gravity for up to 7 days following a battery recharge. Within 7 days, each connected cell's specific gravity must be measured to confirm the state of charge. Following a minor battery recharge (such as equalizing charge that does not follow a deep discharge) specific gravity gradients are not significant, and confirming measurements may be made in less than 7 days. O v BYRON - UNITS 1 & 2 B 3.8.6 - 7 8/26/98 Revision L
l .. L- l' Battery Cell Parameters L B 3.8.6 L
' BASES REFERENCES 1.~ . UFSAR, Chapter 6.
c
- 2. :UFSAR. Chapter 15,
- 3. IEEE-450-1995.
I 4 Y l l-t t 1 e i i x i 4 !- i 1 I l f i t P
-1
- i. ,
L .w
- m i
' BYRON - UNITS 1 & 2 B 3.8.6 - 8 9/8/98 Revision C ;
l , f r i , , , . _ . ~ - - , . ~ . , . , , .
. .,,_-,.-.m . . ,-. m.
Inverters -Operating B 3.8.7 B 3.8 ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS B 3.8.7 Inverters -Operating BASES BACKGROUND The inverters are the preferred source of power f6r the AC instrument buses because of the stability and reliability - they provide. Each of the four AC instrument buses (2 per i division) is normally supplied AC electrical power by a : dedica bd inverter. The inverters can be powered from an AC ! source / rectifier or from an associated 125 VDC battery. The I battery provides an uninterruptible power source for the 3 instrumentation and controls for the Reactor Protective i System (RPS) and the Engineered Safety Feature Actuation i System (ESFAS). Specific details on inverters and their i o)erating characteristics are found in the UFSAR, Clapter 8 (Ref. 1). J I l 1 APPLICABLE The initial conditions of Design Basis Accident (DBA) and 1 SAFETY ANALYSES transient analyses in the UFSAR, Chapter 6 (Ref. 2) and Chapter 15 (Ref. 3), assume Engineered Safety Feature (~N Systems are OPERABLE. The inverters are designed to provide .s the required capacity, capability,-redundancy, and reliability to ensure the availability of necessary power to the RPS and ESFAS instrumentation and controls so that the fuel, Reactor Coolant System, and containment design limits are not exceeded. These limits are discussed in more detail ; in the Bases for Section 3.2, Power Distribution Limits: l Section 3.4 Reactor Coolant System (RCS): and Section 3.6. Containment Systems. , l 1 O BYRON - UNITS 1 & 2 B 3.8.7 - 1 8/26/9'8 Revision A
Inverters -Operating B 3 8,7 BASES l APPLICABLE SAFETY ANALYSES (continued) The OPERABILITY of the inverters is consistent with the initial assumptions pf the accident analyses and is based on meeting the design basis of the plant. This includes maintaining required AC instrument buses OPERABLE,during
' accident conditions in the event of:
- a. An assumed loss of all offsite 'AC ' electrical power or all onsite AC electrical power sources; and
- b. A worst case single failure.
Inverters are a part of the distribution system and, as such. satisfy Criterion 3 of 10 CFR 50.36(c)(2)(ii). LCO The inverters ensure the availability of AC electrical Jower for the systems instrumentation required to shut down t1e reactor and maintain it in a safe condition after an Anticipated Operational Occurrence (A00) or a postulated DBA. Maintaining the required inverters OPERABLE ensures that the
") redundancy incorocrated into the design of the RPS and ESFAS instrumentation and controls is maintained. The four '
inverters ensure an uninterruptible supply of AC electrical Jower to the AC instrument buses even if the 4.16 kV safety
]uses are de-energized.
OPERABLE inverters require the associated instrument bus.to be powered by the inverter with output voltage within tolerances and power input to the inverter from the associated 125 VDC battery. The power supply may be from an AC source via rectifier as long as the battery is connected as the uninterruptible power supply. O BYRON - UNITS 1 & 2 B 3.8.7 - 2 8/26/98 Revision A
-. - . . - - - _ - - - _ - . - - - - . - -.-=..-_- - - .. -. - -
Inverters -Operating B 3.8.7 BASES ' L APPLICABILITY The inverters are required to be OPERABLE in MODES 1. 2.' 3. l and 4 to ensure that: l a. Acceptable fuel design limits and reactor coolant l ' ' pressure boundary limits are not exceeded as,a result of A00s or abnormal transients: and
- b. Adequate core cooling-is provided, and containment OPERABILITY and other vital functions are maintained in the event of a postulated DBA.
Inverter requirements for MODES 5 and 6 are. covered in i LCO 3.8.8. " Inverters - Shutdown. " ! ACTIONS .A_j. i With a required inverter inoperable, its associated AC instrument bus may be inoperable unless it is manually re-energized from its Class 1E constant voltage source j transformer. i i For this reason a Note has been included in Condition A requiring the entry into the Conditions and Required ' Actions of LC0 3.8.9. " Distribution Systems-Operating" for any de--energized instrument bus. This ensures that the l instrument bus is re-energized within 2 hours. l Required Action A.1 allows 24 hours to fix the inoperable l inverter and return it to service. The 24 hour limit is based upon engineering judgment, taking into consideration ! the time required to repair an inverter and the additional risk to which the unit is ex30 sed because of the inverter l inoperability. .This has to )e balanced against the risk of l an immediate shutdown, along with the potential challenges ) to safety systems such a shutdown might entail. When the AC instrument bus is powered from its constant voltage source. it is relying upon interruptible AC electrical power sources (offsite and onsite). The uninterruptible inverter source to the AC instrument buses is the preferred source for powering instrumentation trip setpoint devices. i O BYRON - UNITS 1 & 2 B 3.8.7 - 3 8/26/98 Revision A
Inverters -0perating B 3.8.7 BASES ACTIONS (continued) B.1 and B.2 If the inoperable devices or components cannot be restored to OPERABLE status within the required Completion Time. the '
' unit must be brought to a' MODE in which the LC0 d6es not apply. To achieve this status, the unit must be brought to at least MODE 3 within 6 hours and to MODE 5 within ,
36 hours. The allowed Completion Times are reasonable. based on operating experience. to reach the recuired unit conditions from full power conditions in an orcerly manner and without challenging plant systems. t SURVEILLANCE SR 3.8.7.1 REQUIREMENTS This Surveillance verifies that the inverters are functioning properly with all required circuit breakers closed and AC instrument buses energized from the inverter. The verification of proper voltage output ensures.that the required power is readily available for the instrumentation of the RPS and ESFAS connected to the AC instrument buses. f~g The 7 day Frequency takes into account the redundant Q capability of the inverters and other indications available in the control room that alert the operator to inverter malfunctions. - REFERENCES 1. UFSAR. Chapter 8.
- 2. UFSAR. Chapter 6.
- 3. UFSAR. Chapter 15.
I l l I l 1 v 1 4 BYRON - UNITS 1 & 2 B 3.8.7 - 4 8/26/98 Revision A l i i
1 Inverters - Shutdown I B 3.8.8 B 3.8 ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS l B 3.8.8 Inverters - Shutdown BASES BACKGROUND 'A description of the inveFters is provided in the' Bases for LC0 3.8.7, " Inverters -Operating. " l APPLICABLE The initial conditions of Design Basis Accident (DBA) and l SAFETY ANALYSES transient analyses in the UFSAR, Chapter 6 (Ref. 1) and Chapter 15 (Ref. 2), assume Engineered Safety Feature ! systems are OPERABLE. The DC to AC inverters are designed ! to provide the required capacity, ca) ability, redundancy. 1 and reliability to ensure the availa3ility of necessary power to the Reactor Protective System and Engineered Safety Features Actuation System instrumentation and controls so that the fuel, Reactor Coolant System, and containment design limits are not exceeded. The OPERABILITY of the inverters is consistent with the initial assumptions of the accident analyses and the requirements for the supported systems' OPERABILITY.
, The OPERABILITY of the inverter to each required AC .
instrument bus during MODES 5 and 6 ensures that:
.a. The unit can be maintained in the shutdown or refueling condition for extended periods:
- b. Sufficient instrumentation and control capability is available for monitoring and maintaining the unit status; and
- c. Adequate power is available to mitigate events !
postulated during shutdown, such as a fuel . handling accident. The inverters were previously identified as part of the distribution system and, as such, satisfy Criterion 3 of 10 CFR 50.36(c)(2)(ii). O BYRON - UNITS 1 & 2 B 3.8.8 - 1 8/26/98 Revision A
i Inverters - Shutdown , B 3.8.8 i 1 BASES-LC0 The inverters ensure the availability of electrical power for the instrumentation for systems required to shut down , ' the reactor and maintain it in a safe condition aftcr an anticipated operational occurrence or a postulated'DBA. One. AC instrument bus division energized by two battery powered
' inverters provides uninteFruptible supply of AC electrical power to at.least one AC instrument bus division even if the.
1' 4.16 kV safety buses are de-energized. OPERABILITY of these
- two inverters requires that the associated AC instrument. '
' buses.be. powered by the inverters. When the redundant division of the Class 1E -AC instrument bus' electrical power di.stribution subsystem is required by LCO 3.8.10. the power : j- source for'the AC instrument buses may consist of: 1.
- a. one inverter powered by. its associated battery;
[ b. one inverter powered by its internal AC source: or l ? c. one Class 1E constant voltage source transformer. l This ensures the availability of sufficient inverter power , sources to operate the unit in a safe manner and to mitigate
- the consequences of postulated events during shutdown (e.g.,
r fuel handling accidents). j i APPLICABILITY The inverters required to be OPERABLE in MODES 5 and 6. and at all times during movement of irradiated fuel assemblies. ;
- provide assurance that
- a. Systems to provide adequate coolant inventory makeup are available for the irradiated iuel in the core: i
- b. Systems needed to mitigate a fuel handling accident are available;
- c. Systems necessary to mitigate the effects of events that can lead to core damage during shutdown are l available; and '
- d. Instrumentation and control capability is available I for monitoring and maintaining the unit in a cold !
shutdown condition or refueling condition. I l i O BYRON - UNITS 1 & 2 B 3.8.8 - 2 8/26/98 Revision A { l
, ,,. arn-~
Inverters - Shutdown B 3.8.8
,.s BASES r 's V APPLICABILITY (continued; ,
Inverter requirements for MODES 1. 2. 3. and 4 are covered ) in LC0 3.8.7. l l ACTIONS LCO 3.0.3 is not applicable while in MODE 5 or 6. However. l since irradiated fuel assembly movement can occur in MODE 1. l
- 2. 3. or 4. the ACTIONS have been modified by a Note stating I that LCO 3.0.3 is not applicable. If moving irradiated fuel ,
assemblies while in MODE 5 or 6. LCO 3.0.3 would not specify ' any action. If moving irradiated fuel assemblies while in 4 MODE 1. 2. 3. or 4. the fuel movement is independent of l reactor operations. Therefore. in either case inability to i suspend movement of irradiated fuel assemblies would not be I sufficient reason to require a reactor shutdown. i l l ( V ! l i i l l l 1 i l l p) L BYRON - UNITS 1 & 2 B 3.8.8 - 3 8/26/9'8 Revision A
Inverters - Shutdown B 3.8.8 BASES V ACTIONS (continued) A.1. A.2.1. A.2.2. A.2.3. A.2.4. and A.2.5 With one or more req'uired AC instrument bus power sources inoperable when two divisions are required by LC0.3.8.10.
'" Distribution Systems-Sh0tdown." the remaining OPERABLE AC instrument bus power sources may be. capable of supporting sufficient required features to allow c~ontinuation of CORE ALTERATIONS fuel movement, or operations with a potential for positive reactivity additions. By the allowance of the option to declare required features inoperable with the associated inverter (s) inoperable, ap3roariate restrictions will be implemented in accordance wit 1 tie affected required features LCOs* Required Actions. In many instances, this ,
o) tion may involve undesired administrative efforts. Tierefore, the allowance for sufficiently conservative actions is made (i.e. , to suspend CORE ALTERATIONS movement of irradiated fuel assemblies, operations involving positive reactivity additions, and declare the associated Low Temperature Overpressure Protection (LTOP) features inoperable) . The Required Action to declare the associated LTOP features inoperable allows the operator to evaluate the ; current unit conditions and to determine which (if any) of the LTOP features have been affected by the loss of power. ( If the LTOP features have not been affected, then unnecessarily restrictive actions may be averted. The Required Action to suspend positive reactivity additions does not preclude actions to maintain or increase reactor vessel inventory, provided the required SDM is maintained. Suspension of these activities shall not preclude completion of actions to establish a safe conservative condition. These actions minimize the probability of the occurrence of postulated events. It is further required to immediately initiate action to restore the required inverters and to continue this action until restoration is accomplished in order to provide the necessary inverter power to the unit safety systems. The Completion Time of immediately is consistent with the required times for actions requiring prompt attention. The restoration of the required inverters should be com)leted as quickly as possible in order to minimize the time t1e unit safety system.s may be without power. 1 BYRON - UNITS 1 & 2 B 3.8.8 - 4 8/26/98 Revision A i I l I
Inverters -Shutdown B 3.8.8 BASES SURVEILLANCE SR- 3.8.8.1 - REQUIREMENTS This Surveillance verifies that the inverters are functioning properly with all required circuit breakers closed and required AC instrument. buses energized. The
' verification of proper voltage output ensures that the required power is readily available for the instrumentation
-connected to the AC instrument buses. The 7 day Frequency takes into account the reliability of the instrument bus power sources and other indications available in the control room that alert the operator to malfunctions.
REFERENCES 1. UFSAR, Chapter 6.
- 2. UFSAR, Chapter 15.
i O O BYRON - UNITS 1 & 2 B 3.8.8 - 5 8/26/98 Revision A
~...-.-.- - . _ . . . - .
Distribution Systems-Operating l B 3.8.9 ,- B 3.8 ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS B 3.8.9 Distribution Systems-Operating BASES BACKGROUND The onsite Class 1E AC. DC and AC instrument bus' electrical power distribution systems are divisionalized into two redundant and independent AC, DC. and AC instrument bus . electrical power distribution subsystems. l The AC electrical )ower subsystem for each division consists of a primary 4.16 (V Engineered Safety Feature (ESF) bus and two primary 480 V ESF buses. The division also includes (but is not included in the subsystem required to be OPERABLE by LC0 3.8.9) secondary 480 and 120 V buses, motor control centers, and distribution panels. Each 4.16 kV ESF bus has at least one separate and independent offsite source of power as well as a dedicated onsite Diesel Generator (DG) source. Each 4.16 kV ESF bus is normally connected to a normal offsite source. After a loss of the normal offsite power source to a 4.16 kV ESF bus the onsite emergency DG supplies power to the 4.16 kV ESF bus. A transfer to the reserve offsite source can be accomplished manually. Control power for the 4.16 kV breakers is supplied from the (. . Class 1E 125 VDC electrical power distribution subsystem. Additional description of this system may be found in the Bases for LC0 3.8.1. "AC Sources-Operating." and the Bases for LC0 3.8.4. "DC Sources -Operating. " The four 120 VAC instrument buses (considered dtstinct from the AC electrical power distribution subsystem) are arranged , in two load groups per division and are normally powered from the inverters. The alternate power supply for the instrument buses are Class 1E constant voltage source transformers powered from the same division as the associated inverter, and its use is governed by LC0 3.8.7.
" Inverters - 0perating. " Each constant voltage source ;
transformer is powered from a Class 1E AC bus. There are two independent 125 VDC electrical power 4 distribution subsystems (one for each division). O BYRON - UN1TS 1 & 2 B 3.8.9 - 1 8/26/98 Revision A
Distribution Systems-Operating B 3.8.9 BASES. g(/ APPLICABLE The initial conditions of Design Basis Accident (DBA) and SAFETY ANALYSES transient analyses in the UFSAR. Chapter 6 (Ref. 1). and in the UFSAR. Chapter 15 (Ref. 2), assume ESF systems are OPERABLE. The AC. DC. and AC instrument bus electrical power distribution systems are designed to provide
' sufficient capacity, capability, redundancy, and reliability to ensure the availability of necessary power to ESF systems so that the fuel Reactor Coolant System and containment design limits are not exceeded. These limits are discussed in more detail in the Bases for Section 3.2. Power Distribution Limits: Section 3.4, Reactor Coolant System (RCS): and Section 3.6. Containment Systems.
The OPERABILITY of the AC. DC. and AC instrument bus electrical power distribution systems is consistent with the initial assumptions of the accident analyses and is based upon meeting the design basis of the plant. This includes maintaining power distribution systems OPERABLE during accident conditions in the event of:
- a. An assumed loss of all offsite power or all onsite AC electrical power sources: and A b. A worst case single failure, l,.)
The distribution systems satisfy Criterion 3 of 10 CFR 50.36(c)(2)(ii). LCO The required. power distribution subsystems ensure the availability of AC. DC. and AC instrument bus electrical power for the systems required to shut down the reactor and maintain it in a safe condition after an Anticipated Operational Occurrence (A00) or a postulated DBA. The AC. DC, and AC instrument bus electrical power distribution subsystems are required to be OPERABLE. O BYRON - UNITS 1 & 2 83.8.9-2 8/26/98 Revision A
Distribution Systems-Operating B 3.8.9 ) l
' BASES
- f. ,
\
LC0 (continued) l Maintaining the Division 1 and Division 2.AC. DC, and AC' : instrument bus electrical power distribution subsystems '
' OPERABLE-ensures that the redundancy incorporated into the l design of ESF is not defeated. Therefore, a' single failure Within any system or within the electrical power distribution subsystems will not prevent safe shutdown of
.the reactor.
OPERABLE AC electrical power distribution subsystems require i the associated buses to be energized to their proper ! voltages. The division also includes (but is not included ; in the subsystem required to be OPERABLE by LCO 3.8.9) l secondary 480 and 120 V buses, motor control centers, and i distribution panels. OPERABLE DC electrical power distribution subsystems. require the associated buses to be energized to their proper voltage from either the associated battery or charger. OPERABLE instrument bus electrical power distribution subsystems require the associated buses to be energized to their proper voltage from the associated inverter via inverted DC voltage inverter using AC source, or Class 1E constant voltage transformer.
,Q V l APPLICABILITY The electrical power distribution subsystems are required to l be OPERABLE in MODES 1, 2. 3. and 4 to ensure that: '
- a. Acceptable fuel design limits and reactor coolant pressure boundary limits are not exceeded as a result of A00s or atnormal transients; and
- b. Adequate core cooling is provided, and containment OPERABILITY and other vital functions are maintained in the event of a postulated DBA.
Electrical power distribution subsystem requirements for MODES 5 and 6 are covered in LCO 3.8.10. " Distribution Systems - Shutdown. " BYRON - UNITS 1 & 2 B 3.8.9 - 3 8/27/98 Revision L
Distribution Kystems-Operating < B 3.8.9 4 h BASES Q l . ACTIONS M g With one AC bus, except AC instrument buses, inoperable, the e remaining AC electrical power distribution subsystem 1s C capable of sup)orting the minimum safety functions necessary CD .
'to shut down t1e reactor hnd maintain it in a saf5 shutdown
'4 condition assuming no single failure. The overall u . reliability is reduced however, because a sin le' failure in
.tl W the remaining power distribution subsystem cou d result in the minimum required ESF functions not being supported.
l Therefore, the required AC bus must be restored to OPERABLE status within 8 hours. Condition A worst scenario is one division without AC power 1 (i.e.. no offsite power to the division and the associated DG inoperable). In this Condition the unit is more vulnerable to a complete loss of AC power. It is, therefore, imperative that the unit operator's attention ei focused on minimizing the potential for loss of power to the remaining division by stabilizing the unit, and on restoring
)ower to the affected division. The 8 hour time limit Jefore- requiring a unit shutdown in this Condition is acceptable because of:
' CJ - a. The potential for decreased safety if the unit operator's attention is diverted from the evaluations and actions necessary to restore power to the affected division, to the actions associated with taking the unit to shutdown within this time limit: and
- b. The low probability for an event in conjunction with a single failure of a redundant component in the division with AC power.
l l - ,
' BYRON - UNITS 1 & 2 B 3.8.9- 4 8/27/98 Revision L
i. Distribution Systems-Operating l B 3.8.9 l l
. jq BASES I
\")' . ACTIONS (continued)
The second Completion Time'for Required Action A.1 establishes a limit pn the maximum time allowed for any ' combination of required distribution subsystems to be l inoperable during any single contiguous occurrence of ,. 'failing to meet -the LCO. 'If Condition A' is entersd while. for instance. a DC bus is inoperable and subsequently restored OPERABLE. the LC0 may already'have been not met for
-up to 2-hours This could lead.to a total of 10 hours-t since initial failure of the LCO. to restore the AC i distribution system. At this time, a DC circuit could'again
- . become inoperable, and AC distribution restored OPERABLE.
This could continue indefinitely. l The Completion Time allows' for an exception to the normal
" time zero" for.beginning the allowed outage time " clock."
This will result in establishing the " time zero" at the time the LC0 was initially not met, instead of the time: Condition A was entered. The 16' hour Completion Time is an l acceptable limitation on this potential to fail to meet the l LCO indefinitely.
- n U k,. l With one AC instrument bus inoperable, the remaining OPERABLE AC instrument buses are capable of supporting the i d, minimum safety functions necessary to shut down the unit and r
- maintain it in the safe shutdown condition. Overall ;
reliability is reduced, however, since an additional single failure could result in the minimum required ESF functions 4 not being supported. Therefore, the required AC' instrument L
@ bus must be restored to OPERABLE status withir. 2 hours by i
! pcwering the bus from the associated inverter via inverted '
- DC inverter-using AC source. or Class 1E constant voltage i transformer.
l I l A 4 BYRON - UNITS 1 & 2 B 3.8.9 - 5 8/27/98 Revision L l t.
~ .- - . - . - - ._ .-- -
Distribution Systems-Operating l B 3.8.9 y-( BASES i " (") ACTIONS (continued) fl
' Condition B represents'one AC. instrument bus without power:
potentially both the DC source and the associated AC source S are nonfunctioning. In this situation, the unit ~is g significantly more vulnerable to a complete loss of s'l 4
'noninterruptible power. It is, therefore. imperative that the operator's attention focus on stabilizing the unit.
E minimizing the potential for loss of power to the remaining instrument buses and restoring power to the affected instrument bus. l This 2 hour limit is more conservative than. Completion Times - allowed for the vast majority of components that are without adequate AC instrument power. Taking exception to LC0 3.0.2 for components without adequate AC instrument power. that would have the Required Action Completion Times sho' r ter than 2 hours if declared inoperable, is acceptable because'of:
- a. The potential for decreased safety by requiring a change in unit conditions (i.e., requiring a shutdown) and not allowing. stable operations to continue;
- b. The potential for decreased safety by requiring entry L /~N into numerous Applicable Conditions and Required d Actions for components without adequate AC instrument power and not providing sufficient time for the operators to perform the necessary evaluations and actions for restoring power to the affected bus (es);
and
- c. The low probability for an event in conjunction with a single failure of a redundant component.
The 2 hour Completion Time takes into account the importance to safety of restoring the AC instrument bus (es) to OPERABLE status, the redundant capability afforded by the other OPERABLE instrument buses and the low probability of a DBA occurring during this period. L l: O w) BYRON - UNITS 1 & 2 B 3.8.9 - 6 8/27/98 Revision L
. m-_ __ . . _ _ _ _ . . . _ _ _ _ _ . _ . _ _ _ _ . _ _ . . _ _ . _ .
Distribution Systems-Operating B-3.8.9 , g BASES lU ACTIONS (continued) l The second Completion Time for Required Action B.1 establishes a limit on the maximum allowed for any combination of required distribution subsystems to be i inoperable during any sin i 'failing to meet the LCO. gle contiguous If Condition occurrence B is of entered while. for instance, an AC bus is inoperable and subsequently returned OPERABLE. the LC0 may already have been not met for up to 8 hours. This could lead to a total of 10 hours. since initial failure of the LCO. to restore the instrument i bus distribution system. At this time, an AC bus could again become inoperable, and instrument bus distribution l restored OPERABLE. This could continue indefinitely. This Completion Time allows for an exception to the normal
" time zero" for beginning the allowed outage time " clock."
This will result in establishing the " time zero" at the time l the LCO was initially not met, instead of the time i Condition B was entered. The 16 hour Completion Time is an acceptable limitation on this potential to fail to meet the l L:0 indefinitely. l U With one DC bus inoperable, the remaining DC electrical i power distribution subsystem is capable of supporting the ' minimum safety functions necessary to shut down the reactor and maintain it in a safe shutdown condition, assuming no i single failure. The overall reliability is reduced, however, because a single failure in the remaining DC l electrical power distribution subsystem could result in the minimum required ESF functions not being supported. Therefore the DC bus must be restored to OPERABLE status ! within 2 hours by powering the bus from the associated
- battery or charger.
l t l l i !O BYRON - UNITS 1 & 2 B 3.8.9 - 7 8/26/98 Revision A
-~. . __
.- . . - - - -.- - .-- - . - . . - - . - - . - ~ - . _ - . - _ .
[ Distribution Systems-Operating B 3.8.9 l l q BASES ACTIONS (continued) Condition C represents one division without adequate DC power: potentially both with the battery significantly i degraded and the associated charger nonfunctioning and not crosstied to the other unit. In this situation, the unit is
'significantly more vulner ble to a complete loss of all DC power. It is, therefore, imperative that the operator's attention focus on stabilizing the unit, minimizing the potential for loss of power to the remaining divisions and restoring power to the affected division.
This'2 hour limit is more conservative than Completion Times allowed for the vast majority of components that would be without power. Taking exception to LCO 3.0.2 for components without adequate DC power, which would have Required Action Completion Times shorter than 2 hours, is acceptable because of:
- a. The potential for decreased safety by requiring a change in unit conditions (i.e., requiring a shutdown) while allowing stable operations to continue;
- b. The potential for decreased safety by requiring entry into numerous applicable Conditions and Recuired hq Actions for components without DC power anc not i providing sufficient time for the operators to perform '
the necessary evaluations and actions for restoring power to the affected division: and j
- c. The low probability for an event in conjunction with a single failure of a redundant component.
I The ? hour Completion Time for DC buses is consistent with Regulatory Guide 1.93 (Ref. 3). I , O BYRON - UNITS 1 & 2 B 3.8.9 - 8 8/26/98 Revision A
Distribution Systems-Operating B 3.8.9
,o BASES .; )
ACTIONS (continued) The second Completion Time for Required Action C.1 establishes a limit on the maximum time allowed for any combination of required distribution subsystems to be inoperable during any sin
'failing to meet the LCO. gle contiguous occurrence ofIf Condition C for instance. an AC bus is inoperable and subsequently returned OPERABLE. the LC0 may already have been not met for up to 8 hours. This could lead to a total of 10 hours, since initial failure of the LCO. to restore the DC distribution system. At this time, an AC bus could again become inoperable, and DC distribution restored OPERABLE.
This could continue indefinitely. This Completion Time allows for an exception to the normal
" time zero" for beginning the allowed outage time " clock."
This will result in establishing the " time zero" at the time the LCO was initially not met, instead of the time Condition C was entered. The 16 hour Completion Time is an acceptable limitation on this potential to fail to meet the LCO indefinitely. D.1 and 0.2 g () If the inoperable distribution subsystem cannot be restored to OPERABLE status within the required Completion Time, the unit must be brought to a H0DE in which the LCO does not apply. To achieve this status, the unit must be brought to l at least MODE 3 within 6 hours and to MODE 5 within 36 hours. The allowed Completion Times are reasonable, based on operating experience to reach the recuired unit conditions from full power conditions in an orcerly manner and without challenging plant systems. n) t L1 l 9 4ith two electrical power distribution subsystems inoperable !
- that result in a loss of safety function, adequate core M !
cooling. containment OPERABILITY and other vital functions I b for DBA mitigation would be compromised, and immediate plant ! G shutdown in accordance with LC0 3.0.3 is required. I
/ j % ,l l BYRON - UNITS 1 & 2 B 3.8.9 - 9 8/27/98 Revision L I
I i
~
l Distribution Systems-Operating l B 3.8.9 BASES
-SURVEILLANCE SR 3.8.9.1 REQUIREMENTS This Surveillance verifies that the required AC. DC, and AC instrument bus electrical power distribution systems are functioning properly, with the correct circuit breaker
' alignment. The correct b'reaker alignment ensures the appropriate separation and independence of the electrical l
divisions is maintained, and the appropriate voltage is ; available to each required bus. The verification of proper 1 voltage availability on the buses ensures that.the required ' voltage is readily available for motive as well as control ' functions for critical system loads connected to these buses. The 7 day. Frequency takes into account the redundant I capability of the AC. DC, and AC instrument bus electrical power distribution subsystems, and other. indications available in the control room that alert the operator to subsystem malfunctions. - REFERENC'IS 1. UFSAR, Chapter 6.
- 2. UFSAR. Chapter 15.
O Q 3. Regulatory Guide 1.93. December 1974. f% U BYRON - UNITS 1 & 2 B 3.8.9 - 10 8/26/98 Revision A :
Distribution Systems-Shutdown B 3.8.10 B 3.8 ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS B 3.8.10 Distribution Systems-Shutdown BASES . BACKGROUND 'A description of the AC, DC, and AC instrument bus electrical power distribution systems is provided-in the Bases for LCO 3.8.9. " Distribution Systems -Operating. " APPLICABLE The initial conditions of Design Basis Accident and SAFETY ANALYSES transient analyses in the UFSAR, Chapter 6 (Ref. 1) and Chapter 15 (Ref. 2), assume Engineered Safety Feature (ESF) systems are OPERABLE. The AC DC, and AC instrument bus electrical power distribution systems are designed to provide sufficient capacity, capability, redundancy, and reliability to ' ensure the availability of necessary power to ESF systems so that the fuel, Reactor Coolant System. and containment design limits are not exceeded. The OPERABILITY of the AC DC, and AC instrument bus electrical power distribution system is consistent with the o initial assumptions of the accident analyses and the Q requirements for the supported systems' OPERABILITY. The OPERABILITY of the minimum AC, DC, and AC instrument bus electrical power distribution subsystems during MODES 5 and 6, and during movement of irradiated fuel assemblies ensures that:
- a. The unit can be maintained in the shutdown or refueling condition for extended periods:
- b. Sufficient instrumentation and control capability is available for monitoring and maintaining the unit status; and
- c. Adequate power is provided to mitigate events postulated during shutdown, such as a fuel handling accident.
The AC and DC electrical power distribution systems satisfy Criterion 3 of 10 CFR 50.36(c)(2)(ii). O BYRON - UNITS 1 & 2 B 3.8.10 - 1 8/26/98 Revision A
Distribution Systems-Shutdown B 3.8.10 'q BASES V LCO Various subsystems, equipment, and com3onents are required OPERABLE by other LCOs. depending on t1e specific unit condition. Implicit in those requirements is the OPERABILITY of necessary support features (i.e. systems. subsystems, trains. components, and devices). This 1C0 explicitly requires energization.of the portions of the electrical distribution system necessary to support OPERABILITY of required subsystems, equipment, and components - whether specifically addressed in an LC0 or 1mplicitly required.via the definition of OPERABILITY. Maintaining these portions of the distribution system energized ensures the availability of sufficient power to operate the unit in a safe manner to mitigate the consequences of postulated events during shutdown-(e.g. , fuel handling accidents) APPLICABILITY The AC and DC electrical power distribution subsystems required to be OPERABLE in MODES 5 and 6. and at all times during movement of irradiated fuel assemblies, provide assurance that:
- a. Systems to rovide adequate coolant inventory makeup are 'availab e for the irradiated fuel in the core:
- b. Systems needed to mitigate a fuel handling accident are available:
- c. Systems necessary to mitigate the effects of events l that can lead to core damage during shutdown are i available; and
- d. Instrumentation and control capability is available for monitoring and maintaining the unit in a cold shutdown condition and refueling condition.
The AC. DC. and AC instrument bus electrical power distribution subsystems requirements for MODES 1. 2. 3. and 4 are covered in LCO 3.8.9. i O BYRON - UNITS 1 & 2 B 3.8.10 - 2 8/26/98 Revision A
-. .- -- - =. - . - -
Distribution Systems-Shutdown l B 3.8.10 BASES ACTIONS LC0 3.0.3 is not applicable while in MODE 5 or 6. However, since. irradiated fuel assembly movement can occur in MODE 1.
- 2. 3. or 4. the ACTIONS have been modified by a Note stating that LC0 3.0.3 is not applicable. If moving irradiated fuel assemblies while in MODE 5 or 6. LCO 3.0.3 would not specify
'any action. If. moving ir' radiated fuel assemblies while in MODE 1, 2. 3. or-4. the fuel movement is independent of reactor operations. Therefore in either case, inability to suspend movement of irradiated-fuel assemblies would not be sufficient reason to require a reactor shutdown.
A.I. A.2.1. A.2.2. A.2.3. A.2.4. A.2.5. and A.2.6 Although redundant required features may require redundant ; divisions of electrical power distribution subsystems to be OPERABLE. one OPERABLE distribution subsystem division may be capable of supporting sufficient required features to allow continuation of CORE ALTERATIONS and fuel movement. By allowing the option to declare required features : associated with an inoperable distribution subsystem l inoperable (Recuired Action A.1), ap3ropriate restrictions are implementec in accordance with tie affected required feature LCO's Required Actions. In many instances however, this option may involve undesired administrative efforts. ( Therefore, the allowance for sufficiently conservative actions of Required Actions A.2.1 through A.2.4 is made (i .e. , to suspend CORE ALTERATIONS movement of irradiated fuel assemblies. and operations involving positive l . reactivity additions). Suspension of these activities does
" not preclude completion of actions to establish a safe conservative condition. These actions minimize the l probability of the occurrence of postulated events. It is L further required to immediately initiate action to restore !
l the required AC and DC electrical power distribution i ' subsystems and to continue this action until restoration is l accomplished in order to provide the necessary power to the unit safety systems. l l l' l \ I a BYRON - UNITS 1 & 2 8 3.8.10 - 3 8/26/98 Revision A l l l l
l Distribution Systems-Shutdown B 3.8.10 l BASES N ACTIONS (continued) i Notwithstanding performance of the above conservative l Required Actions., a recuired Residual Heat Removal (RHR) i train and/or a requirec Low Temperature Overpressure Protection (LTOP) feature In.this case. ! 'Recuired Actions A.2.1 through may be inoperable. A.2.4 do not adequately adcress the concerns relating to coolant circulation and
- heat removal. Pursuant to LC0 3.0.6. the RHR or LTOP l ACTIONS would not be entered. Therefore. Required Actions l A.2.5 and A.2.6 are provided to direct declaring RHR and LTOP features insperable and declaring the associated ~RHR train "not in operation" (note, this does not require the RHR train to be shut down if operating. only that the associated RHR train not be credited as the required operating train), which results in taking the appropriate actions.
1 The Completion Time of immediately is consistent with the required times for actions requiring prompt attention. The restoration of the required distribution subsystems should be com)leted as quickly as possible in order to minimize the time t1e unit safety systems may be without power. I SURVEILLANCE SR 3.8.10.1 REQUIREMENTS This Surveillance verifies that the AC, DC and AC 1 instrument bus electrical power distribution subsystems are l functioning properly, with all the buses energized. The verification of proper voltage availability on the buses i ensures that the required power is readily available for motive as well as control functions for critical system loads connected to these buses. The 7 day Frequency takes i into account the capability of the electrical power
- distribution subsystems, and other indications available in l the control room that alert.tne operator to subsystem malfunctions.
l L REFERENCES 1. UFSAR. Chapter 6.
- 2. UFSAR; Chapter 15.
L 7
- O BYRON - UNITS 1 & 2 B 3.8.10 - 4 8/26/98 Revision A l
AC Sources-Operating , 3.8.1 l 3.8 ELECT'RICAL POWER SYSTEMS ; 3.8.1 AC Sources-Operating LCO 3.8.1 The following AC electrical sources shall be OPERABLE: I a. Two qualified circuits per bus between the offsite i transmission network bnd the onsite Class 1E AC Electrical Power Distribution System; and 4
- b. Two Diesel Generators (DGs) capable of supplying the
, onsite Class 1E AC Electrical Power Distribution System. : i APPLICABILITY: MODES 1, 2, 3. and 4. ACTIONS l CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME A. One or more buses with A.1 Perform SR 3.8.1.1 1 hour one required qualified for the required r circuit inoperable. OPERABLE qualified AND circuits. Once per 8 hours thereafter AND A.2 Restore required 72 hours qualified circuit (s) to OPERABLE status. AND 6 days frr discovery of failure to meet LCO (continued) O BRAIDWOOD - UNITS 1 & 2
- 3. 8.1 - 1 8/26/98 Revision A
i AC Sources-Operating 3.8.1
. ACTIONS (continued)
' CONDITION ' REQUIRED ACTION- COMPLETION TIME-B. :0ne required DG B.1 Perform SR'3.8.1.1 1 hour l inoperable. for the required .
I qualified circuits. AND , Once per 8 hours
. thereafter AND B,2 Declare required , 4 hours from feature (s) sup)orted discovery of by the inoperaale DG Condition B inoperable when its concurrent with required redundant inoperability of feature (s) is redundant inoperable, required feature (s)
AN_Q B.3.1 Determine OPERABLE DG 24 hours n() is not inoperable due to common cause failure. DB B,3.2 Perform SR 3.8.1.2 24 hours for OPERABLE DG. AND B.4 Restore DG to 72 hours OPERABLE status. AND 6 days from discovery of failure to meet ,. LCO (continued) O) BRAIDWOOD - UNITS 1 & 2 3. 8.1 - 2 8/26/98 Revision A l
, . . - . . . - . -- . . - . .~ , .. - - -- . -,
AC Sources .0perating
- 3. 8.1-f . ACTIONS (continued) 3~ - . CONDITION' REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME C. One or more buses with C.1- Restore one required 24 hours two required qualified qualified circuit per circuits inoperable. bus to OPERABLE '
status. D. :One DG inoperable and NOTE
, 'one or more buses with Enter applicable Conditions
+ one required qualified and Required Actions of 4 circuit inoperable. LC0 3.8.9. " Distribution
;l -
Systems-0)erating." when u 08 Condition )- ' is entered with s no AC power source to a One DG inoperable and division, one bus with two required qualified circuits inoperable. D.1 Restore required 12 hours qualified circuit (s) to OPERABLE status.
-/7 gg v
D.2 Restore DG to 12 hours OPERABLE status;
- l E 'Two DGs inoperable. E.1 Restore one DG to 5 hours OPERABLE status.
I. F. Required Act. ion and F.1 Be in MODE 3. 6 hours associated Completion
' Time of Condition A. JA Q B. C. D, or E not met.
, F.2 Be in MODE 5. 36 hours l (continued) L l'
. g)-
BRAIDWOOD - UNITS 1 & 2 3.8.1 - 3 8/26/98 Revision L
AC Sources-Operating 3.8.1 fs . ACTIONS (continued)
-kl CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME
-G. Two DGs inoperable. G.1 Enter LCO 3.0.3. Immediately and one or more buses with one or more required qualified
- circuits inoperable.
08' One DG inoperable, one bus with two required qualified circuits inoperable, and the second bus with one or more required qualified circuits ! inoperable. 1 () SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY , SR 3.8.1.1 Verify correct. breaker alignment and 7 days indicated power availability for each required qualified circuit. (continued) a BRAIDWOOD - UNITS 1 & 2 3.8.1 - 4 6/26/98 Revision A
AC. Sources -Operating 3.8.1 fa SURVEILLANCE RE0VIREMENTS (continued)
's' SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.8.1.2 NOTE A modified DG start involving idling and gradual acceleration to synchronous speed may be used for this SR. When modified '
start procedures are not used, the time, voltage, and frequency tolerances of . SR 3.8.1.7 must be met. Performance of SR 3.8.1.7~ satisfies this SR. c j Verify each DG starts from standby 31 days
,; condition and achieves steady state voltage :
2 3950 V and s 4580 V and frequency a 58.8 Hz and s 61.2 Hz. I SR 3.8.1.3 - - - - NOTES l
- 1. DG loadings may include gradual '
loading as recommended by the .
, manufacturer. l C) 2. Momentary transients outside the load l
range do not invalidate this test.
- 3. This Surveillance shall be conducted on only one DG at a time. '
- 4. This SR shall be preceded by and immediately follow without shutdown a successful performance of SR 3.8.1.2 or SR 3.8.1.7.
Verify each DG is synchronized and loaded 31 days and operates for a 60 minutes at a load a 4950 kW and s 5500 kW. SR 3.8.1.4 Verify each day tank contains = 450 gal of 31 days fuel oil. (continued) t( A BRAIDWOOD - UNITS 1 & 2 3.8.1 - 5 8/26/98 Revision L
AC Sources-Operating 3.8.1 4 SURVEILLANCE RE0VIREMENTS (continued) SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY' SR 3.8.1.5- Check for and remove accumulated water from 31 days I each day tank.
. . I
~
Verify the fuel oil-transfer system
~
SR '3.8.1.6 31 days operates to automatically transfer fuel oil
-i from storage tank (s) to the day tank.
l 0 -SR 3.8.1.7 Verify each DG starts from normal standby 184 days 1
.s condition and achieves in s 10 seconds. ,
Q voltage a 3950 V and s 4580 V. and frequency a 58.8 Hz and s 61.2 Hz. 1 i SR 3.8.1.8 Verify. manual transfer of AC power sources 18 months from the required normal qualified c circuit (s)-to the reserve required i
'g qualified circuit (s). ~;
(continued) l l i l O .8RAIDWOOD - UNITS 1 & 2 3. 8.1 - 6 9/24/98 Revision C
u, , . . .- - . . . . - . _~ - . . - . _
' , AC Sources-Operating r
4 o 3.8.1
? - .
SURVEILLANCE ~ RE0UIREMENTS -(continuedF
- SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR .3.8.1.9 .
- NOTE .
nThis Surveillance shall not be performed in '
. MODE 1 or 2.
Verify.each DG. rejects a load greater than
'18' months' or equal to its associated single 1argest post-accident 103d.'and:
- a. Follmiing load rejection. the frequency is s 64.5 Hz:
- b. Following load rejection,.the steady state voltage.is maintained a 3950 V and s 4580.V: and
- c. Following load rejection, the steady state frequency is maintained a 58.8 Hz and s 61.2 Hz.
S NQl . kMSR 3.8.1.10 1. NOTES Momentary transients above the voltage N limit immediately following a load 5 rejection do not invalidate this test. d 2. This. Surveillance shall not be y* performed in MODE 1 or 2. Verify each DG does not trip and voltage is 18 months. maintained s 4784 V during and following a load rejection of a 4950 kW and s 5500 kW. (continued) j ~ BRAIDWOOD - UNITS 1 & 2 3. 8.1 - 7 8/26/98 Revision L 4 r- r -r , w -+
AC Sources-Operating 3.8.1
-SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS (continued) f w\'
SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.8.1.11' NOTE This Surveillance shall not be performed in MODE 1. 2.-3. or 4. , , Verify on an actual or simulated loss of 18 months offsite power signal.:
- a. De-energization of ESF buses:
0 b. Load shedding from ESF buses: and' 1 (
"l c. DG auto-starts from standby condition and-k' i 4 1. energizes permanently connected l loads in s 10 seconds, i i
- 2. energizes auto-connected shutdown l loads through the shutdown load -
l sequence timers.. ! fT i () 3. maintains steady state voltage l 2 3950 V and s 4580 V.
- 4. maintains steady state frequency a 58.8 Hz and s 61.2 Hz. and ;
i
- 5. supplies permanently connected and auto-connected shutdown loads for a 5 minutes.
(continued)
%,/
BRAIDWOOD - UNITS 1 & 2 3. 8.1 - 8 8/26/9'8 Revision L
i
. AC Sources-Operating 3.8.1 q
<g SURVEILLANCE RE0UIREMENTS< (continued)
(f . SURVEILLANCE- FREQUENCY , C SR 3.8.1.12 . Verify ~ on' an ' actual or simulated Engineered 18 months 2 Safety Feature-(ESF) actuation signal each ' jpl DG aut0-starts from standby condition and: , ,
~
- a. In s'10 seconds' achieves voltage-
= 3950 V and s 4580 V:
- b. In s 10 seconds achieves frequency-p = 58.8 Hz and s 61.2 Hz: and '
- c. Operates for = 5 minutes.
.SR -3.8.l.13 . Verify each DG's automatic trips are 18 months bypassed on actual or simulated loss of voltage signal on the emergency bus concurrent with an actual or simulated ESF actuation signal except:
- a. Engine overspeed; and
! b. Generator differential current.
~
SR 3.8.1.14 NOTES .
-1. Momentary transients outside the load range do not invalidate this test.
- 2. This Surveillance shall not be- 1 performed in MODE 1 or 2. l Vdrify each DG operates for = 24 hours: 18 months '
- a. For = 2 hours loaded a 5775 kW and s 6050 kW: and
- b. For the remaining hours of the testi loaded a 4950 kW and s 5500 kW.
.(continued)
-BRAIDWOOD --UNITS 1 & 2 3. 8.1 - 9 8/26/98 Revision L l
AC Sources-Operating 3.8.1 , -7 q SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS (continued)
\~J SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.8.1.15 NOTES l 1. This Surveillance shall be performed within 5 minutes of shutting down the '
DG after the DG has op'erated a 2 hours loaded a 4950 kW and s 5500 kW or until operating temperature has stabilized. J jl 2. Momentary transients outside of load range do not invalidate this test. Verify each DG starts and achieves in 18 months s 10 seconds voltage a 3950 V and s 4580 V, and frequency a 58.8 Hz and s 61.2 Hz. SR 3.8.1.16 NOTE This Surveillance shall not be performed in
,- MODE 1. 2, 3, or 4. '%J l Verify each DG: 18 months
- a. Synchronizes with offsite power source ;
while loaded with emergency loads upon i a simulated restoration of offsite power: , i
- b. Transfers loads to offsite power source: and 4
- c. Returns to ready-to-load operation.
(continued) t'D LJ BRAIDWOOD - UNITS 1 & 2 3.8.1 - 10 8/26/98 Revision L
. _ _ . . . _ _ . . _ . _ . _ . _ _ _ . . . . . _ _ _ . _ _ . . _ ~ . . . _ _ . _ . _ _ . _ . . _ . . . . . . . .
AC Sources-Operating
\
3.8.1 w . SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS (continued) SURVEILLANCE: FREQUENCY
-SR' 3.8.1.17 - - - - - -
NOTE - -- This. Surveillance shall not be performed in-MODE 1. 2, 3..or-4. , Verify. with' a DG operating in test mode 18 months - and connected to its bus, an actual or simulated ESF actuation signal overrides.. the' test mode by:
- a. _ Returning DG to ready-to-load operation: and
- b. Automatically energizing the emergency load from offsite power; SR 3.8.1.18 --
NDTE - Thir Surveillance shall,not be performed in i MODE 1. 2. 3. or 4.- 0 Verify interval between each sequenced load 18 months block is within 10% of design interval for each safeguards and snutdown sequence timer. (continued) BRAIDWOOD - UNITS 1 & 2 3.8.1 - 11 8/26/98 Revision A
._.i , . , , ,
. i -; -. : t y o AC Sources-Operating
- s. . m ,.. C, 3.8.1 q~
t;< ., :; ; s - ., .. .- g v at ', SURVEILLANCE REOUIREMENTS- (continued) ,, \,ni G(./' m , ' SURVEILLANCE' FREQUENCY p f .! E SR 3.8.1.193 . . NOTE This Surveillance shall 'not be performed in
. MODE 1. 2. 3. or 4.
l' ' Verify on an actual or simulated. loss of- 18 months
.offsite power signal in conjunction with an-
- p. Lactual or. simulated ESF actuation signal: ;
1 m
- a. -De-energization of'ESF buses; 1
es b. Load shedding from ESF buses: and t-s ~ l gl c. DG auto-starts from standby condition l and:
- 1. energizes permanently connected !
L loads in s 10 seconds. '
- 2. energizes auto-connected .
, emergency loads through the fi- safeguards sequence timers.
U- - ,
- 3. -achieves steady state voltage id a 3950 V and s 4580 V. -
- 4. achieves steady state frequency I
= 58.8 Hz and s'61.2 Hz, and !
- 5. supplies permanently connected m
and auto-connected emergency loads for a 5 minutes.
.g , .
I a
- co._
SR 3.8.1.20 . Verify when started simultaneously from 10 years 4 standby condition, each DG achieves, in
- d. s 10 seconds.' frequency a 58.8 Hz.
=
2,; . l i; ..
.D
[ J. L- BRAIDWOOD - UNITS-1 & 2 3.8.1 - 12 8/26/98 Revision L 4 w .
AC Sources-Shutdown 3 8.2
,,-y 3.8 ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS'
*> ) 3.8.2 AC Sources-Shutdown LC0 3.8.2 The following AC electrical power sources shall be' OPERABLE:
.a.
One qualified circuit between the offsite transmission network arid the onsith Class 1E AC electrical' power -
, distribution subsystem (s) required by LCO 3.8.10.
" Distribution Systems-Shutdown": and ,
- b. One Diesel Generator (DG) capable of supplying one
, division of the onsite Class 1E AC electrical power distribution subsystem (s) required by LCO 3. 8.10. [ a.
.
- l APPLICABILITY: MODES 5 and 6. .
[ During movement-of irradiated fuel assemblies. g ACTIONS
--NOTE LCO 3.0.3 is.not applicable.
Q) . - CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME I i l
-A. Required qualified -
NOTE --- i
;j circuit inoperable. Enter applicable Conditions '
i and Required Actions of LCO 3.8.10. with one required L< division de-energized as a o, result of Condition A. I ~ A.1 Declare affected Immediately 1 required feature (s) i with no offsite power available inoperable. 2 (continued) BRAIDWOOD - UNITS 1 & 2 3.8.2 - 1 8/26/98 Revision L t
)
AC Sources-Shutdown 3.8.2 CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME A. (continued) A.2.1' Suspend CORE Immediately ALTERATIONS.
' ~
AND
)
. A.2.2 Suspend movement of Immediately irradiated fuel assemblies. )
'AND A.2.3 Initiate action to Immediately i suspend operations !
involving positive ' reactivity additions. AND A.2.4 Initiate action to Immediately restore required j qualified circuit to ' OPERABLE status. AND A.2.5 Declare affected Low Immediately Temperature Overpressure l Protection (LTOP) feature (s) inoperable. 1 (continued) I l j l l l O BRAIDWOOD - UNITS 1 & 2 3.8.2 - 2 8/26/98 Revision A I i
AC Sources-Shutdown l 3.8.2 l l ACTIONS (continued) CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME B. Required DG. B.1 Suspend CORE Immediately j inoperable. ALTERATIONS. ; g *
- 1 i
B.2 Suspend movement of' Immediately l irradiated fuel ) assemblies. , AND l B.3 Initiate action to Immediately l suspend operations ! involving positive ) reactivity additions. AND B.4 Initiate action to Immediately l restore required DG l to OPERABLE status. B.5 Declare affected LTOP Immediately feature (s) inoperable. O BRAIDWOOD - UNITS 1 & 2 3.8.2 - 3 8/26/98 Revision A
AC Sources-Shutdown j 3.8.2 l SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS V SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR ~3.8.2.1 NOTE-- The following SRs are not required'to be performed: _ , SR 3.8.1.3 SR 3.8.1.14 SR 3.8.1.9 SR 3.8.1.15 SR 3.8.1.10 SR 3.8.1.16 SR 3.8.1.11 SR 3.8.1.18 SR 3.8.1.13 SR 3.8.1.19 For AC sources required to be OPERABLE. the In accordance following SRs are applicable: with applicable i SRs SR 3.8.1.1 SR 3.8.1.11 SR 3.8.1.2 SR 3.8.1.12 SR 3.8.1.3 SR 3.8.1.13 . SR 3.8.1.4 SR 3.8.1.14 SR 3.8.1.5 SR 3.8.1.15 SR 3.8.1.6 SR 3.8.1.16 SR 3.8.1,7 SR 3.8.1.18 T SR 3.8.1.9 SR 3.8.1.19. ' SR 3.8.1.10 1 b i _ Y l 'O BRAIDWOOD - UNITS 1 & 2 3.8.2 - 4 8/26/98 Revision A i
Diesel Fuel Oil 3.8.3 l 1 l 3.8 ELEClRICAL PCWER SYSTEMS 7-- \~ / 3.8.3 Diesel Fuel Oil LC0 3.8.3 The stored diesel fuel oil shall be within limits for each l required Diesel Generator (DG). APPLICABILITY: When associated DG is required to be OPERABLE. ! ACTIONS !
- i NOTE Separate Condition entry is allowed for each DG.
i CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME i A. One or more DGs with A.1 Restore stored fuel 48 hours stored fuel volume oil volume to within
< 44.000 gal and limits.
/~ > 41.138 gal in i storage tank (s). l B. One or more DGs with B.1 Restore fuel oil 7 days stored fuel oil total total particulates ! particulates not within limit. within limit. I C. One or more DGs with C.1 Restore st'o red fuel 30 days new fuel oil oil properties to properties not within within limits. limits. (continued) BRAIDWOOD - UNITS 1 & 2 3.8.3 - 1 8/26/98 Revision A 4 i
l Diesel Fuel Oil 3.8.3 s ACTIONS (continued)
. CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME -
l 0. Required Action and D.1 Declare associated DG Immediately l associated Completion inoperable. ' Time of Conditions A. ~ ' B. or C not met. 08 One or more DGs with diesel fuel oil not within limits for reasons other than Condition A. B, or C. SURVEILLANCE-REQUIREMENTS SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY 'O SR 3.8.3.1 Verify each DG fuel oil storage tank (s) 31 days contains a 44.000 gal of: fuel. l SR 3.8.3.2 Verify fuel oil properties of new and In accordance stored fuel oil are tested in accordance with the Diesel with, and maintained within the limits of. Fuel Oil the Diesel F"el Oil Testing Program. Testing Program c. t SR 3.8.3.3 Check for and remove accumulated water from 31 days each fuel oil storage tank. ! ) l' 8RAIDWOOD - UNITS 1 & 2 3.8.3 - 2 8/26/98 Revision A
- i
T DC Sources-Operating L 3.8.4 h- 3.8 ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS 3.8.4 DC Sources-Operating LC0 3.8.4 Division 11(21) and Division 12(22) DC electrical power
-subsystems shall be OPERABLE and not crosstied to the-opposite unit. , ,
APPLICABILITY: MODES 1, 2. 3. and 4. ACTIONS CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME A. One. battery charger A.1 Crosstie 2 hours inoperable, opposite-unit bus
)
with associated , OPERABLE battery. charger to the i affected division. ; AND A.2 Restore battery 24 hours charger to OPERABLE status. B. One DC electrical B.1 Open at least one 60 hours ! power division crosstie breaker - crosstied to bebzeen the crosstied opposite-unit DC divisions. electrical )ower l subsystem tlat has an , inoperable battery charger, while opposite unit is in MODE 1, 2. 3. or 4. (continued)
..O
- t/
BRAIDWOOD - UNITS 1 & 2 3.8.4 - 1 8/26/98 Revision L
, ~. .- - - - . - - . - .- . .. - - _ - - - , - . . - - - . . - . - . . . . . - .-
i
,DC Sources-Operating-
'3.8.4- ,
i L 1
- 1 ACTIONS (continued) 4 x -- CONDITION 1 . REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME C. 0' Ae DC electrical- C.1 LNOTE
. power division; Only required when: y
-crosstied to. ' opposite unit.has an: ' i opposite-unit DC 1nopefable battery. '
electrical:' power
. Subsystem with an. .
inoperable source.. Verify opposite-unit- Once per-while opposite unit.is DC bus load 12 hours
-in MODE 5. 6. or s 100 amps.for AT&T defueled.-
-(s 200 amps for C&D). '
ANQ _ C.2: Open at least one 7 days -l crosstie breaker ! between the crosstied ! divisions.
~
- D. 'One DC electrical D.1 ' Restore-DC electrical 2 hours
/
., power-subsystem power subsystem to inoperable for' reasons OPERABLE status, other than Condition '
e A. B. or.C. . E. Required Action and E.1 Be in MODE 3. 6 hours l Associated Completion Time not met. _ARQ
~
E.2 Be in MODE 5. 36 hours 1 jf~) . !- Ng L BRAIDWOOD - UNITS 1 & 2 3. 8. 4 - 2 8/26/98 Revision L
DC Sources-Operating 3.8.4 i f . SURVEILLANCE-RE0VIREMENTS SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY ! SR 3.8.4.1 : Verify battery terminal voltage is'
- 7 days.
= 130.5 V:for AT&T (= 127.6 V for C&D) on fl, oat charge. . .
1 SR 3.8.4.2- Verify-no visible corrosion at battery 92 days. terminals and connectors. QB Verify battery connection resistance is
'J s 1.5E-4 ohm for inter-cell connections,
% 51.5E-4 ohm for inter-rack conner"'ns.
O s 1.5E-4 ohm for. inter-tier connec'..ans, D- ' and s 1.5E-4 ohm for terminal connections. SR/3.8.4.3 Verify battery cells. cell plates, and 18 months
.n J racks show no visual indication of physical Vj damage or abnormal deterioration that could e, degrade battery performance.
SR 3.8.4.4 Remove visible terminal corrosion, verify 12 months
~J battery cell to cell and terminal 3 connections are clean and tight, and are S coated with anti-corrosion material.
SR 3.8.4.5 Verify battery connection resistance is 18 months
.J s 1-5E-4 ohm for inter-cell connections.
s-1.5E-4 ohm for inter-rack connections. j s 1.5E-4 ohm for inter-tier connections. and s 1.5E-4 ohm for terminal connections. l l (continued) i LO l i- BRAIDWOOD - UNITS 1 & 2 3' 8.4 - 3
. 8/26/98 Revision L
DC Sources-Operating 3.8.4 SURVEILLANCE REOUIREMENTS (continued) SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY J SR 3.8.4.6 fl Verify each battery charger supplies a load equal to the manufacturer's rating for 18 months a 8 hours. l SR 3.8.4.7 - NOTES :
- 1. The modified performance discharge '
J test in SR 3.8.4.8 may be performed in lieu of the service test in yl SR 3.8.4.7.
- 2. This Surveillance shall not be performed in MODE 1, 2. 3. or 4.
Verify battery capacity is adequate to 18 months ' supply. and maintain OPERABLE status, the required emergency loads for the design duty cycle when subjected to a battery service test. O (continued) i O BRAIDWOOD - UNITS 1 & 2 3.8.4 - 4 12/17/97 Revision C . l 1 l
DC Sources-Operating 3.8.4 f SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS (continued)
? ' SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY I j l SR. 3.8.4.8- NOTE L.[l .This Surveillance shall not be performed in.
MODE 1, 2. 3, or-4. l
. Verify battery capacity. is a 95% for AT&T. 60 months -
(= 80% for C&D) of the manufacturer's v rating when subjected to a performance AND discharge test or a modified performance. discharge test. 12 months when battery shows degradation or has reached 85% of the xpected life with . capacity < 100% of manufacturer's rating AND O , u .d 24 months when battery has l 1 3 reached 85% of a the expected life with capacity a 100% l of ! manufacturer's- l rating l (T U BRAIDWOOD - UNITS 1.& 2 3.8.4 - 5 8/26/98 Revision L
DC Sources-Shutdown 3.8.5 i (~ 3.8 ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS' 3.8.5 DC Sources-Shutdown LCO. 3.8.5 The following shall be OPERABLE. with at least one unit crosstie breaker per division open:
- 6. One DC electrical powbr subsystem capable of supplying one division of the onsite Class 1E DC electrical power distribution subsystem (s) required by LCO 3.8.10.
" Distribution System-Shutdown": and
- b. One source of DC electrical power other than that required by LC0 3.8.5.a. capable of: supplying the remaining onsite Class 1E DC electrical aower distribution subsystem (s) when required )y LCO 3.8.10.
NOTE One division may be crosstied to the opposite unit, when the opposite unit is in MODE 1. 2. 3. or 4 with an inoperable d battery charger. d eti A V 4l' APPLICABILITY: MODES 5 and 6. During movement of irradiated fuel assemblies ACTIONS NOTE LC0 3.0.3 is not applicable. CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME A. One or more required A.1.1 Declare affected Immediately DC electrical power required feature (s) ; subsystems ino)erable inoperable. ! for reasons otler than i Condition B. OR j (continued) i l n V BRAIDWOOD - UNITS 1 & 2 3.8.5 - 1 8/26/98 Revision L
3 DC . Sources - Shutdown 3.8.5
- ACTIONS- t CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION- COMPLETION TIME
~
t A. _(continued) A.2.1 Suspend CORE Immediately-ALTERATIONS.
* ~ '
AND , A.2.2- Suspend movement of Immediately irradiated fuel assemb1',es . AND ! A.2.3 Initiate action to Immediately suspend operations
- involving positive reactivity additions. -
AND A.2,4 Initiate action to Immediately restore required DC electrical power I subsystems to OPERABLE status.
- AND A.2.5 Declare affected Low Immediately Temperature i Overpressure
'- Protection feature (s) , inoperable. 2- , ,. (continued) 1 i 4 d o 4 j BRAIDWOOD - UNITS 1 & 2 3.8.5 .' 12/17/98 Revision C
- i. -
4 l L DC Sources-Shutdown 3.8.5 ) ACTIONS l ,
,\
CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME l B. One DC electrical B.1 NOTE I power division Only required.when : crosstied to opposite unit has'an ' 1 opposite-unit: DC' inoperable battery.
. electrical power
. subsystem with an .
-H inoperable source, Verify opposite-unit Once per while opposite unit is DC bus. load is 12 hours-in MODE 5, 6. or s 100 amps.for AT&T-defueled. (s 200 amps for C&D).
AND B.2 Open at least one 7 days crosstie breaker between the crosstied divisions. l O SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS
. SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY l
SR 3.8.5.1 NOTE
~)
t The following SRs are not required to be p performed: SR 3.8.4.6. SR 3.8.4.7. and rlli . SR 3 8.4.8. For DC sources required to be OPERABLE, the In accordance following SRs are applicable: with appl.icable SRs SR 3.8.4.1 SR 3.8.4.5 N. SR 3.8.4.2 SR 3.8.4.6
; SR 3.8.4.3 SR 3.8.4.7 SR 3.8.4 4 SR 3.8.4.8.
m l-( .. ' '..p
;J 7
BRAIDWOOD - UNITS 1 & 2 3.8.5 - 3 8/26/98' Revision L
.= . , . . _ _ ,
l Battery Cell Parameters 3.8.6 3.8 ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS l 3.8.6 Battery Cell Parameters LC0 3.8.6 Battery cell parameters for Division 11(21) and Division 12(22) batteries shall be within limits of Table 3.8.6-1. . APPLICABILITY: When associated DC electrical. power subsystems are required to be OPERABLE. ACTIONS NOTE Separate Condition entry is allowed for each battery. CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME A. One or more batteries A.1 Verify pilot cell 1 hour 1 3 with one or more electrolyte level and ' (V battery cell parameters not within float voltage meet Table 3.8.6-1 i Category A or B Category C limits. l limits. AND l A.2 Verify battery cell 24 hours parameters meet Table 3.8.6-1 AND Category C limits. Once per 7 days thereafter
, AND A.3 Restore battery cell 31 days parameters to Category A and B limits of Table 3.8.6-1.
l continued) l BRAIDWOOD - UNITS 1 & 2 3.8.6 - 1 12/17/97 Revision C '
l . Battery Cell: Parameters C L .; 3.8.6 ) h, ! l- . [g] -ACTIONS'
- M- CONDITION REQUIRED l ACTION' COMPLETION TIME.
- B. ' Required Action and B.1' 1Deciare. associated- Immediately-l associated ~. Completion. battery inoperable.
Time of Condition A * . '
.i - not met'. -
l f g. One or more' batteries- 1 with' average' i
~ electrolyte
! . temperature of.the.
. representative. cells
'< 60*F.
- 2-i
,' 10nd'or more batteries- i with one or more battery cell parameters not within ; Category <C values. lf % U .
^
' SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS .
SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY 1 y )
-p_
j SR 3.8.6.1-
~
Verify battery cell parameters. meet-Table 3.8.6-1 Category A limits. 7-days ! g l (continued) !O LBRAIDWOOD'- UNITS 1 &'2- 3.8. 6 - 2 9/8/98 Revision L b
Battery Cell Parameters ' 3.8.6 7 SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS (continued)
.b/ SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.8.6.2 Verify battery cell parameters meet 92 days Table 3.8.6-1 Category B limits.
AND , Once within 7 days after a t'attery discharge
< 110 V
.A_NQ Once within 7 days after a battery overcharge
> 145 V SR 3.8.6.3 Verify average electrolyte temperature of 92 days
; representative cells is a 60 F.
i ! l O BRAIDWOOD - UNITS 1 & 2 3.8. 6 - 3 12/17/97 Revision C 1
l Bat.tery Cell Parameters
- 3.8.6
' Table 3.8.6-1 (page 1 of 1)
, .' Battery Cell Parameters Requirements CATEGORY A: CATEGORY B: CATEGORY C:
-LIMITS FOR EACH LIMITS FOR EACH CONNECTED ALLOWABLE LIMITS FOR EACH PARAMETER- DESIGNATED PILOT CELL CELL CONNECTED CELL d Electrolyte Level > Minimum level indication mark.'and s k
- Minimin level indication mark, and a k Above top of plates, and not overflowing inchabovemax19glevel inch aoove max 19 g level indication mark .tndication mart Float Voltage' = 2.18 V (AT&T) = 2.18 V(b) (AT&T) > 2.14 V (AT&T) ,
- 2.13 V (C&D) = 2.13 V(b) (C&D) > 2,07 V (C&D)
Specific Gravity (c)(d) = 1,285 (AT&T) = 1.280 (AT&T) Not more than 0.020 below a 1.200 (C&D) = 1.195 (C&D) average of all connected cells Average of all connected M cells > 1.290 (?.T%T) Average of all connected .
> 1.205 (C&D) cells a 1.280 (AT&T) a 1.195 (C&D) l a
(a) It is acceptable for the electrolyte level to temporarily increase above the specified maximin during equal 12ing charges provided it is not overflowing. l (b) Corrected for average electrolyte temperature. (A), - (c). Corrected for electrolyte temperature and level for AT&T. Corrected for electrolyte temperature for C&D.
-% For AT&T. level correction is not required however, when battery charging is < 2 amps when on float charge. <
(d) A battery charging current of < 2 amps for AT&T (< 3 amps for C&D) when on float charge is acceptable for meeting specific gravity limits following a battery recharge for a maximum of 7 days. Wheft charging current is used to satisfy specific gravity requirements, specific gravity of each connected cell shall be measured prior to expiration of the 7 day allowance. l
~~ .(h' BRAIDWOOD - UNITS 1 & 2 3. 8. 6 - 4 8/26/98 Revision L
Inverters -Operating 3.8.7-1 3.8EELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS ~ ,hm
- 3. 8.- 7 Inverters -Operating l~-
1
.LC0/ 3.8.7 -Four instrument bus inverters shall be OPERABLE.
i i
. APPLICABILITY:- MODES 1, 2. 3. and 4. I i
ACTIONS ECONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME i A. One instrument bus A.1 NOTE inverter inoperable. Enter applicable ; Conditions and i Required Actions of y LCO 3.8.9. ;
.* " Distribution '
J. Systems - Operating" Wl
" . with any instrument bus de-energized.
' C) l,0 -
~
V Restore inverter to 24 hours OPERABLE status. B. Required Action and B.1 Be in MODE 3. 6 hours associated Completion Time not met. AND B.2 Be in MODE 5. 36 hours l l A BRAIDWOOD - UNITS 1 & 2 3.8.7 - 1 8/26/98 Revision L i
Inverters - Operating 3.8.7 SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.8.7.1 Verify correct inverter voltage and breaker 7 days alignment to AC instrument buses. 1 l l l l l 1 0 BRAIDWOOD - UNITS 1 & 2 3.8. 7 - 2 8/26/98 Revision A
1 Inverters -Shutdown I 3.8.8 i ry '3.8 ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS: I Q 3.8.8 Inverters -Shutdown LC0 3.8.8 The following shall he OPERABLE: a. Two inverters capable of supplying one division of the 1 onsite Class 1E AC -in'strument bus electrical power - !
' distribution subsystem (s) required by LCO 3.8.10.
" Distribution System-Shutdown": arid
- b. One source of instrument bus power, other than that required by LCO 3.8.8.a. capaole of supplying the remaining onsite Class 1E AC instrument bus electrical ;
)ower distribution subsystem (s) when required by l
_C0 3.8.10. j a ' A w-
~Ml-~ APPLICABILITY: MODES 5 and 6, h During movement of irradiated fuel assemblies.
Q i ACTIONS < 17 - NOTE V LCO 3.0.3 is not applicable. ' CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME A. One or more required A.1 Declare affected Immediately AC instrument bus required feature (s) power sources inoperable, inoperable. D2 4 (continued) l
;N y/:
c BRAIDWOOD - UNITS 1 & 2 3.8.8 - 1 8/26/98 Revision L
Distribution Systems-Operating 3.8.9 3.8 ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS O,' 3.8.9_ Distribution Systems-Operating LCO 3.8.9 The following AC. DC, and AC instrument bus electrical power distribution subsystems shall be OPERABLE for the applicable ' unit: , , Unit 1 Unit 2 A. Division 11 AC A. Division 21 AC Subsystem Subsystem-4.16 kV Bus 141 4.16 kV Bus 241 480 volt Bus 131X 480 volt Bus 231X Division 11 AC Division 21 AC Instrument Bus Subsystem Instrument Bus Subsystem Instrument Bus 111 Instrument Bus 211 Instrument Bus 113 Instrument Bus 213 Division 11 DC Subsystem Division 21 DC Subsystem 125 VDC Bus 111 125 VDC Bus 211
/^N
() 8. Division 12 AC B. Division 22 AC , Subsystem Subsystem 4.16 kV Bus 142 4.16 kV Bus 242 480 volt Bus 132X 480 volt Bus 232X Division 12 AC Division 22 AC Instrument Bus Subsystem Instrumant Bus Subsystem Instrument Bus 112 Instrument Bus 212 Instrument Bus 114 Instrument Bus 214 Division 12 DC Subsystem Division 22 DC Subsystem 125 VDC Bus 112 125 VDC Bus 212 (. ' APPLICABILITY: MODES 1. 2. 3. and 4. l l~ i O BRAIDWOOD - UNITS 1 & 2 3. 8.9 - 1 8/26/98 Revision A
. . _ _ . _ . _ _ . _ . . _ . _ _ ~ . . _ . . . , . . . _ _ _ . , . _ . _ . _ . _ _ . _ _ _ _ . . _.
'h
. Distribution Systems-Operating
.3.8.9 ,
ACTIONS [O n
; CONDITION , REQUIRED ACTION 1 1 COMPLETION TIME:
Q.. JA. 'One' AC: electrical A.1' ? Restore"ACislectrical 8 hours
; power distribution powertdistribution.
l; jj. ~
'csubsysteminoperabl(e. ,
' subsystem to OPERABLEL
- status.
MQ c
.~ ,
W 4 , 164 hour's'from o -g ,
? 4 discovery of < -
y y
'A
, failure to meeti l y- m, .n LCO 8 ,
% ,h >4;, o
.W ll . . ,
p l LB; L0ne?AC' instrument bus: B .1 :-- Restore'AC: instrument.- 2 hours
, 'T jelectricalipowert bus electrical power,
' N" , Rdistributionsubsystem , distribution ' . .
MQ ' inoperable.c subsystem-to OPERABLE- .
- p a f statusi 16 hours from
;E'Ai.,
discovery of P - failure to meet m < , LCO m,. j;w 5 i, y, M-o JC, OneDCelectricall C 1-Restore DC' electrical
~
2' hours !YhW.,, power, distribution power distribution . 1 ~ sg, a : subsystem inoperable. subsystem to_0PERABLE AND-status.
- l .' - ,
16 hours from discovery of w+ o- failure to meet-LC0 L, j L. ' - D. . Required Action and D.1- Be in MODE 3. 6 hours i E' 4 1 associated. Completion Time of Condition A. MQ
, s B; or C not met.
n- !i L (continuedF e : I' l .. 7 - f, . L. BRAIDWG001- UNITS l'& 2 3.8. 9 - 2 8/26/98 Revision L 1 y A yr-- or.~,s. . -f + * -**'e
L . Distribution Systems-0perating 3.8.9 . ,q - ACTIONS' (continued) ' ' V. ' CONDITION: REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME
'? [ '. E . Two electrical power E.1 Enter LCO 3.0.3. Immediately
$1 -distribution e subsystems inoperable that result in a loss
~
W ' 4 of safety function. i I i i SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS ~ SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY. SR; 3,8.9.1 . Verify correct breaker alignments and 7 days j voltage'.to.AC. DC'. and AC instrument bus i electrical power distribution subsystems. LO ,
'l I
i l t . g k
.M.
fd. ~ BRAIDWOOD UNITS 1 & 2 3. 8.9 - 3 8/26/98 Revision L t .M. v.
'l
Distribution Systems-Shutdown 3.8.10
., ^ .- 3.8 ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS
- 3-
'3.8.10 Distribution Systems-Shutdown LC0 3.8.10 The necessary portions of the following AC. DC, and AC instrument bus electrical power distribution subsystems shall be OPERABLE to sup)o OPERABLE for the applica)l.rt e unit.equipment required to.be Unit 1 ~ Unit 2 A. Division 11 AC A. Division 21 AC Subsystem Subsystem l
4.16 kV Bus 141 4.16 kV Bus 241 : 480 volt Bus 131X 480 volt Bus 231X j Division 11 AC Division 21 AC Instrument Bus Subsystem J.n m agnt Bus Subsystem Instrument Bus 111 Instrument Bus 211 . Instrument Bus 113 Instrument Bus 213 l Division 11 DC Subsystem Division 21 DC Subsystem ! 125 VDC Bus 111 125.VDC Bus 211 l B. Division 12 AC B. Division 22 AC ' Subsystem Subsystgm 4.16 kV Bus 142 4.16 kV Bus 242 480 volt Bus 132X 480 volt Bus 232X Division 12 AC Division 22 AC Instrument Bus Subsystem Instrument Bus Subsystem instrument Bus 112 Instrument Bus 212 Instrument Bus 114 Instrument Bus 214 Division 12 DC Subsystem Division 22 DC Subsystem 125 VDC Bus 112 125 VDC Bus 212 4 J 4 Cl APPLICABILITY: MODES 5 and 6. Q During movement of irradiated fuel assemblies. BRAIDWOOD - UNITS 1 & 2 3.8.10 - 1 8/26/98 Revision L
Distribution Systems-Shutcown 3.8.10
- ACTIONS O'.. - ---- - - - - - -
NOTE- - - - - - - - LCO 3.0.3 is not applicable. CONDITICN' REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME A. One or more required A.1 Declare associated Immediately AC, DC or AC supported required instrument bus feature (s) electrical power inoperable. distribution subsystems QB inoperable. (continued) 1 1 l l l 1 l l l I l l BRAIDWOOD - UNITS 1 & 2 3.8.10 - 2 8/26/98 Revision A l
- h. v. - n 3 -s% ,. - e e
)
Distribution Systems-Shutdown l 3.8.10 '
,f-w ACTIONS l .k>)
CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME i A. (continued) A.2.1 SuspendCORE Immediately ALTERATIONS. : AND A'.2.2 Suspend movement of Immediately ! irradiated fuel l assemblies. ! 1 AND A.2.3 Initiate action to Immediately suspend operations involving positive reactivity additions. l AND l A.2.4 Initiate actions to Immediately restore required AC, DC, and AC instrument bus electrical power ) O distribution subsystem (s) to i OPERABLE status. AND A.2.5 Declare associated Immediately required residual heat removal train (s) inoperable and not in operation. e!LD l A.2.6 Declare affected Low Immediately Temperature Overpressure Protection feature (s) inoperable. 1 l b)
%. ~
BRAIDWOOD - UNITS 1 & 2 3.8.10 - 3 8/26/98 Revision A
Distribution Systems-Shutdown 1 3.8.10 SURVEILLANCE-PEOUIREMENTS m f-) v '
- SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY t L. SR '3.8.10.1 Verify correct breaker alignments and 7 days voltage to. required AC. DC, and AC instrument bus electrical power E dilstributionsubsystems, i
i T i . '3 i 4 9 l l 1 i I - l i !O jl BRAIDWOOD - UNITS 1 & 2 3.8.10-4 8/26/98 Revision A l l
. . - . ~ . -. . . - _ . _ _ - - _ _ . _. . .- .i
7
. - n - . . . - - . . . - .. . . - - - - - . ~ ,-.-.-
'AC Sources-Operating B 3.8.1
'y ,
LB 3.8 ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS B. 3.8.1; AC. Sources -Operating j BASES
=
BACKGROUND The. unit Class IE AC Electrical Power Distribution System AC
, sources consist of the offsite power sources and the onsite standby power sources (Train A and. Train B Diesel Generators (DGs)). As. required by 10 CFR_50.-Appendix A.
GDC .17 (Ref. - 1), the design of the AC electrical power.'
-system provides independence and redundancy'to ensure an available source of power to the Engineered Safety Feature (ESF) systems.
The onsite Class IE AC Distribution System is divided into redundant load groups (divisions) so that the loss of any , one group does not prevent the minimum: safety functions from being performed. Each division has connections to two offsite~ power sources and a single DG. w Offsite power is su) plied to the station switchyard from the i transmission networc. From the switchyard.' two electrically 2 and physically separated lines (i.e. independent
\. . -i
(' transmission circuits) provide AC power through their 3 : u associated System Auxiliary Transformer.(SAT) banks (SATs , _@ 142-1 and 142-2 from one line and SATs 242-1 and 242-2 from the second line), to the 4.16 kV ESF buses. Normally. SATs 142-1 and 142-2 feed Unit 1 4.16 kV ESF buses, and SATs 242-1 and 242-2 feed Unit 2 4.16 kV ESF buses. Additiunally, each 4.16 kV ESF bus has a reserve feed via its associated crosstie to an opposite-unit 4.16 kV ESF bus. Each unit is required to have cualified normal and reserve circuits to each 4.16 kV bus (cetailed in the LCO Bases for this Specification). The transmission network and switchyard are maintained in accordance with UFSAR, and are not governed by the requirements of Technical Specifications. A detailed description of the offsite power network and the circuits to the Class 1E ESF buses is found in the UFSAR. Chapter 8 (Ref. 2). l
- O BRAIDWOOD - UNITS 1 & 2 B 3.8.1 - 1 8/26/98 Revision L
_ . - - . - - . - - . - ~ . - . - . - - - - . - . - . - . . - . - . - - - - - . - l AC Sources-Operating B 3.8.1 l s
- BASES g s
~'
BACKGROUND (continued) i The onsite standby power source for each 4.16 kV ESF bus is a dedicated DG. DGs 1A (2A) and 1B (2B) are dedicated to ESF buses 141 (241) and 142 (242), respectively. A DG starts automatically on a Safety Injection (SI) signal
'(i.e. . manual SI. low ste~a m line pressure low pressurizer pressure or high-1 containment pressure signals) or on an ESF bus degraded voltage or undervoltage signal (refer to
-LC0 3.3.5, " Loss of Power (LOP) Diesel Generator (DG) Start i
Instrumentation"). After the DG has started, it will i automatically tie to its respective bus after offsite power is tripped as a consequence of ESF bus undervoltage or : degraded voltage. independent of or coincident with an Si l signal. The DGs will also start and operate in the itandby t mode without tying to the ESF bus on an SI signal aione. Following the trip of offsite power. an undervoltage signal strips nonpermanent 1oads from the ESF bus. When the DG is i tied to the ESF bus, loads are then sequentially connected to its respective ESF bus by automatic load sequencing. The l sequencing logic controls the permissive and starting signals to motor breakers to prevent overloading the DG by ,
- automatic-load application.
In the event of.a loss of offsite power. the ESF electrical loads are automatically connected to the DGs in sufficient time to provide for safe reactor shutdown and to mitigate the consequences of a Design Basis Accident (DBA) such as a ; Loss Of Coolant Accident (LOCA). l Certain required unit loads are automatically connected to the DGs in a predetermined sequence in order to prevent , overloading the DG in the process. Within 1 minute after i the initiating signal is received, all loads needed to recover the unit or maintain it in a safe condition are automatically connected to the DGs. Continuous service ratings for Train A and Train B DGs satisfy the requirements of Regulatory Guide 1.9 (Ref. 3). The continuous service rating of each DG is 5500 kW with 10% overload permissible for up to 2 hours in any 24 hour period. The ESF loads that are powered from the 4.16 kV ESF buses are listed in Reference 2. O BRAIDWOOD - UNITS 1 & 2 B 3.8.1 - 2 8/26/98 Revision A 1
AC Sources-Operating i B 3.8.1 l , BASES , O l APPLICABLE The initial conditions of DBA and transient analyses in the SAFETY ANALYSES UFSAR. Chapter 6 (Ref. 4) and Chapter 15 (Ref. 5). assume ESF systems are OPERABLE. The AC electrical power sources are designed to provide sufficient capacity, capability. 1 i redundancy, and reliability to ensure the availability of I necessary power to ESF systems so that the fuel. Reactor Coolant System (RCS), and containment design limits are not exceeded. These limits are discussed in more detail in the Bases for Section 3.2 Power Distribution Limits: Section 3.4. Reactor Coolant System (RCS): and Section 3.6. Containment Systems. I 1 The OPERABILITY of the AC electrical pever sources is ' consistent with the initial assumptions of the Accident analyses and is based upon meeting the design basis of the plant. This results in maintaining at least one division of the onsite or offsite AC sources OPERABLE during Accident conditions in the event of:
- a. An assumed loss of all offsite power or all onsite AC power sources: and
- b. A worst case single failure.
The AC sources satisfy Criterion 3 of 10 CFR 50.36(c)(2)(ii). LCO Two qualified circuits per 4.16 kV bus between the offsite transmission network and the onsite Class 1E Electrical Power System and separate and independent DGs for each division ensure availability of the required power to shut down the reactor and maintain it in a safe shutdown condition after an Anticipated Operational Occurrence (A00) or a postulated DBA. Quallfled circuits are those that are described in the UFSAR and are part of the licensing basis for the plant. Each qualified circuit must be capable of maintaining rated frequency and voltage and accepting required loads during an accident, while connected to the ESF buses. l l l BRAIDWOOD - UNITS 1 & 2 B 3.8.1 - 3 8/26/98 Revision A
AC Sources-Operating i B 3.8.1 ! BASES. O LCO (continued) ; For Unit l' (Unit 2). the' two qualified circuits (a normal i circuit and a ' reserve circuit). per ESF bus between the
~offsite transmission network and the onsite 4.16 kV ESF
, buses are as follows: , ,
- a. ' NORMAL ESF bus.141 (241) 345 kV system through system ,
auxiliary transformer (SAT) 142-1 : (242-1).or by use of disconnect : links via SAT 142-2 (242-2): and ESF bus 142 (242) 345 kV system through SAT 142-2 (242-2) or by use of disconnect ' links via SAT 142-1 (242-1); and
- b. RESERVE i
ESF bus 141 (241) 345 kV system through SAT 242-1 ;
-(142-1) or by use of disconnect links via SAT 242-2 (142-2), to 4.16 kV ESF bus 241 (141) '
crosstied to 4.16 kV ESF bus 141 O (241); and ESF bus 142 (242) 345 kV system through-SAT 242-2 (142-2) or by use of disconnect-links via SAT 242-1 (142-1), to . 4.16 kV ESF bus 242 (142) crosstied to 4.16 kV ESF bus 142 (242). A standby (onsite) source to the 4.16 kV ESF buses is provided by DG 1A (2A) for 4.16 kV ESF bus 141 (241) and DG < 1B (2B) for 4.16 kV ESF bus 142 (242). O BRAIDWOOD - UNITS 1 & 2 B 3.8.1 - 4 8/26/98 Revision A F
, AC _ Sources -Operating .
B 3.8.1-1 rm BASES
.b LCO (continued)
Each DG must be capable of starting ' accelerating to rated speed and voltage, and connecting to its respective ESF bus on detection of bus undervoltage. This will be accomplished i within 10 seconds. Each DG must also be capable of
' accepting required loads Within the assumed loadi'gn sequence ,
-C' intervals, and continue to operate until offsite po.wer can l 4 be restored to the ESF buses. These. capabilities-are 7 required to be met from-a variety of initial conditions such
'as DG engine hot and DG engine at ambient conditions.
'Nl.
" Additional DG capabilities must be demonstrated to meet required Surveillances (e.g., capability of the DG to revert.
to standby status on an Emergency Core Cooling System (ECCS) i signal while operating.in parallel test mode). Proper sequencing of loads. including tripping of nonessential loads, is a required function for DG OPERABILITY. The AC.' sources in one division must be seaarate an'd independent (to the extent possible) of tie AC sources in ;
'the other division.
For the DGs. separation and
._ independence are complete. For the qualified circuits.. ,
separation and independence are to the extent practical, i l APPLICABILITY The AC sources are required to be OPERABLE in MODES 1. 2, 3. and 4 to ensure that: )
- a. Acceptable fuel design limits and reactor coolant pressure boundary limits are not exceeded as a result of A00s or abnormal transients: and
- b. Adequate core cooling is provided and containment OPERABILITY and other vital functions are maintained in the event of a postulated DBA. )
The AC power requirements for MODES 5 and 6 are covered in LC0 3.8.2. "AC Sources -Shutdown." , h L-Q Q L BRAIDWOOD - UNITS 1 & 2 B 3.8.1 - 5 8/26/98 Revision L
- . _ - . _ _ _ _ _ . . _ _. _ _ . _ _ . _ .._ _ . ~.. . . . _ ._ - _ ._ _ _
AC Sources-Operating : B-3.8.1
"^
'O ACTIONS . A1 - To ensure a highly reliable power source remains with one required qualified circuit ino verify the OPERABILITY of theremaining perable itrequired is necessarygualifiedto r
' circuit on a mo e frequent basis. -Since the Required Action only specifies " perform." a failure of SR 3.8.1.'1 acceptance criteria does not result in a Required Action not met.
However, if another required circuit fails SR 3.8.1.1. this qualified circuit is inoperable, and additional Conditions and Required Actions may.be appropriate. If the additional , inoperability results in a bus with two required qualified circuits inoperable Condition C is entered. If the additional inoperability results in the second bus with one required qualified circuit inoperable Condition A is still : applicable. h.1 According to Regulatory Guide 1.93 (Ref. 6), operation may continue in Condition A-for a period that should not exceed 72 hours. With one or more buses with one required qualified circuit inoperable, the reliability of the offsite t system is degraded, and the potential for a loss 'of offsite O power is increased, with attendant potential for a challenge to.the plant safety systems. In this Condition, however, the remaining OPERABLE required qualified circuits' and OGs are adequate to supply electrical power to the onsite Class 1E Distribution System. The 72 hour Completion Time takes into account the ca)acity and capability of the remaining AC sources, a reasonaale time for repairs. and the low probability of a DBA occurring during this period. 4 O BRAIDWOOD - UNITS 1 & 2 B 3.8,1 - 6 8/26/98 Revision A
.p.- F w - - - * - - - --- --
_ __ _ _ _ _ _ . _ _ . _ _ _ _ _ _._ .m _ _ _ _ _ AC Sources-Operating , B 3.8.1 BASES
. ACTIONS (continued)
The second Completion Time for Required Action A.2 establishes.a limit on the maximum time allowed for any combination of required AC power sources to be inoperable ' during any single contiguous occurrence of failing to mee+
'the LCO . If Condition A is entered while, for instance. a DG is inoperable and that DG is subsequently returned OPERABLE. the LC0 may already have been not met for up to 72 hours. This could lead to a total of 144 hours, since initial failure to meet the LCO. to restore the required qualified circuit (s). At this time, a DG could again become inoperable, the circuit (s) restored OPERABLE. and an additional 72 hours (for a total of 9 days) allowed prior to complete restoration of the LCO. The 6 day Completion Time provides a limit on the time allowed in a specified condition after discovery of failure to meet the LCO. This limit is considered reasonable for situations in which Conditions A and B are entered concurrently The "AND" connector between the 72 hour and 6 day Completion Times .
means that both Completion Times apply simultaneously, and ; the more restrictive Completion Time must be met. The Completion Time allows for an exception to the normal
" time zero" for beginning the allowed outage time " clock."
This will result in establishing the " time zero" at the time that the LC0 was initially not met. instead of at the time
- Condition A was entered.
B.i.1 To ensure a highly reliable power source remains with an inoperable DG. it is necessary to verify the availability of the required qualified circuits on a more frequent basis. Since the Required Action only specifies " perform." a failure of SR 3.8.1.1 acceptance criteria does not result in a Required Action being not met. However, if a required qualified circuit fails to pass SR 3.8.1.1. it is inoperable. and additional Conditions and Required Actions apply. O BRAIDWOOD - UNITS 1 & 2 B 3.8.1 - 7 8/26/98 Revision A
. AC Sources-Operating l 8 3.8.1 i
! - -BASES:
.(
ACTIONS-(continued) , g Required Action B.2 is intended to provide assurance that a loss of offsite power, during the period that a DG is
' inoperable, does not result in a complete loss of' safety function of critical systems. These features (i.e..
systems, subsystems, trains, components, and devices) are designed with redundant safety related trains. This includes the diesel driven auxiliary feedwater pump. , Redundant required feature failures consist of inoperable- i features associated with a train, redundant to the train I that has an inoperable DG. The Com31etion Time for Required Action B.2 is intended to allow tie operator time to evaluate and repair any discovered inoperabilities. This Completion Time also allows for an exception to the normal " time zero" for beginning the allowed outage time " clock." In this Required Action, the Completion Time only begins on discovery that both:
-a. An inoperable DG exists; and ~
- b. A required feature on the other division is inoperable.
4 If at any time during the existence of this Condition (one ' DG inoperable) a required. feature subsequently becomes inoperable, this Completion Time would begin to be tracked. 4 Discovering one required DG inoperable coincident with one 2 or more inoperable required redundant ~ feature (s) results in Ul starting the Completion Time for the Required Action. y Four' hours from the discovery of these events existing
;q concurrently is acceptable because it minimizes risk while allowing time for restoration before subjecting the unit to transients associated with shutdown.
i L i a BRAIDWOOD - UNITS 1 & 2 B 3.8.1 - 8 8/26/98 Revision L
( AC Sources-Operating l B 3.8.1 BASES l ACTIONS (continued) l In this Condition, the remaining OPERABLE DG and qualified } circuits are adequate to supply electrical power to the
~ onsite Class 1E Distribution System. Thus, on a component l
' basis, single failure protection for the required, feature's
' function may have been lo'st: however. function has not been lost. The' 4 hour Completion Time takes into account the OPERABILITY of the redundant counterpart to the inoperable required feature. Additionally, the 4 hour Completion Time takes into account the capacity and capability of the remaining AC sources, a reasonable time for repairs. and the i low probability of a DBA occurring during this period. >
B.3.1 and B.3.2 Required Action B.3.1 provides' an allowance to avoid unnecessary testing of OPERABLE DG(s). If it can be ' ' determined that the cause of the inoperable DG does not exist on the OPERABLE DG SR 3.8.1.2 does not have to be performed. If the cause of inoperability exists on the other DG the other DG would be declared inoperable upon discovery and Condition E of LCO 3.8.1 would be entered. Once the failure is repaired, the common cause failure no p longer exists, and Required Action B.3.1 is satisfied. If Q the cause of the initial inoperable DG cannot be confirmed not to exist on the remaining DG performance of SR 3.8.1.2 i suffices to provide assurance of continued OPERABILITY of that DG. ! In the event the inoperable DG is restored to OPERABLE status prior to completing either B.3.1 or B.3.2. the l Problem Identification and Investigation Procedure will continue to evaluate the commor cause aossibility and determine the need for any additional E testing. This continued evaluation, however, is no longer under the 24 hour constraint imposed while in Condition B. According to Generic Letter 84-15 (Ref. 7). 24 hours is ' reasonable to confirm that the CPERABLE DG is not affected ! by the same problem as the inoperable DG. l i l l BRAIDWOOD - UNITS 1 & 2 B 3.8.1 - 9 8/26/98 Revision A l l
- . - .- - - -_- =. -- . - .- - -.--~.-.- -
AC Sources-Operating B 3.8.1 BASES ACTIONS-(continued) i u i l- According to Regulatory Guide 1.93 (Ref. 6) operation may ( continue in Condition B for a period that should not exceed 72 hours. L . In Condition B, the remaining OPERABLE DG and required qualified circuits are adequate to supply electrical power to the onsite Class 1E Distribution System. The 72 hour _ Completion Time takes into account the capacity and capability of the remaining AC sources, a reasonable time . for repairs, and the low probability of a DBA occurring i during.this period.
;The second Completion Time for Required Action B.4 establishes a limit on the maximum time allowed for any combination of required AC power sources to be inoperable during any single contiguous occurrence of failing to meet '
the LCO. If Condition B is entered while, for instance, a required qualified circuit is ino)erable and that circuit is subsequently restored OPERABLE. tie LC0 may already have been not met for up to 72 hours. This could lead to a total of 144 hours, since initial. failure to meet the LCO. to
-O restore the DG. At this time, a required qualified circuit could again'become inoperable, the DG restored OPERABLE. and an additional 72 hours (for a total of 9 days) allowed prior :
to complete restoration of the LCO. The 6 day Completion Time provides a limit on time allowed in a specified condition after discovery of failure to meet the LCO. This I limit is considered reasonable for situations in which Conditions A and B are entered concurrently The "AND" connector between the 72 hour and 6 day Completion Times means that both Completion Times apply simultaneously, and I the more restrictive Completion Time must be met. As in Required Action B.2, the Completion Time allows for an i exception to the normal " time zero" for beginning the allowed time " clock." This will result in e.stablishing the
" time zero" at the time that the LC0 was initially not met. j instead of at the time Condition B was entered. ;
i l I L i \g D ' BRAIDWOOD - UNITS 1 & 2 B 3.8.1 - 10 8/26/9'8 Revision A
-m.-- n e s.y.
9 9--. , -- ~ .m. ,. g.
AC Sources _ Operating B 3.8.1 BASES O- __ ACTIONS (continued) C_1 With one or.more buses with both of its required qualifiec circuits inoperable, sufficient onsite AC sources, are
'available to maintain the' unit in a safe shutdown condition in the event of a DBA or transient. .In fact, a simultaneous loss of offsite AC sources, a LOCA, and'a worst case single failure were postulated as a part of the design basis in the safety analysis. Thus. the 24 hour Completion Time provides a period of time to effect restoration of one of the
' required qualified circuits commensurate with the importance - of maintaining an AC electrical power system capable of meeting its design criteria. According to Regulatory Guide 1.93 (Ref. 6), with the available-required qualified circuits two less than required by the LCO.. ope' ration may continue for 24 hours. If two required-qualified circuits are restored within 24 hours, unrestricted operation may continue. If only one required qualified circuit is restored within 24 hours, power operation continues in accordance with Condition A. n g D.1 and D.2 In Condition D. with one DG inoperable and one or more buses with one qualified circuit inoperable or with one DG and one bus with both qualified circuits inoperable, individual redundancy is lost in both the offsite electrical power system and the onsite AC electrical Jower system. Since power system redundancy is provided )y two diverse sources of power, however, the reliability of the power systems in this Condition may appear higher than that in Condition C. This difference in reliability is offset by the susceptibility of this power system configuration to a single bus or switching failure. The 12 hour Completion Time to restore the DG or the required qualified circuit (s) takes into account the capacity and capability of the remaining AC sources, a reasonable time for repairs, and the low probability of a DBA occurring during this period. O BRAIDWOOD - UNITS 1 & 2 B 3.8.1 - 11 8/26/98 Revision A
AC Sources-Operating B 3.8.1 l m BASES ACTIONS (continued) Pursuant to LCO 3.0.6, the Distribution System ACTIONS would not be entered even if all AC sources to it were inoperable, resulting in de-energization. Therefore, the Required Actions of Condition D are modified by a Note to indicate
~
'that when Condition D is entered with no AC source to any division (one or more divisions de-energized), the Conditions and Required Actions for LCO 3.8.9. " Distribution Systems-Operating." must be immediately entered. This allows Condition D to provide requirements for the loss of one DG and one required qualified circuit on one or more buses, without regard to whether a division.is de-energized.
LCO 3.8.9 provides the appropriate restrictions for a de-energized division. According to Regulatory Guide 1.93 (Ref. 6) operation may continue in Condition D for a period that should not exceed 12 hours. L.1 With Train A and Train B DGs inoperable there are no remaining standby AC sources. Thus, with an assumed loss of p offsite electrical power, insufficient standby AC sources Q are available to power the minimum required ESF functions. Since the offsite electrical power system is the only source of AC power for this level of degradation, the risk associated with continued operation for a very short time could be less than that associated with an immediate controlled shutdown (the immediate shutdown could cause grid instability, which could result in a total loss of AC power). Since any inadvertent generator trip could also result in a total loss of offsite AC power, the time allowed for continued operation is severely restricted. The intent here is to avoid the risk associated with an immediate controlled shutdown and to minimize the risk associated with this level of degradation. According to Reference 6 with both DGs inoperable, operation may continue for a period that should not exceed 2 hours. O V BRAIDWOOD - UNITS 1 & 2 B 3.8.1 - 12 8/26/98 Revision A
AC Sources-Operating ; B 3.8.1 !
- g BASES U ACTIONS (continued)
F.1 and F.2 i If the inoperable AC electric power sources cannot be restored to OPERABLE status within the required Completion
'Tirre the unit must be br~ought to a MODE in which the LCO does not apply. To achieve this status, the unit must be brought to at least MODE 3 within 6 hours and to MODE 5 within 36 hours. The allowed Completion Times ara reasonable, based on operating experience. to red.: the required unit conditions from full power conditions in an orderly manner and without challenging plant systems.
kl Condition G corresponds to a level of degradation in which ! all redundancy in the AC electrical power supplies may be ! lost. At this severely degraded level, any further losses in -l the AC electrical power system may cause a loss of function. ! Therefore, no additional time is justified for continued operation. The unit is required by LCO 3.0.3 to commence a controlled shutdown. Examples of inoperabilities that require entry into Condition G are: 1) both DGs inoperable i r and both qualified circuits inoperable on one bus, and 2) l y], one DG inoperable and both qualified circuits inoperable on one bus and one qualified circuit inoperable on the second bus. l l l l l l l tR -
,V BRAIDWOOD - UNITS 1 & 2 B 3.8.1 - 13 8/26/98 Revision A
L AC Sources--Operating ' B 3.8.1 ! BASES
- SURVEILLANCE The AC sources are designed to permit inspection and REQUIREMENTS testing of all important areas and features, especially those that have a standby function in accordance with 10 CFR 50. Appendix A. GDC 18 (Ref. 8). Periodic component tests are supplemented by extensive functional te.sts during
'r0 fueling outages (under ' simulated accident conditions).
The SRs for demonstrating the OPERABILITY of the DGs are in general conformance with the recommendations of Regulatory Guide 1.9 (Ref. 3). and Regulatory Guide 1.137 (Ref. '10). as addressed in the UFSAR. Where the SRs discussed herein specify voltage and frequency tolerances, the following is applicable. The minimum steady l state output voltage of 3950 V is 95% of the nominal 4160 V output voltage. This value allows for voltage drop to the terminals of 4000 V motors whose minimum operating voltage is specified as 90% or 3600 V. It also allows for voltage drops to motors and other equipment down through the 120 V level where minimum operating voltage is also usually specified as 90% of name plate rating. The specified maximum steady state output voltage of 4580 V is equal to the maximum operating voltage specified for 4000 V motors. It ensures that for a lightly loaded distribution system. the voltage at.the terminals of 4000 V motors is no more (' than the maximum rated operating voltages. The specified l minimum and maximum frequencies of the DG are 58.8 Hz and j 61.2 Hz. respectively. These values are ecual to 2% of the 60 Hz nominal frequency and are derivec from the recommendations given in Regulatory Guide 1.9 (Ref. 3). SR 3.8.1.1 l This SR ensures proper circuit continuity for the offsite AC electrical power supply to the onsite distribution network and availability of offsite AC electrical power. The breaker alignment verifies that each breaker is in its correct position to ensure that distribution buses and loads are connected to their preferred power source. and that appropriate independence of offsite circuits is maintained. The 7 day Frequency is adequate since breaker position is not likely' to change without the operator being aware of it and because its status is displayed in the control room. 1 L L O BRAIDWOOD - UNITS 1 & 2 B 3.8.1 - 14 12/17/97 Revision C
AC Sources-Operating B 3.8.1 ' rs\
. BASES-V SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS (continued)
SR 3.8.1.2 and SR 3.8.1.7
- These SRs help to ensure the availability of , standby electrical power supply to mitigate.DBAs and tran,sients and '
'to maintain the unit in a' safe shutdown condition.
Each SR 3.8.1.2 and SR 3.8.1.7 DG start requires the_DG to achieve and maintain a steady state volte:e and frequency range. The start signals used for this test may consist of one of the following signals:
- a. Manual:
- b. Simulated loss of ESF bus voltage by itself:
- c. Simulated loss of ESF bus voltage in conjunction with an ESF actuation test signal: or
- d. An ESF actuation test signal by itself.
7 For the p pose of SR 3.8.1.2 testing, the DGs are started 7 from stan y conditions once per 31 days. Standby (
/
" conditions for a DG mean that the diesel engine coolant and oil are being continuously circulated and temperature is being maintained consistent with manufacturer's recommended H operating range (low lube oil and jacket water temperature y alarm settings to the high lube oil and jacket water t temperature alarm settings).
For the purposes of SR 3.8.1.7 testing, the DGs are startua from normal standby conditions once per 184 days. Normal standby conditions for a DG mean that the diesel engine coolant.and oil are being continuously circulated and temperature is being maintained within the prescribed temperature bands of these subsystems when the diesel generator has been at rest for an extended period of time with the prelube oil and jacket water circulating systems operational. The 3rescribed temperature band is 115*F - 135*F whic1 accounts for instrument tolerances. DG starts for these Surveillances'are followed by a warmup period prior to loading. i A 'L]
- BRAIDWOOD - UNITS 1 & 2 B 3.8.1 - 15 9/24/98 Revision L l
- AC Sources-Operating B~3.8.1
.h BASES ,
V SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS (continued) SR 3.8.1.3 This Surveillance verifies that the DGs are capable of I synchronizing with the offsite electrical system and , Paccepting loads greater than or ecual to the equivalent of s the maximum expected accident loacs. A minimum run time of ' 60 minutes 'is required to stabilize engine ~ temperatures. ; Although no power factor. requirements are established by , this SR, the DG is normally operated between'0 and l 1000 kVARs. The load band is provided to avoid routine 3 overloading of the DG.- Routine overloading may result in i more frecuent teardown inspections in accordance with vendor ! recommencations in order'to maintain DG OPERABILITY. l The 31-day Frequency for this Surveillance is- consistent J with Regulatory. Guide l.9 (Ref. 3). This SR is modified by four ' Notes. Note 1 indicates that , l diesel engine runs for this Surveillance may include gradual
-loading, as recommended by the manufacturer, so.that mechanical stress and wear on the diesel engine are AS l
. minimized. Note 2, states that momentary transients-(e.g.. l V4 changing bus loads) do not invalidate this test. 'Similarly. l
~ Ql momentar kVAR transients outside of the specified range do :
not inva idate the test. Note 3. indicates that this 4 Surveillance should be conducted on only one DG at a time in i order to avoid common cause failures that might result from l offsite circuit'or grid perturbations. Note 4 sti)ulates a prerequisite requirement for performance of this St. A successful DG start must precede this test to credit satisfactory performance. f t; LO BRAIDWOOD - UNITS 1 & 2 B 3.8.1 - 17 8/26/98 Revision L l-I a-f i! L m. - O
AC Sources-Operating B 3.8.1 ,o BASES SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS (continued) SR 3.8.1.4 This SR provides verification that the level of fuel oil in the day tank is at or above the level at which fuel oil is
' automatically added. The' level is expressed as an equivalent volume in gallons, and is selected to ensure adequate fuel oil for a minimum of 1 hour of DG operation at full load plus 10%.
The 31 day Frequency is adequate to assure that a sufficient supply of fuel oil is available, since low level alarms are provided and facility operators would be aware of any large uses of fuel oil during this period. SR 3.8.1.5 Microbiological fouling is a major cause of fuel oil degradation. There are numerous bacteria that can grow in fuel oil and cause fouling, but all must have a water environment in order to survive. Removal of water from the fuel oil day tanks once every 31 days eliminates the necessary environment for bacterial survival. This is the 1 (N most effective means of controlling microbiological fouling. ' C) In addition. it eliminates the potential for. water entrainment in the fuel oil during DG operation. Water may come from any of several sources. including condensation, ground water, rain water, contaminated fuel oil. and l breakdown of the fuel oil by bacteria. Frequent checking for and removal of accumulated water minimizes fouling and provides data regarding the watertight integrity c,f the fuel oil system. The Surveillance Frequencies are established by Regulatory Guide 1.137 (Ref.10). This SR is for preventative maintenance. The presence of water does not necessarily represent failure of this SR. provided the accumulated water is removed during the performance of this Surveillance. i i l l L) BRAIDWOOD - UNITS 1 & 2 B 3.8.1 - 18 8/26/98 Revision A I
' AC Sources-Operating B 3.8.1
- . BASES
. SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS (continued)
SR 3.8.1.6 This Surveillance demonstrates that each required (one of two transfer pumps per DG is " required" to support DG DPERABILITY) fuel oil transfer pump operates and transfers fuel oil from its associated storage tank (s) to its associated day tank. This is required to support continuous operation of standby power sources. This Surveillance provides assurance that the fuel oil transfer pum) is OPERABLE. the fuel oil piping system is intact, t1e fuel delivery piping is not obstructed, and the controls and control systems-for automatic fuel transfer systems are OPERABLE. The design of fuel transfer systems is such that one pump will operate automatically in order to maintain an adequate volume of fuel oil in the day tank during or following DG testing. Therefore, a 31 day Frequency is appropriate. SR 3.8.1.8 Transfer of each 4.16 kV ESF bus power. supply from the normal offsite circuit to the alternate offsite circuit Os demonstrates the OPERABILITY of the alternate circuit distribution network to power the shutdown loads. The 18 month Frequency of the Surveillance is based on engineering judgment, taking into consideration the unit conditions required to perform the Surveillance, and is intended to be consistent with expected fuel cycle lengths. Operating experience has shown.that these components usually pass the SR when performed at the 18 month Frequency. Therefore. the Frequency was concluded to be acceptable from a reliability standpoint. BRAIDWOOD - UNITS 1 & 2 B 3.8.1 - 19 8/26/98 Revision A
r AC Sources-Operating B 3.8.1 BASES 'O SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS (continued)- SR 3.8.-l.9 Each DG is.arovided with an engine overspeed trip to prevent damage to t1e engine. Recovery from the transient caused by
'the loss of a large load 'could cause diesel enginb
.overspeed, which, if excessive, might result in a trip of
. the engine. This Surveillance demonstrates the DG load response characteristics and capability to reject the !
largest single load without exceeding predetermined voltage and frequency and while maintaining a specified margin to the overspeed trip. The single largest post-accident load associated with each DG is the Essential Service Water (SX) pump (1290 brake horsepower. 1034 kW at full load conditions) This Surveillance is accomplished by simultaneously tripping loads supplied by the DG which have a minimum combined load equivalent to the single largest post-accident load. This method is employed due to the difficulty of attaining SX full load conditions during normal plant operations. As required by IEEE-308 (Ref. 9), the load rejection test is acceptable if the increase in diesel speed does not exceed 75% of the difference between synchronous sseed and the ( overspeed trip setpoint (64.5 Hz). or 15% a3ove synchronous l speed (69 Hz). whichever is lower. j The voltage and frequency tolerances specified in this SR are derived from Regulatory Guide 1.9 (Ref. 3) recommendations for response during load sequence intervals. The voltage and frequency specified are consistent with the design range of the equipment powered by the DG, SR 3.8.1.9.a corresponds to the maximum frequency excursion. while SR 3.8.1.9.b and SR 3.8.1.9.c are steady state voltage and frequency values to which the system must recover
.following load rejection. The 18 month Frequency is consistent with the recommendation of Regulatory Guide 1.9 (Ref. 3).
This SR 1s modified by a Note. The reason for the Note is that during operation with the reactor critical performance of this SR could cause perturbations to the electrical distribution systems that could challenge continued steady state operation and, as a result, plant safety systems. O BRAIDWOOD - UNITS 1 & 2 B 3.8.1 - 20 8/26/98 Revision A
n AC Sources-0perating B 3.8.1 BASES-
]:.sy
~V I
-SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS (continued) f SR 3.8.1.10 This Surveillance deinonstrates the DG capability to reject a full load without overspeed trip)ing or exceeding the
, ' predetermined voltage limlts. T1e DG full load rejection may occur because of a system fault .or inadvertent breaker tripping. This Surveillance ensures proper engine / generator response under the simulated test conditions. This test simulates a full load rejection and verifies that the DG does not trip upon loss of the load. These acceptance criteria provide for DG damage protection. While the DG is not expected to experience this transient.during an event and' continues to be available, this response ensures that the DG is not degraded for future application, including reconnection to the bus if the trip initiator can be-corrected or isolated. .
The 18 month Frequency is consistent with the recommendation
.o 5 of Regulatory Guide 1.9 (Ref. 3) and-is intended to be g [ consistent with expected fuel cycle lengths.
lU k This SR has been modified by two Notes. Note 1 states that momentary transients above the stated voltage limit p/ (',
'H immediately following a load rejection (i.e., the DG full NE load rejection) do not invalidate this test. The reason for Note 2 is that during operation with the reactor critical,
*2 performance of this SR could cause perturbation to the electrical distribution systems that could challenge continued steady state operation and, as a result, plant safety systems.
SR 3.8.1.11 In general conformance with the recommendations of Regulatory Guide 1.9 (Ref. 3), paragraph 2.2.4. this
. Surveillance demonstrates the as designed operation of the standby power sources during loss of the offsite source.
This test verifies all actions encountered from the loss of offsite power, including shedding of the nonessential loads and energization of the emergency buses and respective loads from the DG. It further demonstrates the capability of the DG to automatically achieve the required voltage and frequency within the specified time, and maintain a steady state voltage and frequency range. l
.p %.)
- BRAIDWOOD - UNITS 1 & 2 B 3.8.1 - 21 8/26/98 Revision L
, v - ~
AC Sources-Operating B 3.8.1 BASES SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS (continued) l The DG autostart time of 10 seconds is derived from requirements of the accident analysis to respond to a design I basis large break LOCA. The Surveillance should be continued for a minimum of 5 minutes in order to demonstrate
'that all starting transients have decayed and stability is l achieved.
l The requirement to verify the connection and power supply of ) permanent and autoconnected loads is intended to J satisfactorily show the relationship of these loads to the DG loading logic. In certain circumstances., many of these loads cannot actually be connected or loaded without undue hardship or potential for undesired operation. For i instance. ECCS injection valves are not desired to be stroked open, or high pressure injection systems are not capable of being operated at full flow, or Residual Heat ) Removal (RHR) systems performing a decay heat removal !
- . function are not desired to be realigned to the ECCS mode of -l operation. .In lieu of actual demonstration of connection !
and leading of loads, testing that adequately shows the- l capability of the DG systems to perform these functions is ! acceptable. This testing may include any series of j Q-v sequential overlapping. or total steps so that the entire connection and loading sequence is verified. l The Frequency of 18 months is consistent with the' recommendations of Regulatory Guide 1.9 (Ref. 3). takes' into
- l. consideration unit conditions required to perform the-
! Surveillance, and is intended to be consistent with expected l fuel cycle lengths. This SR is modified by a Note. The reason for the Note is , that performing the Surveillance would remove a required l offsite circuit from service, perturb the electrical. distribution. system, and challenge safety systems. l i !~ BRAIDWOOD - UNITS 1 & 2 B 3.8.1 - 22 8/26/98 Revision A L. .. _- -
AC Sources-Operating B 3.8.1 BASES SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS (continued) SR 3.8.1.12 This Surveillance demonstrates that the DG automatically starts and achieves the required voltage and frequency
'within the specified time'(10 seconds) from the design basis )
actuation signal (LOCA signal) and operates for a 5 minutes. 1 The 5 minute period provides sufficient time to demonstrate ! stability. The Frequency of 18 months takes into consideration unit conditions required to perform the Surveillance and is f intended to be consistent with the expected fuel cycle ! lengths. Operating experience has shown that these l components usually pass the SR when performed at the ! 18 month Frequency. Therefore, the Frequency was concluded i to be acceptable from a reliability standpoint. SR 3.8.1.13 i This Surveillance demonstrates that DG noncritical protective functions (e.g., high jacket water temperature) l are bypassed on a loss of voltage signal concurrent with an >O _ \,J ESF actuation test signal. The noncritical trips are bypassed during DBAs and provide an alarm on an abnormal engine condition. This alarm provides the operator with sufficient time to react appropriately. The DG availability to mitigate the DBA is more critical than protecting the engine against minor problems that are not immediately . detrimental to emergency operation of the DG.
- ^
The 18 month Frequency is based on engineering judgment. taking into consideration unit conditions required to perform the Surveillance. and is intended to be consistent I with expected fuel cycle lengths. Operating experience has shown that these components usually pass the SR when , performed at the 18 month Frequency. Therefore the Frequency was concluded to be acceptable from a reliability , standpoint. ! O B 3,8.1 - 23 BRAIDWOOD - UNITS 1 & 2 8/26/98 Revision A wngyv, 3 p. 4 --y
- l. )
AC Sources-Operating
- 8. 3.8.1' I
m BASES ~
;y
'5URVEILLANCEREQUIREMENTS(continued)
! SR 3. 8. l .1'4 ! Regulatory Guide 1.9 (Ref. 3)'. paragraph 2.2.9. recommends-i ' demonstration once per 18 months that the DGs can start and !- 'run continuously at full load capability for an 16terval of not less than 24 hours. = 2 hours of.which is at-a load band l equivalent.to 105% to.110% of.the continuous duty rating and l r the remainder of the time at a load equivalent to the 7 continuous duty rating of the DG. The DG starts for this Jl Surveillance can be performed either from standby or hot l 6 conditions. The provisions for warmup. discussed in l hi SR 3.8.1.2 and for gradual loading, discussed in 4 SR 3.8.1.3, are also applicable to this SR. Although no power factor requirements are established by this SR. a portion of the testing is performed between 0 and 1000 kVARs. The practice of performing this entire test at rated power factor has been determined to be unjustified. potentially destructive, testing due to exceeding the , vendors recommendation for maximum voltage of the generator l if the DG output breaker should open during testing. Therefore, the DG is to be operated at rated power factor t pv for only a short duration during the performance of this surveillance in accordance with following guidance: l During the period that the DG is loaded at a 5500 kW and s 1000 kVAR. the following shall be performed once to verify DG operability at rated power factor:
- a. Over a two minute period, raise kVAR loading to 4125 kVAR:
- b. Operate the DG at 4125 kVAR for 1 minute or until kVAR y and kW loading has stabilized: and
- c. Reduce kVAR loading to s 1000 kVAR.
The load band is provided to avoid routine overloading of the DG. Routine overloading may result in more frequent teardown inspections in accordance with vendor recommendations in order to maintain DG OPERABILITY. I' B O 8RAIDWOOD - UNITS 1 & 2 B 3.8.1 - 24 8/26/98 Revision L L
AC Sources-Operating l B 3.8.1 l p BASES , SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS (continued) The 18 month Frequency is consistent with the !. recommendations of Regulatory Guide 1.9 (Ref. 3), takes'into
- i. consideration unit conditions required to perform the L Surveillance. and is intended to be consistent with expected
' fuel cycle lengths.
~ '
L
)
This SLrveillance is modified by two Notes. Note 1 states ! that momentary transients (e.g., due to changing bus loads) I do not invalidate this test. The reason for Note 2 is that ! during operation with the reactor critical, performance of this Surveillance could cause perturbations to the electrical dist,ribution systems that could challenge l continued steady state operation and, as a result, plant safety systems. 1 SR 3.8.1.15 This Surveillance demonstrates that the diesel engine can restart from a hot condition, such as subsequent to shutdown from normal Surveillances, and achieve the required voltage and frequency within 10 seconds. The 10 second time is derived from the requirements of the accident analysis to '( s respond to a design basis large break LOCA. The 18 month Frequency is consistent with the recommendations of Regulatory Guide 1.9 (Ref. 3). l l This SR is modified by two Notes. Note 1 ensures that the I test is performed with the diesel sufficiently hot. The load band.is provided to avoid routine overloading of the DG. Routine overloads may result in more frequent teardown inspections in accordance with vendor recommendations in i order to maintain DG OPERABILITY. The requirement that the diesel has operated for at least 2 hours at full load conditions prior to performance of this Surveillance is based on manufacturer recommendations for achieving hot conditions. Alternatively, the DG can be operated until ' l operating temperatures have stabilized. Note 2 states that
;. momentary transients (e.g.. due to changing bus loads) do not invalidate this test.
BRAIDWOOD - UNITS 1 & 2 B 3.8.1 - 25 12/17/97 Revision C
. . . . - - . . ~ . - - - . .- .- - . - . . . - . . - .
I AC Sources-Operating ] B 3.8.1 BASES l O-SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS'(continued) SR 3.8.1.16 I !1 %. i F 7 As required by Regulatory Guide 1.9 (Ref. 3). I l' 2l H 1 paragraph 2.2.11 this Surveillance ensures that the manual l synchronization'and load transfer from the DG to the offsite '
,, b- source can be made and the DG can be' returned to ready to
, . load status when offsite power is restored. It also ensures
. that the autostart logic is reset to allow the DG to reload if a subsequent loss of offsite power occurs. .The DG'is
,- - considered,to be in ready to load status when the DG is at 1
' rated speed and voltage the output breaker is open and can ! receive an autoclose signal on bus undervoltage, and the
. load sequence timers are reset.
The Frequency of 18 months is consistent with the recomendations of Regulatory Guide 1.9 (Ref. 3), and takes into consideration unit conditions required to perform the Surveillance. This SR is modified by a Note. The reason for the Note is I that performing the Surveillance would remove a required offsite circuit from service, perturb the electrical i p distribution system, and challenge safety systems. l V
.. 1 BRAIDWOOD - UNITS 1 & 2 B 3.8.1 - 26 8/26/98 Revision L
AC Sources-Operating B 3.8.1 l BASES lm) SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS (continued) l SR 3.8.1.17 Demonstration of the' test mode override ensures that the DG
- availability under accident conditions will not be l
' compromised as the result'of testing and the DG will automatically reset to ready to load operation if a LOCA actuation signal is received during operation in the test mode. Ready to load operation is defined as the DG running at rated speed and voltage with the DG output breaker open.
These provisions for automatic switchover are required by' IEEE-308 (Ref. 9), paragraph 6.2.6(2). The intent in the requirement associated with SR 3.8.1.17.b is to show that the emergency loading was not affected by the DG operation in test mode. In lieu of actual demonstration of connection and loading of loads, testing that adequately shows the capability of the emergency loads to perform these functions is acceptable This testing may include any series of sequential, overlapping, or total steps so that the entire connection and loading sequence is verified. d The 18 month Frequency is consistent with the recommendations of Regulatory Guide 1.9 (Ref. 3), takes into consideration unit conditions required to perform the Surveillance. and is intended to be consistent with expected fuel cycle lengths. This SR is modified by a Note. The reason for the Note is that performing the Surveillance would remove a required offsite circuit from service, perturb the electrical distribution system, and challenge safety systems. l i ,- i BRAIDWD00 - UNITS 1 & 2 8 3.8.1 - 27 8/26/98 Revision A
AC Sources-Operating l B 3.8.1 iex BASES !U [ SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS (continued) l SR 3.8.1.18 I Under accident and loss of offsite power conditions. loads are sequentially connected to the bus by the automatic load
' sequence timers. The seq'uencing logic controls the permissive and starting signals to motor breakers to prevent
- overloading of the DGs due to high motor starting currents.
! The 10% load sequence time interval tolerance ensures that sufficient time exists for the DG to restore frequency and voltage prior to applying the next load and that safety analysis assumptions regarding ESF equipment time delays are not violated. Reference 2 provides a summary of the automatic loading of ESF buses. The Frequency of 18 months is consistent with the recommendations of Regulatory Guide 1.9 (Ref. 3), takes into consideration unit conditions required to perform the Surveillance, and is intended to be consistent with expected fuel cycle lengths. This SR is modified by a Note. The reason for the Note is that performing the Surveillance would remove a required l (] offsite circuit from service, perturb the electrical . V distribution . system, and challenge safety systems. l l , l
- /N BRAIDWOOD - UNITS 1 & 2 B 3.8.1 - 28 8/26/98 Revision A l
l I
AC Sources-Operating l B 3.8.1 BASES O SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS (continued) SR 3.8.1.19 In the event of a DBA coincident with a loss of offsite power, the DGs are required to supply the necessary power to
'ESF systems so that the f'el u RCS. and containment design limits are not exceeded.
This Surveillance demonstrates the DG operation. as discussed in the Bases for SR 3.8.1.11 during a loss of L offsite power actuation test signal in conjunction with an l ESF actuation signal. In lieu of actual demonstration of connection and loading of loads, testing that adequately l shows the capability of the DG system to perform these i functions is acceptable. This testing may include any l series of sequential, overlapping, or total steps so that the entire connection and loading sequence is verified. The Frequency of 18 months takes into consideration unit conditions required to perform the Surveillance and is intended to be consistent with an expected fuel cycle length of 18 months. t /T This SR is modified by a Note. The reason for the Note is ' V that the performance of the Surveillance would remove a , required offsite circuit from service, perturb the electrical distribution system, and challenge safety systems. SR 3.8.1.20 This Surveillance demonstrates that the DG starting independence has not been compromised. Also, this Surveillance demonstrates that each engine can achieve proper speed within the specified time when the DGs are started simultaneously. The 10 year Frequency is consistent with the recommendations of Regulatory Guide 1.9 (Ref. 3). O BRAIDWOOD - UNITS 1 & 2 B 3.8.1 - 29 8/26/98 Revision A
! AC Sources-Operating l B 3 8.1
,e BASES l L)g REFERENCES 1. 10 CFR 50. Appendix A. GDC 17.
- 2. UFSAR. Chapter 8.
,3 . Regulatory Guide 1.9, Rev. 3. July 1993. ,
- 4. UFSAR, Chapter 6.
- 5. UFSAR, Chapter 15.
- 6. Regulatory Guide 1.93. Rev. O. December 1974.
- 7. Generic Letter 84-15. " Proposed Staff Actions to Improve and Maintain Diesel Generator Reliability."
July 2. 1984.
- 8. 10 CFR 50. Appendix A. GDC 18.
- 9. IEEE Standard 308-1978.
- 10. Regulatory Guide 1.137. Rev. 1. October 1979.
i-) wJ l l l l l t U.em BRAIDWOOD - UNITS 1 & 2 B 3.8.1 - 30 8/26/98 Revision A l l
AC Sources-Shutdown B 3.8.2 q B 3.8 ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS U B 3.8.2 AC Sources-Shutdown BASES 1 BACKGROUND 'A description of the AC sources is provided in th Bases for LCO 3.8.1 "AC Sources -Operating. " l APPLICABLE The OPERABILITY of the minimum AC sources during MODES 5 SAFETY ANALYSES and 6. and during movement of irradiated fuel assemblies ensures that:
- a. The unit can be maintained in the shutdown or refueling condition for extended periods:
- b. Sufficient instrumentation and control capability is available for monitoring and mairtaining the unit status; and
- c. Adequate AC electrical power is provided to mitigate events postulated during shutdown, such as a fuel (3 handling accident.
V In general, when the unit is shut down, the Technical Specifications requirements ensure that the unit has the capability to mitigate the consequences of postulated accidents. However, assuming a single failure and concurrent loss of all offsite or all onsite power is not required. The rationale for this is based on the fact that many Design Basis Accidents (DBAs) that are analyzed in MODES 1. 2. 3. and 4 have no specific analyses in MODES 5 and 6. Worst case bounding events are deemed riot credible in MODES 5 and 6 because the energy contained within the reactor pressure boundary reactor coolant temperature and pressure. and the corresponding stresses result in the probabilities of occurrence being significantly reduced or eliminated, and in minimal consequences. These deviations from DBA analysis assumptions and design requirements during shutdown conditions are allowed by the LCO for required systems. O V BRAIDWOOD - UNITS 1 & 2 B 3.8.2 - 1 8/26/98 Revision A t
-. .- . -~ - .~ - - - .-. - .- - - - . - _.._-.. - --
l AC Sources-Shutdown B 3.8.2 1 ) BASES
~
APPLICABLE SAFETY ANALYSES (continued) During MODES 1. 2. 3 and 4. various deviations from the analysis assumptions and design requirements are allowed within the Required Actions. This allowance is in recognition that certain testing and maintenance activities t
'must be conducted provide'd an acceptable level of' risk is not. exceeded. During MODES 5 and 6. performance of a significant number of required testing and maintenance activities is also required. In MODES 5 and 6. the activities are generally planned and administratively L controlled. Relaxations from MODE 1. 2. 3. and 4 LC0 requirements are acceptable duririg shutdown modes based l on:
- a. The fact that time in an outage is limited. This is a risk prudent goal as well as a utility econoraic consideration.
l b. Requiria' appropriate compensatory measures for certav. onditions. These may include administrative controls. reliance on systems that do not necessarily meet typical design requirements applied to systems credited in vperating MODE analyses, or both,
- c. Prudent utility consideration of the risk associated with multiple activities that could affect multiple systems.
- d. Maintaining, to the extent practical, the ability to perform required functions (even if not meeting MODE 1. 2. 3. and 4 OPERABILITY requirements) with systems assumed to function during an event.
l In the event of an accident during shutdown. this LCO ensures the capability to support systems necessary to avoid immediate difficulty, assuming either a loss of all offsite power or a loss of all onsite Diesel Generator (DG) power. The AC sources satisfy Criterion 3 of 10 CFR 50.36(c)(2)(ii). L O BRAIDWOOD - UNITS 1 & 2 B 3.8.2 - 2 8/26/9'8 Revision A
AC Sources-Shutdown B 3.8.2 BASES ( LC0 One qualified circuit capable of supplying the onsite ; Class 1E power distribution subsystem (s) of LCO 3.8.10.
" Distribution Systems-Shutdown." ensures that all required loads are capable of being aowered from offsite power. An OPERABLE DG associated wit 1 one of the distribution
' subsystem division (s) reg'uired to be OPERABLE by LCO 3.8.10.
ensures a diverse power source is available to provide electrical' power support, assuming a loss of the offsite circuit. Together. OPERABILITY of the required qualifis circuit and DG ensures the availability of sufficient Av sources to operate the unit in a safe manner and to mitigate the consequences of postulated events during shutdown (e.g., fuel handling accidents). The qualified circuit must be capable of maintaining rated frequency and voltage, and accepting required loads during an accident, while connected to the Engineered Safety Feature (ESF) bus (es). Qualified circuits are those that are described in the UFSAR and are part of the licensing basis for the plant. A description of the qualified circuits is contained in the Bases for LC0 3.8.1. "AC 1 Sources - Operating. " ( N The DG must be capable of starting, accelerating to rated speed and voltage, and connecting to its respective ESF bus on detection of bus undervoltage. This sequence must be 1 accomplished within 10 seconds. The DG must be capable of i accepting required loads within the assumed loading sequence intervals, and continue to operate until offsite power can be restored to the ESF buses. These capabilities are required to be met from a variety of initial conditions such I as DG in normal standby with the engine hot and DG in l standby at ambient conditions. Proper sequencing of loads, including tripping of nonessential loads. is a required function for DG OPERABILITY. It is acceptable for divisions to be cross tied during shutdown conditions. allowing a single offsite power u rcuit to supply all required divisions. I 1 l A i V BRAIDWOOD - UNITS 1 & 2 B 3.8.2 - 3 8/26/98 Revision A
. - - _ ~ - . . - . . _ . . . - - _._ - . _ . . . . - . . . . .-.- -._ -.-.
i ! AC Sources-Shutdown i l B 3.8.2 l 1 , BASES i APPLICABILITY The AC sources required to be OPERABLE in MODES 5 and 6. and ! at all times during movement of irradiated fuel assemblies, provide assurance that:
)
- a. Systems to provide adequate coolant inventory makeup i are available for thb irradiated fuel ast.emblies in '
the core: l
- b. Systems needed to mitigate a fuel handling accident are available:.
- c. Systems necessary to mitigate the effects of events
.that can lead to core damage during shutdown'are- !
available: and '
- d. Instrumentation and control capability is available for_ monitoring and maintaining the unit in a cold shutdown condition or refueling condition.
The AC power requirements for MODES 1, 2. 3. and 4 are covered in LCO 3.8.1. i (
- \ ACTIONS LCO 3.0.3 is not applicable while in MODE 5 or 6. However. ;
since irradiated fuel assembly movement can occur in MODE 1 !
- 2. 3. or 4. the ACTIONS have been modified by a Note stating j that LC0 3.0.3 is not applicable. If moving irradiated fuel assemblies while in MODE 5 or 6. LCO 3.0.3 would not specify any action. If moving irradiated fuel assemblies while in MODE 1. 2. 3. or 4. the fuel movement is independer+ of i
. reactor operations. Therefore, in either case. inability to suspend movement of irradiated fuel assemblies would not be sufficient reason to require a reactor shutdown.
l Lg -- BRAIDWOOD - UNITS 1 & 2 B 3.8.2 - 4 8/26/98 Revision A l
AC Sources-Shutdown i B 3.8.2 BASES
~
ACTIONS (continued) A_J The qualified circuit would be considered inoperable if it were not available to one required ESF division. Since two
'divuions may be requiredf by LC0 3.8.10. the or.e 01 vision wi th offsite power available may be capable of supporting l sufficient required features (i .e. , systems, subsystems. l
- i. rains components, and devices) to allow continuation of l I:0RE ALTERATIONS and fuel movement. By the allowance of the l option to ueclare required features inoperable, with no ,
offsite power available, appropriate restrictions will be ) implemented in accordance with the affected required l features LCO's ACTIONS. l l (O_/ j i l .o k) BRAIDWOOD - UNITS 1 & 2 B 3.8.2 - 5 8/26/98 Revision A
AC Sources-Shutdown B 3.8.2 p BASES ACTIONS (continued) A.2.1. A.2.2. A.2.3. A.2.4. A.2.5. B.1. B.2. B.3. B.4. and i fLE i i With the offsite circuit not available to one or more l ' required divisions. the option would still exist to declare i- all required features inoperable. Since this option may l involve undesired administrative efforts, the allowance for sufficiently conservative actions is made. With the' required DG inoperable the minimum required diversity of AC power sources is not available. It is, therefore, required to suspend CORE ALTERATIONS. movement of irradiated fuel assemblies, operations involving positive reactivity additions, and declare the affected Low Temperature Overpressure Protection (LTOP) features required by. LC0 3.4.12. " Low Tem System" inoperable. The perature Overpressure Required Action to declare Protection the (LTOP) affected LTOP features inoperable allows the operator to evaluate the current unit conditions and to determine which (if any) of the LTOP features have been affected by the loss of power. The Required Action to suspend positive reactivity additions does not preclude actions to maintain or increase reactor vessel inventory provided the required p SDM is maintained. Suspension of these activities does not V preclude completion of actions to establish a safe conservative condition. These actions minimize the probability or the occurrence of postulated events. It is further required to immediately initiate action to restore the required AC sources and to continue this action until restoration is accomplished in order to provide the necessary AC power to the plant safety systems. The Completion Time of immediately is consistent with the required times for actions requiring prompt attention. The restoration of the required AC electrical power sources , should be completed as quickly as possible in order to minimize the time during which the unit safety systems may be without sufficient power. LO BfiAIDWOOD - UNITS 1 & 2 B 3.8.2 - 6 8/26/98 Revision A
l AC Sources-Shutdown B 3.8.2 BASES O ACTIONS (continued) 1 Pursuant to LCO 3.0.6. the Distribution System's ACTIONS ! would not be entered even if all AC sources to it are l inoperable, resulting in de-energization. Therefore, the ' Required Actions of Condition A are modified by a, Note to
' indicate that when Condition A is entered with no AC power to any required ESF bus the ACTIONS for LC0 3.8.10 must be L immediately entered. This Note allows Condition A to l
provide requirements for the loss of the offsite circuit.
- whether or not a division is de-energized. LCO 3.8.10 would i
provide the appropriate restrictions for the situation l involving a de-energized division. l. SURVEILLANCE SR 3.8.2._1 REQUIREMENTS SR 3.8.2.1 requires the SRs from LC0 3.8.1 that are necessary for ensuring the OPERABILITY of the AC sources in l other than MODES 1. 2. 3. and 4. SR 3.8.1.8 is not required to be met since only one offsite circuit is required to be OPERABLE. SR 3.8.1.17 is not required to be met because the required OPERABLE DG is not required to undergo periods of L being synchronized to the offsite circuit. SR 3.8.1.20 is not required to be met because starting independence is not required with the DG that is not required to be operable. This SR is modified by a Note. The reason for the Note is to preclude requiring the OPERABLE DG from being paralleled
- with the offsite power network or otherwise rendered
( inoperable during performance of SRs. and to preclude l de-energizing a required 4160 V ESF bus or disconnecting a L required offsite circuit during performance of SRs. With limited AC sources available. a single event could compromise both the required circuit and the DG. It is the intent that these SRs must still be capable of being met. but actual performance is not required during periods when i the DG and offsite circuit is required to be OPERABLE. Refer to the corresponding Bases for LCO 3.8.1 for a discussion of each SR. REFERENCES None. L J 4O l BRAIDWOOD - UNITS 1 & 2 B 3.8.2 - 7 8/26/98 Revision A L _ _ . _ _ _ _ - _ - - . . - - - - - -
Diesel Fuel Oil B 3.8.3 B 3.8 ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS l B 3.8.3 Diesel Fuel Oil BASES BACKr,ROUND *Each Diesel Generator (DG) is provided with fuel ' oil j
- l. capacity sufficient to operate that diesel for a period of l 7 days while the DG is supplying maximum post loss of '
coolant accident load demand discussed in the UFSAR. Section 9.5.4.2 (Ref. 1). The station fuel oil system is ' comprised of two outside storage tanks (one 50.000 gal and one 125.000 gal) which are the source for all of the fuel oil needs for the station. These outside tanks are normally the source of "new" fuel oil. Each Unit 1 DG is 3rovided with two 25.000 gallon inside storage tanks. 'Eac1 Unit 2 DG is provided with one 50.000 gallon inside storage tank. These inside storage tanks are the source of the required
" stored" fuel oil. This onsite fuel oil capacity is sufficient to operate the DGs for longer than the time to replenish the onsite supply from outside sources.
Fuel oil is transferred from the inside storage tank (s) to the day tank by either of two transfer pumps associated with p each DG. Independence of pumps and piping precludes the failure of one pump. or the rupture of any pipe, valve or tank (s) to result in the loss of more than one DG. For proper operation of the standby DGs. it is necessary to ensure the proper quality of the fuel cil. Regulatory Guide 1.137 (Ref. 2) addresses the recomuended fuel oil practices as supplemented by ANSI N195 (Ref. 3). The fuel oil properties governed by these SRs are the water and sediment content, the kinematic viscosity, specific gravity (or API gravity) and particulate level. LO BRAIDWOOD - UNITS 1 & 2 B 3.8.3 - 1 8/26/98 Revision A
Diesel Fuel Oil , ' B 3.8.3 i BASES O APPLICABLE The initial conditions of Design Basis Accident (DBA) and SAFETY ANALYSES transient analyses in the UFSAR, Chapter 6 (Ref. 4), and in the UFSAR. Chapter ,15 (Ref. 5), assume Engineered Safety Feature (ESF) systems are OPERABLE. The DGs are designed to provide sufficient capacity, capability, redundancy. and
' reliability to ensure the' availability of necessa'ry power to ESF systems so that fuel, Reactor Coolant System and containment design limits are not exceeded. These limits are discussed in more detail in the Bases for Section 3.2.
' Power Distribution Limits: Section 3.4. Reactor Coolant System (RCS); and Section 3.6. Containment Systems. Since the diesel fuel oil supports the operation of the standby AC pcwcr sources, they satisfy Criterion 3 of 10 CFR 50.36(c)(2)(11). 1 LCD Stored diesel fuel oil is required to have sufficient supply for 7 days of maximum post accident load operation. It is also required to meet specific standards for quality. This I requirement, in conjunction with an ability to obtain replacement supplies within 7 days, supports the p availability of DGs required to shut down the reactor and to s maintain it in a safe condition for an Anticipated l Operational Occurrence-(A00) or a postulated DBA with loss ! of offsite power. DG day tank fuel requirements. as well as ' transfer capability from the storage tank to the day tank. are addressed in LC0 3.8.1. "AC Sources-Operating." and LC0 3.8.2 "AC Sources - Shutdown. " APPLICABILITY The AC sources (LCO 3.8.1 and LC0 3.8.2) are required to ensure the availability of the required power to shut down : the reactor and maintain it in a safe shutdown condition
-after an A00 or a postulated DBA. Since the stored diesel fuel oil supports LCO 3.8.1 and LCO 3.8.2. stored diesel fuel oil is required to be within limits when the associated DG 1s required to be OPERABLE. ,O BRAIDWOOD - UNITS 1 & 2 B' 3.8.3 - 2 8/26/98 Revision A
Diesel Fuel Oil B 3.8.3
. BASES l
l ACTIONS The ACTIONS Table is modified by a Note indicating that separate Condition entry is allowed for each DG. This is acceptable, since the Required Actions for each' Condition provide appropriate compensatory actions for each DG Fuel Oil System. Complying with the Required Actions for one
' inoperable DG Fuel Oil Sy' stem may allow for continued operation, and subsequent inoperable DG Fuel 011 System (s) are governed by separate Condition entry-and application of associated Required Actions.
A.1 In this Condition, the 7 day fuel oil supply for a DG is not l available. However, the Condition is restricted to fuel oil level reductions that maintain at least a 6 day supply. These circumstances may be caused by events, such as full load operation required after an inadvertent start while at minimum required level, or feed and bleed operations, which , may be necessitated by increasing particulate levels or any i number of other oil quality degradations. This restriction ! allows sufficient time for obtaining the requisite , replacement volume and performing the analyses required 1 I prior to addition of fuel oil to the tank (s). A period of . i [' 48 hours is considered sufficient to complete restoration of the required level prior to declaring the DG inoperable.. I This period is acceptable based on the remaining capacity ; (> 6 days), the fact that procedures will be initiated to , obtain replenishment, and the low probability of an event I l during this brief period. l , J i , 1 lO l BRAIDWOOD - UNITS 1 & 2 B 3.8.3 - 3 8/26/98 Revision A
- - . ~ - _
_ . . . . _ . . _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ - _ . _ _ _ . _ _ _ . . _ _ _ _ _ . __.m . ___ Diesel Fuel Oil l B 3.8.3 i l e BASES 1 ( l ACTIONS (continued) L l fL1 This Condition is entered as a result of a failure to meet I the acceptance criterion of SR 3.8.3.2. Normally, trendina
'of particulate levels all6ws sufficient time to cbrrect high l particulate levels prior to reaching the limit of l
acceptability. Poor sample procedures (bottom sampling), contaminated sampling equipment, and errors in laboratory l analysis can produce failures that do not follow a trend. l Since the presence of particulates does not mean failure of the fuel oil to burn properly in the diesel engine, and i particulate concentration is unlikely to change significantly between Surveillance Frequency intervals, and proper engine performance has been recently demonstrated (within 31 days), it is prudent to allow a brief ! prior to declaring the associated DG inoperable. periodThe 7 day Completion Time allows for further evaluation, resampling I and re-analysis of the DG fuel oil. i L1 I With the new fuel oil properties defined in the Bases for
~') SR 3.8.3.2 not within the required limits (after having been (V added to the storage tank (s): thus making it part of the stored fuel), a period of 30 days is allowed for restoring the stored fuel oil properties. This period provides sufficient time to test the stared fuel oil to determine that the new fuel oil, when mixed with previously stored fuel oil, remains acceptable, or to restore the stored fuel oil properties. This restoration may involve feed and bleed procedures. filtering, or combinations of these procedures.
Even if a DG start and load was required during this time interval and the fuel oil properties were outside limits, there is a high likelihood that the DG would still be capable of performing its intended function. R_1 With a Required Action and associated Completion Time r ,t met, or one or more DGs with fuel oil not within limits for reasons other than addressed by Conditions A through C, the associated DG may be incapable of performing its intended function and must be immediately declared inoperable.
~
BRAIDWOOD - UNITS 1 & 2 83.8.3-4 8/26/98 Revision A
_ _ . _ .--_ _ __. _ _ __ __ _ . ~ ._ -. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ _ . . Diesel Fuel Oil B 3.8.3 BASES SURVEILLANCE SR 3.8.3.1 REQUIREMENTS This SR provides verification that there is an adequate inventory of fuel oil in the storage tanks to support each DG's operation for 7 days at full load. The 7 day period is
' sufficient time to place the unit in a safe shutdown condition and to bring in replenishment -fuel from an offsite location.
The 31 day Frequency is adequate to ensure that a sufficient supply of fuel oil is available since low level alarms are provided and unit operators would be aware of any'large uses of fuel oil during this period. SR 3.8.3.2 , The tests of fuel' oil prior to addition to the storage tank (s) are a means of determining whether new fuel oil is of the appro3riate grade and has not been contaminated with substances t1at would have an immediate, detrimental impact on diesel engine combustion. If results from these tests are within acce) table limits the fuel oil may be added to the stora e tants without concern for contaminating the entire yo ume of fuel oil in the storage tanks. These tests d(% are to be conducted prior to adding the new . fuel to the storage tank (s). but in no case is the time between sampling (and associated results) of new fuel and addition of new fuel oil to the storage tank to exceed 30 days. The tests. limits, and applicable ASTM Standards for the tests listed in the Diesel Fuel Oil Testing Program of Specification 5.5.13 are as follows: O BRAIDWOOD - UNITS 1 & 2 B 3.8.3 - 5 8/26/98 Revision A
. --. . _ ~. . . -- --.- . - . - .. - - - - -
Diesel Fuel Oil B 3.8.3 BASES l l' SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS (continued)
- a. Sample the new fuel oil in accordance with ,
ASTM D4057 (Ref. 6): i l
- b. Verify in accordance with the tests specified in l ASTM D975-81 (Ref. 6) that the sample has an' absolute 1 i specific gravity at 60 F of = 0.83 and 5 0.89 or an i API gravity at 60 F of a 27 and s 39 . a kinematic I viscosity at 40 C of a 1.9 centistokes and s 4.1 !
centistokes, and a flash point of a 325 F: and l
- c. Verify that the new fuel oil has a clear and bright '
appearance with proper color when tested in accordance with ASTM D4176-82 (Ref. 6), Failure to meet any of the above limits is cause for I rejecting the new fuel oil, but does not represent a failure to meet the LCO concern since the fuel oil is not added to the storage tanks. Following the initial new fuel oil sample, the fuel oil is analyzed to establish that the other properties specified in Table 1 of ASTM 0975-81 (Ref. 7) are met for new fuel oil O
' when tested in accordance with ASTM D975-81 (Ref. 6), except that the analysis for sulfur may be performed in accordance with ASTM D1552-79-(Ref 6) or ASTM D2622-82 (Ref. 6). These additional analyses are required by Specification 5.5.13.
" Diesel Fuel Oil Testing Program." to be performed within 30 days following sampling and addition. This 30 day time period is intended to assure: 1) that the sample taken is not more than 30 days old at the time of adding the fuel oil l to the storage tank, and 2) that the results of a new fuel oil sample (sample obtained 3rior to addition but not more than 30 days prior to) are oatained within 30 days after.
addition. The 30 day period is acceptable because the fuel oil properties of interest. even if they were not within stated limits, would not have an immediate effect on DG operation. This Surveillance ensures the availability of high quality fuel oil for the DGs. lG l v BRAIDWOOD - UNITS 1 & 2 B 3.8.3 - 6 8/26/98 Revision A
Diesel Fuel Oil B 3.8.3 BASES SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS (continued) Fuel oil degradation during long term storage shows up as an increase in particulate, due mostly to oxidation. The 3resence of particulate does not mean the fuel oil will not aurn properly in a diesel engine. ~The particulate can cause
' fouling of filters and fu'el oil injection equipmefit, however, which can cause engine failure.
Particulate concentrations should be determined in accordance with ASTM D2276 (Ref. 6). This method involves a determination of total particulate concentration in the fuel oil and has a limit of 10 mg/1. It.is acceptable to obtain a field sample for subsequent laboratory testing in lieu of field testing. Each tank must be considered and tested separately since the total stored fuel oil volume is contained in two or more interconnected tanks. The Frequency of this test takes into consideration fuel oil degradation trends that indicate that particulate ! concentration is unlikely to change significantly between Frequency intervals. SR 3.8.3.3 Microbiological fouling is a major cause of fuel oil degradation. There are numerous bacteria that can grow in fuel oil and cause fouling, but all must have a water environment in order to survive. Removal of water from the fuel storage tanks once every 31 days eliminates the necessary environment for bacterial survival. This is the most effective means of controlling microbiological fouling. In addition, it eliminates the potential for water entrainment in the fuel oil during DG operation. Water may come from any of several sources, including condensation, ground water, rain water, and contaminated fuel oil. and from breakdown of the fuel oil by bacteria. Frequent checking for and removal.of accumulated water minimizes fouling and orovides data regarding the watertight integrity of the fuel oil system. The Surveillance Frequencies are established consistent with the recommendations of Regulatory Guide 1.137 (Ref. 2). This SR is for preventive maintenance. The presence of water does not necessarily represent failure of this SR provided the accumulated water is removed during performance of the Surveillance. O BRAIDWOOD - UNITS 1 & 2 B 3.8.3 - 7 8/26/98 Revision A
Diesel Fuel Oil , B 3.8.3 I n BASES b REFERENCES 1. UFSAR, Section 9.5.4.2.
- 2. Regulatory Gui,de 1.137.
,3. ANSI N195-1976, Appe,ndix B. , l 1
- 4. UFSAR, Chapter 6. l
- 5. UFSAR, Chapter 15.
- 6. ASTM Standards: D4057; D975-81: 04176-82: D1552-79:
02622-82: D2276.
- 7. ASTM Standards D975. Table 1.
l l
,, ~.
U l l l i r' ()s BRAIDWOOD-- UNITS 1 & 2 B 3.8.3 - 8 8/26/98 Revision A
DC Sources-Operating
-B 3.8.4 B 3.8 ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS l
" B 3.8.4 DC Sources-Operating BASES I I I II II ,,
BACKGROUND 'The station DC electricaTpower system provides the AC emergency power system with control power. It also provides
-both motive and control power to selected safety related equipment and AC instrument bus power (via inverters). As T required by 10 CFR.50. Appendix A. GDC 17 (Ref.1), the DC T electrical power system is designed to have sufficient T independence, redundancy, and testability to
" safety functions, assuming a single failure. perform The DC its jl electrical power system also conforms to the recommendations of Regulatory Guide 1.6 (Ref. 2) and IEEE-308 -(Ref. 3).
i
. The 125 VDC electrical power system for each unit consists '
of two independent and redundant safety related Class 1E DC electrical power subsystems (Division 11 (21) and Division 12 (22)). Each subsystem consists of one 125 VDC battery, the associated battery charger for each battery, and all the associated control equipment and interconnecting cabling. (~5 V During normal operation. -the 125 VDC loads are powered from J the battery chargers with the batteries floating on the l system. In case of a loss of normal power to the battery M_j charger the DC load is automatically powered from the station battery. The Division 11 (21) and Division 12 (22) DC electrical power subsystems provide the control power for its associated Class 1E AC power load group. 4.16 kV switchgear. and 480 V load centers. The DC electrical power subsystems also provide DC electrical power to the. inverters, which in turn power the AC instrument buses. Additionally, the Class 1E 125 VDC electrical 3ower subsystems provide power to the 6.9 kV Reactor Coola Pump (RCP) brea(ers and the non-Class 1E 125 VDC buses. The connection between the Class 1E and non-Class 1E 125 VDC buses contains fuses to ensure that a fault on the non-Class 1E bus does not cause a loss of the Class 1E bus. l l- . O i BRAIDWOOD - UNITS 1 & 2 B 3.8.4 - 1 8/26/98 Revision L
. - -_._-. - . - .. _. . - - -._ -. ~. -.
DC Sources-Operating , B 3.8.4 BASES
^
~ BACKGROUND (continued) l The DC power distribution system is. described in more detail in Bases for LC0 3.8.9, " Distribution System-Operating."
and LCO 3.8.10, " Distribution Systems-Shutdown."
'Each battery was sized ba' sed upon supplying the d'esign duty )
cycle in the event of a loss of offsite AC power concurrent l with a Loss Of Coolant Accident (LOCA) and a single failure 1 of a Diesel Generator (DG). Each battery has a nominal ! rating of 1760 ampere-hours for AT&T (2320 ampere-hours for - C&D) at the 8 hour discharge rate to an end voltage of )
.1.75 volts per cell, and was. sized based upon continuously. 1 carrying the various estimated loads. The batteries were sized in accordance with IEEE-485-1983 (Ref. 5).
Each 125 VDC battery is separately housed in a ventilated room apart from. its charger and distribution centers. Each subsystem is located in an area separated physically and - electrically from the other subsystem to ensure that a single failure in one subsystem does not cause a failure in l a redundant subsystem. There is no sharing between ' red"ndant Class 1E subsystems, such as batteries, battery char 3ers, or distribution panels. While it is possible to ! A interconnect the Unit 1 and Unit 2 DC electrical power d subsystems, they normally remain disconnected, except when a
-DC source must be taken out of service for the purposes of maintenance and/or testing, or in the event of a failure of '
a DC source. BRAIDWOOD - UNITS 1 & 2 B 3.8.4 - 2 8/26/98 Revision L
i DC Sources-Operating l B 3.8.4 r Lzm ,I BASES I - BACKGROUND (continued)~ The crosstie between 125 VDC ESF buses 111 and 211 and the crosstie between 125 VDC ESF buses 112 and 212 are each provided with two normally locked open manually operated , circuit breakers. No interlocks are provided since the l
- interconnected buses arefnot redundant. However.'if one battery is inoperable, procedural and administrative controls are used to limit the connected load to'100 amps
! l for AT&T (200 amps for C&D) based on not exceeding the OPERABLE battery capacity. These controls ensure that combinations of maintenance and test operations will not 3reclude the system capabilities to supply power to the ESF
)C loads. The provisions of administratively controlled.
manually actuated, interconnections between the non-redundant Class 1E DC buses increases the overall reliability and availability of the DC systems for each unit in that it provides a means for manually providing )ower to a DC bus at a time when it would otherwise have to ]e out-of-service (e.g.. to perform a battery discharge test during an outage to replace a damaged cell etc.). Crosstie breaker closed alarms are also provided to alert the operator when the units are crosstied. Each Division 11 (21) and Division 12 (22) DC electrical ' (A~)- power subsystem battery charger has ample power output capacity for the steady state operation of connected loads required during normal o)eration, while at the same time maintaining its battery 3ank fully charged. Each battery
-)9 charger also has sufficient capacity to restore the battery w from the design minimum charge to its fully charged state l M within 24 hours while sup) lying normal steady state loads 4l w
discussed in the UFSAR, Clapter 8 (Ref. 4). l O ,V BRAIDWOOD - UNITS 1 & 2 B 3.8.4 - 3 8/26/98 Revision L
_ _ . ___ .. _ . . _ _ _ _ ~ . . _ _ . _ . _ _ _ . _ _ _ _ _ _ . _ _ . _ . _ DC Sources-Operating L B 3.8.4 , ' BASES l APPLICABLE The initial conditions of Design Basis Accident (DBA) and l MFETY ANALYSES transient analyses in the UFSAR. Chapter 6 (Ref. 6), and in the UFSAR, Chapter 15 (Ref. 7), assume that Engineered i Safety Feature (ESF) systems are OPERABLE. The DC : i electrical power system provides normal and emergency DC l ' electrical power for the DGs. emergency auxiliaries, and l control and switching during all MDDES of operation. i l The OPERABILITY of the DC sources'is consistent with the initial assumptions of the accident analyses and is based upon meeting the design basis of the plant. This includes maintaining the DC electrical power distribution subsystem OPERABLE during accident conditions in the event of: I
- a. An assumed loss of all offsite AC power or all onsite AC power sources; and
- b. A worst case single failure.
l The DC sources satisfy Criterion 3 of 10 CFR 50.36(c)(2)(ii). l i 1 i I q l BRAIDWOOD - UNITS 1 & 2 B 3.8.4 - 4 8/26/98 Revision A 1 l
DC Sources-Operating
.B 3.8.4 l
lq BASES
'U 1 LC0 <
The DC electrical; power subsystems, each subsystem ) consisting of: l
- a. a battery:
*b. : battery charger; and~ t
- c. the corresponding control equipment and-
. interconnecting cabling supplying power:to the !
associated bus within the division, j are required to be OPERABLE to ensure the availabi~lity of . l the required power to shut down the reactor and maintain it in a safeicondition after an Anticipated Operational ; Occurrence (A00) or a'Jostulated DBA. Loss of any division : DC electrical power su) system does not prevent the'ininimum I safety function from being performed-(Ref. 4). Furthermore. ! at least one crosstie breaker between Division 11 and. l Division 21'. and at least one crosstie breaker between' l Division 12 and Division 22. is required to be open to l maintain independence between the' units.
-l An OPERABLE DC electrical power subsyttem requires the ' /m required battery and respective charger to be operating and d connected to the associated DC bus.
L lr i ! APPLICABILITY The DC electrical power sources are required to be OPERABLE in MODES 1, 2. 3. and 4 to ensure safe unit operation and to ensure that:
. Acceptable fuel. design limits and reactor coolant a.
pressure boundary limits are not exceeded as a result of A00s or abnormal transients: and
- b. Adequate core cooling is provided, and containment integrity and other vital functions are maintained in the event of a postulated DBA.
L The DC electrical power requirements for MODES 5 and 6 are addressed in LCO 3.8.5. "DC Sources-Shutdown." l l Al t BRAIDWOOD - UNITS 1 & 2 B 3.8.4 - 5 8/26/98 Revision L i l
._._.__._.y L
DC Sources-Operating B 3.8.4 n: BASES . d ACTIONS. A.1 and A.2 Condition A addresses the event of having one battery charger' inoperable, and provides for restoration of ! electrical power to the associated DC bus by use of the l l ' crosstie capability to the opposite unit. The 2 hour L Completion Time allows adequate time.to evaluate the cause' l l .for battery charger failure. to determins whether the opposite unit's DC bus is available for support, and to i perform the crosstie procedure. The battery charger is l required to be restored to OPERABLE status within 24 hours in order to reestablish the independence of DC subsystems, while providing a reasonable amount of time for repairs. By limiting the crosstied conditions of operating units to
.-24 hours, the likelihood of an event occurring which could l place either unit in jeopardy is minimized. (Note there l are no load restrictions cpplicable to the opposite unit's j DC bus in this' condition.)-
l B.1 I i Condition B addresses the situation of crosstieing the l l / operating unit's DC bus to the opposite unit, which has an l l p/ s inoperable battery charger, when the opposite unit is operating in MODE 1. 2. 3. or 4. This provision is included R to accormiodate unexpected failures, maintenance. and/or testing of the opposite unit's DC subsystems. The 1 Completion Time for Required Action B.1 of 60 hours is adequate to allow testing and restoration activities. In ! this Condition, the opposite unit's battery is assumed to remain OPERACLE. Therefore. the function of the crosstie is to maintain the opposite unit's battery fully charged and to supply the minimal opposite unit DC loads. The 60 hours is . based on the 24 hours the opposite unit has to restore the I l inoperable charger and the 36 hours the. opposite unit would have to reach MODE 5. if the charger is not restored to OPERABLE status. When the opposite unit reaches MODE 5. j Condition C is entered. Requiring the associated crosstie . breaker to be opened within 60 hours also ensures that i L independence of the DC subsystems is reestablished. l l \ l l ! l i !O i BRAIDWOOD - UNITS 1 & 2 B 3.8.4 - 6 8/26/98 Revision A 1 i
DC Sources-Operating B 3.8.4 f f
.j .gf . . .
- BASES l, D] FACTIONS (continued),
4 C.1 and C.2 M b T'ad Condition C addresses an operating unit's DC bus that is' crosstied to the opposite unit's associated DC bus, which. L 'has an inoperable source ti e. . battery or battery charger). )
-j% : when~the opposite unit is shutdown. This provision is .
.. included to accommodate maintenance and/or testing of the shutdown unit's DC subsystems.
'4 With the shutdown unit's battery inoperable, the o)erating ; unit will be recuired to supply all loads on the slutdown l n , unit's crosstiec bus should an event occur on the shutdown
- unit. Therefore.-Required Action C.1 specifies that the L possible loading on the shutdown unit's DC bus F '" led to be.s 100 amps for AT&T (s 200 amps for C&D) u % per 12 hours. Limiting the' load to 100 amps for AT&T (200 amps for C&D) ensures that the operating unit's DC subsystem will not be' overloaded in the event of a concurrent event on the operating' unit. Required Action C.1-is modified by a Note only requiring Required ' Action C.1 when the opposite unit.
t has an inoperable battery.
-$r Required Action C.2 recuires the associated crosstie' breaker l [(f
?
to be opened within 7 caysEand ensures that measures are being taken to restore the inoperable battery or. battery L [ charger and reestablish independence of the DC subsystems. ' L L l p - (O/
- BRAIDWOOD - UNITS 1 & 2 B 3.8.4 - 7 8/26/98 Revision L
' DC Sources-Operating : B 3.8.4 t i f l3 BASES l-ACTIONS (continued) l M Condition D represents one division with a loss of ability to completely respond to an event, and a potential loss of
' ability for the DC divisi~on to remain energized d'uring normal operation. It is, therefore, imperative that the ,
operator's attention focus on stabilizing the unit. - minimizing the potential for complete loss of DC power to ' the affected division. The 2 hour limit is consistent with the allowed time for an inoperable DC distribution system ; division. If one of the re ; inoperable (e.g., quired DC electrical inoperable battery or power one DCsubsystems division is ; crosstied to the.op30 site-unit DC division that does not i have an inoperable aattery charger). the remaining DC ' electrical power subsystem has the capacity to support a )
, safe shutdown and to mitigate an accident condition. Since a subsequent worst case single failure would, however, result in the complete loss of the remaining 125 VDC electrical power subsystems with attendant loss of ESF functions. continued power operation should not exceed O 2 hours. The 2 hour Completion Time is based on Regulatory l(
Guide L93 (Ref. 8) and reflects a reasonable time to assess unit status as a function of the inoperable DC electrical power subsystem and, if the DC electrical power subsystem is not restored to OPERABLE status, to prepare to effect an orderly and safe unit shutdown. E 1 and E.2 If the inoperable DC electrical power subsystem cannot be restored to OPERABLE status, or the crosstie breaker (s) cannot be opened. within the required Completion Time, the unit must be brought to a MODE in which the LCO does not apply To achieve this status. the unit must be brought to at least MODE 3 within 6 hours and to MODE 5 within 36 hours. The allowed Completion Times are reasonable. L based on operating experience, to reach the required unit l conditions from full power conditions in an orderly manner and without challenging plant systems. The Completion Time to bring the unit to MODE 5 is consistent with the time required in Regulatory Guide 1.93 (Ref. 8). i
- O l BRAIDWOOD - UNITS 1 & 2 B 3.8.4 - 8 8/26/98 Revision A i
i
DC Sources-Operating B 3.8.4 i (p) BASES SURVEILLANCE S_R 3.8.4.1 REQUIREMENTS Verifying battery terminal voltage while on float charge helps to ensure the effectiveness of the charging system and the ability of the batteries to perform their intended
- function. Float charge i's the condition in which'the charger is supplying the connected loads and the continuous charge required to overcome the internal losses of a battery and maintain the battery in a fully charged state. -The voltage requirements are based on the nominal design voltage of the battery and are consistent with the initial voltages l assumed in the battery sizing calculation.s. The 7 day Frequency is consistent with manufacturer recommendations and IEEE-450 (Ref. 9).
SR 3.8.4.2 Visual inspection to detect corrosion of the battery cells and connections, or measurement of the resistance of each intercell, interrack, intertier, and terminal connection. provides an indication of physical damage or abnormal deterioration that could potentially degrade battery performance. (O j The limits established for this SR must not be above the ceiling value established by the manufacturer.
- Connection resistance is obtained by subtracting the normal resistance of the interrack (cross room rack) connector or the intertier (bi-level rack) connector from the measured intercell (cell-to-cell) connection resistance.
The Surveillance Frequency for these inspections. which can detect conditions that can cause power. losses due to j resistance heating. is 92 days. This Frequency is j considered acceptable based on op ating experience related l to detecting corrosion trends. l l l l C
's BRAIDWOOD - UNITS 1 & 2 B 3.8.4 - 9 12/17/97 Revision C
DC ' Sources -Operating i B 3.8.4 l
~
f BASES L2 ' SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS (continued) SR 3.8.4.3 Visual inspection of the battery cells cell plates, and i battery racks provides an indication of physical damage or
' abnormal deterioration that could potentially degFade l battery performance. The presence of physical damage or
! deterioration does not necessarily represent a failure of this SR. provided an evaluation determines that'the physical damage or deterioration does not affect the 0PERABILITY of the battery (its ability to perform its design function). SR 3.8.4.4 and SR 3.8.4.5
~
Visual inspection and resistance measurements of intercell, interrack, intertier, and terminal connections provide an indication of physical damage or abnormal deterioration that could indicate degraded battery condition. The anticorrosion material is used to help ensure good electrical connections and to reduce terminal deterioration. The visual inspection for corrosion is not intended to require removal of and inspection under each terminal connection. The removal of visible corrosion is a preventive maintenance SR. The presence of visible corrosion does not necessarily represent a failure of this SR provided visible corrosion is removed during performance of SR 3.8.4.4. The connection resistance limits for SR 3.8.4.5 shall not be above tne ceiling value established by the manufacturer. Connection resistance is obtained by subtracting the normal resistance of the interrack (cross room rack) connector or the intertier (bi-level rack) connector from the measured l intercell (cell-to-cell) connection resistance. I 1 1 L BRAIDWOOD - UNITS 1 & 2 B 3.8.4 - 10 12/17/97 Revision C
_ . _ . . _ . . .._m._.._ _ _. ._ __ .. . . L DC Sources-Operating ) B 3.8.4 y4 . BASES 7
.e SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS-(continued) u
. 'y SR '3;8.4.6' z s{
tf
*' , This SR requires that each battery charger be capable of ;
-supplying 400 amps and 125.V for = 8 hours. These
' requirements are based on'the design capacity of the
, > .. chargers.(Ref.'4). According to Regulatory Guide'1:.32 :
(Ref.10).- the battery chsrger output capacity is . required l . to be based on the largest' combined demands of the various s steady state. loads and the charging demands to restore the i battery from.the design minimum charge state to the fully j charged state, irrespective of the. status of the unit during ' ! these demand occurrences. The minimum required amperes and' j
-duration. ensures that these requirements can be satisfied. ;
The Surveillance' Frequency is acceptable, given the unit: conditions required to perform the test and the other. administrative controls existing to ensure adequate charger y performance during these 18 month intervals. In addition, ! this Frequency is intended to be consistent with expected' '
- . fuel cycle lengths- -
l i
' This Surveillance is required to be performed during MODES 5 '
and 6 since it would' require the DC electrical power i subsystem to be inoperable during performance of the test. I-J K SR 3.8.4L7 -
- -- dl \
s A battery service test is a special test of battery ! capability, as found, to satisfy the design requirements l (battery duty cycle) of the DC electrical power system. The discharge rate and test length should correspond to the design duty cycle requirements as specified in Reference 4. + The Surveillance Frequency of'18 months is consistent with the recommendations of Regulatory Guide 1.32 (Ref. 10) and i. ~ Regulatory Guide 1.129 (Ref. 11), which state that the l battery service test should be performed during refueling 4 operations or at some other outage, with intervals between tests, not to exceed 18 months. i This SR is modified by two Notes. Note 1 allows the performance of a modified performance discharge test in lieu of a service test. t Y . I'
~.
p BRAIDWOOD -' UNITS 1 & 2 B 3.8.4 - 11 / Revision L 8/26'98 Y
,- ~ l DC Sources-Operating B 3.8.4 1 ( . .n BASES
' SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS (continued) i l The modified performance discharge test is a simulated duty I
cycle consisting of,just two rates; the one minute rate published for the battery or the largest current load of the I duty cycle, followed by the test rate employed for the 1
' performance test, both of~which envelop the duty cycle of the service test. Since the ampere-hours removed by a rated i
one minute discharge represents a very'small portion of the battery capacity, the test rate can be changed to that for 3 the performance test without compromising the results of the ' performance discharge test. The battery terminal voltage for the modified performance discharge test should remain above the minimum battery terminal voltage specified in the i battery service test for the duration of time equal to that of the service test. A modified performance discharge test is a test of the , battery capacity and its ability to ]rovide a high rate, short duration load (usually the higlest rate of the duty l cycle). This will often confirm the battery's ability to meet the critical period of the load duty cycle, in addition ' to determining its percentage of rated capacity. Initial conditions for the modified performance discharge test l should be identical to those specified for a service test i and the test discharge rate must envelop the duty cycle of the service test if the modified performance discharge tes+ is performed in lieu of a service test. The reason for Note 2 is that performing the Surveillance would perturb the electrical distribution system and
- challenge safety systems.
l f l
- l. BRAIDWOOD - UNITS 1 & 2 B 3.8.4 - 12 8/26/98 Revision A l
DC Sources-Operating
- l. B 3.8.4 s BASES l (U ')
SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS (continued) l- SR 3.8.4.8 ) i
-A battery performance discharge test is a test of constant- )
current capacity of a battery, normally done in the as found !
' condition, after having b'een in service, to detect any change in the capacity determined by the acceptance test.
The test is intended to determine overall battery degradation due to age and usage. A battery modified performance discharge test is described l in the Bases for SR 3.8.4.7. Either the battery performance. , discharge test or the odified performance discharge test is l l- acceptable for satisfying SR 3.8.4.8. however, only the modified performance discharge test may be used to satisfy. l l SR 3.8.4.8 while satisfying the. requirements of SR 3.8.4.7 at the same time. ; l AT&T Batteries: AT&T battery manufacturer's data indicates
'that the capacity of the battery actually increases over its service life. The NRC has concurred that the battery meets acceptable operating criteria if it can be shown that battery capacity for the AT&T batteries is at least 95% of
.m
() l-the manufacturer's rating when subjected to a performance discharge test every 60 months. l i l C&D Batteries: The acceptance criteria for this - l Surveillance are consistent with IEEE-450 (Ref. 9) and i IEEE-485 (Ref. 5). These references recommend that the battery be replaced if its capacity is below 80% of the ; manufacturer's rating. A capacity of 80% shows that the ' battery rate of deterioration i.s increasing, even if there is ample capacity to meet the load requirements.
/
/D.
'.)f u
;;.W'.~ ,
L@$ l'
- v. .f @
i BRAIDWOOD - UNITS 1 & 2 B 3.8.4 - 13 8/26/98 Revis9n L .:-4
-. m e . .. .T
'd:
DC Sources-Operating i B 3.8.4
~ BASES -(
f-)
'v ~ SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS (continued)
The-Surveillance Frequency for this test is normally l 60 months. If the battery shows degradation. or if the 1 battery has reached 85% of its expected life and capacity is I
< 100% of the manufacturer's rating, the Surveillance Q ' Frequency is reduced to 12 months. However, if the battery ;
-31 shows no-degradation but has reached 85% of its expected l M life, the Surveillance Frequency is orly reduced to l 24 months for batteries that retain capacity a: 100% of the 7 manufacturer's rating. Degradation is indicated, according .
to IEEE-450 (Ref. 9), when the battery capacity drops by i more than 5% for AT&T (10% for C&D) relative to its capacity-on the previous performance test or when it is >'0% for AT&T (> 10% for C&D) 3elow the manufacturer's rating. These l Frequencies are consistent with the recommendations in- ! IEEE-450 (Ref. 9). This SR is modified by a Note. The reason for the Note is that. performing the Surveillance would perturb the-electrical distribution system and challenge safety systems, ; i 'p REFERENCES 1. 10 CFR 50.. Appendix A. GDC 17. l 2. Regulatory Guide 1.6. March 10. 1971.
- 3. IEEE-3r 978.
- 4. UFSAR. Section 8.3.2.1.
- 5. IEEE-485-1983. June 1983.
- 6. UFSAR Chapter 6.
- 7. UFSAR. Chapter 15.
- 8. Regulatory Guide 1.93. December 1974.
- 9. IEEE-450-1995.
- 10. Regulatory Guide 1.32. February 1977.
- 11. Regulatory Guide 1.129. December 1974.
O V BRAIDWOOD.- UNITS 1 & P B 3.8.4 - 14 8/26/98 Revision L
DC Sources-Shutdown B 3.8.5 B 3.8 ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS B 3.8.5 DC Sources-Shutdown BASES BACKGROUND 'A description of the DC s'ources is provided in thb Bases for LCO 3.8.4. "DC Sources -Operating. " APPLICABLE The initial conditions of Design Basis Accident and SAFETY ANALYSES transient analyses in the UFSAR, Chapter 6 (Ref. l') and Chapter 15 (Ref. 2). assume that Engineered Safety Feature systems are OPERABLE. The DC electrical power system provides normal and emergency DC electrical power for the diesel generators, emergency auxiliaries, and control and i switching during all MODES of operation. The OPERABILITY of the DC subsystems is consistent with the initial assumptions of the accident analyses and the requirements for the supported systems' OPERABILITY. The OPERABILITY of the minimum DC electrical power sources during MODES 5 and 6 and during movement of irradiated fuel assemblies ensures that:
- a. The unit can be maintained in the shutdown or refueling condition for extended periods:
l- b. Sufficient instrumentation and control capability is ! available for monitoring and maintaining the unit status; and
- c. Adequate DC electrical power is provided to mitigate events postulated during shutdown. such as a fuel handling accident.
The DC sources satisfy Criterion 3 of 10 CFR 50.36(c)(2)(11). I I io t BRAIDWOOD - UNITS 1 & 2 B 3.8.5 - 1 3/26/98 Revision A
*- , y --- -- p- --
-y vm y.--.,+ .- .e,.-: ,e, ,. . ya- g = , y
DC Sources-Shutdown ' B 3.8.5 l
- BASES
> LCO The DC electrical power subsystems with:
- a. at least one subsystem consisting of a battery and battery charger:
?b. when the redundant division of the Class 1E DC electrical power distribution subsystem is required by LCO 3.8.10, the other subsystem consisting of either a battery or a charger.: and l
- c. the corresponding control equipment, and !
. interconnecting cabling within the division (s) l are required to be OPERABLE to support required division (s) of the distribution systems required OPERABLE by LCO 3.8.10, i
" Distribution Systems-Shutdown." This ensures the l availability of sufficient DC electrical power sources to operate the unit in a safe manner and to mitigate the consequences of postulated events during shutdown (e.g.,
fuel handling accidents). Furthermore, at least one unit crosstie breaker per division is required to be open to maintain independence between the units. LCO 3.8.5 is modified by a Note which allows one division to
- x. be crosstied to the opposite unit, when the opposite unit is in MODE 1. 2. 3 or 4 with an inoperable charger. No load restrictions are placed on the bus loading, when the one division is crosstied.
O - - - - - BRAIDWOOD'- UNITS 1 & 2 B 3.8.3- 2 8/26/98 Revision A 1 r, 5 t 4 -n -- m -. ..e.. , , , , ,- -
-.~ . - ,. - .-. -. - - . -. - - .. ~ - .. . - .- - -. -~ ..
DC Sources-Shutdown 1 B 3.8.5 i I BASES O
- l APPLICABILITY - The DC electrical power sources required to be OPERABLE in
' MODES 5 and 6. and at all times during movement of irradiated fuel assemblies, provide assurance that:
- a. Required features to provide adequate coolant i inventory makeu) are' available for the irradiated fuel assemblies in t1e core:
- b. Required features needed to mitigate a fuel handling l accident are available: J
- c. Required features necessary to mitigate the effects of events that can lead to core damage during shutdown are available; and l
! . d. Instrumentation and control capability is available for monitoring and maintaining the unit in a cold , shutdown condition or refueling condition, 1 i t l-The DC electrical power requirements for MODES 1. 2. 3. ! and 4 are covered in LCO 3.8.4. ACTIONS LCO 3.0.3 is not applicable while in MODE 5 or 6. However, since irradiated fuel assembly movement can occur in MODE 1.
- 2. 3. or 4. the ACTIONS have been modified by a Note stating that LCO 3.0.3 is not applicable. If moving 1rradiated fuel l
assemblies while in MODE 5 or 6. LCO 3.0.3 would not specify l any action. If moving irradiated fuel assemblies while in l MODE 1. 2. 3. or 4. the fuel movement is independent of reactor operations. Therefore. in either case. inability to suspend movement of irradiated fuel assemblies would not be suf f1cient reason to require a reactor shutdown. 1 O BRAIDWOOD - UNITS 1 & 2 B 3.8.5 - 3 8/26/9'8 Revision A l r y m , . , , .n. - - ,- - - - - - ,
DC Source.s-Shutdown B 3.8.5 ,A. BASES ! V ACTIONS (continued) A 1. A.2.1. A.2.2. A.2.3 A.2.4. and A 2 3 If two divisions are' required by LCO 3.8.10. the remaining division with DC power available may be capable of
' supporting sufficient systems to allow cocinuation of CORE ALTERATIONS and fuel movement. By allowing the opt.1on to declare required features inoperable with the associated DC power source (s) inoperable, appropriate restrictions will be implemented in accordance with the affected required features
- LCO ACTIONS. In many instances, this option may involve undes-ired administrative efforts. Therefore, the allowance for sufficiently conservative actions is made (i.e. , to suspend CORE ALTERATIONS. movement of irraajated
- fuel assemblies, operations involving positive reactivity additions, and declare the affected Low Temperature Overpressure Protection (LTOP) features, required by LCO 3.4.12, inoperable). The Required Action to declare the associated LTOP features inoperable allows the operator to evaluate the current unit conditions and to determine which (if any) of the LTOP features have been affected by the loss of power. The Required Action to suspend positive reactivity additions does not preclude actions to maintain i
or increase reactor vessel inventory, provided the requiced SDM is maintained. Suspension of these activities shall not preclude completion of actions to establish a safe conservative condition. These actions minimize probability of the occurrence of postulated events. It is further required to immediately initiate action to restore the required DC electrical power subsystems and to continue this action until restoration is accomplished in order to provide ' the necessary DC electrical power to the unit safety systems. i The Completion Time of immediately_ is consistent with the required times for actions requiring prompt attention. The restoration of the required DC electrical power subsystems should be completed as quickly as possible in order to minimize the time during which the unit safety systems may be without sufficient power. O BRAIDWOOD - UNITS 1 & 2 B 3.8.5 - 4 8/26/98 Revision A
DC Sources-Shutcown B 3.8.5 l . E 3.8 ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM 5 !.t . L 't B 3.8.5 DC Sources-Shutdown
' BASES' l
BACKGR0lJND 'A description of the DC s'ources is provided in th'e Bases for LCO 3.8.4. "DC Sources -Operating. "
' APPLICABLE The initial conditions of Design Basis Accident and SAFETY ANALYSES transient analyses in the UFSAR, Chapter 6 (Ref.1) and u Chapter 15 (Ref. 2), assume that Engineered Safety Feature
- systems are OPERABLE. The DC electrical power system provides normal and emergency DC electrical power. for the diesel generators, emergency auxiliaries, and control and switching during all MODES of operation.
The OPERABILITY of the DC subsystems is consistent with the l initial assumptions of the accident analyses and the requirements for.the supported systems' OPERABILITY. The OPERABILITY of the minimum DC electrical power sources during MODES 5 and 6 and during movement of irradiated fuel ty assemolies ensures that:
- a. The unit can be maintained in the shutdown or refueling condition for extended periods:
- b. Sufficient instrumentation and control capability is available for monitoring and maintaining the unit status; and
- c. Adequate DC electrical power is provided to mitigate events postulated during shutdown. 'such as a fuel handling accident.
The D sources satisfy Criterion 3 of 10 CFR 50.36(c)(2)(ii). BPAIDWOOD - UNITS 1 & 2 B 3.P 5 - 1 8/26/98 Revision A
l DC Sources - Snutcown B 3.8.5 BASES l V l LCO The DC electrical power subsystems with:
- a. 6? least one subsystem consisting of a battery and battery charger;
'b. when the redundant division of the Class lE DC electrical power distribution subsystem is requirea oy LCO 3.8.10. the other subsystem consisting of eitner a battery or a charger: and
- c. the corresponding control equipment, and interconnecting cabling within the division (s) are required to be OPERABLE to support required division (s) of the distribution systems required OPERABLE by LCO 3.8.10.
"Di stribution Systems - Shutdown. " This ensures the availability of sufficient DC electrical power sources to operate the unit in a safe manner and to mitigate the consequences of postulated events during shutdown (e.g. .
fuel handling accidents). Furthermore, at least one unit crosstle breaker per division is required to be open to maintain independence between the units. LCO 3.8.5 is modified by a Note which allows one division to
's be crosstled to the opposite unit, when the opposite unit is in MODE 1. 2. 3. or 4 with an inoperable charger. No load restrictions are placed on the bus loading, when.the one division is crosstied.
l
,s
^('~')
BRAIDWOOD - UNIT 5 1 & 2 B 3.8.5 - 2 8/26/98 Revision A
. - ~ ._ .... . . - .- ~ ~. - - - . . - .. _ . .. . - . .- - .. - . - .
i; DC Sources-Snutcown B 3.8.5 i BASES '
-~
APPLICABILITY The DC electrical power sources required to be OPERABLE in MODES 5 and 6. and at all times during movement of i irradiated fuel assemblies, provide assurance that: l l a. Required features to provide adequate coolant i inventory makeup are'available for tne irrad1ated fuel assemblies in the core;
- b. Required features needed to mitigate a fuel handling !
accident are available: !
.i
- c. Required features necessary to mitigate the effects of l l events that can lead to core damage during shutdown l'
are available; and '
- d. Instrumentation and control capability is available for monitoring and maintaining the unit in a cold l shutdown condition or refueling condition, l The DC electrical power requirements for MODES 1, 2. 3.
and 4 are covered in LCO 3.8.4. L 'h ACTIONS LCO 3.0.3 is not applicable while in MODE 5 or 6. since irradiated fuel assembly movement can' occur in MODE 1 However. J f
- 2. 3. or 4. the ACTIONS have been modified by a Note statin l that LC0 3.0.3 is not applicable. If moving irradiated fue l l assemblies while in MODE 5 or 6. LCO 3.0.3 would not specify i any action. If moving irradiated fuel assemblies while in ;
MODE 1. 2. 3. or 4. the fuel movement is independent of l reactor operations. Therefore, in either case. inability to I suspend movement of irradiated fuel assemblies would not be sufficient reason to require a reactor shutdown. l l l r
- O BRAIDWOOD - UNITS 1 & 2 B 3.8.5 - 3 8/26/98 Revision A
- -m - - , . ,.s n , e
DC Sources - Snutoown l B 3.S.E i l 1 m 5ASE3 ( \ l
\
V ACTIONS (continued)
.A_1. A.2.1. A.l l A.2.3. A J A. and A.2 5 l If two divisions are required by LCO 3.8.10. tne remain 1nc l division with DC power available may be capable o'
' supporting sufficient systems to allow continuat1'noof CORE ALTERATIONS and fuel movement. By allowing the cotion to !
ceclare required features inoperable with the associatec D: ' power source (s) inoperable. appropriate restrictions will be implemented in accordance with the affected required l features' LCO ACTIONS. In many instances. this option may j involve undesired administrative efforts. Tnerefore, tne I allowance for suf ficiently conservative actions is made ! (i.e. to suspend CORE ALTERATIONS. movement of irradiated i fuel assemblies, operations involving positive reactivity l additions, and declare the affected Low Temperature
~
Overpressure Protection (LTOP) features, required by LCO 3.4.12. inoperable). The Required Action to declare the associated LTOP features inoperable allows the operator to evaluate the current unit conditions and to determine which (if any) of the LTOP features have been affected by the loss of power. The Required Action to suspend positive i reactivity additions does not preclude actions to maintain I <-~s or increase reactor vessel inventory provided the required ('~) 5001 is maintained. Suspension of these activities shall not preclude completion of actions to estaDlish a safe conservative condition. These actions minimize probability of the occurrence of postulated events. It is further required to immediately initiate action to restore the required DC electrical power subsystems and to continue this action until restoration is accomplished in order to provide the necessary DC electrical power to the unit safety systems. The Completion Time of immediately is consistent with the recuired times for actions requiring prompt attention. The restoration of the required DC electrical power subsystems should be completed as quickly as possible in order to minimize the time during which the unit safety systems may be without sufficient power. p BRAIDWOOD - UNITS 1 & 2 B 3.8.5 - 4 8/26/98 Revision A
. - - - - - - . . ~ . . . - - . .. - .-. - -
DC Sources-Shutdown r B 3.8.5
. BASES
[m - _
%^) . ACTIONS (continued)-
l B.1 and B.2 Condition B addresses a shutdown unit's DC bus that is crosstied.to the o l
'has an inoperablesource, ppositewhen unit'sthe associated opposite DC unitbus, which is also i l' shutdown. This provision is included to accommodate )
, maintenance and/or testing of the opposite unit's DC subsystems.
With the opposite unit's battery inoperable, the- , unit-specific DC subsystem will be required to supply all l r . loads on the opposite unit's crosstied bus should an event i occur on the opposite unit. Therefore. Required Action B.1 ' specifies. that the possible -loading on the opposite unit's DC bus be verified to be s 100 amps for AT&T (s 200 amps for C&D) once per 12 hours. Limiting the load to 100 amps for AT&T (200 amps for C&D), ensures that the unit-specific DC subsystem will not be overloaded 'n the event of a concurrent event on the unit. Required Action B.1 is modified by a~ Note requiring Required Action B.1 when the opposite unit has an inoperable battery. 7~N Required Action B.2 recuires the associated crosstie breaker V to be opened within 7 cays-ensures that measures are being taken to reestablish independence of the DC subsystems. SURVEILLANCE SR 3.8 5.1 REQUIREMENTS 1 i- SR 3.8.5.1 requires application of all Sur - ' nces i J[ required by SR 3.8.4.1 through SR 3.8.4.8. the corresponding Bases for LCO 3.8.4 for a 01.
< fore. see i l
'on of l each SR.
This SR is modified by a Note. The reason for the Note is to preclude requiring the OPERABLE DC sources from being discharged below their capability to provide the required power supply or otherwise rendered inoperable during the performance of SRs. It is the intent that these 3Rs must still be capable of being met, but actual perforrrance is not required. I
- l. BRAIDWOOD - UNITS 1 & 2 B 3.8.5 - 5 8/26/98 Revision L f
l DC Sources-Shutdown l B 3.8.5-BASES REFERENCES 1. UFSAR Chapter 6. l 1
- 2. UFSAR, Chapter.15. l l \
l l I 1 t i l 1 i l l l
^\
(/V BRAIDWOOD - UNITS 1 & 2 B 3.8.5 - 6 l 8/26/98 Revision A l I
l Battery Cell Parameters l B 3.8.6 1 em B 3.8 ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS ! i ) l B 3.8.6 Battery Cell Parameters BASES l BACKGROUND This LCO delineates the limits on electrolyte temperature, I level, float voltage, and specific gravity for the DC power source batteries. A discussion of these. batteries and their OPERABILITY equirements is provided in the Bases for LCO 3.8.4. "DC Sources-Operating." and LC0 3.8.5. "DC Sources - Shutdown. " l APPLICABLE The initial conditions of Design Basis Accident (DBA) and I SAFETY ANALYSES transient analyses in the UFSAR, Chapter 6 (Ref. 1) and Chapter 15 (Ref. 2), assume Engineered Safety Feature systems are OPERABLE. The DC electrical power system provides normal and emergency DC electrical power for the diesel generators, emergency auxiliaries, and control and switching during all MODES of operation. The OPERABILITY of the DC subsystems is consistent with the (] V initial assumptions of the accident analyses and is based upon meeting the design basis of the plant. This includes maintaining at least one division of DC sources OPERABLE during accident conditions, in the event of:
- a. An assumed loss of all offsite AC power or all onsite l AC power; and l b. A worst case single failure.
l Battery cell parameters satisfy the Criterion 3 of 10 CFR 50.36(c)(2)(ii). l l LCO Battery cell parameters must remain within acceptable limits to ensure availability of the required DC power to shut down the reactor and maintain it in a safe condition after an anticipated operational occurrence or a postulated DBA. j Electrolyte limits are conservatively established allowing j continued DC electrical system function even with Category A l l and B limits not met. BRAIDWOOD -- UNITS 1 & 2 B 3.8.6 - 1 12/17/97 Revision C i
l Battery Cell Parameters l B 3.8.6 g BASES O l APPLICABILITY The battery cell parameters are required solely for the i support of the associated DC electrical power subsystems. Therefore. battery electrolyte is only required when the DC power source is required to be OPERABLE. Refer to the Applicability discussion ,in Bases for LCO 3.8.4 and ,
'LCO 3.8.5. )
i ACTIONS The ACTIONS Table is modified by a Note which indicates that separate Condition entry is allowed for each battery. This is acceptable. since the Required Actions for each Condition 3rovide appropriate com)ensatory actions for each affected
)attery. Complying wit 1 the Required Actions for one battery may allow for continued operation, and subsequent -
battery parameters out of limits are governed by separate ! L Condition entry and application of associated Required ! l Actions. A.I. A.2. and A.3 With one or more cells in one or more batteries not within limits (i.e. . Category A limits not met, Category B limits 1 ! /' not met. or Category A and B limits not met) but within the ' ( Category C limits specified in Table 3.8.6-1 in the accompanying LCO. the battery is degraded but there is still sufficient capacity to perform the intended function. Therefore, the affected battery is not required to be considered inoperable solely as a result of Category A or B l limits not met and operation is permitted for a limited period. The pilot cell electrolyte level and float voltage are l required to be verified to meet the Category C limits within ' 1 hour (Required Action A.1). This check will provide a quick Indication of the status of the remainder of the i battery cells. One hour provides time to inspect the ' l electrolyte level and to confirm the float voltage of the , pilot cell. One hour is considered a reasonable amount of l l time to perform the required verification. l l l O BRAIDWOOD - UNITS 1 & 2 83.8.6-2 12/17/97 Revision C
, - - . .,-...-u . - . f, , . ~ _ _ _ .-_.e. .-- r
l Battery Cell Parameters B 3.8.6 BASES
)
ACTIONS (continued) Verification that the Category C limits are met (Required Action A.2) 3rovides assurance that during the time needed to restore t1e parameters to the Category A and B limits, the battery is still capable of performing its intended g ' function. A period of 24' hours is allowed to complete the initial verification because specific gravity measurements j- must be obtained for each connected cell. Taking into consideration both the time required to aerform the required verification and the assurance that the aattery cell parameters are not severely degraded, this time is
.. considered reasonable. The verification is repeated at 7
-. day intervals until the parameters are restored to Category g/- A or B limits. This periodic verification is consistent da with the normal Frequency of pilot cell surveillances.
%s Continued operation is only permitted for 31 days before battery cell parameters must be restored to within Category A and B limits. With the consideration that, while battery capacity is degraded, sufficient capacity exists to perform the intended function and to allow time to fully restore the battery cell parameters to normal limits this time is acceptable prior to declaring the battery
< J inoperable.
)
/
With one or more batteries with one or inore battery cell parameters outside the Category C limit for any connected cell, sufficient capacity to supply the maximum expected load requirement is not assured and the corresponding DC electrical power subsystem must be declared inoperable. Additionally, other potentially extreme conditions, such as not completing the Required Actions of Condition A within the required Completion Time or average electrolyte temperature of representative celis falling below 60 F. are also cause for immediately declaring the associated DC electrical power subsystem inoperable. BRAIDWOOD - UNITS 1 & 2 B 3.8.6 - 3 9/8/98 Revision L
l Battery Cell Parameters B 3.8.6 ; q BASES V . SURVEILLANCE SR 3.8.6.1 REQUIREMENTS This SR verifies that Category A battery cell parameters are consistent with IEEE-450 (Ref. 3), which recommends regular : battery inspections (at least one per month) including
' voltage, specific gravity', and electrolyte level of pilot cells. ;
SR 3.8.6.2 The quarterly inspection of specific gravity and voltage is . consistent with IEEE-450 (Ref. 3). In addition, within 7 days of a battery discharge < 110 V or.a battery overcharge > 145 V, the battery must be demonstrated to meet Category B limits. Transients, such as motor starting transients, which may momentarily cause battery voltage to drop to < 110 V. do not constitute a battery discharge provided the battery terminal voltage and float current return to pre-transient values. This inspection is also consistent with IEEE-450 (Ref. 3), which recommends special inspections following a severe discharge or overcharge, to ensure that no significant degradation of the battery occurs as a consequence of such discharge or overcharge.
/s. SR 3.8.6.3 This Surveillance verification that the average temperature of representative cells is a 60 F. is consistent with a ,
recommendation of IEEE-450 (Ref. 3), that states that the j temperature of electrolytes in representative cells should i be determined on a quarterly basis. l Lower than normal temperatures act to inhibit or reduce battery capacity. This SR ensures that the operating temperatures remain within an acceptable operating range. This limit is based on manufacturer recommendations. BRAIDWOOD - UNITS 1 & 2 B 3.8.6 - 4 12/17/97 Revision C
l. l- . Battery Cell Parameters B 3.8.6 l i I. l l
.~,-s
. BASES e i l
l V. SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS.(continued) Table 3.8.6-1 i
- This table delineates the limits on electrolyte level, float voltage, and s)ecific gravity for three different
' categories. .Tle meaning of each category is discussed i below.
Category A defines the normal Jarameter limit for each r designated pilot. cell in each )attery. The cells selected i as pilot cells are those whose temperature, voltage, and electrolyte specific gravity approximate the state of charge of the entire battery. , i The Category A limits specified for electrolyte level are based on manufacturer recommendations and are consistent i with the guidance in -IEEE-450 (Ref. 3), with the extra ' k inch allowance above the high water level indication for operating margin to account for temperatures and charge J effects. In addition to this allowance, footnote (a) to
? Table 3.8.6-1 permits the electrolyte level to be above the d specified maximum level during equalizing charge, 3rovided it is not overflowing. .These limits ensure that t1e plates l A suffer no physical damage, and that adequate electron i V -
transfer capability is maintained in the event of transient conditions. IEEE-450 (Ref. 3) recommends that electrolyte ' 1 level readings should be made only after the battery has been at float charge for at least 72 hours.
~'
The Category A limit specified for float voltage is a 2.18 V for AT&T (a 2.13 V for C&D) per cell. This value is based g' on the recommendations of IEEE-450 (Ref. 3), which states that prolonged o)eration of cells < 2.18 V for AT&T (< 2.13 V for C&)) can reduce the life expectancy of cells. f The Category A limit specified for specific gravity for each pilot cell is a 1.285 for AT&T (a 1.200 for C&D) (0.015 below the manufacturer fully charged nominal specific gravity or a battery charging current that had stabilized at a low value). This value is characteristic of a charged cell with adequate capacity. According to IEEE-450 (Ref. 3), the specific gravity readings are based on a temperature of 77 F (25 C). n L BRAIDWOOD - UNITS 1 & 2 B 3.8.C - 5 8/26/98 Revision L
] Battery. Cell Parameters B 3.8.6
,,-)- D BASES SURVEILLA.NCE REQUIREMENTS (continued) J g The specific gravity readings are corrected for actual n,, electrolyte temperature and level for AT&T (for actual electrolyte temperature for C&D). For each 3 F (1.67 C) above 77*F (25 C). 1 point (0.001) is-added to the reading;
'l point is subtracted for~each 3 F below 77*F.
Category B defines the normal parameter. limits for'each connected cell. The term " connected cell" excludes any battery cell that may be jumpered out. The Category B limits specified for electrolyte level and float voltage are the same as those specified for Category A and have been discussed above. Footnote (b) to Table 3.8.6-1 requires the float voltage correction for g average electrolyte temperature. The Category B limit specified for specific gravity for each connected cell is J = 1.280 for AT&T (= 1.195 for C&D) (0.020 below the manufacturer fully charged, nominal specific gravity) with the average of all connected cells > 1.290 for AT&T (> 1.205 for C&D) (0.010 below the manufacturer fully charged, nominal specific gravity). These values are based on manufacturer's recommendations. The minimum saecific (qy gravity value required for each cell ensures tlat the effects of a highly charged or newly installed cell will not mask overall degradation of the battery. Category C defines the limits for each connected cell. These values although reduced. provide assurance that sufficient capacity exists to perform the intended function and maintain a margin of safety. When any battery parameter is outside the Category C limits. the assurance of sufficient capacity described above no longer exists, and the battery must be declared inoperable. l l fM V
- BRAIDWOOD - UNITS 1 & 2 B 3.8.6- 6 8/26/98 Revision L l
1 . i l: Battery Cell Parameters-B 3.8.6 l BASES-7 Li' SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS (continued) L The' Category C limits specified fbr electrolyte level (above the top of the plates and not overflowing) ensure that the plates suffer no physical damage and maintain adequate electron transfer capability. The Category C limits for
' float voltage is based on'IEEE-450 (Ref. 3) which states that a cell voltage of 2.14 V for AT&T (2.07 V for C&D) or below, under float conditions and not caused by elevated temperature of the cell, indicates internal cell problems and may require cell replacement.
The Category C limit of average specific gravity a 1.280 for AT&T (= 1.195 for C&D) is based on manufacturer recommendations (0.020 below the manufacturer recommended - fully charged, nominal specific gravity). In addition to l J that limit it is required that the s)ecific gravity for each connected cell must be no less tlan 0.020 below the T) average of all connected cells. This limit ensures that the w effect of a highly charged or new cell does not mask overall degradation of the battery. The footnotes to Table 3.8.6-1. are applicable to Category A. B. and C s)ecific gravity. Footnote (c) to Table 3.8.6-1 A requires tie above mentioned correction for electrolyte
.V level and tem)erature for AT&T (for electrolyte temperature for C&D), wit 1 the exception that level correction (for
'AT&T) is not required when battery charging current is
< 2 amps on float charge. This current provides, in general, an indication of overall (AT&T) battery condition.
Because of specific gravity gradients that are produced during the recharging process, delays of several days may occur while waiting for the specific gravity to stabilize. A stabilized charger current is an acceptable alternative to J,j saecific gravity measurement for determining the state of c1arge. This phenomenon is discussed in IEEE-450 (Ref. 3). 7,! Footnote (d) to Table 3.8.6-1 allows the float charge rJ current to be used as an alternate to specific gravity for up to 7 days following a battery recharge. Within 7 days. each connected cell's specific gravity must be measured to confirm the state of charge. Following a minor battery recharge (such as equalizing charge that does not follow a deep discharge) specific gravity gradients are not significant. and confirming measurements may be made in less than 7 days. IGNJ BRAIDWOOD - UNITS 1 & 2 B 3.8.6- 7 8/26/98 Revision L
l Battery Cell Parameters B 3.8.6 A BASES U REFERENCES 1. UFSAR. Chapter 6.
- 2. UFSAR, Chapter 15.
- 3. IEEE-450-1995. . . )
1 l l 1 1 i 1 i 1 O l l i l l O
- ' w)
BRAIDWOOD - UNITS 1 & 2 B 3.8.6 - 8 9/8/98 Revision C 1.
l Inver ters - Operating j l B 3.8.7 I (' B 3.8 ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS o) B 3.8.7 Inverters -Operating l BASES l l BACKGROUND 'The inverters are the preTerred source of power f'or the AC instrument buses because of the stability and reliability I they provide. Each of the four AC instrument buses (2 per i division) is normally supplied AC electrical power by a i dedicated inverter. The inverters can be powered from an AC 1 source / rectifier or from an associated 125 VDC battery. The l battery provides an uninterruptible power source for the 1 instrumentation and controls for the Reactor Protective System (RPS) and the Engineered Safety Feature Actuation l System (ESFAS). Specific details on inverters and their i 03erating characteristics are found in the UFSAR. l Clapter 8 (Ref. 1). APPLICABLE The initial conditions of Design Basis Accident (DBA) and SAFETY ANALYSES transient analyses in the UFSAR. Chapter 6 (Ref. 2) and Chapter 15 (Ref. 3). assume Engineered Safety Feature !O Systems are OPERABLE. The inverters are designed to provide l () the required capacity, capability, redundancy, and reliability to ensure the availability of necessary power to the RPS and ESFAS instrumentation and controls so-that the fuel . Reactor Coolant System, and containment design limits are not exceeded. These limits are discussed in more detail in the Bases for Section 3.2. Power Distribution Limits: Section 3.4. Reactor Coolant System (RCS): and Section 3.6. < Containment Systems. I l A G! BRAIDWOOD - UNITS 1 & 2 B 3.8.7 - 1 8/26/98 Revision A i
Inverters -Operating B 3.8.7 pg3 BASES
' APPLICABLE SAFETY ANALYSES (continued)
- - The OPERABILITY of the inverters is consistent with the
! initial assumptions of the accident analyses and is based on l~ meeting the design basis of the plant. This includes maintaining required AC instrument buses OPERABLE,during L ' accident conditions in th'e event of:. l a. An assumed loss of all offsite AC electrical power or ! all onsite AC electrical power sources: and i b. A worst case single failure. Inverters are a part of the distribution system and, as such, satisfy Criterion 3 of 10 CFR 50.36(c)(2)(ii). LC0 The inverters ensure the availability of AC electrical ]ower for the systems instrumentation required to shut down tie reactor and maintain it in a safe condition after an Anticipated Operational Occurrence (A00) or a postulated DBA. Haintaining the required inverters GPERABLE ensures that the a redundancy incorporated into the design of the RPS and ESFAS instrumentation and controls is maintained. The four inverters ensure an uninterruptible supply of AC electrical 1 Jower to the AC instrument buses even if the 4.16 kV safety l
]uses are de-energized. I OPERABLE inverters require the associated instrument bus tc be powered by the inverter with output voltage within ;
tolerances, and power input to the inverter from the ! associated 125 VDC battery. The power supply may be from an AC source via rectifier as long as the battery is connected ! as the uninterruptible power supply. i I I LO BRAIDWOOD - UNITS 1 & 2 B 3.8.7 - 2 8/26/98 Ren sion A
Inverters - Operating B 3.8.7.
. BASES l APPLICABILITY The inverters are required to be OPERABLE in MODES 1. 2. 3.
i and 4 to ensure that:
- a. Acceptable fuel design limits and reactor coolant pressure boundary limits are not exceeded as a result l of A00s or abnormal transients; and '
1
- b. Adequate core cooling is provided, and containment OPERABILITY and other vital functions are maintained-in the event of a postulated DBA.
Inverter requirements for MODES 5 and.6 are covered in LCO 3.8.8. " Inverters -Shutdown." ACTIONS A.1 With a required inverter inoperable. its associated AC instrument bus may be inoterable unless it is manually re-energized from its Class IE constant voltage source transformer. I For this reason a Note has been included in Condition A , requiring the entry into the Conditions and Required Actions l of LCO 3.8.9. " Distribution Systems-Operating" for any de-energized instrument bus. This ensures that the instrument bus is re-energized within 2 hours. Required Action A.1 allows 24 hours to fix the inoperable 4 inver *,er and return it to service. The 24 hour limit is ! based upon engineering judgment, taking into consideration ; the time required to repair an inverter and the additional risk to which the unit is exposed because of the inverter inoperability. This has to be balanced against the risk of an immediate shutdown, along with the potential challenges l to safety systems such a shutdown might entail. When the AC instrument bus is powered from its constant voltage source. l it is relying upon interruptible AC electrical power sources I L (offsite and onsite). The uninterruptible inverter source l to the AC instrument buses is the preferred source for powering instrumentation trip setpoint devices. l LO BRAIDWOOD - UNITS 1 & 2 B 3.8.7 - 3 8/26/9'8 Revision A L t . - . . . .
._ . - .- - . ..... - ..~. - - - . - _ - - - - - - _ -
i Inverters -Operating-B 3.8.7 BASES ACTIONS (continued) B.1 and B.2 If the inoperable devices or components cannot be restored to OPERABLE status within the required Completion Time, the
' unit must be brought to a' MODE in which the LC0 does not apply. To achieve this status, the unit must be brougnt to at least MODE 3 within 6 hours and to MODE 5 within l
36 hours. The allowed Completion Times'are reasonable. based on operating experience, to reach the recuired unit conditions from full power conditions in an orcerly manner and without challenging plant systems. l SURVEILLANCE SR 3.8 7.1 . REQUIREMENTS This Surveillance verifies that the inverters are ! functioning properly with all required circuit breakers l l closed and AC instrument buses energized from the inverter. The verification of proper voltage output ensures that the i required power is readily available for the instrumentation of the RPS and ESFAS connected to the AC instrument buses.. i The 7 day Frequency takes into account the redundant capability of the inverters and other indications available i in the control room that alert the operator to inverter malfunctions. REFERENCES 1. UFSAR. Chapter 8.
- 2. UFSAR. Chapter 6.
l 3. UFSAR, Chapter 15. l l l O BRAIDWOOD - UNITS 1 & 2 B 3.8.7 - 4 8/26/98 Revision A
i.1verters - Shutdown B 3.8.8 B 3.8 ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS B 3.8.8 Inverters - Shutdown I i BASES BACKGROUND 'A description of the inve'rters is provided in the' Bases for I LC0 3.8.7. " Inverters -Operating. " APPLICABLE The initial conditions of Design Basis Accident (DBA) and SAFETY ANALYSES transient analyses in the UFSAR. Chapter 6 (Ref. 1) and Chapter 15 (Ref. 2), assume Engineered Safety Feature systems are OPERABLE. The DC to AC inverters are designed to provide the required capacity, ca) ability, redundancy, and reliability to ensure the availa)ility of necessary power to the Reactor Protective System and Engineered Safety Features Actuation System instrumentation and controls so that the fuel Reactor Coolant System, and containment design limits are not exceeded. l l The OPERABILITY of the inverters is consistent with the ' initial assumptions of the accident analyses and the requirements for the supported systems' OPERABILITY. The OPERABILITY of the inverter to each required AC instrument bus during MODES 5 ard 6 ensures that;
- a. The unit can be maintained in the shutdown or refueling condition for extended periods;
- b. Sufficient instrumentation and control capability is available for monitoring and maintaining the unit status: and
- c. Adequate power is available to mitigate events postulated during shutdown. such as a fuel handling accident.
The Inverters were previously identified as part of the distribution system and, as such, satisfy Criterion 3 of 10 CFR 50.36(c)(2)(11). O BRAIDWOOD - UNITS 1 & 2 83.8.8-1 8/26/98 Revision A
_ .4 . _ . . . - _ . _ _ . _ ... _ _ _ . = _ . _ _ . _ . . _ . - Inverters - Shutdown l B 3.8.8 , l y BASES LC0 The inverters ensure the availability of electrica s power for the instrumentation for systems required to shut down l the reactor and maintain it in a safe condition after an i anticipated operational occurrence or a postulated DBA. One AC instrument bus division erergized by two battery powered l inverters provides uninte'rruptible supply of AC electrical power to at least one AC instrument bus division even if the 4.16 kV safety buses are de-energized. OPERABILITY of these L two inverters requires that the associated AC' instrument buses be powered by the inverters. When the redundant division of the Class lE AC instrument bus electrical power l distribution subsystem-1s required by LCO 3.8.10 the power source for the AC instrument buses may consist of: l
- a. one inverter powered by its associated battery:
l
- b. one inverter powered by its internal AC source: or
- c. one Class IE constant voltage source transformer.
This ensures the availability of sufficient inverter power sources to operate the unit in a safe manner and to mitigate , the consequences of postulated events during shutdown (e.g.. fuel handling accidents). l APPLICABILITY The inverters required to be OPERABLE in MODES 5 and 6. and
- at all times during movement of irradiated fuel assemblies.
l provide assurance that:
- a. Systems to provide adequate coolant inventory makeup !
are available for the irradiated fuel in the core: l l
- b. Systems needed to mitigate a fuel handling accident are available: i
- c. Systems necessary to mitigate the effects of everts
, that can lead to core damage during shutdown are ! available; and
- d. Instrumentation and contral capability is available for monitoring and maintaining the unit in a cold shutdown condition or refueling condition.
- O l BRAIDWOOD - UNITS 1 & 2 B 3.8.8 - 2 8/26/98 Revision A L
l' l y e y
Inverters -Shutdown
- B 3.8.8 l73 BASES APPLICABILITY (continued)
Inverter requirements for MODES 1. 2. 3. and 4 are covered in cCO 3.8.7. i ACTIONS LCO 3.0.3 is not applicable while in MODE 5 or 6. However. ' l since irradiated fuel assembly movement can occur in MODE 1. '
- 2. 3. or 4. the ACTIONS have been modified by a Note stating that LCO 3.0.3 is not applicable. If moving irradiated fuel assemblies while in MODE 5 or 6. LC0 3.0.3 would not specify any action. If moving irradiated fuel assemblies while in MODE 1. 2. 3. or 4. the fuel movement is independent of reactor operations. Therefore, in either case, inability to suspend movement of irradiated fuel assemblies would not be sufficient reason to require a reactor shutdown.
(m i i BRAIDWOOD - UNITS 1 & 2 B 3.8.8 - 3 8/26/98 Revision A l l
_ _ . . _ _. _ _ _ _ . _ _ .._ _ . _ _ _ ._ _ _. _ _ _ __ _ m Inverters - Shutdown B 3.8.8 BASES ACTIONS (continued) A.1. A.2.1. A.2.2. A.2.3. A.2.4. and A.2.5 With one or more required AC instrument bus power sources incoerable when two divisions are required by LCO,3.8.10.
'"Diatribution Systems -Sh'tdown u " the remaining OPERABLE AC instrument bus power sources may.be capable of supporting suff:cient required features to allow continuation of CORE ALTERATIONS, fuel movement, or operations with a potential for positive reactivity additions. By the allowance of the option to declare required features inoperable with the associated inverter (s) inoperable, ap3roariate restrictions will be implemented in accordance wit 1 t1e affected required features LCOs' Required Actions. In many instances, this o] tion may involve undesired administrative efforts.
Tierefore, the allowance for sufficiently conservative actions is made (i.e., to suspend CORE ALTERATIONS movement of irradiated fuel assemblies, operations involving positive reactivity additions, and declare the associated Low Temperature Overpressure Protection (LTOP) features inoperable). The Required Action to declare the associated LTOP features inoperable allows the operator to evaluate the current unit conditions and to determine which (if any) of the LTOP features have been affected by the loss of power.
\ If the LTOP features have not been affected, then unnecessarily restrictive actions may be averted. The Required Action to suspend positive reactivity addit V .a does not preclude actions to maintain or increase reactor vessel inventory, provided the required SDM is maintained.
. Suspension of these activities shall not preclude completion of actions to establish a safe conservative condition.
These actions minimize the probability of the occurrence of postulated events. It is further required to immediately initiate action to restore the required inverters and to continue this action until restoration is accomplished in order to provide the necessary inverter power to the unit safety systems. The Completion Time of immediately is consistent with the required times for actions requiring prompt attention. The restoration of the required inverters should be completed as quickly as possible in order to minimize the time the unit safety systems may be without power. I 1 iO BRAIDWOOD - UNITS 1 & 2 B 3.8.8 - 4 8/26/98 Revision A
Inverters - Shutdown B 3.9.8
- BASES f
(_/ SURVEILLANCE SR 3.8.8.1 REQUIREMENTS This Surveillance verifies that the inverters are functioning properly with all required circuit breakers closed and required AC instrument buses energized The
' verification of proper voltage output ensures that the required power is readily available for the instrumentation connected to the AC instrument buses. The 7 day Frequency takes into account the reliability of the instrument bus power sources and other indications available.in the control room that alert the operator to malfunctions.
REFERENCES 1. UFSAR, Chapter 6.
- 2. UFSAR. Chapter 15.
r~ (_ /T 1 l l Il y BRAIDWOOD - UNITS 1 & 2 B 3.8.8 - 5 8/26/98 Revision A
Distribution Systems-Operating B 3.8.9 B 3.8 ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS lV l B 3.8.9 Distribution Systems-Operating BASES , 1 BACKGROUND 'The onsite Class 1E AC. DC. and AC instrument bus' electrical power distribution systems are divisionalized into. two redundant and independent AC. DC. and AC instrument bus electrical power distribution subsystems. 1 Tne AC electrical )ower subsystem for each division consists l of a primary 4.16 (V Engineered Safety Feature (ESF) bus and l a primary 480 V ESF bus. The division also includes (but is 1 not included in the subsystem required to be OPERABLE by LCO 3.8.9) secondary 480 and 120 V buses, motor control centers, and distribution panels. Each 4.16 kV ESF bus has at least one separate and independent offsite source of power as well'as a dedicated onsite Diesel Generator 'DG) source. Each 4.16 kV ESF bus is normally connected to a normal offsite source. After 6 loss of the normal offsite power source to a 4.16 kV ESF bus the onsite emergency DG supplies power to the 4.16 kV ESF bus. A transfer to the reserve offsite source can be accomplished manually. O v Control power for the 4.16 kV breakers is supplied from the Class 1E 125 VDC electrical power distribution subsystem. Additional description of this system may be found in the Bases for LCO 3.8.1. "AC Sources -Operating. " and 'the Bases for LC0 3.8.4. "DC Sources-Operating." i The four 120 VAC instrument buses (considered distinct from the AC electrical power distribution subsystem) are arranged in two load groups per division and are normally powered from the inverters. The alternate power supply for the i instrument buses are Class 1E constant voltage source transformers powered from the same division as the associated inverter. and its use is governed by LCO 3.8.7.
" Inverters - Operating . " Each constant voltage source transformer is powered from a Class 1E AC bus.
There are two independent 125 VDC electrical power distribution subsystems (one for each division). l n i
.BRAIDWOOD - UNITS 1 & 2 B 3.8.9 - 1 8/26/98 Revision A
. . - . . - - . - . - . - . - . - - - . . - . . - - . - - . - . - . . . . ~ . - - - - . _ .
Distribution Systems-Operating l B 3.8.9 1 {
.~8ASES n _
l j APPLICABLE ihe initial conditions of Design Basis Accident (DBA) and
. SAFETY ANALYSES transient analyses in the UFSAk, Chapter 6 (Ref.1), and.in the UFSAR. Chapter 15 (Ref. 2). assume ESF systems are OPERABLE. The AC.- DC. and AC instrumer.t bus electrical power distribution systems are designed to provide ;
' sufficient capacity. capability, reduncancy, and reliability to ensure the availability of necessary pWer to ESF' systems i so that the fuel. Reactor Coolant System. and containment '
design limits are not exceeded. These limits are discussed in more detail in the Bases for Section 3.2. Power Distritrition Limits: Section 3A. Reactor Coolant System J (RCS); and Section 3.6. Containment Systems. o The OPEPAILITY of the AC. DC. and AC instrument bus j electric.al power distribution systems is consistent with the initial assumptions of the accident analyses and is based
~
i upon meeting the design basis of the plant. This. includes I maintaining power distribution systems OPERABLE during. accident conditions in the event of:
~
- a. An assumed loss of all offsite power or all onsite AC electrical power sources: and
- b. A worst case single failure.
The distribution systems satisfy Criterion 3 of 10 CFR 50.36(c)(2)(ii). - LCO The reauired power distribution subsystems ensure the availability of AC, DC. and AC instrument bus electrical power for the systems required to shut down the reactor and maintain it in a safe condition after an Anticipated Operational Occurrence (A00) or a postulated DBA. The AC; DC. and AC instrument bus electrical power distribution subsystems are required to be OPERABLE. i-BRAIDWOOD - UNITS 1 & 2 83.8.9-2 8/26/98 Revision A [ l L L l
. .. . . ._ . . - . ~ . _ _ - - - _ __ -
Distribution Systems-Operating ' B 3.8.9 i
,m . BASES
(*) LCO (continued) i Maintaining the Division 1 and Division 2 AC. DC and AC ! instrument bus electrical power distribution subsystems ' OPERABLE ensures ti:at the redundancy incorporated into the design of ESF is not defeated. Therefore. a sing
'withinanysystemorwith'intheelectricalpower)efailure distribution subsystems will not prevent safe shutdown of the reactor.
l OPERABLE AC electrical power distribution subsystems require the associated buses to be energized to their proper roltages. .The division also includes (but is not included in the subsystem required to be OPERABLE by (C0 3.8.9) secondary 480 and 120 V buses, motor control centers and distribution panels. OPERABLE DC electrical power distribution subsystems require the associated buses to be energized to their proper voltage from either the associated battery _or charger OPERABLE instrument bus electrical power distribution subsystems require the associated buses to be energized to their proper voltage from the associated inverter via inverted DC voltage, inverter using.AC source, or Class 1E constant voltage transformer. p __
,A APPLICABILITY The electrical power distribution subsystems are required to be OPERABLE in MODES 1. 2. 3. and 4 to ensure that:
- a. Acceptable fuel design limits and reactor coolant pressure boundary limits are riot exceeded as a result of A00s or abnormal transients: and
- b. Adequate core cooling is provided, and containment OPEPABILITY and other vital functions are maintained in the event of a postulated DBA.
Electrical power distribution subsystem requirements for MODES 5 and 6 are covered in LC0 3.8.10. " Distribution Systems - Shutdown. " O V BRAIDWOOD - UNITS 1 & 2 B 3.8.9 - 3 8/27/98 Revision L i
~ * '"' - -
j . M'L,^ iG Distribution Systems-Operating l n y, B 3.8.9 p 3-s BASESj h [W t<r ACTIONSL M With one AC bus except AC' instrument buses. inoperable, the
,, remaining A,C electrical power distribution subsystem is 4 capable of.sup)orting the minimum safety functions necessary L1 V 'to shut down tie reactor'and maintain it-in a safb shutdown I, ,
.i condition, assuming no single failure The overall w <W. ? reliability is reduced. however, because a single failure in f
A x Q the remaining power distribution subsystem could result.in the minimum required ESF functions not being supported.
*1 Therefore, theirequired AC bus must be restored to OPERABLE
', status within 8' hours. L Condition A worst scenario is one division without AC power (1 e., no offsite power to the division and the associated OG inoperable). In this Condition, the unit is mors / vulnerable to a complete loss of AC power. It is. therefore imperative that the unit operator's attention be focused on minimizing the potential for loss of power to the remaining division by stabilizing the unit, and on restoring
)ower to the affected division. The 8 hour time limit i
, 3efore requiring-a unit shutdown in this Condition is acceptable because.cf:
- a. The potential for decreased safety if the unit operator's attention is diverted from the evaluations and actions necessary to restore power to the affected division te the actions associated with taking the unit to shutdown within this time limit; and I
- b. The low probability for an event in conjunction with a L-
' single failure of a redundant component in the d oisicn with AC power. i BRAIDWOOD - UNITS 1 &-2 B 3.8.9 -4 8/27/98 Revision L f I
01stribution Systems-Operating l B 3.8.9 l c , l BASES ( . .
\ ACTIONS (continued) j The second Completion Time for Required Action A.1 establishes a. limit on the maximum time allowed for any combination of required distribution subsystems.to be inoperable during any single contiguous occurrence of I
'failing to meet the LCO. If Condition A is enterbd while. l
. for instance. a DC bus is inoperable and subsequently ;
restored OPERABLE. the LC0 may already have been not met for : up to 2 hours. This could lead to a total of 10 hours. 1 since initial failure of the LCO. to restore the AC distribution system. At this time. a DC circuit could again become inoperable, and AC distribution restored OPERABLE. This could continue indefinitely. The Completion Time allows for an exception to the normal
" time zero" for beginning the allcwed outage time " clock."
This will resuit in establishing the " time zero" at the time the LC0 was initially not met, instead of the time ' Condition A was entered. The 16 hour Completion Time is an acceptable limitation on this potential to fail to meet the LC0 indefinitely. ill n Q g l With one AC instrument bus inoperable, the remaining OPERABLE AC instrument buses are capable of supporting the i minimum safety functions necessary to shut down the unit and
& maintain it in the safe shutdown condition. Overall ya reliability is reduced, however, since an additional single failure could result in the minimum required ESF functions u not being supported. Therefore, the required AC instrument Q bus must be restored to OPERABLE status within 2 hours by powering the bus from the associated inverter via inverted DC. inverter using AC source, or Class 1E constant voltage transformer.
BRAIDWOOD - UNITS 1 & 2 B 3.8.9 - 5 8/27/98 Revision L
. . _ _ . _ _ _ __ _ _ , _, ~. _ - . - ._ _ _ . _ . - _ . _ _
Distribution Systems-Operating' Y B 3.8.9 i Lx o g
. BASES
~
ACTIONS'(continued) L l (( Condition B represents one AC instrument bus without power: potentially both the DC source and the associated AC. source are_nonfunctioning. In this situation. the unit is i 7; 'significantly more vulnerable to a complete loss of all L e- 'noninterruptible power. 'It is, therefore, imperative that-Y the operator's attention focus on stabilizing the unit. y minimizing the potential for loss 'of power to the remaining i
'p ' instrument buses and restoring power to the affected j instrument bus.
This 2 hour limit is more conservative than Completion Times l allowed for the vast majority of components that are without .i adequate'AC instrument power. Taking exception to LCO 3.0.2 for components without adequate AC instrument power, that would have tae Required Action Completion Times shorter than
'2 hours if declared inoperable, is acceptable because of: !
'a . The potential.for decreased safety K requiring a change in unit conditions (i.e.. requiring a shutdown) and not allowing stable operations to continue: -]'
- b. The potential for decreased safety by requiring entry l
- s. into numerous Applicable Conditions and Required s ) ' Actions for' components without adequate AC instrument power and not providing sufficient time for the operators to perform the necessary evaluations and actions for restoring power to the affected bus (es):
and
- c. The low probability for an event in conjunction with a single failure of a redundant component.
The 2 hour Completion Tirne takes into account the importance I to safety of restoring the AC instrument bus (es) to OPERABLE status. the redundant capability afforded by the other OPEPABLE instrument buses, and the low probability of a DBA occurring during this period. i l e - I N._x) L BRAIDWOOD - UNITS 1 & 2 B 3.8.9 - 6 8/27/98 Revision L L
Distribution Systems-Operating B 3.8.9 BASES
~
l ACTIONS (continued) . l The second Completion Time for Required Action B.1
- establishes a limit pn the maximum allowed for any i l combinatior, of required distribution subsystems to be !
inoperable during any sin
'failing to meet the LCO. gle contiguous If Condition B occurrence of is entered while. I for instance. an AC bus is inoperable and subsequently I returned OPERABLE, the LCO may already have been not met for up to 8 hours. This could lead to a total of 10 hours, !
since initial failure of the LCO, to restore the instrument bus distribution system. At this time, an AC bus could again become inoperable, .and instrument bus distribution l l restored OPERABLE. This could continue indefinitely. 1 This Completion Time allows.for an exception to the normal
" time zero" for beginning the allowed outage time " clock."
l This will result in establishing the " time zero" at the time i the LCO was initially not met, instead of the time Condition B was entered. The 16 hour Completion Time is an acceptable limitation on this potential to fail to meet the i LC0 indefinitely. l Cl With one DC bus inoperable, the remaining DC electrical power distribution subsystem is capable of supporting the minimum safety functions necessary to shut down the reactor and maintain it in a safe shutdown condition, assuming no single failure. The overall reliability is reduced, however, because a single failure in the remaining DC ' electrical power distribution subsystem could result in the minimum required ESF functions not being supported. Therefore. the DC bus must be restored to OPERABLE status within 2 hours by powering the bus from the associated battery or charger, i BRAIDWOOD - UNITS 1 & 2 B 3.8.9 - 7 8/26/98 Revision A
Distribution Systems-Operating B 3.8.9 i l BASES ACTIONS (continued) Condition C represents one division without adequate DC power: potentially both with the battery significantly , degraded and the associated charger nonfunctioning and not 1 crosstied to the other unit. In this situation, the unit is
'significantly more vulner'able to a complete loss of all DC power. 'It is. therefore, imperative that the operator's attention focus.on stabilizing the unit, . minimizing the potential for loss of power to the remaining divisions and restoring power to the affected division. j i .
l This 2 hour limit is more conservative than. Completion Times ! allowed for the vast majority of components that would be ! without power. Taking exception to LC0 3.0.2 for components ! without adequate DC power, which would have Require.d Action l Completion Times shorter than 2 hours, is acceptable because of: i l a. The potential for decreased safety by requiring a l change in unit conditions (i.e.. requiring a shutdown). , while allowing stable operations to continue; i
- b. The potential for decreased safety by requiring entry l
O into numerous applicable Conditions and Recuired Actions for components without DC power anc not' providing sufficient time for the operators to perform the necessary evaluations and actions.for restoring. l power to the affected division; and
- c. The low probability for an event in conjunction with a single failure of a redundant component.
The 2 hour Completion Time for DC buses is consistent with Regulatory Guide 1.93 (Ref. 3). i i i b-BRAIDWOOD - UNITS 1 & 2 B 3.8.9 - 8 8/26/98 Revision A 1 i
Distribution Systems-Operating B 3.8.9
)I
. BASES b- ACTIONS (continued). 1 The second Completion Time for Required Action C.1 establishes a limit on the maximum time allowed for any combination of required distribution subsystems to be inoperable during any single contiguous occurrence of l 'failing to meet the LCO. "If Condition C is enter 6d while.
for instance. an-AC bus is inoperable and subsequently ; returned OPERABLE the LCO may already have been not met for ! up to 8 hours. This could lead to a total of 10 hours. 1 since initial failure of the LCO. to restore.the DC l n " distribution system. At this time, an AC. bus could again . become inoperable. and DC distribution restored OPERABLE. I % This could continue indefinitely. This Completion Time allows for an exception to the normal
" time zero" for beginning the allowed outage time " clock." l This will result in establishing the " time zero" at the time !
-the LC0 was initially not met. instead of the time Condition C was entered. The 16 hour Completion Time is an acceptable limitation on this potential to fail to meet the LC0 indefinitely.
D.1 and D.2 l If the ino)erable distribution subsystem cannot be restored to OPERABLE status within the required Completion Time, the ! unit must be brought to a MODE in which the LCO does not apply. To achieve this status, the unit must be brought to at least MODE 3 within 6 hours and to MODE 5 within 36 hours. The allowed Completion Times are reasonable, based on operating experience, to reach the recuired unit conditions from full power conditions in an orcerly manner and without challenging plant systems. L.1 y i With two electrical power dis'tribution subsystems inoperable
& that result in a loss of safety function adequate core s cooling, containment OPERABILITY and other vital functions y for DBt. mitigation would be compromised, and immediate plant j shutdown in accordance with LC0 3.0.3 is required.
I-I ih BRAIDWOOD - UNITS 1 & 2 B 3.8.9 - 9 8/27/98 Revision L [ L L I-
Distribution Systems-Operating B 3.8.9 BASES g-s) V SURVEILLANCE SR 3.8.9.1 REQUIREMENTS This Surveillance verifies that the required AC. DC. and AC instrument bus electrical power distribution systems are functioning properly, with the correct circuit breaker
' alignment. The correct breaker alignment ensures'the appropriate separation and independence of the electrict.1 divisions is maintained, and the appropriate voltage is available to each required bus. The verification of proper voltage availability on the buses ensures that the ,equired ,
voltage is readily available for motive as well as control functions for critical system loads connected tc these buses. The 7 day Frequency takes into account the redundant ! capability of the AC, DC, and AC instrument bus electrical ' power distribution subsystems. and other inoications available in the control room that alert tne operator to subsystem malfunctions. l 1 I l REFERENCES 1. UFSAR. Chapter 6.
- 2. UFSAR, Chapter 15.
(m ,/ 3. Regulatory Guide 1.93. December 1974. i l
/
( %) 'V BRAIDWOOD - UNITS 1 & 2 B 3.8.9 - 10 8/26/98 Revision A
Distribution Systems-Shutdown B 3.8.10 l n B 3.8 ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS (' B 3.8.10 Distribution Systems-Shutdown BASES BACKGROUND 'A description of t9e AC, DC, and AC instrument bu's electrical power distribution systems is provided in the Bases for LCO 3.8.9, " Distribution Systems -Operating." 1 APPLICABLE The initial conditions of Design Basis Accident and ! SAFETY ANALYSES transient analyses in the UFSAR, Chapter 6 (Ref.1) and l Chapter 15 (Ref. 2), assume Engineered Safety Feature (ESF) ' systems are OPERABLE. The AC, DC, and AC instrument bus electrical power distribution systems are designed to provide sufficient capacity, capability, redundancy, and reliability to ensure the availability of necessary power to l ESF systems so that the fuel. Reactor Coolant System, and containment design limits are not exceeded. l The OPERABILITY of the AC, DC, and AC instrument bus electrical power distribution system is consistent with the O initial assumptions of the accident analyses and the i V requirements for the supported systems' OPERABILITY. The OPERABILITY of the minimum AC, DC, and AC instrument bus electrical power distribution subsystems during MODES 5 and 6. and during movement of irradiated fuel assemblies ensures that:
- a. The unit can be maintained in the shutdown or refueling condition for extended periods:
- b. Sufficient instrumentation and control capability is available for monitoring and maintaining the unit status; and
- c. Adequate power is provided to mitigate events postulated during shutdown, such as a fuel handling accident.
The AC and DC electrical power distribution systems satisfy Criterion 3 of 10 CFR 50.36(c)(2)(ii). (D U BRAIDWOOD - UNITS 1 & 2 B 3.8.10 - 1 8/26/98 Revision A
Distribution Systems-Shutdown B 3.8.10 BASES LC0 Various subsystems, equipment, and com)onents are required OPERABLE by other LCOs. depending on t1e specific unit condition. Implicit in those requirements is the OPERABILITY of necessary support features (i.e. systems. subsystems, trains., components, and devices). -This
'LCO explicitly -requires ehergization of the portions of the electrical distribution system necessary to support OPERABILITY of required subsystems, equipment, and components - whether specifically addressed in an LCO or.
implicitly required via the definition of OP.ERABILITY. Maintaining these portions of the distribution system energized ensures the availability of sufficient power to operate the unit in a safe mar.ner to mitigate the consequences of postulated events during shutdown (e.g., fuel handling accidents). APPLICABILITY The AC and DC electrical power distribution subsystems required to be OPERABLE in MODES 5 and 6. and at all times during movement of irradiated fuel assemblies, provide assurance that;
- a. Systems to provide adequate coolant inventory makeup are available for the irradiated fuel in the core;
- b. Systems needed to mitigate a fuel handling accident are available;
- c. Systems necessary to mitigate the effects of events that can lead to core damage during shutdown are available: and
- d. Instrumentation and control capability is available for monitoring and maintaining the unit in a cold shutdown condition and refueling condition.
The AC. DC. and AC instrument bus electrical power distribution subsystems requirements for MODES 1. 2. 3. and 4 are covered in LC0 3.8.9. I l l i O l
-PR^!DWOOD - UNITS 1 & 2 B 3.8.10 - 2 8/26/98 Revision A l
Distribution Systems-Shutdown B 3,8,10 ' BASES 4 - ACTIONS LC0 3.0.3 is not applicable wnile in MODE 5 or 6. However. ! since irradiated fuel assembly movement can occur in MODE 1; I
- 2. 3. or 4. the ACTIONS have been modified by a Note stating i that LCO 3.0.3 is not applicable. If moving irradiated fuel l
, assemblies while in MODE 5 or 6. LCO 3.0.3 would got specify '
any action. If moving irradiated fuel assemblies while in . MODE 1. 2. 3. or 4. the fuel movement is independent of ! reactor operations. Therefore, in eith'er case, inability to l suspend movement of irradiated fuel assemblies would not be i sufficient reason to require a reactor shutdown. I A.1. A.2.1. A.2.2. A.2.3: A.2.4. A.2.5. and A.2.6 ) Although redundant required features may require redundant divisions of electrical power distribution subsystems to be ! OfERABLE one OPERABLE distribution subsystem division may ; be capable of supporting sufficient required features to allow continuation of CORE ALTERATIONS and fuel movement. By allowing the option to declare required features associated with an inoperable distribution subsystem ; inoperable (Recuired Action A.1), ap3ropriate restrictions are implementec in accordance with tie affected required feature LCO's Required Actions. In many instances. however. l O this option may involve undesired administrative efforts. Therefore, the allowance for sufficiently conservative actions of Required Actions A.2.1 through A.2.4 is made l (i .e. . to suspend CORE ALTERATIONS,' movement of irradiated fuel assemblies., and operations involving positive l i reactivity-additions). Suspension of these activities does l not preclude completion of actions to establish a safe conservative condition, These actions minimize the probability of the occurrence of postulated events. It is further required to immediately initiate action to restore the required AC and DC electrical power distribution subsystems and to continue this action until restoration is accomplished in order to provide the necessary power to the unit safety systems. 4 i O BRAIDWOOD - UNITS.1 & 2 B 3.8.10 - 3 8/26/98 Revision A
. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ . _ . _ . _ . _ _ _ _ . . . _ . ~ . _ . _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ - _
. 1 Distribution Systems-Shutdown B 3.8.10 !
l f- BASES ACTIONS (continued) Notwithstanding performance of the above conservative Required Actions, a recuired Residual Heat Removal (RHR) train and/or a requirec Low Temperature Overpressure Protection (LTOP) feature, may be inoperable. In this case.
'Recuired Actions A.2.1 through A.2.4 do not adequ'ately adcress the concerns relating to coolant circulation and '
heat removal. Pursuant to LC0 3.0.6. the RHR or LTOP ACTIONS would not be entered. Therefore. Required Actions A.2.5 and A.2.6 are provided to direct declaring RHR and LTOP features inoperable and declaring the 0.30ciated RHR train "not in operation" (nole, this does not require the RHR train to be shut down if operating. only that the l associated RHR train not be credited as the required operating train). which results in taking the appropriate actions. The Completion Time of immediately is consistent with the required times for actions requiring prompt attention. The
- restoration of the required distribution subsystems should be com)leted as quickly as possible in order to minimize the time t1e unit safety systems may be without power.
O SURVEILLANCE SR 3.8.10.1 1 REQUIREMENTS This Surveillance verifies that the AC. DC.' and AC l instrument bus electrical power distribution subsystems are functioning properly, with all the buses energized. The verification of proper voltage availability on the buses ensures that the required power is readily available for motive as well as control functions for critical system loads connected to these buses. The 7 day Frequency takes into account the capability of the electrical power distribution subsystems, and other indications available in the control room that alert the operator to subsystem malfunctions. REFERENCES 1. UFSAR. Chapter 6.
- 2. UFSAR. Chapter 15.
!O BRAIDWOOD - UNITS 1 & 2 B 3.8.10 - 4 l 8/26/98 Revision A l' l _ _ ,-
. . _ . . . . - . . ~ . . _ - . _ _ . _ . . _ . _ . . . . ~ . . . _ _ . . _ _ _ _ _ _ . . _ . .
l l L CTS INSERT (S) r SECTION 3.8
. ,.m LC0 3.8.1'
' INSERT 3.8 20 . ( A2) - -
t, 1. CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION. TIME ~ o G. Two DGs inoperable. G.1' Enter LCO 3.0.3. Immediately and one.or more. buses. with one or more-
. required qualified
[; circuits inoperable.
- i. .QB :
6 One DG inoperable, one 4 bus with two required L c6 qualified circuits-
- s -inoperable, and the second bus with one or-l-
.more required' l- . qualified circuits inoperable.
.O. L _ l INSERT 3.8 2E (A,) L
' CONDITION- REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME f
!' N, D .- ... NOTE- . M Enter applicable Conditions 3 and Required Actions of i- M LCO 3.8.9. " Distribution p' Systems-0)erating." when Condition ) is entered with y L no AC power source to a i division.
- j. .
[ 9/2/98 Revision L i c-
yELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS g,w y,,,3 luRYEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS _ _ _ GF3FF EB Each of the above required independent circuits between the offsite
./ T transmission network and the Onsite Class 1E Distribution System shall be:
O X Determined OPERABLE:at least once per 7 days by verifying correct
- sos,s.nl breaker alignments,. indicated power availability, and
$W. S.8,(.S A: Demonstrated OPERABLE at least once per 18 months wrir.g AtA Jby .
transferring mannially unit power supply from the normal circuit to-the alternate circuit ~.
. - ~
(4-e-+-+-f) Each diesel _ generator. shall be demonstrated 'OPERABL
, t. At least once per 31 days : ; =C=T^. = easiGby:
, lst s t. ,q ' W Verifying the fuel level in the day tank, i' he
- .' .c ~ sa s v',s.l E) Verifying the fuel' level in the fuel storage tank.
[. AcesHAM caily ) I
~5E Set O - M Verifying the fuel transfer; pump starts and ransfers fuel from d;-
the storage system to the day tank, m d: n.s w Los s,
*8',','$
,g } 47 Verifying the. diesel starts fro ambient condition and L gg 3, g ,t. i.y ) accelerates,to'at least 0;; io sin less than or equal to 10 seconds, The generator ~ voltage and frequency shall be 4Joul 420lvolts'and 60 + 1.2 m: dir- 10 :::: 6' fter th )
+wo et:rt :::n : .) fThe diesel ge rator shal be st ;ed for this
, -ho test by using one of the lowing signals: a) Manual, or b). Simulated ss of ESF bus vol ge by itself, or c) Simul ed loss of ESF b> voltage in conjunc on with an ES actuation test'si al, or di An ESF actuationMst signal by its . N sa s.s.i,s s m s A r p Cr m ar L 8-JA ) L( 6A s.t.O .F) Verifying the. generator is synchronized, then loaded to greater
. than or equal to 5500 kW tiiI accordance with the manufacturer's', Lil
. g y,s.I,3 prci ; ; recommendations 9, operate; with a load greater than or equal to w, gg '5500 kW for at least 60 minutes, and L3 l h L6)
crifying
, the dic::1 ;str:.ter i: :lign:d t: prnid: :t=dbd power--to-the-assoc 4ated ESF be:::s. I tg L7 st 2,s.,s-; X. .At least once per 31 daysf=d :ft:r 02:5 ; r:ti:n :f th; di xl P ere th : rted et ;:r:tien =: ;;r::ter th= cr ::=1 t: I ha r by checking for and removing accumulated water from the day tanks;
~
SRts.t.t NOTF hmal donOy) 5tJ.t.1 7 l g Lg The diesel generator start (10 sec) from e.,,mni conditions shall be performed u at least once per 184 days in these surveillance tests. fall other engi starts 1 for the purpose o his surveilla e testing may D preceded by an gine pre- [ lube-period an r_other warmu rocedures reco nded by the ma acturer so tthat mechani stress and r on the diesel naine is minimi d. J
. BYRON - UNITS 1 & 2 3/4 8-3 AMENDMENT N0. 79 Res L
; m.
l CO 3,1'( ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS Lc-o 17.3 SURVEILLANCE RE0VIREMENTS (Continued) Sacf. on 5. o 58 3.8.3.3 t. At least once per 31 days by checking for and removing accumulated water from the fuel oil storage tanks;
#; By sampling new fuel oil in accordance'with ASTM-D4057 prior to addition to storage tanks and:
- 1) By verifying ir, accordance with the tests specified in ASTH-D975-81 prior to addition to the storage tanks that the
, sample has: , ,
~~
a) An API Gravity of within 0.3 degrees at 60*F, or a specific Em4'm h u gravity of yithin 0.0016 at 60*F, when compared to the 4** 4 h M supplier's certificate, or an absolute specific gravity at 60*F of g. eater than or equal to 0.83 but less thrn or I equal to 0.89, or an API gravity of greater than or equal K 7.s.5. 2 to 27 degrees but less than or equal to 39 degrees; A' b) A kinematic viscosity at 40*C of greater than or equal to l.9 centistokes, but less than or equal to 4.1 centistokes, if the gravity was not determined by comparison with the supplier's certification; { I c) A flash point equal to or greater than 125*F; and i d) A clear and bright appearance with proper color when tested in accordance with ASTM-D4176-82.
,\
- 2) By verifying within 30 days of obtaining the sample that the other properties specified in Table 1 of ASTM-0975-81 are met when tested in accordance with ASTM-D975-81 except that the k analysis for sulfur may be performed in accordance with
[ ASTM-D1552-79 or ASTM-D2622-82.
,e . At least once every 31 days by obtaining a sample of fuel oil from the storage tank, in accordance with ASTM-D2276-78, and verifying that total particulate ccatamination is less than 10 mg/ liter when checked in accordance with ASTM-D2276-78. Method A.
j SR a f.1, f 2 and S R S, L 3. h2 N _ 3,g ) A At least once per 18 months,Eerin; :;hutma.)by: ly >
' 1; JT lNot uwd.1 on w a,+.Ae p 14y e **-oc h la Verifying the generator apability to reject a load of greater b f g y'g,,' 9 .
,than or e l volt @@frequency qual t0 at 003" 60 kL')while maintaining 4.5 Hz, (transient (voltage state), 60 1. 2at' 4160l 420 %
' Hz (steady state); %
6 *.u o % Leo J.t.3 (sn+cex 3. s - 4 13 3 Rn h (of mei,& aiwsibays w I v . BYRON - UNITS 1 & 2 3/4 8-4 AMENDMENT N0. 79 Rev L.
, . _ , . . . _ - . . - . - . . - . . . ~ ~ . - . . . . . . . - - . - .-. - .-.- .. . -. - . . . . - . -. . -
l
- l. CTS INSERT (S)
L,.. SECTION 3.8
. LC0 3.8.1.
ll . INSERT 3.8 4A .(A 3) . l
- SURVEILLANCE -FREQUENCY-SR '3.8.1.9 . . NOTE'
'This: Surveillance shall not be performed ,
in MODE 1 or-2. t. i
... I I
1 SR 3.8.1.10 NOTES 1- . ...
- 2. This Surveillance shall not be performed in' MODE 1 or 2.
O ... I 4 SR 3.8.1.11 ~ NOTE i This Surveillance shall not be performed in MODE 1, 2. 3 or 4. SR3.8.1.14 - NOTES -
- l. ...
- 2. This Surveillance shall not be performed in MODE 1 or 2.
l A I' , c -. l 9/2/98 Revision L 'lb
+ - - . < , , , me.. , - e -, .- ,. < - ..-4 e-,
LCO 3, t. l
. ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS (Continued)
- s n. w e. w. ,+ . 3. v ums .. .
4 SR.5,g.t.io' 4) A Verifying the diesel generator capability to reject'a load of
- ' " 4*h y 5500 kW without tripping. The generator voltage shall not exceed 4784 volts during and following the load rejection,
! SA 7, E', l. Il &aff tr+etr+ethe)a loss of ESF bus voltage by itself, and: yA%ua w newl 4 a) Verifying de-energization of the ESF busses and load shedding from the ESF busses, and b) Verifying the diesel starts on the auto-start signal, energizes the ESF busses with permanently connected loads within 10 seconds, energizes the auto-connected safe shutdown loads through the load sequencing timer and operates for greater than or equal to 5 minutes while its generator is loaded with the shutdown loads. After energization, the steady-state vol?. age and frequency of i. 1' the ESF busses shall be maintained at 4160 - volts ' and 60 + 1.2 Hz during this test. % S ? j mt e c.utM . L9 a.o nH
- 6A .5,g, t.it. .57 . Verifying that on an ESF Actuation test signal ed-"+ ';
1
/Q $ef EEF tr =:::A the diesel generator starts on the auto-
!. 6 ' start signal and operates on standby for greater than or equal .)
- g to 5 minutes. The generator voltage and frequency shall be 4160 y 4201 volts and 60.t.1.2 Hz within 10 seconds after the g lg!
y M' auto-start signaldre ;;;- r:=r n:=y ;xx en;sur se;.;.;; D L r 7:; =:; :t:" 5: =i-th:d eith'- %: : 'init dr':: } 'hh ^ ^ ^ p co.. uw .e cow F s a y,g ,,1q 47 0;;=tir.s 01oss of ESF bus voltage in conjunction with an .. ESF Actuation test signal, and " a) Verifying deenergization of the ESF busses and load I shedding from the ESF busses; ); - b) Verifying the diesel starts on the auto-start signal, i energizes the ESF busses with permanently connected loads within 10 seconds, energizes the auto-connecter i emergency (accident) loads through the LOCA sequencer and U operates for greater than or equal to 5 minutes while l its generator is loaded with emergency loads. After energization, the steady-state voltage and fre uency of the ESF busses shall be maintained at 4160 vo $- and 60 + 1.2 Hz during this test; and t 92o S g 3,s.l.13 sy Verifying that all automatic diesel generator trips,'2 o Ngg lf. except engine overspeed and generator differential, are automatically bypassed upon loss-of-voltage on the emergency bus concurrent with@-Safety Injection Actuation signal. L an u.6at er (mlah*L u BYRON - UNITS 1 & 2 3/4 8-5 Amendment No. 2 I Rcv L ^
, , . ,. . . ... . . - - . -. , .. ., . - -.-. . . ~..-. -
t i CTS' INSERT (S) , T. SECTION 3.8 1 . .. ;.-v. i (( ' ~ LCO 3.8.1 INSERT 3,8 5A ('LL)' ! l SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY . l u , i H SR: 3.8.1.10 -
----NOTES - .
K-4 - l ', .Momentdy transients above the voltage-
] limit immediately following a load ag rejection.do not invalidate this test.
- 2. .
[ l' I
~ r p
, :_ r% . t l u , [. l -- p r
- r f\s).
i' 9/2/98 Revision.L
A ~ ,..
.s'
^
CTS INSERT (S) ' , SECTION 3.8
- LCO 3.8.2 INSERT 3.8 9G .;(La) a
{ , CONDITION' REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME .+.
-- A . . . . ...
AND A.2.5 . ' Declare affetted Los Imediately l it ' ' Temperature- I Overpressure Protection'(LTOP) feature (s): inoperable. 4 l
.j - \
1 1
/
t 1 g :: 2 4 ss
. p.
..> 4 9
yt 7, l 9/2/98 Revision L
mETULALASF5NEMS '
~
p 3.gq o/^ 1 D D.C. SOURCEE a LCO S.1M ( i L.c.O 599 (OPERATING] p.m;m n tze y ()w;,,gg) LIMITING CONDITION FOR OPERATION / d"* *8) O w 5s4 CTO.2.1 As e minimum th; followindD.C. electrical bum e 'shall be OPERABLE:
- )
Lto s.t.g a, 125-Volt D.C. Bus 111 ' fed i em Detta r lii) for Unit 1 (Bus 211 P ' < 1 mtter" 2M) for Unit 2) - c uc acccciatec m ' ranctiv mroeAana witn ~ Llo3,L4 +--jone or its associatea crosstie creaKers (n Ine onei nosition.~rnW n ' Lto 3 &TJr: 125-Volt D.C. Bus 112 nd from S:tter" TTE for Unit 1 (Bus 212 nd frod htter" mfor Unit 2) ^-~ "- -^-" Z . LCO3St/ Jne or its associateo cr'ossue creaKers in Ine open pos1 tion.f
~ rwaw, u na m ti J \
l APPLICABILITY: MODES 1, 2, 3, and 4. l ACTIOM: l Lco 3 7.N 2 With one of the required 125-Volt D.C. buses inoperable due to its normal cono K: , associated full capacity charger being inoperable, (:;; retion; ma continue,y brevided thet'iwithin 2 hours the inoperable bus and its associated battery'
'are energized by the opposite unit's 125-Volt D.C. bus and its OPERABLE ,
,charaer via the cros a breakers and that within 24 hours the Rner r:Me; nm3 enc it31 char
# 3** d 'least 10T STANDB wi t n the er restored to OPERABLE status. Otherwise be in at C04 E following 30 hours. next 6 hours and COLD SHUTDOWN within the Jr.
6 With both of the crosstie breakers closed for a 125-Volt D.C. bus that is ) h paQ Lt.o a.r.y re cop 0 6 4) quired to be OPERABLE and with both units operating (Modes 1, 2, 3, orthe Voit D.C. bus having an inoperable charger without a load restriction Q O) (./ ut03.Y.4
- r. With both of the crosstie breakers closed for a 125-Volt D.C. bus that is required to be OPERABLE and with the opposite unit shutdown com C. or defueled), the crosstie breakers n.ay remain closed for up(Modes 5, 6, to 7 days provided items 1 and 2 below are satisfied. Otherwise open one of the crosstie breakers.
JAt The shutdown unit's bus load is restricted to: Shutdown Unit ope r:t m'"'>r n Load Lco g.54 RAc.I Batterv statn a-"--" - Restriction j NOTE-Inoperable _...--g,.
-C49 r..s> .__
200 Amps - Aa l wz c vrtKAtg.t / / Lytner/ / / NonW> --- dg Llos.N _(Jt If a load restriction applies, then once per 12 hours verify that the couo ( shutdown unit's bus loading will not exceed the load restriction.
# "'[- ikh one of the required 125-Volt D.C. buses inoperable, (except for the,I
( H. or (c) abovel restore the inoperable bu's t_co ceNb3.tMb' O) to a lOPtKABLt lowances status of ALIl0N5 within(a) 2 .1oursjor be in at least HOT STANDBY within the uo3.ta couo inext 6 hours and in COLD SHUTDOWN within the following 30 hours. SURVEILLANCE RE0VIREMENTS b " 3.t .l 'd.C.21 D Each D.C. bus shall be determined OPERABLE and energized from its battery at least once per 7 days by verifying correct breaker alignment. p v BYRON - UNITS 1 & 2 3/4810 AMENDMENT NO.93 Re v. L-
tLttlHILAL rVWtM 5ThitM5 l SURVEILLANCE REOUTREMENTS (Continued) l 1 14 o.2.1 ? Each 125-ve 2::cciated charger-,5:1' cc 1 7
/ae,.m o ,.n oa noron g!t_ battery 5 9 and it 1
h 93 g, 9 _ , , g ) V -e- At least once per 7 days by verifying that: g ! gg 3,9 0,1 4) The parameters in Table 4.8-2 meet the Category A limits, and i b Stt 3.M,1 W The total battery terminal voltage __is greater than or e ual to .J 127.6 voltsn= ua = u acu:c(on float charge. Ai l t e
-tr. At least once per 92 days and within 7 days after a batteryYischarge with battery terminal voltage below 110 volts, or battery overcharge !
9 3.E 6 '2- with battery terminal voltage above 145 volts, by verifying that:
)- The parameters in Table 4.8-2 meet the Category B limits, sg 3 2.41 -Et There is no visible corrosion at either terminals or connectors, or the cognecLion resistance of these items is less than 150 x 10' oh g and l S R 3.g.6 3 -a.). The avera e electrolyte temperature of C c- a " cells is abovg60 q
evuv 6davd eprereduhyt
-c,- At least once r 18 months by verifying that:
The cells, cell plates, and battery racks show no visual S R3 2'4'3 +)- indication of physical damage or abnormal deterioration.m l l (tha+ mu 4corade ba we<v euhmt c4 , g g % g.4 4 R The cell-to-cell and terminal connections are clean, tight, and coated with anticorrosion material, cl S R 3.1 4 5 ,3 F (V The resistance of each cell-to-pell and terminal connection is less than or equal to 150 x 10' ohq,and SR 3.LU.(s 41- The battery charger will sup manufacturer's rating for atqyeast a load8 h equal to the iW5egr 3.E-nA d,. At least once per 18 monthsr. car n: :huu =) by verifying that the battery capacity is adequate to supply and maintain in OPERABLE g g.g.y, y status q cr the acte:! cr Mu! ~ emergency loads for the design dutycyclewhenthebatteryissu$3Tittoabatteryservicetest; j (rep &e.] l r
*0btained y subtract ormal resistance of: ) the cross room rac connect r,(400 x 10',ing the ar.o 2) the bi evel rack connector olm, ypical)
(50 x O' ohm, typical); rom the measured cel to-cell connection 1
/ t resi ance. ~/
V ' BYRON - UNITS 1 & 2 3/4811 AMENDMENT NO. 93 Rev. L.
_ ~ _ . _ _ _ _ . _ . _ _ . . . . . . _ . _ . . . _ - . _ .-. _ _ _ _ .... p. s CTS-INSERT (S)
. -SECTION 3.8' LC0 3.8.4 INSERT 3.811A ;(A3 ) , s.
j-- SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY g O !SR 3.8.4.-7 NOTES
% 1 '. ..
- 2. This. surveillance shall not be
! , :: performed in' MODE 1, 2. 3. or 4; 6 I L INSERT 3.8 11B :(L2a )
\ 3.8 ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS
-Q l 3 -3.8.6 . Battery Cell Parameters k
l:. ~LC0 3.8.6. Battery cell parameters for Division 11(21) and Division 12(22) batteries shall be within limits of Table 3.8.6-1. i. i A
.N APPLICABILITY:' When associated DC electrical power subsystems are required to
~
be OPERABLE. 4 l- 6
- y L._ LACTIONS
{ NOTE I. Separate Condition entry is allowed for each battery. A
. /]
9/28/98 Revision L i 4
- P 7 V- u- w y-
gAmumaamomam , LCO J.1L.V l
' SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS (Continued) OWW M-HAN
- e. At least once per 60 months,tren er nrrrr I by verifying that the battery capacity is at least 80% of tie manufteturer's rating when l
- fR 3 5 4* E subjected to a performance discharge test or n modified performance, 14 discharge test. The modified performance disc harge test n= -
V SR5.8 4.Mkl h:: ::n:=:::: cur:r; .:: ::::::n may be
'the battery service test requ< red by Specif t performed tion 4.8.2.1.2d.;
iii lieu of Q
- f. . At least once per 12* months h:2 :: - ===: by giving performance l discharge tests or modified performance disciarge testr of battery 5 A 3M.11 capacity to any battery that shows signs of degradation or has
__ reached 85% of the service life expected for the application. : Degradati is indicated w the battery capact crops more than ts capacity on the vious performances 10% of ted capacity fr ' test o modified perfo ce test, or is bel 0% of the f) manu cturer's ratina// l "This r quirement is ap icable to Batter es 112, 211, aM 212. Th s N requ ement is a 1 uponenteringpDE4for f Un 1, Cycle 9.pplic -le to Battery i j
+. t least once per 8 months during hutdown, by gi discha e tests r modified perfo ance discharge ests of batter ng performance capacit to a battery that sh s signs of degr ation or has i reached 85% the service lif expected for thi application.
Degradatio is indicated when he battery cap ty drops more an 10% of ra d capacity from s capacity on th previous perfo ance test or ified performan test or is bel 90% of the manufa urer's rating. T srequIrementis pplicable to ttery 111 entil entering MCDE 4 f Unit 1, Cycle 9. , 4 0 SA s.try.1 FregveNY_ _ t
*1f the battery has reached 85% of service life, delivers a capacity of 100% or greater of the manufacturer's rated capacity, and has shown no signs of v degradation, performance testing at two-year intervals is acceptable until the battery shows signs of degradation.
BYRON - UNITS 1 & 2 3/4 811a AMENDMENT NO. 93 Re v. L
..y._. .. _ ._ _ _ _ ._.,.. _.._ ._.... .__ _ _._._.._......___ _- ___ -
l J i- I
-CTS INSERT (S)'
Lg, SECTION 3.8-
'I.C0 3.8.4 P --INSERT '3.8 11aAf (Aa )-
- SURVEILLANCE
. FREQUENCY
.l .SR.3.8.4.8- NOTE This Surveillance shall.not be performed in MODE 1. 2. 3. or-4.
a: 1 1 l
.V- O i
i l ' i 9/2/98 Revision L i ? --- + , , .,...-...-,-a_ -
h -
" " 3.T.G *l BATTERY 0""J :ILL;JO RE0UIREMENTS L(p 3.f.(,
)
1 6en wamewrg l CATEGORYAE CATEGORY C ATE"U C e
' PARAMETER LIMITS FOR EACH LIMITS FOR EACH ALLOWABLE'3)
- DESIGNATED PILOT CONNECTED CELL VALUE FOR EACH CELL CONNECTED CELL .
i Electrolyta- > Minimum level > Minimum level Above top of i Level -indication mark, indication mark, plates,
.and $ %" above and i %" above and not maxtmum level maximum level- overflowing indScation marl indication mark
^
- Float Voltage 12.13 volts 2 2.13 voltswr > 2.07 volts i
i Not more than s- 0.020 below
- the average of all connected i
Specifig 4 3 2 1.195 cells QdM 2 1.200
- b Average of all Average of all ,
I connected cells connected i i k r, cells I
> 1.205 2 1.195
- i j
0s IM LE NOTATIONS (aed a pu ?Asys % <<eA c) ;
-@)- For any Category A parameter (s)ided outside the limit that within 24 (s) J hown hou'rs7 ail thethe battery i
cogo A may be considered OPERASLE prov AA A.2iAs Category B measurements are taken and found to be within their allowable , values, and provided all Categ urA and parameter (s) are restored to within limits within the nextb iT4ys. Lt3 42.) For any Category 8 parameter s outsid e limit (s Catego)y U parameters.areshe teso A may be considered OPERABLE pr(ov)ided that the r AA A14 A.y within their allowable values anO)rovide e Category B parameter (s) are restored to w' thin limits withinR cays. ' cogo a p) Any CategoryRoaramerar not within its al able value ind tes an inoperable ha' arv. c g (ts,---M . ' ..
' --^ ,,fJ~CF=EZ;^,,T!
-1;l'er M J_;;r %;'d orrected for electrolyte t rature d W Or batte urrent is less than C - -
- fic. = 3 amps @ when on+ charo NERT 3.9 - 12.
b f4t Corrected for average electrolyte w,.peratu . QsERT s.e-t? A> b+nete (a) L4 (NSE8T 3.8 - 12. CM con DA P, A A . I O. BYRON - UNITS 1 & 2 3/4 8-12 AMENDMENT NO. 93 l Rev.L
f CTS' INSERT (S) SECTION 3.8
$ ?fl V' LC0 3.8.6 1
-INSERT 3.8 12A (L)l i (a) It is-acceptable for the electrolyte level to temporarily increase above
'the specified maximum during equalizing charges' provided it is not overflowing. . .
l INSERT 3.8 12B (Mu)
.. is acceptable for' meeting specific gravity limits following a battery recharge.' for a maximum of 7 days. When charging current is used to satisfy specific gravity requirements, specific gravity of each connected cell shall be measured prior to expiration.of the 7 day allowance. .
i l INSERT 3.8 12C (Ln). l f) t v . . . ~ _ . , l CONDITION REQUIkED /CTION COMPLETION TIME A. Ona or more batte' ries' A.1 Verify pilot cell .. with.one or more electrolyte level and
-batter:v cell : float voltage meet parameters not within -Table 3.8.6-1 Category A or B Category C limits.
limits. AND A.2 .. t l ,( p[. l 9/2/98 Revision L L i
~-~~~~ ~ ~~~ ~ ~ ^ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ " " -
5Ema m suc3am:ceom M Lt.c 5 s T y,g,r D.C. SOURCES , g, cp 3, t to [3HUTD0f L c o 3.T.(a Lco S.7,5 -{IN sRav s f-13 A M3 gg '3, f 4 LIMITING CONDITION FOR OPERATION r- Leo 3,T.10
't i -
3 . s . i. . f.s a mint onq(125-volt D.C. bus)fe from its batte and its' QLA,y
- asso ated full-- acItysn. and with one its associate crosstic br ers in the pen positiod, hall he OPERAB . /
APPLICABILITY: MODES 5 and 64w% wvemc+ of WaM M asseawe.s wh a. Ac,t in s Noir dimm 2.5- s3 B}--& With both of the crosstie breakers closed for the 125-Volt D.C. bus that is re 2, 3, quired or 4D,tothe be shutdown OPERABLE andowith the opposite unit operating (Modes 1, unit's the operatung unit's inoperab_l@"perable -Volt D.C. bus having an 17.5-Volt inonerableD.C. bus m tr. chargerLp t r : :::: n:;tn .. -* Lco 31r.5 f4cTE - With both of the crosstie breakers closed for the 125-Volt D.C. bus that Q Lg3,g,gc 41s required to be OPERA 8LE and with both units shutdown (Modes 5, 6, or m,ggdefueled)for th e 125-Volt D.C. bus- up to 7D.C. daysbus may energize provided items I and the2 orposite below areunit's 125-Volt satisfied. Otherwise open one of the crosstie breakers.
- 94. The opposite unit's bus load is restricted to.:
Opposite Unit Operable Bus Load Battery Status Battery Tvoe Restriction Inaperai e :&D 200 Amp.s l E!E2 I" iML MWQ s 4. If a load restriction applies then once per 12 hours verify that the (% Leo 3.t s c m o 8 oppositesh,utdownunit'sbusloadingwillnotexceedtheload (msserr.v.irc) 3 C *d 0 4 ~ co 34.se com A < f4
- c. .With Ithelreauired 125-Volt D.C. busIinoperable, inrcent for the allowancef, Lco3/ipi "of ACTION 5 Ja) or (b) above) Immediately suspend all operations involving LORE ALTERATIONS, positive reactivity additions, or movement of irradiated fuel; initiate correct've action to Mstore the reouirec bus to OPERABLE i status W ren as emia = (apd within 8shours, depresM rize and vept th$ I (Reactor poolant system Inrough at least/a 2 sauare inca vent. / > l MIN SEA 7- 5,5-83 r) i Las i SURVEILLANCE REOUIREMENTS 4.8.2.2 he above requir 125-voit D.C bus fed from it battery and its associa d charger shall e demonstrate OPERABLE per Sp cifications 4.8. 1.1 and 4. .2.1.2.
SR34 S.l (/MSERT33-13 D BYRON - UNITS 1 & 2 3/4813 AMENDMENT NO. 93 Rev. L. 4
g , x . . _ .
. . , _ g, . . . s. . _ . - .. ._._ ..
i ;,e
;5
'l-L, .
CTS-INSERT (S)- , SECTION 3.8 y, - , - .. LC0 3,8.5.
$.)7 4
' ,' . INSERT 3.8;13DiI(L$[. 4
* $$URVEILLANCE' ,
- FREQUENCY l
- J.S R: 3.8 . 5.1 - . . . NOTE r The=followingiSRs are not required to'be performedi SR 3.8.4;6. SR 3.8.4.'7. and s-SR 3.8.4.8.
.)'
- Fo6DC sources required to be OPERABLE. the In accordance-
'following SRs are applicable: with applicable m , . . .
SRs 4 SR'3.8.4.1; SR 3.8.4.5 'l SR 3.8'.4.2 SR 3;8.4.6 l "SR 3.8.4.3 ~SR 3.8.4.7 l
'SR 3.8.4.4- SR 3.8.4.8. -
j
.. . . a
_ ), -' l , p! . l l INSERT 3.8 13E : - (La) ! CONDITI0tl . REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME-
<A. . . . ..
, M Immediately .i A.2.5 Declare affected Low Temperature Overpressure
~j Protection feature (s) inoperable.
- ; i .'
yy , 1: LJ: f I i: 9/3/98 Revision L i;. p. I!L _ , ., - , .,. .,,
Lco 3'47 J,1' ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS
. 5.fA O/t E.3 0'5!'E PCWE@ DJFrRIO!1 #TION, fy% -
( ~ [@ERATINC7) LIMITING CONDITION FOR OPERATION , tw 3.8R G.0.3.131he following electrica'1 busses shall ba cene ci::d " +5: ::: i'ind5 ~ '
}me w 7r for the applicable unit:
(opeenetefr
- a. A.C. ESF. Busses consisting of: , ,
UNIT 1 ,U_IT N 2 Division 11 Division 21 1 4160-Volt Bus 141, 4160-Volt Bus 241
- 1) 1)
- 2) 480-Volt Bus 131X, and 2) 480-Volt Bus 231X, and
- 3) 420-Volt Bus 1312. 3) 480-Volt, Bus 2312. l
[4. ^ C. EEF 5:::: :: :htin;; cf:)
}!MIT 1 (UEF~g)
Division 12 Division 22 f t.co 5.O 1) 4160-Volt Bus 142 1) 4160-Volt Bus 242 Gv L ++a=** 2)- 480-Volt Bus 132X, and 2) 480-Volt Bus 232X, and , W, Wveder* 480-Volt Bus 1322. 3) 480-Volt Bus 2322.
- c. 3) I
#41l be l
. V>reK 464 . 120-Volt A.C. Instrument Bus 111 for Unit 1 (Bus 211 for Unit 2) J energizea Trom its associatea inverter connectea to u.c. Bus 111 fod I
. Unit 1 (Bus 211 for Unit 2)./ I
- h. 120-Volt A.C. Instrument Bus 113 for Unit 1 (Bus 213 for Onit 2) energizea f rom its associated inverter connected to D.C. Bus 111 for)
[t unit 1 (Bus 211 for Unit 2),/ l E. 120-Volt A.C. Instrument Bus 112 for Unit 1 (Bus 212 for Unit 2) i energized from its associated inverter connected to U.c. Bus 112 for) ) [t unit 1 (Bus 212 for Unit 2). and/ i
/. 120-Volt A.C. Instrument Bus 114 for Unit 1 (Bus 214 for Unit 2) renergized from its associated l inverter connected tc D.C. Bus 112 fori l (Unit 1 (Bus 212 for Unit 2L/ -
APPLICABILITY: MODES 1, 2, 3, and 4. @d IG k.m Frem Atwry (oQ % re. % mse+ LL D ACTION: tzo gg coup A. With one of the required divisions of A.C. ESF busses not fully energized, reenergize the division within 8 hours?or be'in at least) W ?.t.f caup N / HOT STANDBY within the next 6 hours and in COLD SHUTDOWN within thel l 1 Vollowina 30 hours i _
% ,,, a w 3.g 4 tono 5 F. With one.A.C. instrument bus eit er not energized from I its associated ed inveyor with the inverterc:t :.5bect :: te its eersciated 0.C.
- W ##"9 7 g Itms-/1) reenergize the A.C. instrument bus within z hours"or be in e,o saa cmu ners / at least HOT STANDBY within the next 6 hours and in COLD SHUTDOWN W%eT 2 84v5. J within the followina 30 hours, and 2)/reenergize the A.C. instrument
- icted 0.C. but 8C# 5ia C*"V" M bus from its associatedsinverter connected tec9 :
("g within 24 hour.cfor be in at least HOT STANDBY /within the next 6 hours and i.n COLD SHUTDOWN ~ wit in the following 30 hours. Q ' W 8'E'7089 B roeuens. I (40 3.SA ledy L <---(tmm 3. K- M A , k BYRON - UNITS 1 & 2 3/4 S-14 ted L i
s' s J 's
; ?: Q, , .. .
l l .c . CTS INSERT (S) T SECTION 3.8 L , a
, -i, .
E LC0 3.8.9 , c y 1.LNSERT 3.814A: (A3 ) '
'l l
)
O. l
.c. CONDITION: -REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME' i
,m . @g . _ , h .alll DEl Two electrical power E.1 Enter LC0 3.0,3. 'Immediately- l l '. js distribution
# 02l* subsystems inoperable !
- that result in a loss
, , of safety function. l u , 'l ln
~l t
I-l. I L, p (. . . : !Q P I l -. o 1 l I. l '. i . f l i.l '. I i i 4 u . 9/2/98 Revision L L-
CTS INSERT (S) SECTION 3.8 A
.O LCO 3.8.7-
~~
-INSERT 3.8 14B ' ( A,) -
- CONDITION- REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME A .- . . . A.1 .. NOTE -
Enter applicable Conditions and
,J Required Actions of y LCO 3.8.9.
. j- " Distribution g Systems - Operating"
. gl - with any instrument
._ g - bus de-energized.
[. l l[ k . 9/2/98 Revision L ni 4 se - - _ - - - .
-n4 .9_-._,_- y ,. .,#,,g.,, m , , y .-.,-- , , , , - . . , , , ,
CTS INSERT (S) SECTION 3.8 l LC0 3.8.8
, R(SE_RT 3.8 16D (L13 )
.CONDITIONi REQUIRED ACTIO'N COMPLETION TIME l- A. ... A.2.5 Declare affected Low Immediately Temperature
' Overpressure l- Protection
. feature (s) inoperable.
l LC0 3.8.10 (.' ,Q h INS'ERT'3.8 16D (Ls)i 1 CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME . .\ A. ... A.2.6 Declare affected Low Immediately Temperature f-Overpressure
.l Protection .
feature (s) inoperable. i
- - .g *
}V .
- ' 9/2/98 Revision L i
i 4 ., ,. .- , . , . . . _
l
-CTS INSERT (S).
L. SECTION 3.8 .vw V 1: LC0 3.8.10 l INSERT 3.815E (Me)- l CONETION, REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME A. . . . . ... Immediately AND -: A.2.5. Declare associated l' required residual heat removal subsystem (s).
. inoperable and not ,
in operation. t
.j j
u V(Y.- - l 9/2/98 Revision L l p
m . . . _ . . . . . . . . . . . - _ _ , . _ . _ . . ~ . . a
~
CTS' INSERT (S). '
- p. _
SECTION 3.8' p. L..(l- "
'LC0 3.8.1 l~ TINSERT 3.8 2D, L(A2 )
i - CONDIlION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME p [ LG.'TTwo'DGsinopeIable. G.1 - Enter LCO 3.0.3. Immediately
'and one or more: buses withcone or more:
required qualified - circuits. inoperable. 2
} , L0neDGinoperable,one -
. bus with two required so qualified circuits l M inoperable. and the y second-bus with one or J
more required qualified >.' cuits:
- inoperable.
Lp) % , l L p ' INSERT 3.8 2E (Ag)
. CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION ~ COMPLETION TIME t
'A y D. ... NOTE Enter applicable Conditions L @a and Required Actions of L
LCO 3.8.9. " Distribution L
- .p- gl: Systems-Operating." when ie: Condition D is entered with C .
no AC power source to a division. 1: p ... fv
- (Ji e
a ' 9/2/98 Revision L j 4-_. 4 c. s , , ~ _ , . , . - _ . - . _ . . . - . . , . _ _ _ . , _ - - , _ , , . - . _ , - , -,
W 3 8'< 3
' ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS L.c.o 3. s .1 3 RyfILLANCE REQUIREMENTS I 6 lETM' B Each of_ the above required independent circuits between the offsite transmission network and the Onsite Class IE Distribution System shall be:
S R 5.1.1.1 # Detemined OPERABLE at least once per' 7 days by verifying correct breaker alignments, indicated power availability, and g
$A'5.f.4,%- Jr;"
Demonstrated OPERABLE at least once per 18 months C.r:n; :;tuth5 y transferring manually unit power supply from the normal circuit to 1 the alternate circuit. - - t , (L ^_ L LD Each diesel generator shall be demonstrated OPERABLE: X. At least once per 31 days On :T:::==TGT::A;Ibby: sg 3,y, g,q M Verifying the fuel level in the day tank, o L- s g 3,t,y,1 M Verifying the fuel level in the fuel. storage tank, y
- a c.wi
' S R 7,9, l.4 }}' Verifying the fuel transfer pump starts and transfers fuel from. g
. the storage system to the day tankJ sv.f w ] , j- Af Verifying the diesel starts rom ambient condition at:d '
- fg"g#[i'.ih m 3.e i.m j accelerates,to at least 5cc 7-.2 in less than or equal to
- 10 seconds. The . generator voltage and frequency shall be 4160(i OG volts and 60 1.2 Hz M tt " 20 :::::o ' cft:: 'h:2
} W t si;rnR f T e diesel generator shall be started or this i *M tes; oy us ng e of the followin signals: (-vo a) b) Manual or Sim ated loss of ESF s voltage by it f, or h c)- mulated loss of E bus voltage in onjunction with ta SF actuation tes signal, or 5td ,t.I,5
- T 6 4 7,V d An ESF actuati test signal by self. :r >
N d EE'r 3: f-3 A } L( A, . Jg !,5,1,3 Jr7 Verifying the generator is synchronized, loaded to greater,than 9i
,or equal to 5500 kWCin accordance with the manufacturer's ? Lil 5x s.t.t.3 HarEi trecommendations9,operateswithaloadgreater( or equal to @
(2 wso m # # 5500 kW for at least 60 minutes, and - W
' S) Y:rifying the dit::1 g:nenter i: Oli;;;d t pr: id: :t: dby)
;;;wer t; th: :::::i:ted ESF busses.f h 5 /1 i.S .1.5 g. At least once per 31 daysf: d :fter :::5 : eratier ef the diere! L7 (ut:r- th^ ; ri:d Of 0;;r:tien = : ;r:gter th er ::::1 t: I h: r by '
checking for and removing accumulated water from the day tanks; SR 3.'il l.'L #0 TE" 5A 8,f,1,7 (numalr%nd by) Instar "2. :-33 4
*The diesel generator start (10 sec) from(:-etent) conditions shall be performed O at 1sact once ner 184 days in these surveillance tests.11 other engine starts Ifor'the purpos of this surveillance t ting may be preco.ed by engine prelube g I period and/ other warmup procedur s recommended by the ma acturer so that m chanica stress and wear on th diesel engine is minimi ./
BRAIDWOOD -' UNITS 1 & 2 3/4 8-3 AMENDMENT NO. 71 R nl L
~ . . _ - - -. - -. . . . - . - _- - - -.-- .
. _ . . _ - . . . . . _. .. .....-...-c.._.-__,_......--..
t _;
,,7.;.1.n 1r _ . 7...
"\'~
CTS' INSERT (S)~ i
. SECTION 3.8- l (3: ..
V a. 1 LCO 3.8.1-
; INSERT 3 8 4A' -(A3) 1 SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY-
-SR 3.8.1.9- . .. .
. NOT E--- - . . .
This .c'rveillance shall not'be' performed- I in MODE 1 or 2, i 11
.SR 3.8.1.10 .
NOTES -- - 1
-- 1. '... )
1
.2. This Surveillance.shall not be i performed in MODE 1 or 2. )
i (, - 1 SR. 3.8.1.11 ---NOTE This Surveillance shall not be performed
.in MODE 1.-2. 3 or 4.
... i SR 3.8.1.14 NOTES -
- 1. ..
- 2. This Surveillance shall not be
'/
performed in. MODE 1 or 2.
/O
- d -
g 9/2/98 Revision L
I L. j j' ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS j SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS (Continued)- e 4 SR Ncrfe- ( nse,t _7 1 - M A t.g ,
- Sit J.f.l.10 -37 4 Verifying the fesel generator capability to reject a load of
.y-+ 5500 kW without tripping. The generator voltage shall not j a me u.a ,
exceed 4784 volts durino and following the load rejection,
._ ( cono.sa. m t or s Ja u ( ,
j g g s,g,'f,ff M , ctre!:tted a loss of ESF bus voltage by itself, and: 4 a) Verifying de-energization of the ESF busses and load shedding from'the ESF busses, and i j' . b) Verifying the diesel starts on the auto-start signal, energizes the ESF busses with permanently connected j- loads within 30 seconds, energizes the auto-connected
- safe shutdown loads through the load sequencing timer and operates for greater than or equal to 5 minutes while its generator is loaded with t.he shutdown loads. After -
- - energization, the steady-state voltage and fr ncy of
- - the ESF busses shall be maintained at 4160 v lts 'h l' 3
and 60 + 1.2 Hz during this test. !g
- i. c. hat er s',wda. ten j i 59. 3.f. l . i t. Jf , Verifying that on 'an ESF' Actuation test signal uth::t 1:= > ,, J
- }
- m tu: =112::2, the diesel generator starts on the aut6- p j ,' start signal and operates on standby for greater than or equal o I
to 5 minutes. The generator voltage and frequency shall be 4160 M volts and 60 4 1.2 Hz within,10 seconds after the
~
L .
+% auto-start sianal*!!h: ;;= = t:r ;t= dy :t:t: ;=:=t:r =lt:;d ;
i ~ E L*/ :nd fr:;:=:; :h:' b: :: int:in:d _ith'- thn: "-it: d H nc t thi; 1221 I - Cac.4ud ,e (,waew ) S e y,r.l.,9 .O m+stwo 1rfloss of ESF bus voltage in conjunction with ank t ESF. Actuation test signal, and L (S an l: a) Verifying deenergir.ation of the ESF busses and load shedding from the ESF busses; j ). b) Verifying the diesel starts on the auto-start signal, ] i~ energizes the ESF busses with permanently coanected I loads within 10 seconds, energizes the auto-connected emergency (accident) loads through the LOCA sequencer and operates for greater than or equal to 5 minutes while its generator is loaded with emergency loads. .After , energization, the steady-state voltage and fre uency of "l the ESF busses shall be maintained at 4160 + volts MH ) and 60 + 1.2 Hz during this test; and t vao
-s.o 6r. S.r.l.13 .pT Verifying that all automatic diesel generator trips, except engine overspeed and generator differential, art I automatically bypassed upon loss-of-voltage on the emergency )
bus concurrent with afety Injection Actuation signal, e ucuAsr m utatei) 3/4 8-5 BRAIDWOOD - UNITS 1 & 2 DL
.7.
- CTS INSERT (S) 1 SECTION 3.8. -;
-LC0 3.8.'l- l JINSERT 3'.8 5A- (L 3 )-.
.)
SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY- ! E SR 3.8.1.'10 ' . NOTES' ie 1. . Momentary transients above the voltage limit immediately following a load l e4 rejection do.not-invalidate this test
.. g j 2. ..
i I O
' ii
)
9/2/98 Revision L
, __._ . _ . . - . .., _ ...e.. _ . . . - . . , . . _ . . . _ _ . . . _ . . _ . . . . _ . - . - . _ . _ . _ . . . . . . . _ . . . _ . . .
&:n . CTS INSERT (S)'
SECTION 3.8 hli-nb .LC0 3.8.2 LINSERT 3.'8 $1(Lis)
, i i~ LCONDITION' REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME e
A .! .. ... LND A.2.5 ' Declare affected Low Imediately Temperature.
- - . Overpressure to Protection-(LTOP) feature (s)-
inoperable. 1 .h 4 ihtW f: d; ,
.o d
4
,i a
4 i: l 4 s
]
i
. . _ .;p.
J 9/2/98 Revision L .y
33 D.C SOURCES h"D 8 OPERATINGM (6moniLr21)ond oivmon i2.(22.)] t lurrildIMNBITION FOR ODERATION @ e cybcvcten d _ t eo "i. s .9 / (3...... . _ .2, . elocuicalM>shs!1 be OPERABLE: l t.co s.83 -a, 125-Volt D.C. Bus 111 *-c .- - r- ; iiDfor Unit 1 (Bus 211 - -
- - -. . , , for uni I
_2)(and its an=a**=d fun a=a**ty clarner;illna with one ofits es===a'd cmsstes cre l LCo 3.8 4 m me open position, amD l LCO 3,8,3 b. 12 D.C. Be? 112M-_ J. n; Qt Unit i fBus 212fid ";r. ";"n ZDfor Unit ~ its me G a u fu ama?*W cnarism;. with one of its assonated emsstae Dreamers - tro c.81 sn e open position] ', , APPLICABILITY: MODES 1,2,3, and 4. 1
. ACTION-l LCO 3.8 4 '
coND A e: With one of the required 12&Voll D.C. buses in ! associated full l capacity chargerDoing inoperable 2 hours the l opp < inoperable bus and its associated ery are energize unit's 125 Volt D.C. bus and its OPERABLE vie the crosstie breakers and tNst within 24 hours the d-- . --- - r n :=Wr.r-- restored to OPERABLE status. Otherwise be in et least and COLD SHUTDOWN within the following 30 LCo 3.8 1 rwi asi ANwur wimin the next , coND E hours. l
.t.. W!tn botn of the crosstie breakers closed for a 125-Volt D.C. bus that is required to be teo 3.8 4 OPERABLE and with tmth units operating (Modes 1,2,3, or 4), the 125-Von D.C. bus may c ono e energize the opposhe unit's ir--Ma 125 Vo .C. bus having aninoperable charger without a load Mfor 60 houtd- A g
-4. With both of the crosstie breakers closed for a 125 Volt D.C. bus that is required to be OPERABLE and with the oppostte unit snutdown (Modes 5,5. or defueled), the crosstie
! g Lco z.e4 breskars may remain closed for up to 7 days provided iterns 1 and 2 below are satisfied. (CND C Otherwise open one of the Crossile brWakers. (4) The shutdown unifs bus load is restricted to: Shutdown Unit O rating'unli Lead y
""****8'"** "*
LCo 3 8 4 noperable AT&T NnImps' 100 A 5
@ C ME in table C&D 200 Amps @l 0 RABLE Either None ico3,s.4 g) If a load restriction app 5es, then once 12 hours verify that the shutdown unit's bus ccno c loatiing wiR not exceed the load restri ~
Leo 3.9 4. h Cor6 one of the resulted'125 Voh D.C. buses inoperable (except for the allowances of'
- u. s.a TDN5 tal mL or (c) apovg> restore the inoperable bus a ur ctmum status wnnin'2
'#" g -+7 hours or De in at least Mui ETANDBY within the next S hours and in COLD SHIJTDOWN L M 8 84 (*@ E jwithin the following 30 hours. M ., tit'.EftT 3,8 -lo A (S.8.9 . .ly')
Leos.B9ceseo EURVEtLLANcE RRautRT:MEhrTR .- ___ M 2 831 6 Each D.C. bus shab be determined OPERABLE ant' one.W fmm its battery at least once per 7 days by verifying correct breaker alignment. i , E BRAIDWOOD- UNITS 1 & 2 3/4610 AMENDMENT NO. 94
.Rev.L 4
gr, 21 '99 09:14 PoGE.09
- - ~ _ - . - - - . - . . . _ -.-. - _.-..- -. -.- _ - _ - - __
g amu _mee a snuesunwTa r%e 7 m -- opegugi,s:t
- = : .- .. w - -
.: e:.=a:.- .m y
g
* / S', b, ones per 7 days byverifying that: 'f SR a.s. 6.1 -4) The parameters in Table 4.5 2 meet the Category A limits, and l
CR 3.B. +. I -3) The total bettery terminal voltage is greater than or equal to 130.5 volts (AT&T) 1 127.6 volts (C & D) on float charge. t e CR 3.B4.2- + At least once per 92 days and within 7 days after a bettery discharge with battery terrninal voltage below 110 volts, or battaiy overcharge with battery term'emi voltage i ateve 1.45 vens, byverifying that: . . l
- 4) The parameters in Tetle 4.82 rnest the Category B Ilmtts, C R 3 .8.4.2. 3) There is, ne visible corrosion at either terminals or connectors, or the Lao connochon of these hems is less then 150x 1P LA equal % oj sR a.e. 6 3 .gg.
The average i ---@TIUh*ar'"
^----
J m _._-- -Ne istvery bove 60*F. y l CvcFLg - u dap~
-er At least once per 18 months by verifying that:
^4 l
68 E.B.+.3 4F The cess, cell plates, and bettery racks show no visual trm% of 0;..C; damage orabnormal deterioration.%+, could dearade, banery perfor mance) _ sR. 2.B.4 4 9) The cell to oell and terminal connections are clean, tight, and coated whh ; anticorremon meterial, The N W h ad terminal M Mass than orequal GP. E.B. 4 5' % to 150 x 10' ohrt
- and SR 3 8 1 6, 4 The bettery charger wiR aupply a load equal to the manufacturer's retag for at least 8 hours.
[Incer+ a.8-nA% f emergenY a los h andthe design duty cycle when the bsWry 6,su status e _Y lay J e[
'
- Opmined'by sutdracang the normal resistance of: 1) the cross room rock connector (C & D on$
400 x 10 otun, typical) and 2) the bi tovel rest connector (both AT&T and C & D 50 x 1o* ohm typical); from the measured ceHo.coli connection resistance. L-O BRAll.NV000. UNITS 1 & 2 3M 511 AMENDMiiNT NO.94 Rev.L AUG 21 '98 08:14 PAGE.09
(I CTS INSERT (S)
.. SECTION 3.8 -(
y,[ LC0 3.8.4 INSERT 3.8 11A (A3 )- SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY
- D SR 3.8.4.7 NOTES
- 1. ...
- 2. This' surveillance shall not be performed in MODE 1. 2. 3. or 4.
INSERT 3.8 11B (Ln) q,) , - 3.8 ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS S 3.8.6 Battery Cell Parameter.3
.k '
LC0 3.8.6 Battery cell parameters for Division 11(21) and Division 12(22) batteries shall be within limits of Table 3.8.6-1. A APPLICABILITY: When associated DC electrical power subsystems are required to
.g, be OPERABLE.
A' q ACTIONS
$' NOTE Separate Condition entry is allowed for each battery.
i
/'N . . \.j - -
9/28/98 Revision L
- - ~ . - . .. . . . _ _ . __
8 - E R 3 8 .4 8 [ *$
~ ~
N 9 Y5 TS performance [ discharge testmonas er adischarme medlRed n *Eto test. serft mosrfied l l 56 E;e.5. / H.k I nom dischstge 'z " r n m_. 6.- .- - L 2 "T J l g m g, g ,4,8 : 4' or the 12banery Atleast once semce tess requess or'z sp months'thurtrurstutdovewby gMng g ormedlRed isas or nettery to any batterythat shows a er orhas as% of the sonnen espected forthe N - seenen m --- - wnen the banery capaalty drops more man ] test, oriYsfo 0%
@ p.A m .r . . tea ,. . ,
l ' \ l l EO 1 Lu
-J (or equnh as the banery capacity is greater then&
1 c R a.s.1. e, Tesong at a 2 year Imerval is acceptable as 100% of rr egumy rated sepacity and the bettery shows no signs doyedshan. .O . BRAIDWDOD- UNITS 1 & 2 3M s.11a AMENDMENT No. 94
. Rev.L AUG 21 '90 00:15 PAGE.10
.. ._~ __. _,.- - . . . . . . _ . . . . _ . . . _ . . . _ . . _ . . _ . . _ . . . . _ _ _ _ _ _ .
CTS INSERT (S). SECTION 3.8
- J LC0 3.8.4 INSERT 3.8 11aA '( A3 ) -
SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY l SR 3.8.4.8 . NOTE This Surveillance shall not be performed in MODE 1. 2. 3. or 4. 'l O . 9/2/98 Revision L j r . _ __ _ _ ., . .
As TABLE".0 : l mig BATTERY SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS tein paranieverd . CATECORY AO CATEGORY B @ M'9"Y C O PARAMETER LIMITS FOR EACH LIMITS FOR EACH j ALLOWABLE
- DESIGNATED PILOT CONNECTED CELL VALUE FOR EACH CELL CONNECTED CELL Electrolyte > Minimum level > Minimum level Above top of Level- . indication mark, . indication mark . plates, and 1 4" above and 5 k' above , and not maximum level maximum level overflowing indication mark (ci) indication mark (c)
Float Voltage 12.18 volts ( ate T)
- a. 2 13 vol+ 3 fcc.b3 41 2.18 2.i3voltwits [)^ (b)(ATcT) > 2.14 vo (cc D) > 2 01 vontf(r.DJ' Not more than.
0.020 below the average of all connected Specifi - - 1 1.280 (ATc r cells Gravit g 4
- 2. i . t 95 ( c c D))
Average of all Average of all 5 i. 2.00 (C C D) connected cells connected A cells
> 1.290 ( ATc T') > 1.2809 (^T C T)
O
> i. zos, c c c.oS I i.ns u.c D)
TABLE NOTATIONS 6Irdonce per 7dovcibereoned l tit Formay anybeCate outside that the limit24(s)hours shoun Consicry eredA Oharameter(s)ided ERABLE prov within vall thethe battery M g cc N D A Categor 8A n.2c A.3 values,yand B measurements provided alLCatenary are taken A an andparameter found to be (s) within are restored their allowable to within limits within h n-a GTdays. 31 - Le outside he limit (s) shown, the battery - tit- For any may be Category consideredBOPERABLE parameterprov (s)ided that the Category B parameters are CONDA within their allowable values an rovide Category B parameter (s) are 8A A.2G A 3 restored to w thin limits within days. cD Np g 9.). Any Category ( ra r not with its al able value indicates an inoperable battery. C. Corrected for electro yte temperature and leveN. Qtmen z.s. ,m i d Or battery charging current is less than 2 amps when on ha L Correctedforaverageelectrolytetemperature.I lea N (ATc T) S amps (CC DJ)
- b4 nche (ct)(NSERT 38-12A] N
- g ... (ATcT'). Correcied for e)echoly te.
c0ND A I l teinpet COure(C S D), 6A A, t hr RT 3.8-lEC] i ( pic1, _ d - 6 / Leve.\ correction when bowery &ic noi recic.guire chcirgoYJ 2. amps i
, when on ficot ciorge. ,j 3/4 8-12 AMENDMENT NO. 47 BRAIDWOOD - UNITS 1 & 2 r Rev L
) .; .j CTS INSERT (S)
. SECTION 3.8-l .. n-l.h LCO 3.8.6 I- -
INSERT 3.8' 12A ' (Ls) 1 (a) :llt..is acceptable for the electrolyte level to temporarily increase above- !
- the specified maximum during equalizing charges provided it is not i
. overflowing. i L- !
I INSERT 3.812B . (Mu ) I i .. ...-is acceptable for meeting specific gravity limits following a-battery i H recharge, for a maximum of 7 days. When charging. current is-used to satisfy
. specific. gravity requirements, specific gravity of each connected cell shall )
1be. measured prior to expiration of the 7 day allowance. L , l r INSERT 3.8 12C (Ln) :
;Q l
- \.l' ~
. CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME l- l A .' One or more batteries A.1 Verify pilot cell ...
with one or more electrolyte level and : u battery cell float voltage meet L: . parameters not within Table 3.8.6-1 Category A or B Category C limits.
. limits; ,
AND A.2 ... l i: 1 y .
\ .
; 9/2/98 Revision L t
& e, Bruid Wood TABi_E 4.8-2 (C & D)
I c g s . 3/4 8 -12. BATTERY GURVE1LIANCE REQUIREMEhrTS
~
CATEGORY Am CATEGORY B 2 ARAMETER LIMITE FOR EACH LIMITS FOR EACH ALLOWABLEA DESIGNATED PILOT CONNECTED CELL VALUEFOR EACH
\s CELL CONNECTED CELL
\ _ _.
/
Electrolyte
- Minimum level > Minimum level , Above top of Level N indication mark, indication mark. ,' platos, and 5 %*above and < W above ~/ and not
's rnaxIinumlevel ,
overflowing indication mark indication mam ,'
\ maximumlevel se . > 2.07 volts Float Voltage h2.13 vahs 32.13 volis
/
/ Not mors than 0.:'l20 below the average of all connected Specifie ,,a 1.195 cens Gravit/* /
> 1.20088
~'
./ Average of all Averag's of all
/- connected cella connected cells
's
/
q ,/ , > 1.205 31.195f8
'w) '
TABLE NOTATIONS
/ outside the limit (s')'shown, the bettery may be considered (1) OPERABLE For any Cata0ery provided A parameter thatwithm (s)24 hours all the Category B measurements are taken and found to be within their allowable values, and provided all Category A and B parameter (s) are restored to within limits within the next 6 days. N (2) For any Category B parameter (s) outside the limit (s) shown, the battefy may be considered OPERABLE provided that the category B parameters are within their allowable values and provided.the Category B parameter (s) are restored to within limits within 7 days.
.(3 Any Category B parameter not within its allowable value indicates an inoperable battery.
( Corrected for electrolyte temperaturn. ( Or battery charging current is less than 3 amps when on charge. N , s ( corrected for average elsetrolyte temperature, '
/
N N s
's N
N , BRAIDWOOD- Coi!TS 1 & 2 3/4 B-12a AMENDMENT No. 94 Rev. L core ** AUG 22 '99 09:15
_ _ _ _ _ . _ _ _ _ _ , _ _ Ai_ _ _ _ 3,s.s o c. sources- Re z . e. io WHUTbOWN b'i
. Lcg 3,g,,e
~
LlulTidi's I'mNDITidN FOR ODERATION [ -- i t to mePT s.e -eha .___ u _ _ _ _ _ _ . _ _ , _ - - ~ O ^^ % n_D.C.Dus% d hs b ery andAs assoc $itted full capacity 2 rgerhe nfo,,n,Jmkasspcistse wi eo c;osstie b kors in open glosition shall be ORERABLE., APPLICABILrnf: MODES $ and 6 (Dum.cy msi6fr~t U n$chedEdf uel oct 3 b Lcc a. b.c Ac- +e(tNncey 2.ts -iEC l 3:- With both of the crosstie breakers closed for the 125Nolt D.C. bus that is required to be ; OPERABLE and with the opposite unM operating (Moors 1,2,3, or 4), the shutdown units ! operable 125 Volt D.C. bus mav anaml= 0 e operanns ' s inoperable 125 Volt D.C. bus
~
having an inoperable charger @ithout e lose resmcmorY Aa Lco note.
+. With both of the crosstie breakers closed for the 126-V:$. D.C. bus that is required to be I
40 3.B.5 corO4 OPERABLE and with both unas shutdown (Modes 5,5, or esfueled), the 125-Von D.C. bus ' may energize the o LCo 3 g g WOB below are satisfied.pposite Otherwise openunits one of125 Volt D.C. the crosstie Dus for up to 7 days proc'ed breakers. ite
-tit The opposita una's bus load is rastricsad to:
Opposite Bus Operable Bus Load Batterv Jitatus antterv Tvon Restrictlen noperable A"ET 100 Amps inoperable C&D 200 Amps i OPERABLE Either None uo s.a.s (OND$f$)., lf g l gad rtStriction appliet, then ones per 12 hours verFy that the opposits shutdown da h"* leading wm the load restrichon.
'co e .e .s c.O ND A -4 hMLERT .5. 6 - 42 C} M3 y ;
-e- Wrnelihaires uo volt D.w. mus)inoperableCencept for the allowances of ACTIONS [s),
O <o[ c NQ3.g,,o A Lei . T98ctiv -.- unmenessery to OPERABLE n=; =; all operations .w. additions,
. ALleRATIONE M*ttive' corrective oraction movement of the to rtstore Jang wgrun 5 hours, dppressuns4F imsdisted fu teo.e.e.g (ana nt theRiiiactpTC66l ant Systpm arougn apsast a 2 sqydre inch vent./
kEt4EERT r. 8 - tSEQ RURVFit t AMcF RFoulRFMANTE l G R 3 8.G.i Fins.c er 3.a - eoJ- (Luj
/4.5.L2 ine aoovp requ.ie, unpun D.C. sus Teptrom ns patteryana ns associalpa chargergs the demonstraterOPERABLE pdr specificatiors 4.5.2.1.1 and 4.8.2.1.2. /
l l l l l O BRAIDWOOD- UNIT 61 & 2 3/4 8-13 AMENDMENT ND. 94 Rev.L AUG 21 '99 00 15 PAGE.12
" CTS INSERT (S).
SECTION'3.8
-LC0 3.8.5 INSERT 3.8 130 (L22 )
SURVEILLANCE. FREQUENCY
.SR'3.8.5.1 NOTE .
t- The-following SRs are not required to be 5 performed: SR 3.8.4.6. SR 3.8.4.7. and-4 SR 3.8.4.8. For DC sources required to be OPERABLE the In accordance following SRs are applicable: with applicable SRs SR 3.8.4.1 SR 3.8.4.5 y .SR 3.8.4.2 .SR 3.8.4.6 SR 3.8.4.-3 -SR 3.8.4.7 j SR 3.8.4.4- SR 3.8.4.8. nv l . INSERT 3.8 13E (Ls)i CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME i 1 A. .. .. AND Immediately I A.2.5 Declare affected Low ' Temperature il Overpressure
- l. Protection feature (s) inoperable.
4 4 9/3/98 Revision L
_ _ _ . -. _ _ . . _ _ _ _ _ . _ _ . . _ _ . . _ _ _ . _ . _ .m__ LCO 3.2 9
.O. -
)
34 ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS
]
g,4,4 C/" . 0. 3 C Z:TE POK R)DJSTRIBUTION Sy4,+e.as - O pco.4,9 { e!!!!!!D LIMITING CONDITION FOR OPERATION l LcoJ.T.4' ( 3.5.3.1) The following electrical busses shall r be :n: ca:d " th: ::;;ified ) l;n=Ofortheapplicableunit: kpeg) ' i -er ' A.C. ESF Busses consisting of: ' UNIT 1 UNIT 2 Division 11 Division 21
, 1). 4160-Volt Bus 141, 1) _4160-Volt Bus 241
.. 2) 480-Volt Bus 131X. 2) 480-Volt Bus 231X. l (b. A.C. Zr b=::: ::n:i: ting:f:) l [ { "TT 1 [ 6 i Division 12 Division 22
- 1) 4160-Volt Bus 142 1) 4160-Volt Bus 242-q cc,3,g,7 3 2) 480-Volt Bus 132X. 2) 480-Volt Bus 232X.
A r'I e ad g. 120-Volt A.C. Instrument Bus 111 for Unit 1 (Bus 211 for Unit 2)
- ba6 h * **'* t Yenercized from its associstsc invarter cannected to c. C Bus 111 rur) s4tt be.
- totu#6LE- )
CJJnit'l (Bus 211 for Unit 2)./ {f.- 120-Volt A.C. Instrument Bus 113 for Unit 1 (Bus 213 for Unit 2)
; 'energizea from its associateo inverter connectea to D.C. Bus 111 for)
{ Unit-1 (Bus'211 for Unit 2),/ ^
- i. .e'. 120-Volt A.C. Instrument Bus 112 for Unit 1 (Bus 212 for Unit 2)
- fenergized.from its associated inverter connected to D.C. Bus 112 for)
- lag Wnit 1-(Bus 212 for Unit 2), and)
~
4 120-Volt A.C. Instrument Bus 114 for Unit 1 (Bus 214 for Unit 2) energized from its associated inverter connected to D.C. Bus 112 for) nit 1 (Bus 212 for Unit 2)./ APPLICABILITY: MODES 1, 2, 3, and 4. (anA
,p K,g We
.a frem
+, eAWevey up g7 ACTION:
tco y,g,q canp A *: With one of the required divisions of A.C. ESF busses not fully energized, reenercize the division within 8 hoursTor be in at least' D te ,3,g,9 cony y 4 [ HOT STANDBY within the next 6 hours and in COLD SHUTDOWN within the ifollowino 30 hours./ ,%g jl Lco u.i ce9D 5 .be With one A.C. instrument bus eitWTot energized from its associated anA inverter a r witn tne inverter r.= c x ;; n c te it; a;~; . mted 0.c. 1.t0 5.f.iCa> E Af ,p4gg/I) reenergize the A.C. instrument bus within 2 hoursuor be in Lt.as.t.7 m P+ ** / at least HOT STANDBY within the next 6 hours and in COLD SHUTDOWN fusur L 8-'4 5 J within the following 30 hours, and 2V reenergize the A.C. Instrument _ t co y,;(fsp a ; ' bus from its associated. inverter ce...;;t;d tesite associated O.C. boa (within 24 hou'sfor be in at least HOT STANDBY within the next 6 hours t.c.a %f.7 Gup g and in COLD SHUTDOWN with'n the following 30 h urs. Leo 3.f.9 casp E.M T N +e u 3.s-m a (ornastC Leiy
-BRAIDWOOD - UNITS 1 & 2 3/4 8-14
)2a) \.-
)
CTS INSERT (S) F SECTION 3.8 !!,"I .- E LC0 3.8.9 lM l-
. l .-INSERT" 3.8-14A ( A3 )
g
.L' 6 CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION ~ TIME k .. .
l _Q l E. Two electrical power'- E.1 . Enter LCO 3.0.3. Immediately (, distribution
- . subsystems inoperable that result in a loss l '. >
.of safety function.
L l l . L. n l :, I. . 6 L- 9/2/98 Revision L l
l CTS INSERT (S) SECTION 3.8 f%,
- 'V LC0 3.8.7 ;
INSERT 3.8 14B ( A,) - c l
. CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME
- A-. ... A.1 NOTE p Enter applicable y Conditions and
- -Required Actions of .
LC0 3.8.9, ! f -
" Distribution M ' .. .Systens - Operating" ,
4l with any instrument bus de-energized. ,n l V i W d 9/2/98 Revision L e ,- - u.m- -
- l. CTS INSERT (S)
SECTION 3.8 ; b.,. a .:' l ' LCO 3.8.8 INSERT 3.816D - (L is)- CONDITION- REQUIRED ACTION' COMPLETION TIME ! g . . . 3 l : A. . . . A.2.5 Declare affected Low Immediately l Temperature Overpressure
- l- Protection i .- feature (s) l - inoperable.
i l LC0 3.8.10-DG INSERT 3.8-16D (Ls)i CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION ' COMPLETION-TIME lA. . A.2.6 ' Declare affected Low Immediately Temperature
' Overpressure l Protection -
feature (s) inoperable. r j l-( .
'V 9/2/98 Revision L
- w. n--- ,
-.~._.-_._._.,
l I CTS INSERT (S) SECTION 3.8 l- LC0'3.8.10 INSERT 3.816E'- (M,)
' CONDITION- REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME 4
A. ... .. Imediately ' ' 1 AND i A.2.5 Declare associated-
^
required residual heat removal subsystem (s) inoperable and not : in operation. 7 l. l l
- .l i .
9/2/98 Revision L l
DISCUSSION OF CHANGES TO CTS (' ITS SECTION 3.8 ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS
\
A, - ITS LC0 3.8.1. Condition D. ITS LC0 3.8.2. Condition A. and ITS g LC0 3.8.7. Condition A.-(corresponding to CTS LC0 3.8.1.1. Action b. CTS y LC0 3.8.1.2. Action, and CTS LC0 3.8.3.1. Action b. respectively) have been modified by a Note requiring entry into applicable Conditions and Required' Actions of ITS LCO 3.8.9 and ITS LCO 3.8.10 (Distribution Systems) with one required division d'e-energized. This Note is "pl necessary because power sources (AC. DC and inverters) are considered a 4 support system to the Distribution System; therefore. ITS LC0 3.0.6 would allow taking Actions for the AC Sources only. However, in the
- case of an inoperable electrical power source such that a distribution system was de-energized, additional Actions may be required to assure continued safe operation. Rather than specify those additional Actions in the sources Specifications, direction is provided to apply the Actions of the supported Distribution System. This is an administrative change with no impact on safety because the new requirement is consistent with a reasonable interpretation of the CTS.
Aa CTS LCO 3.8.1.2 Actions detail the requirements for less than the required AC electrical power sources Operable. ITS LC0 3.8.2 has separated the Actions into two Conditions: Condition A addresses one required qualified circuit inoperable; and Condition B addresses one required DG inoperable. Reformatting these requirements provides g greater clarity for the TS user. This change is consistent with NUREG-1431. An ITS SRs 3.8.3.1 and 3.8.3.3 are provided in Insert 3.8-4B for completeness, even though they are CTS SRs appropriately indicated , (refer to CTS SRs 4.8.1.1.2.a.2) and 4.8.1.1.2.c). This is an i administrative presentation issue only. ITS SR 3.8.3.2 refers fuel oil property testing to an Administrative Controls section Program. The details of the CTS conversion to these ITS Program requirements are addressed in Section 5.0. 4 Au (Byron Only) Byron CTS LCOs 3.8.2.1 and 3.8.2.2. associated SRs. and Table 4.8-2. Reference C&D and Gould batteries. Byron has only C&D batteries. Therefore all references to Gould batteries have been deleted from ITS.
~
lAn Not used. 'l BYRON /BRAIDWOOD -- UNITS 1 & 2 3.8 3 9/3/98 Revision L I y - -
DISCUSSION OF CHANGES TO CTS A. ITS SECTION 3.8 ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS l ,V - i Au CTS LCO 3.8.2.1. Action b, states that with both units operating i (MODE 1. 2. 3. or 4) and the DC bus crosstie breakers closed to supply l power to a DC bus having an inoperable charger, there are no load l restrictions imposed. For the same situation. ITS LCO 3.8 4 Required l Action B.1 requires that at least one crosstie breaker between the I crosstied divisions be opened, within~a Completion Time of 60' hours. The 60 hours is based on the 24 hours the unit with the inoperable : charger has to restore the inoperable charger (CTS Action a) and the 36 hours the. unit with the inoperable charger has to reach Cold Shutdown l if the charger is not restored to OPERABLE status (CTS Action a). At I the point in time when the unit with the inoperable charger reaches Cold Shutdown CTS Action b would no longer apply and CTS Action c'would be applicable to the unit without the inoperable charger. Therefore, the ITS LC0 3.8.4 Condition B Completion Time of 60 hours is a presentation preference only that facilitates TS usage. 1 l'Au CTS LCO 3.8.3.1 allows restoration times for one division of AC ESF buses (8 hours - Action a), and one AC instrument bus (2 hours - Action b) de-energized. ITS LC0 3.8.9. Conditions A and B. allow one AC ' electrical power distribution subsystem to be inoperable for the same a times, respectively. ITS LC0 3.8.9 Condition E is added to require that : if two electrical power distribution subsystems are inoperable. resulting in a loss of function, enter ITS LCO 3.0.3 immediately. The i C.Ty b addition of Condition E. along with ITS LC0 3.0.6. Safety Function Determination Program, ensure that with the loss of any electrical power 4 distribution system no loss of function will occur without the
@ appropriate betion. This is believed to be the intent.of CTS since no action is provided for two subsystems inoperable. This change is consistent with NUREG-1431.
BYRON /BRAIDWOOD UNITS 1 & 2 3.8 4 9/3/98 Revision L
- n. . -.-.-. . . . . . -- . .- . -
n 4 0- DIr;USSION OF CHANGES TO CTS (V / ITS SECTi N.3.8 ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS l i '\~ l TECHNICAL CHANGES' MORE RESTRICTIVE (M) M3 CTS SR 4.8.1.1.2.'a.3) requires the verification 'of fuel' oil transfer - from tbe storage tank to the day tank. This CTS SR is 'not specific as to whether the transfer is aerformed manually, or proving the automatic ' transfer. capability. 'ITS SR 3.8.1.6 specifically requires thb automatic fuel' oil transfer capability be verified. This represents a more.
' restrictive requirement' which reflects the assumed safety basis of the isystem's design. Therefore this change will not result in.any negative
. impact on safety.- 4 i
~ lM2 Not used. '
i I t h p). a q_,? ' BYRON /BRAIDWOOD UNITS 1 & 2 3.8 7 9/3/98 Revision L d
l DISCUSSION OF CHANGES TO CTS ! O ITS SECTION 3.8 ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS d Mn As a result of the Comed Dresden Nuclear Power Station Electrical Distribution System Functional Inspection (EDSFI), setpoint calculations were performed to determine the adequacy of the second level (degraded) undervoltage setpoints. These calculations resulted in new, more conservative (i.e.. higher), setpoints for the second level undervoltage relays. The' new setpoints are set to' ensure that equipment ddwnstream of the 4.16 kV buses (i.e., at the 480 VAC and 120 VAC leveis) will receive sufficient voltage levels in order to operate satisfactorily in the performance of their safety related functions during a transient. In support of these more conservative settings, the emergency diesel generator's minimum acceptable voltage level requires being raised to a value of 3950 VAC. This higher value is within the capabilities of the d Byron /Braidwood equipment, and will ensure that in the event of a Loss of Offsite Power, the necessary low voltage sensitive components will operate as required. Increasing the minimum acceptable voltage from 4- 3740 VAC to 3950 VAC represents a more restrictive requirement, consistent with )lant specific analyses and current procedural controls. Therefore this clange will not result in any negative impact on safety. ) Y -M u CTS Table 4.8-2 footnote (5) applies to CTS Category A limits and ( Category B allowable limits for each connected cell and states. "Or battery charging current is less than 2 amps when on charge." ITS
,% revises this footnote by adding the statement, "... is acceptable for (d ) meeting specific gravity limits following a battery recharge, for a maximum of 7 days. When charging current is used to satisfy specific l gravity requirements, specific gravity of each connected cell shall be I measured prior to expiration of the 7 days." ITS places additional restrictions over CTS in that the battery charging current when on float charge is acceptable for meeting the specific gravity limits. only when g following a battery recharge and for a maximum of 7 days. Placing the restrictions of only after the battery recharge and the 7 days y limitation, constitutes a more restrictive change.
i (3 V BYRON /BRAIDWOOD -UNITS 1 & 2 3.8-10a 9/29/98 Revision L
l l I DISCUSSION OF CHANGES TO CTS L 7'T ITS SECTION 3.8 ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS l v l Mn (Braidwood only) CTS SR 4.8.2.1.2.e states. "The modified performance l discharge test and the performance discharge test may be performed in i lieu of the battery service test required by Specification 4.8.2.1.2.d." )
-ITS SR 3.8.4.7 Note 1 states. "The modified performance discharge test in SR 3.8.4.8 may be performed in lieu of the service test in i SR 3.8.4.7." This is considered to b'e a more restrictive chailge, since it is' disallowing the performance discharge test to be performed in lieu of the battery service test. By letter dated January 14, 1998. Comed requested a change to CTS to allow replacement of the 120 VDC AT&T batteries with new-C&D batteries. NRC letter dated August 18, 1998 issued Amendment 94 for Braidwood for this change. In the proposed License Amendment Request removing the reference to AT&T for the modified performance discharge test and removing the reference to Gould for the performance discharge test in CTS SR 4.8.2.1.2.e allowed the modified and normal performance discharge test to be performed in lieu of the service test for both the C&D and AT&T batteries. Allowing only the. modified performance discharge test to be performed in lieu of the service test is consistent with both IEEE-450, 1995 and NUREG-1431. !
{ l p l 1 l l
'( BYRON /BRAIDWU0D UNITS 1 & 2 3.8 10b 9/3/98 Revision L
I 1 DISCUSSION OF CHANGES TO CTS in ITS SECTION 3.8 - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS Vd 4 LA, CTS SR 4.8.1.1.2.f.7) requires the first 2 hours of the 24-hour DG load 9 run be at a loading " equivalent to the 2-hour rating of 6050 kW" with a M footnote allowing that " instantaneous loads of 6050 kW (+0. -150) are k acceptable as equivalent to the 2-hour rating." ITS simply states an gl acceptable load range (i.e. 2 5775 kW and 5 6050 kW); relocating the remaining discussion to the ITS Bases ~. The requirements of ' ITS LC0 3.8.1 and the associated Surveillance Requirements for the DGs are adequate to ensure the DGs are maintained Operable. As such, these relocated details are not required to be in the Technical Specifications to provide adequate protection of the public health and safety. The relocation of this information maintains the consistency with NUREG-1431. Any change to this descriptive information will be made in accordance with the Bases Control Program described in ITS Section 5.5. LA 7 CTS SR 4.8.1.1.2.f.7) requires the 24-hour DG run be associated with a 10 second start and confirmation of running voltage and frequency. CTS SR 4.8.1.1.2.f.5) requires the DG to start on an ESF Actuation test signal and confirmation of running voltage and frequency. Since operating voltage and frequency is stated and verified in other Surveillances, explicitly repeating those requirements in the 24-hour l run surveillance and the auto-start surveillance is not necessary. The requirements of ITS LCO 3.8.1 and the associated Surveillance
- Requirements for the DGs are adequate to ensure the DGs are maintained 0)erable. As such, these relocated details are not required to be in
'(} L tie Technical Specifications to provide adequate protection of the
)ublic health and safety. These details are to be relocated to the TRM.
Relocating these details to the TRM maintains the consistency with NUREG-1431. Any changes to these details will be made in accordance with 10 CFR 50.59. LA8 CTS SR 4.8.1.1.2.f.8) specifies ~ the maximum auto-connected load to each DG. This design detail for the autoconnected loads is relocated to the UFSAR. This detail is not necessary to ensure the Operability of the DGs. The definition of Operability, and the 10 CFR 50.59 approval l process for design changes, are adequate to ensure the DG loading is maintained within acceptable design limits. As such, this relocated requirement is not required to be in the Technical Specifications to provide adequate protection of the public health and safety. Changes to the UFSAR are controlled by 10 CFR 50.59. In addition, any change to the loads placed on the DG will be controlled by 10 CFR 50.59 (a design change is required to change the actual loads). W% V BYRON /BRAIDWOOD UNITS 1 & 2 3.8-13 9/3/98 Revision L l l l
DISCUSSION OF CHANGES TO CTS ITS SECTION 3.8 ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS LA CTS SR 4.8.2.1.2.b.2 and SR 4.8.2.1.2.c.3 footnote states that connection resistance is obtained by subtracting the normal resistance of the cross room rack connector and the bi-level rack connector from the measured cell-to-cell connection resistance. This detail is relocated to the ITS Bases. References to " typical values" for battery cross room r'ack and battery bi-level rack normal resistances h' ave been deleted. This detail is not directly related to the OPERABILITY of the battery. As such, the relocated requirement is not required to be in the TS to provide adequate protection of the public health and safety. The relocation of this information maintains consistency wi'h NUREG-1431. Any change to this requirement will be made in accordance with the Bases Control Program described in ITS Section 5.E. LAa CTS SRs 4.8.1.1.2.i and 4.8.1.1.2.j require verification of the ability to cross-tie the "A" DGs to the respective opposite unit's 4 kV.ESF bus. This capability is not a credited function for any assumed design basis event, and is not needed to preclude any new or different accident T (refer to DOC "L2 " for a related discussion). In addition, these CTS f- SRs do not represent real life actual conditions. In the event of a id loss of offsite power (LOOP) on Unit 2. crosstieing Unit 1 'A' DG to
/ bus 241 (Unit 2) would not be performed via synchronizing the 1A DG to bus 241. In the event of a LOOP on Unit 2. both Unit 2 ESF buses would m
N be-de-energized, and therefore the crosstie would be to a dead Unit 2 (O 1 d bus. This Surveillance is to be relocated to the TRM. This Surveillance confirms the ability to power a unit-specific auxiliary feedwater pump from the opposite-unit DG, which may be needed in certain station blackout scenarios. However, this cross-tie ability is not directly related to the Operability of a unit's AC power sources, or to the Operability of a unit's auxiliary feedwater aump. As such, this relocated requirement is not required to be in t1e Technical Specifications to provide adequate protection of the public health and safety. Relocating this surveillance maintains consistency with NUREG-1431. Any change to this requirement will be made in accordance with 10 CFR 50.59. l n V BYRON /BRAIDWOOD -UNITS 1 & 2 3.8 14 9/29/98 Revision L l
DISCUSSION OF CHANGES TO CTS ITS SECTION 3.8 ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS LA n CTS SR 4.8.1.1.2.f.13), to verify the DG lockout- features prevent DG starting only when required, is to be relocated to the TRM. If a DG lockout feature prevents the DG from operating during an accident this will still be identified during the LOOP. LOCA, and LOCA/ LOOP DG Surveillances (ITS SRs 3.8.1.11, 3.8.1.12, and 3.8.1.19), which are currently performed at the same perio'dicity as the " lockout" ' Surveillance. Since the condition requiring the lockout is one that reflects DG inoperability, failure of a lockout feature to properly lockout a DG does not, in itself, impact DG Operability. This requirement is not necessary to ensure the Operability of the DGs. The requirements of ITS LC0 3.8.1 and the associated Surveillance Requirements are adequate to ensure the DGs are maintained Operable. As such, this requirement is not required to be in the TS to provide adequate protection of the public health and safety. Relocating this surveillance maintains consistency with NUREG-1431. Any change to this requirement will be made in accordance with 10 CFR 50.59. O I O v -BYRON /BRAIDWOOD -UNITS 1 & 2 3.8-14a 9/3/98 Revision L
DISCUSSION OF CHANGES TO CTS
/3 ITS SECTION 3.8 - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS U
~
LA u CTS SR 4.8.1.1.2.h details for the method for cleaning the diesel fuel storage tank (i.e., " draining." " removing the accumulated sediment." and "using a sodium hypochlorite solution"), and the requirement to perform a pressure test on the DG fuel oil system piping, are to be relocated to the TRM. The CTS details regarding the methods of tank cleanjng reflect a preventative type of SR. Sediment 'in the tank or failure to perform this SR. does not necessarily result in an inoperable storage tank or DG. Preventative maintenance SRs generally have been relocated from the TS and allowed to be under licensee control. as they are not necessary for assuring Operability. The pressure test of the-fuel oil system is l covered by ASME Code Section XI Article IWD-5000. As such. this requirement is not required to be in the TS to provide adequate protection of the public health and safety. Relocating this d surveillance maintains consistency with NUREG-1431 as modified by 2 TSTF-2. Revision 1. Any change to this requirement will be made in 2 accordance with 10 CFR 50.59. LAu CTS LC0 3.8.1.2 Actions on the inoperability of a required AC source, and CTS LCO 3.8.3.2 Actions for ino3erable buses, require suspension of l
" crane operations with loads over t1e spent fuel pool." " Crane operation" issues are relocated from the CTS (e.g., CTS LC0 3.9.7.
" Crane Travel - Spent Fuel Storage Facility"). based on the n administrative controls on heavy loads. Therefore the Actions associated with crane operation following a loss of power sources are to
(") be relocated to the TRM consistent with other heavy-loads issues. The design features and system operation are also described in the UFSAR. As such, these requirements are not required to be in the TS to provide adequate protection of the public health and safety. The relocation of these requirements maintains consistency with NUREG-1431. Any change to these requirements will be made in accordance with 10 CFR 50.59.
.LA u CTS LCOs 3.8.2.1, 3.8.2.2. 3.8.3.1, and 3.8.3.2 provide details defining the Operability of the DC electric sources. Instrument Buses and the Instrument Bus inverters. These details consist of design features which are adequately detailed and controlled in the UFSAR and ITS Bases.
The details relating to system design. function, and Operability are not necessary in the ITS LCO. The definition of Operability suffices. As such, these details are not required to be in the TS to provide adequate protection of the public health and safety. The relocation of these details maintains the consistency with NUREG-1431. Any change to these details will be made in accordance with the Bases Control Program described in ITS Section 5.5. and in accordance with 10 CFR 50.59 for UFSAR revisions. l g V BYRON /BRAIDWOOD - UNITS 1 & 2 3.8 15 9/3/98 Revision L i l l
.. DISCUSSION OF CHANGES TO CTS ITS SECTION 3.8 ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS }]v-L3 With one DG inoperable. CTS LCO 3.8.1.1. Action c. requires all features that depend on the Operable DG to be Operable. If this recuirement can not be met, the CTS Action requires a shutdown be commencec within 2 hours. ITS LC0 3.8.1 Required Action B.2 provides two relaxations:
2- 1. Rather than a plant shutdown re'quirement, the ITS requires that the feature (s) supported by the inoperable DG be declared M inoperable if its redundant counterpart is inoperable. This
" provides for actions appropriate to the actual inoperabilities.
which may avoid an immediate shutdown and the risks associated i[ with a plant shutdown. For example, if the "B" DG is inoperable in conjunction with the "A" hydrogen recombiner. CTS Actions would require a shutdown to coamence within 2 hours, while ITS would allow entering Actions for both hydrogen recombiners ino)erable, thereby providing for the complete 72 hours to restore tie DG to Operable status. Not 'recuiring a unit shutdown is acceptable since Requirec Action B.2 is intended to address the
! loss of safety function in the event of a loss of offsite power.
1 These features are designed with redundant safety related trains. 4 Redundant required feature failures consist -of inoperable features
-g associated with a train, redundant to the train that has an inoperable DG. In this condition, the remaining OPERABLE DG is adeciuate to supply electrical power to the onsite Class 1E g
ky-- { Distribution System. Thus, on a component basis, single failure 3rotection for the required feature's function may have been lost: lowever, function may not have been lost.
- 2. ITS allows 4 hours (versus 2 hours)'to commence the specified action. This extension provides additional time to restore either the ino)erable DG or the inoperable feature, and is conside"ed a reasona)le time to effect' repairs prior to requiring a cyced shutdown of the unit. This extension is acceptable since it takes i into account the OPERABILITY of the redundant counterpart to the j inoperable required feature. Additionally, the 4 hour Completion g Time takes into account the capacity and capability of the y remaining AC sources, a reasonable time for repairs, and the low y probability of a DBA occurring during the period.
4
. BYRON /BRAIDWOOD UNITS 1 & 2 3.8 18 9/3/98 Revision L
-DISCUSSION OF CHANGES TO CTS 75 ITS SECTION 3.8 ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS-V -
L4 CTS LCO 3,8.1 1. Action b. for one offsite circuit and one DG inoperable, requires demonstration of the remaining Operable DG within 8 hours, even though this condition requires commencing a alant shutdown in 12 hours if one of the sources is not returned to Opera]le status. Requiring determination of the remaining DG's Operability.within the restoration' time may detract from the' activities necessary to' complete the restoration.- The additional 4 hours.that could be gained before a required shutdown would commence if it was found that the remaining DG
.was inoperable, is not a significant impact on safety since this flexibility will increase the likelihood completing the activities necessary to restore one source to Operable status. Furthermore.
ITS LCO 3.8.1. Required Action B.3.1 and B.3.2 continues to require 24 hours for the DG Operability demonstration whether a DG alone is inoperable, or is inoperable in conjunction with an inoperable qualified circuit. This change is consistent with Generic Letter 84-15 and NUREG-1431.
- O BYRON /BRAIDWOOD . UNITS 1 & 2 3.8 18a 9/3/98 Revision L
DISCUSSION OF CHANGES TO CTS ITS SECTION 3.8 - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS Li CTS SR 4.8.1.1.2.f.2) requires the DG to reject the equivalent of its single largest load with acceptance criteria of both transient and I steady state generator voltage and frequency response. ITS SR 3.8.1.9 also requires both transient and steady state response for this test, but does not impose a transient voltage limit. This is consistent with recommendations of Regulatory Guide 1.9 in that the major coiltern
-> during the loss of the single largest load is the loss of the DG due to
- f. overspeed tri aping. The DG frequency (speed response) is more 6 exaggerated tlan the voltage response, and is more limiting in in maintaining the continued Operability of the DG. Therefore, meeting the 9l- frequency acceptance criteria and eliminating the transient voltage
[) criteria continues to provide adequate testing of the DG response. L, CTS SRs 4.8.1.1.2.f.4). 4.8.1.1.2.f.5). 4.8.1.1.2.f.6). 4.8.1.1.2.f.6)c) and 4.8.1.1.2.f.10) are revised to add the phrase "an actual or simulated." in Reference to the test signals used to actuate the DGs (in l SRs 3.8.1.11, 3.8.1.12. 3.8.1.19, 3.8.1.13. and 3.8.1.17. res , l The CTS wording requires " simulating" or that a " test signal"pectively). or l
" simulated... signal" be used, which does not allow for an actual signal to be a) plied in meeting the Specification. The revised wording will allow tie plant to take credit for an actual signal to initiate the protective function being surveilled, as well as a simulated signal.
n Therefore, this change is less restrictive. This clarification is g consistent with NUREG-1431. l La CTS'SR 4.8.1.1.2.f.11) requires testing to ensure that the DG day tank cross connect lines are unobstructed. such that the fuel transfer aump transfers fuel from its storage tank to the day tank of each DG (tle
- procedure involves pumping to the associated day tank with the cross ;
connect line unisolated and verifying a corresponding increase in both : day tanks' levels). No analyzed event credits the use of this cross connect for DG operation, and during normal operation, this line is l required to be closed to maintain DG separation. Since no DG Operability criteria is affected by the function of this cross connect line. this verification can be eliminated with no impact on safety. Lu CTS SRs 4.8.1.1.2.a.5) and 4.8.1.1.2.f.7) require a specific load range for DG testing. ITS SRs 3.8.1.3. 3.8.1.14 and 3.8.1.15 are modified by a Note that allows that " momentary transients outside the load range do l not invalidate this test." Momentary transients may occur for various reasons during loading, unloading, and steady state o)eration of the DG. However, tt ?se transients are quickly restored to witlin the limits and do not reflect an inab'ility of the DG system to fulfill its function. Therefore, these transients should not be considered as a failure of the Surveillance. BYRON /BRAIDWOOD - UNITS 1 & 2 3.8 20 9/3/98 Revision L 1 L
N DISCUSSION OF CHANGES-TO CTS l <" 4- ITS SECTION 3.8 - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS m [ La Not used. L3 CTS SR 4.8.2.1.2.b.3) requires that once every 92 days and within 7 days after a battery discharge, the average electrolyte temperature of all connected cells is verified to be above 60 F. ITS SR 3.8.6.3, requires that once every 92 days the average electrolyte temperature of re)resentative cells is verified to be.= 60 F. Deletion of the SR after a 3attery discharge is acce3 table because a large discharge of the battery will tend to heat tie battery electrolyte, not reduce the , temperature. Therefore, the requirement to measure electrolyte ' temperature after a discharge is not necessary. In addition. CTS g requires the average electrolyte temperature for all connected cells to 3 be verified. ITS requires the average electrolyte temperature of the g representative cells to be verified. Changing the SR to representative
,,; cells is consistent with IEEE-450 testing requirements and terminology.
o Based on the above, both of these changes are considered to be less W
- restrictive, however since the changes are consistent with an approved NRC and industry standard, there is no im)act on safety. This is acce) table-because a large discharge of tie battery will tend to heat the aattery electrolyte not reduce the temperature. The requirement to measure electrolyte temperature is not necessary. Therefore, this less !
restrictive change will have no impact on safety. L3 Not used. t l 3.8 25 9/3/98 Revision L ( BYRON /BRAIDWOOD - UNITS 1 & 2
. . . ~ _ _ _ _ - . _ _ . . _ _ _ . _ ,- _ . _ . _ _ _
t DISCUSSION OF CHANGES TO CTS
- V (T ITS SECTION 3.8 ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS >
l fl ~La Not used. I La CTS SR 4.8.2.2 for DC sources while shutdown, requires performance of all the Surveillances that are required for DC sources while operating. ITS SR 3.8.5.1. Notr, provides several exceptions to required demonstratiohs (although still retaining the applicability of'the l specific function to be Operable) that are not provided in I CTS SR 4.8.2.2. The reason for the Note is to preclude requiring the Operable battery from being rendered inoperable during the performance l of SRs. With limited DC sources available, testing should not cause inoperability of a required source. This change is consistent with u NUREG-1431. i - ( U , {- f BYRON /BRAIDWOOD --UNITS 1 & 2 3.8-26 9/29/98 Revision L l I
DISCUSSION OF CHANGES TO CTS ITS SECTION 3.8 ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS of ILu A Note is added to CTS SR 4.8.1.1.2.f.3) and ITS SR 3.8.1.10, which states that momentary transients above the stated voltage limit l immediately following a load rejection do not invalidate the test. Based on alant experience and discussions with the DG manufacturer during a E full load reject test, there is an initial very high. very short durati'on voltage spike (as high~as 8000-9000 volts). The DG vendor has indicated that the momentary spike does not result in generator damage. The installed plant instrumentation does not necessarily pick up this initial voltage spike due to the extremely short duration of the voltage spike. However, without such an allowance, if sensitive instrumentation'were used (in the future) during a DG full load rejection, and this momentary voltage spike was detected, the DG SR would not be met. As a result. Condition E, of ITS LCO 3.8.1 would be entered, even though the DG responded as expected. In addition. Condition B requires performance of ITS SR 3.8.1.2 on the remaining OPERABLE DG, which would not be necessary. Because this allowance reflects the expected DG response and potentially prevents unnecessary DG starts, the allowance does not have an unacceptable impact on safety. This change is consistent with allowances granted for other Comed nuclear stations. L3 CTS SRs 4.8.1.1.2.a.5). 4.8.1.1.2.f.3). and 4.8.1.1.2.f.7) include
.s requirements associated with loading the diesel generator to greater than or equal to the continuous rating of the DGs (5500 kW). Consistent with NUREG-1431. these SRs are modified in ITS SR 3.8.1.3 (31 day. 60 min run). SR 3.8.1.10 (full load reject). and SR 3.8.1.14 (24 hour run) to include a 90% to 100% of the continuous rating of the DGs load band (4950 kW to 5500 kW). In addition, the Note contained in ITS SR 3.8.1.15 (hot restart) includes this load band. Regulatory Guide 1.9. Revision 3 recommends that these tests be conducted at 90% to 100%
of the DG continuous rating. The maximum expected accident load for the worst case DG is 5166 kW (Byron DG 1A - during the first 30 minutes). Therefore, conducting the tests utilizing the proposed load band still is representative of the postulated conditions for the DGs. Furthermore, performing tests at greater than or equal to the continuous rating of the DGs can increase the need for DG tear down and maintenance. Therefore this change does not have an adverse impact on safety. n O V BYRON /BRAIDWOOD -UNITS 1 & 2 3.8 28 9/3/98 Revision L
s DISCUSSION OF CHANGES TO CTS ITS SECTION 3.8 - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS 0 L3 CTS SR 4.8.2.1.2.b.3) states "The average electrolyte temperature of s all connected cells is above 60 F." ITS changes this SR to state. "The average electrolyte temperature of representative cells is equal to or above 60 F." This is considered to be a less restrictive change, since V it is allowing the temperature to be equal to or above 60 F instead of just being above 60 F. This change i's made to be consistent 'with the Y manufacturer's recommendations based on the battery sizing calculation. 19-D-21. Revision 6. and the battery load profile. In addition, this
@~ revised temperature is consistent with the ventilation system capabilities in the battery room, as well as the recommendation of IEEE-450.
Lu CTS SR 4.8.1.1.2.a.5) requires " verifying the generator is synchronized, loaded to greater than or equal to 5500 kW in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations ... ." ITS 3.8.1.3 Note 1 states. "DG loadings may include gradual loading as recommended by the manufacturer." There may be occasions where the manufacturer's recommendations may not be strictly complied with, but the DG is still verified operable. Prudent operations may necessitate an engineering evaluation of the data to ensure the slight alteration is acceptable and the manufacturer may be contacted for confirmation. The purpose of ' gradual loading-is to increase engine reliability by eliminating the
- degradation caused by " fast loading" which does not allow the engine to gradually come to thermal equilibrium. Increased engine reliability ultimately results in increased plant safety. This testing philosophy is consistent with NUREG-1431 and was specified in GL 93-05 (Line Item
. Tech Spec linprovements). Enclosure 1 of GL 93-05 included a line item s which allowed the elimination of 60 second " fast loading" and I incorporation of loading "in accordance with the manufacturer's w recommendations". .This line item tech spec change was adopted as part g of CTS Amendment li for Braidwood and Amendment 79 for Byron. For the
. reason's stated above, it is the licensee's intent to perform DG h surveillances in accordance.with the manufacturers recommendations.
This type of operation directly increases engine reliability and 4 therefore indirectly increases plant safety. This philosophy is g reflected in current operating procedures. The current ITS verbage does not change this philosophy, but gives the station the flexibility to deviate from the manufacturers loading schedule if required (i.e., tornado /T-storm warnings, emerging plant conditions, etc.) without invalidating the SR. GL 93-05 stated that. "while the majority of the testing at power is important, safety can be improved, equipment degradation decreased, and an unnecessary burden on personnel resources eliminated by reducing the amount of testing that the TS require during , power operation." This is considered to be a less restrictive change ' since literal com)liance with the CTS would require that the DG loading for this SR only ae done as recommended by the manufacturer. This change is consistent with NUREG-1431. BYRON /BRAIDWOOD - UNITS 1 & 2 3.8 31a 9/22/98 Revision L
DISCUSSION OF CHANGES TO CTS TN. . . ITS SECTION 3.8 ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS k,)
.Lu (Braidwood only) CTS SR 4.8.2.1.2.f' footnote
- states. " Testing at a 2 year interval is acceptable as long as the battery capacity 'is greater than 100% of rated capacity and the battery shows no signs of -
degradation." ITS SR 3.8.4 8 Frecuency changes this to state. ". . AND 24 months when battery has reachec 8S% of the expected life.with-capacity = 100% of manufacturer's rating." This is considereit to be a less restrictive change. since it is allowing the testing interval to be extended when~ battery capacity is = 100% instead of ) 100%. This change was inadvertently omitted f,'om the CTS License Amendment Request for the recently issued Braidwood Amendment.94, and is made to be consistent with the recommendation ofFIEEE-450, as well as NUREG-1431. O d BYRON /BRAIDWOOD UNITS 1 & 2 3.8 31b 9/3/98 Revision L
~
l h AC Sources-0parating 3.8.1 l ACTIONS (continued) CONDITION REQUIRED-ACTION . COMPLETION TIME 1
- pl l 4l
.- D. e f required,] ~ offs ------------NOTE-------------
ci "it inoperabl . Enter applicable Conditions %- l .- and Required Actions of : ' y AND LCO 3.8.9, " Distribution g Systems-Operating," when One [re tire DG Condition D is entered with , L inop ble. no AC a R power Chw. source w) -to h l 0.1 Restoregrequ 12 hours
. g OPERABLE statu . }g
@.. . ,. 4 3. s _ u) ;
e7;2 te circu o 5 4 .J p 22 03
@ D.2 Restore (+*eeweea DG 12 hours to OPERABLE status.
l9 E. Two es.eee+eed@ DGs E.1 Restore one 2 hours l inoperable. (+eeew+ee40DG to h OPERABLE status. (continued) l l
'WOG STS- 3.8-4 Rev 1, 04/07/95
#2rv L h, .
l AC Sources-Operating 3.8.1 t , V, SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY )
=
'N. -l SR 3.8.1.1 Verify correct breaker alignmenwN 7 days indicated power availability for each N t
{requiredycttotecircuit. L(4%u+ ed) @ l 1 SR 3.8.1.2 -------------------NOT h ----_-_______---- 1 Jf Performance of SR 3.8.1.7 satisfies) f
-this SR.] N 6 N
- b 2 All D starts may be receded by an i en ' e prelube per' d and followe by armup period ior to loadi .
/Th.- A modified DG start involving idling /<
and gradual acceleration to synchronous speed may be used for this SR :: err rd:d b3 t'e
- r#2cture . When modified start A procedures are not used, the time, V voltage, and frequency tolerances of SR 3.8.1.7 must be met.
I ( ________________________________________5 g 31 da.ys Verify each DG starts from standby t ;pecified ini
@ conditionY and achieves steady sta'te voltage and 574580fV/ nd
.T;bh 3.0.1 1 J frequency2WTV;Hz 2758.8f and $761.2 z.
@3(3950)
(continued) l sO !U l 3.8-6 Rev 1, 04/07/95 WOG STS 22:.v L.
AC, Sources-Oper ng A V SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS ('ontinued) c ! SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY C-1 SR 3.8.1.7 [------ --- --
-NOTE---- ----------
---) ".
fall starts y be prece ' d by an e ine ' ?'
' pre ube I t_f_______perio .
_---,=__=______________________j P e norr7n3 Verify each DG starts Trom* standby 184 days condition and achieves *in s {10} seconds, h(59sG vo:T. age 2 LdW.4G} V and s 4580l V, and frequency 2 p 8.8) Hz and{s (61.2k Hz. SR 3.8.1.8 1 ----------- - =- NUlt-------------------- Op This Surveillance f. ell ac,t be y.. Twimmd V/ lin ".00: or 2.f;;. .m. , c. edit ..:., bei .
't;k;n fe._a.pl;.nn d n nt: th:t ::ti fy]
?
N .
-thi: "' I .
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ = _ _ _ _ - _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ = - -
'V
~
(rep
- red) p)
r
9#
Verify teerteme++e-t+aef) manual [/fransfer of AC power sources from the*normalt it:::cr 318monthsf circuit ten:t?
"** frequired}bg ;j
"- " ' ito r gcui
~
[queuRedl Cn b.h!O - (continued) WOG STS 3.8-8 Rev 1, 04/07/95 f?cs L_
LC0 INSERT (S)
- l. -
SECTION 3.8 LCO 3.8.1
- INSERT 3.8 9A (P3 )
L l SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY
.N E e6 SR 3.8.1.10 NOTES. ...
l- Aj 1. Momentary transients above the voltage , limit immediately following a load l rejection do not invalidate this test.
- 2. ...
l O 9 8/27/98 Revision L i l
f: AC Sources-Operating ; 3.8.1 ' A I V SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS (continued) SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.8.1.11 ------ - - - -
- NOT Edf3------------------
til DC :::rt: my be prereced cy :r T l {1.- e ci e : 1 A ;c-! d. f l . . l g. This Surveillance shall not be performed in MODE 1, 2, 3, or 4. l , rlcwever, crc = =y :: = n :sr p i 'L=1:nnede';rt: th:t ::ti:f~ thi; nJ Verify on an actual or simulated loss of 118monthsf r-offsite power signal: i
- a. De-energization of crer; n n buses; 9
)>( esF)
- b. Load shedding from c-^r;enen buses; (
w c .- DG auto-starts from standby. condition and:
- 1. energizes permanently connected k- loads in $710fseconds,
- 2. energizes au o-connected shutdown loads through ut L ;J, load sequence (-we Ah J l 3. maintains' steady state jv ltage l 2 VandSM4580fV, l- 3 B%o 4.
maintain 1758.8 Hz[ssteadystatefrequency and $761.2ffiz, and i 5. supplies permanently connected l- $andauto-connected [ shutdown loads for 2 5 minutes. (continued) O v WOG STS 3.8-10 Rev 1, 04/07/95 l i l
1 l l AC Sources-Oper ng 1 O ' i D SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS (continued) l SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.8.1.12 /-/-+-7--/-+-+-/"O,t f-/--/--/-+-A--h-L.1. A;; 00 st:rt: ny t;;==cce ey 1 _ l* pr: lube peried. / C R [Th:; =r=: :== :=:'ne: =) crf;r. ;d " "0DE 1 er 2. p:=ver; e tr:d:t ::y be taten ter unplanned 7
,c=nt: that ::tisfy thi: 5 ". . ;
f--/--/-f-f-f+-t-t-t-1 i t-4--+-t-t-f-f Verify on an actual or simulated Engineered M18monthsf 4 Safety Feature (ESF) actuation signal $ each DG auto-starts from standby conditiori and: min <310Fseconds &fter cuto-; tart =d } # M M . d ::t .) achieves voltage N- 2N 37407 T'1Ti h iG0;; '17Y (fr.t = A _z.; Cn V i
- b. 'I _ [10] =:=hTr stNui =^2 1n skad f skW.vey j
('
" - 5 / thieves (frecuency N .
gsey and r-- h
. (Hz and _M61.2THz; ad gusi5 M N
- c. Operates for 2 5 minutess".
ff
/. Permanen y connected lo 'ds remain )
energi d from the off te power syst ; and - 4-
- e. E _rgency loads a energized (or to-connected t rough'the auto tic load system.
sequencer fromtheoffs'epow)er a, T.n 6 to Sc onos Ac.wm:ws voetww
& 3%"o V Ano t. Aggol
- b. L 9 go 3m g p 2 59 B HE Ano 6 t,,t;7 Ri=; gno r
i 3.8-11 Rev 1, 04/07/95 WOG STS pun L
- ~ _ . -- . . - . - - .- . _ - . . _- . ._ _. .
l AC Sources-Opera D) ( v l SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS (continued) SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY I l SR 3.8.1.14 ---- -
-------NOTES--------- ---------
'1. Homentary transientt outside the load .
x_... _ . . . . . ..ter) rang @donot invalidate this test.
- 2. This Surveillance shall not be performed in MODE 1 or 2. /": =e:r,) c
- y :: ::x:n t:r unphnned_J
(:cr:0::
- nt: th:t ::ti:fy t'i: SRJ
__----- -__--_-..---__----_-______ --___-- l Verify each DG':::r tin .. . __ ..
.____.[ $18 months P
- p c.9D operates for 2 24 hours
- 5 '7M)
- a. Fo I
$ @.~Thours kW; andloaded 2 ,____, kW and i
Go@) l
- b. For the remainin 3
loaded 2 ( N ) gkWhours of the test a~n~d s @RiElQ kW. J g e,m a-3 y SR 3.8.1.15 --------------
=NOT@
l 1. This Surveillance shall be performed pg within 5 minutes of shutting down the DG after the DG has operated
>'42 ours loaded 2 kW and a we l egerstig 3 d sA 95 mprstars hm y O8 3 4_ kW 7 L pag;,g, , ,g
(.5500)
@ Momentary transients outside of load .
range do not invalidate this test. f2. All DC : tart: ::y Oc prec;0:0 by ant 1 < engine preleb peri:d. i 918monthsf sVerify y10 heach econds, DG starts voltage and 2 achieve f; i.n nd k,
'_M 4580 and frequency 2$58.87112 and
$961.2 z.
1 (continued) . I O)
% 1 1
1 WOG STS 3.8-13 Rev 1, 04/07/95 s'ev L
AC Sources-Operating g g 3.8.1 m SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS (continued) (] SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.8.1.18 -------------------NOTE------------------_- This Surveillance shall not be performed 3 .'incyMODE 1, 2, 3, or 4./F.::::: , --aM t ,
/ _
be t:hcr f:r unpl:nned c'!:rt: th:t j c,4 -_::ti:fr thi: SP / L Verify interval etween each sequenced load 418 months}*' block is within i 10%ofdesignintervalf for each G::r : :sP{and shutdown M sequenc i
%c (ssf=4uare SR 3.8.1.19 - _ _ - -- ---- -- ------ - N O T I@ - ---- - ----- ---- - - -
- 1. ^11 DC :t:rt: :y b: pr_:::d:d b c crJ pq r eirr er:1the ::ried.f
,P. This Surveillance shall not be 3erformed in MODE 1, 2, 3, or 4.
rx - r a_,,. ..m+ _ , ,, u + u o ,, far h i . 2 khd c .!+ 2 +4 #y +h4e RD, Verify on an actual or simulated loss of 918 months [ offsite power signal in conjunction with an actual or simulated ESF actuation signal: g i
- a. De-energization of e e mence buses; <
*O w] "
- b. 8 rd shedding from _ .m encm buses; k
- c. Db auto-starts from standby condition l#
and:
- 1. energizes permanently connected j
loadsin5710fseconds, I l (continued) [ O. U WOG STS 3.8-15 Rev 1, 04/07/95 Ihv L
l AC Sources-Operating l 3 . 8 .1.
/O i SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS
' - (/ SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY l SR 3.8.1.19 (continued) (m ,ggg i
- 2. energizes auto-connected .
. emergency loads through had9 sequenc g
- 3. achieves steady state voltage 2 V and W 580 % ,
o, 3950
- 4. achieves steady state frequency rT58.8Mz and s'161.2filz, and
- 5. supplies permanently connected Wandauto-connected %mergency loads for 2 5 minutes.
J SR 3.8.1.20 f--------------- ---NOTE----- -------- -- All DG start may be prece d by an e ine q prelube per od. C j t--------- ------------ -----------------> co 10 years d Verify when started simultaneously from' standby condition each DG achieves, in !
,'sN10fseconds,Oscitecc: !3744] V ad 3 '* d'
;< 07 , V ; G frequency PT58.BFHz% -
,- il.: ur. ik l l
l 3.8-16 Rev 1, 04/07/95 WOG STS IZnM L
AC Sources-Shutdown
/d 3.8.2
- W 3.8 ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS 3.8.2 AC Sources-Shutdown LCO 3.8.2 The following AC electrical power sources shall be OPERABLE:
- a. One qualified circuit between the offsite transmission
. network and the ons'ite Class IE AC electric'al power distribution subsystem (s) required by LCO 3.8.10,
" Distribution Systems-Shutdown"; and -
!, (Avisie,n)
- b. Onefiesel generator (DG) capable of supplying one nd rJ of-t'he onsite Class 1E AC electrical power distribution 4 subsystem (s) required by LCO 3.8.10. g.
m k APPLICABILITY: MODES 5 and 6, N ( During movement of irradiated fuel assemblies.
- - - - -nori -' li @
l) ' tto 3.0. 5 *i+ ve+ Aff t.A.lete. ACTIONS 4 CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME 4 O (q-r.oc4 ) r A. G[equireder" - ------------NOTE------------- circuit inoperable. Enter applicable Conditions G. and Required Actions of . LCO 3.8.10, with one required (tr:ir.'de-energized as a G L u e n_- ) D _$$ __$__ $$_ $$__ _______ A.1 Declare affected Immediately required feature (s) with no offsite power available inoperable. 93 A.2.1 Suspend CORE Immediately ALTERATIONS. AND (continued) y l I ' D\
- U 3.8-18 Rev 1, 04/07/95 WOG STS (2 d L.
1 ' DC Sources-Operating l l- .i 3.8.4 l
/ 3.8 ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS
'~'
L 3.8.4 DC. Sources-Operating (p ,% n(gi)ad wwt,n32(229 j
,7 LCO 3.8.4- E5 92i- ^ rd " "l0C electrical power subsystems shall 1:
'be OPERABLE {wo mr exmmen w me oppen wQ MODES 1, 2, 3, and 4.
I APPLICABILITY:
- ACTIONS =
CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION ' COMPLETION TIME CmNP A 6h's WEAT 3.t-24 A 3 E t c i o ' 4. One DC electrical X.1 - Restore DC electrical 2 hours. P power subsystem. power. subsystem to inoperable, OPERABLE status. C *o'di%m C h,6,c, or O'~ '"J"'-"*") E-E th Required Action and 8.1 Be in MODE 3. 6 hours Associated Completion
!q)- Time not met. AND E.
6.2 Be in MODE 5. 36 hours SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY f 7 days In-SR 3.8.4.1 Verify L:ttery terminal voltage is
;t QV on float charge.
050.r] ....neata m d ueir L p. d CD N . (continued) fT V 3.8-24 Rev 1, 04/07/95 WOG STS D L
. . - - . . . . . - . . . ~ ~ . . . -
LC0 INSERT (S) , t 7 SECTION 3.8 Byron Specification LC0 3.8.4 INSERT '3.8 24A (continued)l'(P5)
; CONDITION' REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME C. 'One DC electrical C.1 NOTE power division. Only required when'
.crosstied to - opposite unit has an opposite-unit ~DC inoperable battery. '
electrical power subsystem with an y
. inoperable source.
Verify opposite-unit Once per ! while opposite unit is DC bus load 12 hours 1 1 in MODE 5, 6 or s 200 amps. ; defueled, i AND l C.2 Open at least one crosstie breaker' 7 days
~( ~s) ; between the crosstied U divisions.
9/3/98 Revision L
l LCO INSERT (S) L/ SECTION 3.8
]
8raidwood Specification LC0 3.8.4 - INSERT--3.8 24A (continued)' (Pa)-
. CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION: COMPLETION TIME
~ C. One'DC electrical C .1- . NOTE: power division .0nly required when crosstied.to- opposite unit has an-opposite-unit DC. inoperable battery. i electrical: power. ) subsystem.with an . l
. inoperable source.. Verify opposite-unit- Once per- ,
DC bus load 12 hours whileopgositeunitis in MODE , 6. or s 100 amps for AT&T~ defueled. (s 200 amps for C&D).. 1 MD C.2 Open at least one 7 days O V crosstie breaker-between the crosstied ! divisions. l l I 4 I 9/3/98 Revision L
'g- -.g- y _.y
1 i DC Sources--Operating , 6 $3 . 3.8.4 ) 1 l 1
- , ~~) SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS (continued) ;
SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY o, I l 3.8.4.6 -------------------h0TE-------------- } SR Thi; Sur;;ill:n : chal' not bc perfer ed 4a;
- Pg )
f,00: 1, 2, 2, or V He':fr/cr, c-edit ~2" ba' i:Rer for en;1:r ed cytht: th:t ::ti fy ; CS tFi: S P, .sf Verify each battery charger supplies M f18 months}A' r ;d ' ec: :::: 2r 2 ' im for ;tN8_gf hours. F A led qu t u % mutu.wm4 r=44C : T I t N SR ' 3. 8'. 4,7 -------------------NOTES-------------------
- 1. The modified perfccmance discharge )
test in SR 3.8.4.8 may be performed in lieu of the service test in SR 3.8.4.7 ll4 Once a r L; .cnins. I Phg -
- 2. This Surveillance shall not be performed in MODE 1, 2, 3, or 4.
+ne f"%g J y;f r y g - g edit msu ha +svan 1 OA nnnisenaA nunn+c +5,+ e7+4e#u + hic to t
y ) d
--------- = -------------=_ - -__-----
Verify battery capacilt is adequate to Nyl8 monthsy"' ' supply, and maintain 80PERABLE status, the required emergency loads for the design duty cycle when subjected to a battery service test. (continued) 3.8-26 Rev 1, 04/07/95 WOG STS 12uN. L
.h DC Sources-Operating 3.8.4 73, y SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS (continued)
SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY , i SR 3.8.4.8 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - NOTE--==- - -------- This Surveillance shall not be performed in f~N***'"b*."g]
._ MODE 1, 2, 3, or 4./,% :::r, cree +: --" sei D~
Bo S w tm ab u k i.Ano. r+,v--
<-.,...a..,..a_
. ..y m...+._, +w,+ _... ,+,,K,,'
. . . , , , j
- . . . . .J u.,. t
---- =_- _ _ _ . ._=--- --==- =-. -
Verify battery capacity is 2 of the 60 months { manufacturer's rating when subjected to 3 performance discharge test or a modifid Af@ performance discharge test. 12 months when battery shows degradation or expected life with capacity
< 100Y. of manufacturer's ;
rN, rating !
\J Af&
24 months when battery has reached)(85$% of the expected life with capacity 2 100% of manufacturer % rating i ,3( V - WOG STS 3.8-27 Rev 1, 04/07/95 l hv L
~. . ~. __ . - . _ . . _ _. _._ ......._ .~ _... -
L' DC Sources-Shutdown 3.8.5
.[.<
w: M
#g ' 3. 8' . : ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS
(') - 3.8.5 ' DC Sources-Shutdown P, ' P i r-
.)Y :
16 m+ert Lt-asa T LCO 3.8.5- [DCelectrica ricalower subsys shall be BLE to s ort) i _the DC_el power stribution system (s) quired
\by LC .8.10, " Dis ution Sys s-Shutdown j t ji e& ,
- . 4
~ APPLICABILITY: _ MODES 5 and 6,-- v-During movementgirradiated fuel = assemblies. 6I p.r___ pts __. 7_ -
3 j ACTIONS W O - w 7 V. O S A S 'i5 me h -eelic ---- Al. gl-]; L ~ CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION- -COMPLETION TIME ; j l li A. One or more required _ A.1.1 Declare affected Imediately - 1 DC electrical: power- required feature (s) ! subsystemsiinoperable g ~ inoperable. l
^ . (Fo r: rus on s a+h e r +h a, OR
- c. m ,.., s.
t A.2.1 Suspend CORE- Imediately ' ALTERATIONS,
., AND A.2.2 Suspend movement of Imediately l irradiated fuci assemblies.
! AND 1 A.2.3 Initiate action to imediately suspend operations , involving positive reactivity additions. AND (continued) 1 LO Rev 1, 04/07/95 WOG'STS- 3.8-28 h qw t
LCO INSERT (S)
.SECTION 3.8 7
g cd
- gi LC0 3.8.5 f INSERT':3.8 28A- (Pu and Pu)-
v-
.LCO 3.8 5 The following shall be OPERABLE with at least one unit '
i
~
cfosstie breaker per divisfon open: .;
- a. One DC electrical power subsystem capable of supplying l
.one division of the onsite Class 1E DC electrical power i distribution subsystem (s) required by LC0 3.8.10. i
" Distribution System-Shutdown": and ..
l
- b. One source of DC electrical power, other than that required by.LC0 3.8.5.a. capable of supplying the remaining onsite Class.1E.DC electrical )ower -
b distribution subsystem (s) when required ay LCO 3.8.10. NOTE
- 0ne division may be crosstied to the opposite unit, when the opposite unit is in MODE 1. 2. 3. or 4 with an inoperable )
battery charger. j . k
-s g
. 9/3/98 Revision L
, . - . . . - ~ -. .. . . . - ..- . - . - - . - . . . - . . . - - -
1 1 LCO INSERT (S) SECTION 3.8 Byron Specification LC0 3.8.5
-INSERT' 3.8 29A -(P13=and Pa)- 2 CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION' TIME A. .., ...
8hD (P13) A.2.5 Declare affected Low . Immediately. Temperature
' Overpressure Protection feature (s) inoperable.
I B. One DC electrical B.1' NOTE power division- Only required when f]' crosstied to opposite unit has an V iopposite-unit DC (Pr o): electrical. power inoperable battery.
~
subsystem with an . inoperable source. Verify-opposite-unit DC Once per l while opposite unit- bus load is s 200 amps. 12 hours is in MODE 5.~6. or
-defueled. AND B.2 _0 pen at least one crosstie breaker 7 days between-the crosstied divisions.
Tv Q - 9/3/98 Revision L
_. ~ .- .. .._ _ _ _ _ . _ . . _ _ _ . . _ . . . . _ . . . . . . . _ _ _ . . . . _ . . I LC0 INSERT (S)
..P SECTION 3.8 L
Braidwood Specification LC0 3.8.5
~ INSERT ~ 3.8 29A (P u and P2o) l CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME-A .' ... ...
6E K (Pu) A.2.5 Declare 'affected Low- Immediately
' Temperature Overpressure Protection
- feature (s) inoperable.
1 B. One DC electrical B.1 .. NOTE power. division Only required when
,q crosstied to opposite unit has an U opposite-unit DC inoperable battery.
(Pro)- electrical power subsystem with an inoperable source. Verify opposite-unit DC Once per u while op)osite unit bus load is s 100 amps 12 hours is in MO)E 5. 6 ' or - for AT&T (s.200 amps defueled. for C&D). AND B.2 Open at least one. 7 days crosstie breaker-between the crosstied divisions. 9/3/98 Pevision L L
.._.r-.., . ..-- - - . - ~ ~ a g .-. . . . ,
e ..
- 7. _ .- - -. _ _ _ 7.:. - _ _ m - - -- - - - 3
!s s i q
" ^
. Battery CellL Parameters.
3.8,6. ) l . : .. 1 H 1 3 -h ACTIONS ~i(continued)'
]
h CONDITION. REQUIRED' ACTION, COMPLETION TIME, -l 4 L -i L' LB~ ; Required Action and:
. B.1; . Declare associated Immediately; L' ,
- associated; Completion battery inoperable..
L' l Time-of Condition A- i ~- u m , not' met. , 1 228 .g h .
' U
. One.or more batteries # .I ' with? average
; electrolyte
^ temperature.'of the. '
O_ R crepresentati.ve cells- j L<f{60]*FL _
'One:or more batteries =
^'
- - 1
- with.one or more
- battery cell parameters:not within E..i
; Category C valu~es.
( - (- 7 ( 'A j SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS- . SURVEILLANCE' FREQUENCY. A o$- t4
~SR' 3.8.6.lo Verify battery cell parameters meet 7 days .i '
y Table 3.8.6-1 Category A limits. , (continued) i i S , l~. . y f i' 'i,., _
~
- WOG:STS 3.8-31 Rev 1, 04'/07/95 g.
'}.[.
f --b-. -,..,,,.*-,e. .
g,wn vv6e I ann % Z > l Battery Cell-Parameters ik.' h 3.8.6 O Table 3.8.6-1 (page 1 of 1) (V Battery Cell Parameters Requirements-
' CATEGORY A: . CATEGORY C:
LIMITS FOR EACH -CATEGORY B: ALLOWABLE LIMITS , DESIGNATED PILOT LIMITS FOR EACH FOR EACH I PARAMETER CELL CONNECTED CELL CONNECTED CELL ) Electrolyte Level > Minimum level > Minimum level Above top of indication mark, indication mark. plates, and not l and s k inch and s W inch overflowing . l above maximum above maximum leve level indication mark)salindication markta) Float Voltage a 2.13 V = 2.13 V > 2.07 V Specific (*) all.2007 all.1957 Not more than l GravityM 0.020 below c d AND average of all O~- - connected cells V,I Average of all connected cells 6M >
>71.2057 yl; Average of all '
connected cells ' 271.1957 (a) . It is acceptable for the electrolyte level to temporarily increase above the specified maximum during equalizing charges provided it is not h ib) Correc "b e e.ledrolyte 4emperature. ectrolyte temperature rd laci L a ci correct.ivn a j c ' (t) . Corrected for
=: requirce. h== . t r e : cry chr;ing i: q 2r rp: + cr 9 =t ,
chrgc. 3 g cl (e) A battery charging current of < amps when on float charge is ! acceptable for meeting specific gravity limits following a battery recharge. for a maximum of17fdays. When charging current is used to satisfy specific gravity requirements, specific gravity of each
- connected cell shall be measured prior to expiration of the77Tday q allowance.
v . WOG STS 3.8-33 Rev 1, 04/07/95 6L
, Braid wood Unir ?_ G Battery Cell Parameters 083 ^-
3.8.6 (~') Table 3.8.6-1 (page 1 of 1) V Battery Cell Parameters Requirements CATEGORY A: CATEGORY C: LIMITS FOR EACH CATEGORY B: ALLOWABLE LIMITS DESIGNATED PILOT LIMITS FOR EACH FOR EACH PARAMETER , CELL , CONNECTED CELL CONNECTED CELL Electrolyte Level > Minimum level > Minimum level Above top of indication mark, indication mark, plates, and not and s t inch and s k inch overflowing above maximum above maximum level sndication level ndication marki,a? marki,a 2 18 2.l8 g 2. M F1 oat Voltage 2 GE3DV 2GEEDV . > GE389V Specifi 211.200f' 211.1957 Not more than i Zeo 0.020 below q Gravity L.2es 6NQ average of all t t'~'/ connected cells , Average of all connected cells AND
>'Thee&P' L 29o Average of all connected cells 2T1.:05r i.zeo (a) It is acceptable for the electrolyte level to temporarily increase above the specified maximum during equalizing charges provided it is not overflowing, Correded for average eledrolybe krnperature.
h (6) c 6) Corrected for eTectrolyte temperature and level. Level correction is not required, however, when battery charging is <92Pamps when on float charge. . d (e) A battery charging current'of <l2[ amps when on float charge is acceptable for meeting specific gravity limits following a battery recharge, for a maximum ofy7Pdays. When charging current is used to satisfy specific gravity requirements, specific gravity of each connected cell shall be measured prior to expiration of the777' day (3 allowance.- C/ WOG STS 3.8-33 Rev 1, 04/07/95 hC\l L
Inverters-Operating 3.8.7 (] %J 3.8 ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS ; j 3.8.7 Inverters-0perating c rew 1ame ba 3 d LCO 3.8.7 ch; racm. 2d Train A and Trein alnverters shall be , OPERABLE. .) 6-~ _
-------------------------NOTE---------------
'I
'l
------- /--) %[!
[One . inverter (s) may be disconnected from [itsIthfir ' associate bus for 5 24 hours to perform an
/Q equalizing ch on (its/their] associate ommon] l
\Lny battery, provided. ;
l
- a. The associated AC vita s(es) [is/are) energized i from[its/their]J s 1E tant voltage source ;
transformers],[41Tverter using in nal AC source]; and I
- b. All hefAC vital buses are energized fr their
,as ated OPERABLE inverters.
y 1---------------- . - ------------------------- ---- 1 i APPLICABILITY: MODES 1, 2, 3, and 4. /^\ t / U ACTIONS CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME t.
^
Uw< w ha) A. One WM inverter inoperable. A.1 ---------NOTE-------- Enter applicable Conditions and Required Actions of a LC0 3.8.9, N,
" Distribution -
Systems - Operating" ( tsm-w e with any (*+hO : ,y bus de-energized. g Restore inverter to 24 hours OPERABLE status. (continued) (3 h. 3.8-34 Rev 1, 04/07/95 WOG STS 2CM \
Inverters-Shutdown - 3.8.8 1 j
- N
[d 3.8 ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS
,1 3.8.8 Inverters-Shutdown Py ruse _s.r S.r- s e
'C0 3.8.8 fInverters shall be RABLE to suppor he ensite Cla IE }
AC vital bus el rical power dis ution subsys s) r required by 3.8.10, " Distr' ution Systems- utdown." , t I l' APPLICABILITY: MODES S and 6, _ J During moveme, nt of irradiated fuel assemblies. Leo 3.o.3 -s+m-met-a.pp b c.4(e. ) >l-ACTIONS S~ REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME CONDIT10'N-C# indeu.a.e4 w ww sovca.C y OneormoreMrequiredf A.1 Declare affected Immediately A. esveese*e inoperable. required feature (s) inoperable. O A.2.1 Suspend CORE ALTERATIONS. Immediately AND A.2.2 Suspend movement of Immediately irradiated fuel assemblies. AND . Initiate action to Immediately A.2.3 suspend operations i involving positive reactivity additions. AND (continued)
- /^%
b 3.8-36 Rev I, 04/07/95 UOG STS
%H L
E 1 i
..-. LCO INSERT (S)
- SECTION 3.8 e l
' #8 LCO 3.8.8
..jj INSERT 3~.8 36A !(P31 and P )
1
)
g lLC0 3.8.8-. The-following shall be OPERABLE,: , i o - a. Two inverters capable of supplying one division of the onsite Class 1E AC instrument bus electrical power-
' distribution subsystem (s) required by LCO 3.8.10.
" Distribution System-Shutdown"; ~and.
b- . One source of instrument bus power, other than .that required. by LC0 3.8.8.a. capable of supplying the remaining onsite - Class'1E AC instrument bus electrical _ power distribution subsystem (s) when required by LCO.3.8.10. 1 l 0 . 4 1*' L\ - 9/3/98 Revision L
*-F V N F g _ Wr '1 7' '*W'M*d"-
- b' W- '-1 T--W-P+ +# W^' -'4 e2 - ' **"+ 46'*+" "W
p : Distribution Systems-Operating 3.8.9
,~ ~f 3.8 ELECTRICAL POWER' SYSTEMS *' 3.8.9 Distribution Systems-Operating c w ( ,n .;., A ( "-~" ' " 3 LCO _3.8.9 I m '- ^ - ' '-" - = AC, DC, and Ac_'en: 1 t;;;) electrical power distribution subsystems shall be OPERABLy*
(ruw e **-3eA 2 '? (fA que.64 unio . APPLICABILITY: MODES I, 2, 3, and 4. ACTIONS CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME A. - One AC electrical 'A.1 Restore AC electrical . 8 hours pwer distribution power distribution
. subsystem inoperable. subsystem D OPERABLE AND status.
16 hours from discovery of
- p. failure to meet g
(_f 0 j. al trLLeM_# C - Wd n d B. One AC u ,m m bus h B.1 Restore AC u i so u bus (se)r2 hours e inoperable, f - M bevetem)to OPERABLE Y status. AND jec M ed r mc/\ disM WW Ci3ih*m T Pi 16 hours from discovery of failure to meet LCO C. One DC electrical C.1 Restore DC electrical 2 hours ' power distribution power distribution subsystem inoperable. subsystem to OPERABLE AND status. 16 hours from discove'ry of failure to meet LC0 f3 O - (continued) WOG STS 3.8-38 Rev 1, 04/07/95 ftr.N \
cn I Distribution Systems-Operating 3.8.9 r1n
.V - ACTIONS (continued)
~ CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME .
o D. Required Action and D.1 Be in MODE 3. 6 hours associated. Completion - - Time not-met. AND-9 ' GE caetson A.6,,<c-) D.2 Be in MODE 5. 36 hours cJ getec4rical .-w
-E. _Two 1 ..m2 u s E.1 Enter LCO 3.0.3. Immediately M linoperaoie y distribution g subsystems thit result
- in a loss of safety function.
. p1 v- SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.8.9.1 Verify correct breaker alignments and 7 days voltage to E.wrd; AC, DC, and AC ' "
h bus electrical power distribution subsystems. O nstm.mpa tO
%J
.-WOG STS 3.B-39 Rev 1, 04/07/95 Ec v L.
l Distributioni Systems-Shutdown 3.8.10 j h 3.8 ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS 1 ) 3.8.10 Distribution Systems-Shutdown LCO 3.8.10 gQu c n.a; J The necessary portiore oflAC, DC, and ACcn u t tuGelectrical f ***** W ' ; power distribution subsystems shall be OPERABLE to support I equipment required to be OPERABLE (l iarh re ec.i,# s vn;g , Q-CInse a 2. s - a c a MODES 5 and 6,
) g l APPLICABILITY: )
During ' __ _ _ w_ movement = - , _of ir_ radiated fuel assemblies.
;E LCO J.D.3 % mab AgUcAleld., l' <
JC I ACTIONS CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME (ins w .c+ b.s1 A. One or more required A.1 Declare associated Immediately l AC 1 supported required
@, DC , or A~al electric . . powerM: : feature (s) distribution inoperabl e.
subsystems inoperable. O) %_. A.2.1 Suspend CORE Immediately ALTERATIONS. I 1 AND A.2.2 Suspend movement of Immediately irradiated fuel assemblies. AND A.2.3 Initiate action to Imediately suspend operations involving positive reactivity additions. AND l (continued) -- ( v 3.8-40 Rev I, 04/07/95 WOG STS (2GN L.
. . . . .~ .. . . . . . .. . . - .... . - . - - . -.. . - -
-1
\
i LCO INSERT (S) SECTION 3.8-LC0 3.8.10
;j . INSERT 3.8 41A (Pu )'
1 I CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME. I i
'A. ... ...
AHQ A.2.6' Declare affected Low Immediately Temperature . Overpressure Protection' feature (s) inoperable. 4. p I l g. d 9/3/98 Revision L
, , , , , . _ , .. , .r... n - .--n. -
, 1 i
. .. ' JUSTIFICATION FOR DIFFERENCES TO NUREG 1431 LC05 SECTION 3.8 ELECTRICAL POWEP SYSTEMS.
' g - l C, . Not used. l l
3;l .Cs. Not used, ! L .j.? Cu .Not used.
.o Not'used. .. I
)llCu- '
t BYRON /BRAIDWOOD UNITS 1 & 2 3.8 3 9/3/98 Revision L i __.. j
ll < .i l l L b.. ' JUSTIFICATION FOR DIFFERENCES TO NUREG 1431 LCOS 'A SECTION 3.8' ~ ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS , Q) ' '
\
- f. . PLANT SPECIFIC CHANGES (P) !
l Pr ' All. reformatting. . renumbering, and editorial rewording of the ITS LCOs ) and SRs is in accordance with the Westinghouse Standard Technical
; Speci fications . - NUREG-1431. During the development certain. wording ;
preferences or English language conventions were adopted. As a result. '
' the~ Technicc11 Specifications ~(TS) should be more readily readible by. 1 and therefore understandable to, plant operators and other users.
During this reformatting, renumbering, and rewording process, no technical changes-to the TS (either actual or interpretational) were
'made unless they weriidentified and justified.- ]
P, NUREG-1431 LCO-3.8.1 Required Actions A.2 and C.1. have been deleted. Required Action A.2. involved restrictions on loss of offsite power to one division and loss of features on the other division. Required y' ' Action C.1 involved restrictions on the loss of two offsite power e- sources. These limitations are not imposed in the CTS. and are j therefore, removed in the conversion to the ITS. - l MLP
- 7 Not used.
1 P. The NUREG-1431 SR Notes, allowing DG starts to be preceded by an engine
.prelube period, are intended to apply to designs with a manually i initiated prelube prior to a planned DG start. The plant specific DG
/~ design provides for' a continuous prelube and keep warm system, which N} when operating constitutes the " standby status" of the DG. -Therefore, eliminating these SR Notes is consistent with the plant specific design. 1
-P 5 SR 3.8.1.2 and SR 3.8.1.3 of NUREG-1431 have frequencies "as specified in Table 3.8.1-1." In accordance with NRC Generic Letter 94-01. i
" Removal of Accelerated Testing and S)ecial Reporting Requirements for .
Emergency Diesel Generators." this Ta)le was deleted from CTS in i Amendment 71 (Braidwood) and Amendment 79 (Byron). The frequency of the associated surveillances has been changed to once 'per 31 days in the ITS j SRs. as recommended in Generic Letter 94-01. 1 G' if BYRON /BRAIDWOOD UNITS 1 & 2 3.8 5 9/3/98 Revision L l
- . .. - .-- - . - . . , -. -. - -- - ~
JUSTIFICATION FOR' DIFFERENCES TO NUREG 1431 LCOS A SECTION 3.8 - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS V Ps NUREG-1431 SR 3.8.1.12 item d and e have been deleted to reflect the 0 plant-specific performance. In the performance of the DG emergency 3 start test (ITS SR 3.8.1.12) the relay actuations required to perform
, the test successfully do not cause a perturbation to the ESF bus s parameters. During this test. the DG output breaker will not receive a 6 clo.sure signal due to the absence of the signal from the undervoltage g relay on the ESF bus for breaker operation and offsite power'will continue to feed any loads connected to the associated ESF bus. This N test does not start any of emergency loads due to actuation of the K611 2 relay which only starts the DG for a SI signal. NUREG SR 3.8.1.15 has
, N been revised to reflect the plant-specific CTS requirements that are being retained. P, NUREG-1431 SRs 3.8.1.9. 10 and 14 (ITS SRs 3.8.1.9. 10. and 14) require that the DG be operating at its rated power factor when the total load rejection test is performed, and for 2 hours of the 24-hour full load test. respectively. The practice of performing these tests at rated power factor has been determined to be unjustified, potentially destructive.. testing due to exceeding the vendors recommendation for maximum voltage of the generator. Amplification of this issue is contained in the Engineering Position Paper on Power Factor Loading During Emergency Diesel Generator Testing dated November 28, 1995. Both Cocper-Bessemer and tne NRC concurred with the determination for 7N discontinuing the DG load rejection testing at rated power factor. Therefore, this requirement has been deleted. However, the id recommendations are incorporated into the Bases for ITS SR 3.8.1.14 to reflect practice and commitment. P. SR 3.8.4.6 of NUREG-1431 contains a Note specifying "This surveillance o shall not be performed in MODE 1. 2. 3. or 4." This requirement does 5 not exist in the. current licensing basis of CTS SR 4.8.2.1.2.c.4), and y w M has therefore been deleted from'ITS SR 3.8.4.6.
- l. l P, Not used.
ce M Pa SR 3.8.1.20 of NUREG-1431 (ITS 3.8.1.20) contains a Reference to the y voltage and frequency bands required when performing the SR. CTS g SR 4.8.1.1.2.g. requires only that the DG attain rated speed within 10 seconds. Reg Guides 1.108 and 1.9 delineate the requirements for performing DG testing. Those tests which require verification of voltage and frequency are so stipulated in the Reg Guides. The 10 year testing recuirement does not stipulate that voltage and frequency are to be verifiec. only that the DGs are to be started and run. Therefore. SR 3.8.1.20 has been modified by deleting the references to the voltage and frequency bands. . l BYRON /BRAIDWOOD . UNITS 1 & 2 3.8 6 9/21/98 Revision L L
1 l i JUSTIFICATION FOR DIFFERENCES TO NUREG 1431 LCOS (7 SECTION 3.8 ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS V ' Pu ITS LCOs 3.8.2. 3.8.5. 3.8.8. and 3.8.10 ACTIONS Tables have been modified by adding a note stating "LC0 3.0.3 is not applicable." LC0 3.0.3 1s not applicable while in MODE 5 or 6. However, since , irradiated fuel assembly movement can occur in MODE 1. 2. 3. or 4. the i ACTIONS have been modified by a Note stating that LC0 3.0.3 is not i applicable. If moving irradiated fuel assemblies while in MODE 5 or 6. LCO 3.0.3 w6uld not specify any actidn. If moving irradiate'd fuel , assemblies while in MODE 1. 2, 3. or 4. the fuel movement is independent ! of reactor operation. Therefore, in either case, inability to suspend movement of irradiated fuel assemblies would not be sufficient reason to require a reactor shutdown. This change is consistent with NUREG-1431 philosophy. Pn SR 3.8.2.1 of NUREG-1431 has been modified to provide clarification of which. SRs are applicable in Modes 5 and 6. and which are actually required to be performed. The SRs in AC Sources - Shutdown ver.ify the i operability requirements of the AC Sources in Modes 5 and 6. The Note I associated with the SR and the SR have been revised to reflect the , renumbering of the SRs of ITS LC0 3.8.1. Also. SR 3.8.2.1 has been i revised to present the information in a positive statement (i.e. to state the required SRs. not the exceptions). The revised wording l improves clarity and operator understanding of the applicable requi rements. These revisions make no change of intent and are 73 otherwise consistent with NUREG-1431. v) ( l I l l l l l I / () BYRON /BRAIDWOOD - UNITS 1 & 2 3.8 6a 9/22/98' Revision L
)
JUSTIFICATION FOR DIFFERENCES TO NUREG 1431 LCOS ! IO
%.)
SECTION 3.8 ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS l l o P SR 3.8.4.6 of NUREG-1431 contains specific values for_ voltage and i da frequency which must be maintained during the given 8-hour period of the j
}l SR.. .In ITS SR 3.8.4.6. the specific values are deleted and replaced with the stipulation that the battery charger must supply "a load equal 1
to the manufacturer's rating" for the 8-hour period. This change is ' consistent with attempts to minimize amendments to the Technical . S)ecificati6ns. rand is consistent with the CTS.- By stating that the _ SR will be performed in accordance with the manufacturer's rating. the
]
need to amend the SR will be averted should the manufacturer's recommendations change. All SRs are performed in accordance with ! approved procedures which must include a 50.59 safety evaluation. l Therefore. adequate control is maintained to ensure manufacturer recommendations are properly analyzed. ! lP u 'Not used. lP a Not used. , P3 NUREG LC0 3.8.7 contains a Note which allows an instrument bus inverter to be disconnected from its associated DC bus _for up to 24 hours while performing an equalizing charge on the battery. The inverters used at Braidwood and Byron are not required to be disconnected.during equalizing charges. Therefore~. this Note has been deleted consistent ; with CTS. , P3 -LCO 3.8.5 is modified by a Note which allows one division to be crosstied when the o)posite unit is in MODE 1, 2. 3. or 4 with an inoperable battery clarger. This is consistent with the allowance of CTS LC0 3.8.2.2 Action a. In addition, the Actions of NUREG-1431 i LC0 3.8.5 have been modified by the addition of ITS LC0 3.8.5 J Condition B. Condition B addresses the requirements for the condition ; when the unit's DC bus is crosstied to a shutdown unit with an l inoperable source. These additional requirements are contained in CTS LCO 3.8.2.1. i i l i 'A V - BYRON /BRAIDWOOD - UNITS 1 & 2 3.8 8 9/3/98 Revision L I'
)
4 JUSTIFICATION FOR DIFFERENCES TO NUREG-1431 LCOS l O SECTION 3.8 - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS Q . LC0 3.8.9 of NUREG-1431 has been modified by the addition of the. Pu specific buses to which the LCO ap) lies. This information is included ; here in lieu of Table B 3.8.9-1 w11ch has been deleted from the Bases. l This format is similar to that of CTS LCOs 3.8.2.1 and 3.8.3.1. and 1
. provides clarity for the user. This change is mandated by CTS. which include these specific buses only. Other buses that become de-energized
. would result in direct application of'the definition of Operability, and entry into afft.cted systems TS, in lieu of entering ITS LC0 3.8.9. In i addition, this list of buses is included in ITS LC0 3.8.10 consistent I with CTS LC0 3.8.2.2.
P2s NUREG SR 3.8.1.7 has been revised to add the word " normal" to the- 1 phrase, "from standby conditions." As approved by the Staff in the SER ( i for Byron License Amendment 79 and Braidwood License Amendment 71, and as stated in the Byron and Braidwood CTS Bases, the surveillance I 1 i
. requirements for demonstrating the OPERABILITY of the diesel generators l t are based on the recommendations in Revision 3 of Regulatory Gu'ide 1.9, q- with the exceptions noted in Ap)endix A to the UFSAR. Appendix A to the i UFSAR states that an exception las been taken against the use of.the !
N term " standby conditions" to denote " normal standby conditions."
&. Specifically, it is noted that the semiannual fast start test described
% in Regulatory Position C.2.2.3 (ITS SR 3.8.1.7) is performed from
" normal standby conditions." Standby condition and normal standby e condition are defined in Appendix A to the UFSAR, as well as in the ]
(v ) Surveillance Requirements Section of the Bases for ITS LC0 3.8.1 for- ; SR 3.8.1.2 and SR 3.8.1.7. 1 Pas SR 3.8.7.1 and SR 3.8.8.1 of NUREG-1431 contains verification of frequency of the AC instrument inverters. The inverter panels at Byron and Braidwood do not display output frequency, and this requirement is not included in the CTS. Therefore, this requirement has been deleted from ITS SR 3.8.7.1. I l BYRON /BRAIDWOOD - UNITS 1 & 2 3.8 11 9/24/98~ Revision L L
E
' JUSTIFICATION FOR DIFFERENCES TO NUREG 1431 LCOS
( ) SECTION 3.8 ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS Y Py A note is added to NUREG-1431 SR 3.8.1.10 indicating that momentary N transients above the stated. voltage limits immediately following a load g rejection do not invalidate the surveillance. Based on plant experience and discussions with the DG manufacturer during a DG full load reject test there is an initial very high very short duration voltage spike (as high as 8000-9000 volts). The DG vendor has indicated that the momentary spike does not result in ge'nerator damage. The ins'talled plant instrumentation does not necessarily pick up this initial voltage spike due to the extremely short duration of the voltage spike. However, without such an allowance, if sensitive instrumentation were used (in the future) during a DG full load rejection, and this momentary voltage spike was detected, the DG SR would not be met. As a result. Condition B of ITS le J.8.1 would be entered, even though the DG
. responded as er?xt.ed. In addition. Condition B requires performance of ITS SR 3.8.1.2 on the remaining OPERABLE DG, which would not be necessary. Because this allowance reflects the expected DG response and potentially 3revents unnecessary DG starts, the allowance does not have an unacceptaale impact on safety.
P3 NUREG SR 3.8.4.7 Note 1 allows a modified performance discharge test to be 3erformed in lieu of a service test "once per 60 months." This Note is aeing revised to delete the "once per. 60 months" requirement. Comed is conrnitted to IET.E 450 which is also endorsed by NUREG-1431 and the
, NRC. IEEE 450 Section 5 does not place a limitation or restriction on
-(] v the use of a discharge test in lieu of a service test since the discharge test is required to envelope the duty cycle of the service test. In accordance with IEEE 450. Section 5.4. "a modified performance discharge test can be used in lieu of a service test at ar., time" which eliminates a time restriction. Therefore, deletion of the 60 month g requirement is consistent with IEEE 450. 5 P3 NUREG Table 3.8.6-1 has b 'een revised by adding footnote (b) which 0 states " Corrected for average electrolyte temperature." This only k applies to Category B limit for float voltage. This is being added to be consistent with CTS which reflects current licensing basis and manufacturer's recommendation. P3 NUREG SR 3.8.6.2 Frequency has been changed from "Once within 24 hours" to "Once within 7 days" to be consistent with current licensing basis (CTS SR 4.8.2.1.2.b). Maintaining CLB does not create any additional degradation of the batteries, nor increase any potential for any accident evaluated in the UFSAR. BYRON /BRAIDWOOD - UNITS 1 & 2 3.8 11a 9/24/98 Revision L
l l.
- l. JUSTIFICATION FOR DIFFERENCES TO NUREG 1431 LCOS SECTION 3.8 - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS Pu This change clarifies the DC Sources-Shutdown and Inverter-Shutdown LCOs to reflect more specific requirements for each subsystem. As written, the NUREG LC0 requirements imply that a full complement of battery and charger are required for both subsystems. Similarly, for inverters, a -
DC battery-backed inverter is required for both divisions or trains. l L The requirements for the second subsystem should be relaxed to require ' either a battery or a charger-and either DC input or regulate'd AC input. This level of DC Source and Inverter requirements will continue to
' assure that. sufficient power is available to support the response to s events postulated during shutdown conditions in the event of a-loss of 0 offsite power or a single failure. This change is consistent with the
.i initial philosophy of the ITS NUREGs and is an added restriction (beyond 19 CTS LCO 3.8.2.2 and CTS LC0'3.8.3.2) which is not required by the CTS.
. CTS LC0 3.8.2.2 (DC Sources-Shutdown) requires only one 125 VDC bus.
- 6. associated battery, and battery charger be energized and Operable. CTS LC0 3.8.3.2 (0nsite Power Distribution-Shutdown) requires only one eI 4160 V ESF bus, one 480 V ESF bus, and two of four instrument buses to be energized without regard to what equipment may be required to be h Operable (and therefore energized) on the remaining buses. ITS adas e requirements for additional divisions (refer to CTS DOC M consistent t with the Operability requirements of all other features tb)a,t may be !
required by the ITS. Specifically:
- a. ITS LCO 3.8.5. DC Sources - Shutdown, requires: 1) one division to be Operable with a battery and its charger, and 2) when the -( ) ' other division is required to be energized, providing power from a battery or a battery charger. This added restriction (beyond CTS LC0 3.8.2.2) enforces a level of Technical Specification control which is not required by the CTS.
- b. ITSLC03.8.8,Invertefs-Shutdown, requires: 1) two Operable inverters to power two instrument buses, and 2) when other instrument bus (es) are required to be energized, providing other sources of power for those bus (es). This added restriction (beyond CTS LCO 3.8.3.2) enforces a level of Technical Specification control which is not required by the CTS.
Pu NUREG-1431 Table 3.8.6-1 has been revised to reflect Braidwood CTS License Amendment 94 and Byron CTS License Amendment 93 for batteries recently installed. t G l
- b. BYRON /BRAIDWOOD -- UNITS 1 & 2 3.8 11b 9/22/98 Revision L
l BASES INSERT (S)' l
- ' 7')
SECTION 3.8 l
\_/ l Bases 3.8.1 l e INSERT B 3.8 1A -(Py )-
1
@ Offsite power is supplied to the station switchyard from the transmission !
$ network. From the switchyard, two electrically and physically se3arated' lines 4 i 6 -l : a(ss.e.
ociated. System
. independent transmission Auxiliary Transformer circuits)
(SAT) banks p'rovide ACand (SATs 142-1 power 142-2througl from iteir , one line, and SATs 242-1 and 242-2 from the second line), to the 4.16 kV ESF ! buses. Normally, SATs 142-1 and 142-2. feed Unit 1 4.16 kV ESF buses, and -l SATs 242-1 and 242-2 feed Unit 2 4.16 kV ESF buses. Additionally, each ! 4.16 kV ESF bus has a reserve feed via its associated crosstie to an opposite-unit 4.16 kV ESF-bus. Each unit is required to have. qualified normal and reserve circuits to each 4.16 kV bus (detailed in the LCO Bases for this Specification). The transmission network and switchyard are maintained in i accordance with UFSAR, and are'not governed by the requirements of Technical Specifications. n. I O . 9/3/98 Rev4s4en '
AC Sources-Opera g BASES kJ --' LCO f'ous A, end is fed through breaker PA 0201, owerina I the ESF transformerW.;d i n t"- he #2'ESF bus (continued) throuah_1+r nc.md--feeder breaker. L g Each DG must be capable of starting, accelerating to rated speed and voltage, and connecting to its respective ESF bus on detection of bus undervoltage. This will be accomplished within710fseconds. Each DG must also be capable of f. accepting required loads within the assumed loading sequence T intervals, and continue to operate until offsite power can Q be restored to the ESF buses. These capabilities are v, required to be met from a variety of initial conditions such 3 as DG 6 engine hot and DG N < 27 SHiB engine at ambiente conditions. Additional DG !6 capabiliti st be demonstrated to meet required Surveillan .g., c3pability of the DG to revert to
. standby sta on angCCS) signal while operating in parallel Of i test mode) [E m r., e nc y c..r. e . v,., sm,4 Proper sequencing of loads,Nincluding tripping of nonessential loads,-]is a required function for DG OPERABILITY.
a:v;aoC ~ O The AC sources in one Gr.i,Dmust be separate and independent h P
.n I
( (to the extent possible) of the AC sources in the other W.wd For the DGs, separation and independence are
***P * ) jpainedeircuHs)
(_For the -.._.___ ._ _- . _ _ separation and independence are to the extent practical./ A circuit may be connected t SF bus with fast transfer capab'
, e other s circuit OPE , t viola a ion criteria. A 3/ circuit that is not SF bus is required to s transfer interlock me o at least have OP u buses to sunoort OPERABILITY of that circuit.
APPLICABILITY The AC sourcesGRnd = =n: r ::are required to be OPERABLE in MODES 1, 2, 3, and 4 to ensure that:
- a. Acceptable fuel design limits and reactor coolant pressure boundary limits are not exceeded as a result of A00s or abnormal transients; and (continued)
( WOG STS B 3.8-4 Rev 1, 04/07/95 Rev L
AC Sources-Operating B 3.8.1
,7 -
V BASES i ACTIONS JL2 (cnntinued)
- a. An inoperable DG exists; and N *"l i I .
b ' b. A reouired featurh on the othernreiid Craif * ;0 C, ei@ CD is inoperable. I If at any time during the existence of this Condition (one l DG inoperable) a required feature subsequently becomes i inoperable, this Completion Time would begin to be tracked. I Ct.c:ovnenne l i Discovering or more inoperable one required DG inoperablef required :;;p;rt e. @ coincident m wJ feature (s), with er b th, that :r: :::::i: :d ith th; OP:r/O: 00, results in starting the Completion Time for the Required Action. > Four hours from e discovery of these events existing 'l ' concurrently i f( heptable because it minimizes risk while i allowing time f restoration before subjecting the unit to transients associated with shutdown. o In this Condition, the remaining OPERABLE DG and effritept.%Q
/O circuits are adequate to supply electrical power to the ,
V onsite Class 1E Distribution System. Thus, on a component l basis, single failure protection for the required feature's ) function may have been lost; however, function has not been H lost. The 4 hour Completion Time takes into account the OPERABILITY of the redundant counterpart to the inoperable ! required feature. Additionally, the 4 hour Completion Time takes into account the capacity and capability of the remaining AC sources, a reasonable time for repairs, and the low probability of a DBA occurring during this period. B.3.1 and B.3.2 Required Action B.3.1 provides an allowance to avoid unnecessary testing of OPERABLE DG(s). If it can be determined that the cause of the inoperable DG does not exist on the OPERABLE DG, SR 3.8.1.2 does not have to be q performed. If the cause of inoperability exists ondother would be declared inoperable upon DG@, discovery theandother CondiDG@ tion E of LC0 3.8.1 would be entered. f Once the failure is repaired, the common cause failure no l' longer exists, and Required Action B.3.1 is satisfied. If the cause of the initial inoperable DG cannot be confirmed , not to exist on the remaining DG@ performance of A k.) (continued) f WOG STS B 3.8-9 Rev 1, 04/07/95 l arv t_
i AC Sources-Operating B 3.8.1 7 (3/ BASES e SURVEILLANCE p s> t a,.2 inc. .% allows for voltage drop to the REQUIREMENTS terminals of 4000 y motors whose minimum operating voltage (continued) is specified as 90% or 3600 V. It also allows for voltage 3 drops to motors and other equipment down through the 120 V level where minimum operating voltage is also usually (wro) specified as 90% of name plate rating. The specified / maximum steady state output voltage of C n aV is equal to the maximum operating voltage specified for 4000 V motors. It ensures that for a lightly loaded distribution system, the voltage at the terminals of 4000 V motors is no more than the maximum rated operating voltages. The specified minimum and maximum frequencies of the DG are 58.8 Hz and 61.2 Hz, respectively. These values are equal to 2% of
.the 60 Hz nominal frequency and are derived from the recommendations given in Regulatory Guide 1.9 (Ref. 3).
SR 3.8.1.1 This SR ensures proper circuit continuity for the offsite AC ; electrical power supply to the onsite distribution network i and availability of offsite AC electrical power. The o) breaker alignment verifies that each breaker is in its correct position to ensure that distribution buses and loads
.are connected to their preferred power source, and that appropriate independence of offsite circuits is maintained.
The 7 day Frequency is adequate since breaker position is not likely to change without the operator being aware of it and because its status is displayed in the control room. SR 3.8.1.2 and'SR 3.8.1.7
\
These SRs help to ensure the availability of the standby electrical power supply to mitigate DBAs and transients and to maintain the unit in a safe shutdown condition. fTojerinimize the we on moving parts do not get ' Jtibricated whe e engine is not ning, these are
. modified by ote (Nnte 2 for 3.8.1.2) to dicate that)~
Vil CG atect.; fr th::: r;;ill:n;;; ::y b: p : e_d e d by =
~
jngiiprelebe Wied' 19 felhe:d by : . rmu; period prier 0 m n ,m mn y ( 2a+fxr SM- #4 A ) For the purpose)( of GP :.C.1.: :nO SR 3.8.1.7 testing, the 1
. DGs are started from tandby conditionsx [tandbyconditions q; i'S ("" ' *i
. (D once per isI 1
(fnsnt 65J*E (continued) WOG STS B 3.8-16 Rev 1, 04/07/95 kV L
_ . _ __ - . . . _ . . _ _ _ . . . . . . . _ . _._._ . ._ . . . . - . . . _ _ _ . _ = _ _ . _ - . BASES INSERT (S) f' y SECTION 3.8:
;" /. '
Bases 3.8.1 ;
' INSERT B 3.8 16A' (Pn )
i Each SR 3.8.1.2 and SR 3.8.1.7 DG start requires.the DG to achieve and
~
maintain aesteady state voltage and frequency range. -The start sig'nals_used for this test may' consist;of one of the foTlowing signals:
- a. Manual:.
- b. Simulated loss of ESF bus voltage by itself:
N YI c. - Simulated loss of ESF bus-voltage in conjunction with an ESF actuation test signal: or w-
$*t ] . d . 'An ESF' actuation test signal.by itself.
~ hi N- ,
j INSERT B-3.8 168 (P3 ). For.the~ purpose of SR 3.8.1.2 testing, the DGs are started from standby-
'(N- conditions once per 31 days. Standby conditions for a DG mean that the diesel d engine coolant and' oil are being continuously circulated and temperature is being maintained consistent with manufacturer's recommended operating range
-.(low lube oil and. jacket water temperature alarm settings to the high lube oil
-and jacket water temperature alarm settings).
F 9 ( . 9/24/98 Revision L
'AC Sources--Operating
. poi. S 3 8.1
,n
'V) BASES SURVEILLANCE SR 3.8.1.2 and SR 3.8.1.7 (continued)
REQUIREMENTS g2 for a DG mean that the diesel engina coolant and oil are being continuously circulated and temperature 9s being
- QsstaT BI8-n
- 3
'p maintainedt:: :ictent 'ith m:nuf::turer re:anr:nd tion "-
~
- 6. us g
%,.Ina= order to reduce stress and wear on diesel engines, M s futur:r: :::r:nd) a modified startoin which the
' starting speed of DGs is limited, warmup is limited to this h lower speed, and the DGs are gradually accelerated to synchronous speed prior tc loading. These start procedures l
are the intent of N:ta 3, which i: caly :ppliable d 7 ;n ;uch h
- l
. [:r:dified:trtp.7: ::dcr:: re r ::=:nd:d b tF
.uf:cturer. (sta<k k auerdam w* 3R .74 bM j CnunwD ! ,
SR 3.8.1.7(requires that, at a 184 day Frequency, the DG l starts fromVstandby conditions and achieves required voltage ' and frequency within 10 seconds. The 10 second start requirement support the assumptions of the design basis LOCA analysis in th SAR, Chapter (15[ (Ref. 5), i l The 10 second @ start requirement is not applicable to (A,) SR 3.8.1.2 (seDNote@) when a modified start procedure as described above is used. If a modified start is not used, the 10 second start requirement of SR 3.8.1.7 applies. Since SR 3.8.1.7 requires a 10 second start, it is more 1 i restrictive than SR 3.8.1.2, and it may be performed in lieu of SR 3.8.1.2. This i s[(also adressedCmtKt )ne r i c f dT6TE)S SR 3.8. The heme 4) 31 day Frequency for SR 3.8.1.2fpee-g^ gab;; 3.0.; 2, 'U:;x: C = catu T :t 5 hedul: " 4-tSca l ;xx:x;'n; LCG4/is consistent with Regulatory Guide 1.9 (Ref. 3). The 184 day Frequency for SR 3.8.1.7 is a reduction in cold testing cor,sistent with Generic Letter 84-15 (Ref. 7) . These Frequencies provide adequate assurance of DG OPERA 8ILITY, while minimizing degradation resulting 'from testing. SR 3.8.1.3 l This Surveillance verifies that the DGs are capable of synchronizing with the offsite electrical system and accepting loads greater than or equal to the equivalent of the maximum expected accident loads. A minimum run time of (3 ) V-(continued) 1 i l WOG STS B 3.8-17 Rev 1, 04/07/95 i (2cv L._ l
l
.AC Sources-Operating B 3.8.1 ]m BASES SURVEILLANCE SR 3.8.1.3 (continued)
REQUIREMENTS S0minutesisrequiredtostabilizeenginetemperaturesf[ q :7, :.,4 4,< - u- .- a.. u (
;3 _
g ;g Ofu 95 it e r..,.J - , , q; M1 Although no power factor requirements tre established by H this SR, the DG is normally operated et p:x:r f:: tor g 65 ow ] between
,[0.9 1:gging] and [?.0]. The [0.S] calu: i: the
% yVW.i th: [!.0] curr;r.t; i: Or n
94 Gp:e:rgr:tional r:ti"; cf the
" -it: tionm[t::bien:
e, r:
""le circul;ti,; ;rc-
-4 r. i mi z er . The load band.is provided to avoid routine !
o'veWoading of the DG. Routine overloading may result in ; more frequent teardown inspections in accordance with vendor i recommendations in order' to maintain DG OPERABILITY. l The 31 day Frequency for this Surveillance is consistent with Regulatory Guide 1.9 (Ref.Rt;e3.0.1-IDGPT 3). This SR is modified by four Notes. Note 1 indicates that diesel engine runs for this Surveillance may include gradual ( loading, as recommended by the manufacturer, so that () (./ mechanical stress and wear on the diesel engine are [4 $.g E minimized. Note 2 s tes that momentary transients,0:::u: )
@ changing bus loa s do not invalidate this test. e!
Similarly, momentary ,cuer f::ter transients " - = " (l E4 " do not invalidate the test. Note 3 indicates ) hat this (l em ,p.m Surveillance should be conducted on only one UG at a time in Spu,p;g order to avoid common cause failures that might result from a.Ame offsite circuit or grid perturbations. Note 4 stipulates a prerequisite requirement for performance of this SR. A successful DG start must precede this test to credit satisfactory performance. SR 3.8.1.4 g This SR provides verification that the level of fuel oil in the day tanke :nc enc r^ nu-::c ::r u is at or above the level at which fuel oil is automatically added. The level is expressed as an equivalent volume in gallons, and is selected to ensure adequate fuel oil for a minimum of 1 hour of DG operation at full load plus 10%. The 31 day Frequency is adequate to assure that a sufficient supply of fuel oil is available, since low level alarms are , im b (continued) WOG STS B 3.8-18 Rev 1, 04/07/95
' ,5 L- BASES INSERT (S)
L/,r SECTION 3,8
- . ..v g..= N .
Bases.3.8.1-4 INSERT B 3.8;23A '(Pu)- V ~% L 4 Note 1-states:that~mome'ntary transients above the stated voltage. limit ; I :-
. p- -Jimmediatelyfollowing:a.loadrejection-(i.e_.,theDGfull-loadrejeption)do '
.not invalidate this test.-
').
m i: i t. I l l i. t 9 i j .'. . I 9/17/98' Revision L f-
~ . . _ . _. - . - - . - _ , ,. ., , , , ,
. AC Sources-Oper
- 'V BASES-l SURVEILLANCE SR' 3.8.1.13 (continued) I REQUIREMENTS 4 Reviewer' Note: : The above,MCDE restrictions uta e deleted
' l
.if i an be demonstrate o the staff, on a nt specific g b s, that performin he SR with the rea r in any of the-
. estricted MODES c satisfy the follow' criteria, as '
, applicable: !
i
- a. Perf ance of the SR wil ot render any safet s em or component in rable; i
b Performance of t R will not cause p urbations to l any of the ele rical distribution tems that could
)
result in a allenge to steady te operation or t i plant sa y systems; and ) l
- c. Pe rmance of the SR, failure of the SR ill not l use, or result in, A00 with attenda challenge I
( __ to plant safety s ems. _ i' SR 3.8.1.14 1.9 3 M . '( /reenAd 4 j Regulatory Guide Eh(Ref. , paragraph e.:.'2",frc: i 20 J demonstration once per 18 months that the DGs can start and Q run continuously at full load capability for an' interval of
^
b O +*,' not less than 24-hours, ;?i2fhours of which is at a load on g equivalent 1o/310% of the continuous duty rating and the remainder of the time at a load equivalent to the continuous duty rating of the DG. The DG' starts for this Surveillance can be performed either fromis~tandby or hot conditions. The !' # 2. provisions for(gtfst!!ettmasas-anowarmup, discussed in
%g
- SR 3.8.1.2, and for gradual loading, discussed in f.ce dor rdeby.na, u4 ialsed v .7e SR 3.8.1.3 are applicable to this SR. <
5 R . per**a of the fn n *An e - + n an c e ren 4hs+ tha fM 4e +nc+aA nadar la*A h l P' -- a +:--, +w,+ -.- ,, ,,--- +- 2- :-- -- a:+ --- ,, { i;e+wan o b4 hEAEi5iE,htesting AN b='performedI:i5h"5i^UAh f5:t I
< [0."]. Thi; ;;;.;;r f;cter i; h;;;; t; b; 7;;r;;;;totric f th: ::te:' d::ign b::i: ind :tiv: h : ding th:t th: DC
*
- 8 8'S * * !d : perier e. The" load band is provi3ed to avoid i routine overloading of the DG. Routine overloading may F# result in more frequent teardown inspections in accordance
!- with vendor recommendations in order to maintain DG OPERABILITY. I t (continued) WOG STS B 3.8-27 Rev 1, 04/07/95 r 6.9 L_
, _m y.___.. _.- _ .m. _ .. _ _ _ _ .._._ _ _.- _ . _ _ _ . _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
l} N . .. L AC Sources-Oper
-t -
A) l BASES;
@l T,
' SURVEILLANCE .SR 3.8'.1.16 22H M REQUIRFMENTS '$
(continued). As required by Regulatory Guide (Ref. ,- k. ,
' paragraphC'.:. M", this Surveillance ensures titat: the manual 6
synchronization and 6tettema44Gload. transfer from the DG to Ll ~ -the offsite source.can be made and the DG can be returned to L ready to load status when offsite power is restored. It H also ensures that the autostart logic is reset to allow the DG to reload if a subsequent loss of offsite power. occurs. The DG-is . considered to -be in ready to load status when the n
.DG is at rated speed and voltage, the output breaker is open and can receive an autoclose signal. on bus undervoltage, and j the. load sequence timers-are reset., -
~
g The Frequency of318 months [is consistent with he L recommendations of. Regulatory Guide W (Ref. , U w l and takes into consideration unit
. conditions-required to perform the Surveillance.
LThis SR is modified by a Note. The reason for the Note is
' that performing the Surveillance would remove a' required -
s offsite' circuit from-service, perturb the electrical-
. distribution-system, and challenge safety systems. f R = tJ
(-e te t ae- +c- "am- ed event: t ut ::tt:0 tht: ERJ SR 3.8.1.17 , Demonstration of the test mode override ensures that the DG availability under accident conditions will not be compromised as the result of testing and the DG will automatically reset to ready to load operation if a LOCA actuation signal is received during operation in the test < y mode. Ready to load operation is defined as the DG running at rated speed and voltage with the DG output breaker open. V These provisions for automatic switchover are required by ' IEEE-308 (Ref. paragraph 6.2.6(2). C,% rn;;.ir;=n't :: ::: rat::M !y ::r;::: th: :: r; ncy l b d with Off;ite m er i: ::enti W i & ntied it th:t : d^ S ^ ' 'eChe intent in the requirement associated with SR 3.8.1.17.b is.to show that the emergency loading was not affected by the DG operation in test mode. In lieu of actual demonstration of connection and loading of loads, testing that adequately shows the capability of the __ emergency loads to perform these functions is acceptable. _ L.- (continued) WOG STS B 3.8-29 Rev 1, 04/07/95 L te:A \
. :DC Sources-Oper ng B 3.8- ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS i
B.3.8.4 - DC Sources-Operating BASES-
,Snntra= = +d BACKGROUND- The station DC electrical power ' stem provides the AC 1 emergency power system with cont ol power. 'It also provides 7l both motive and control-power to selected safety related ~ =
equipment and hwefeceae AC bus power (via inverters). 4 As required by 10 CFR 50, Appendix A, GDC.17 (Ref.1),:the >> l. DC electrical power system is designed to have sufficient independence, redundancy, and testability to perform its safety functions, assuming a single failure. The DC k! 6,
- ' electrical power system also conforms to the recommendations J of Regulatory Guide 1.6 (Ref. 2) and IEEE-308 (Ref. 3?.
Theh125bVDC m e w uran electrical a s wsystem powep/ ia/as js;,, consists s av of -_)two e"
-independent and. redundant safety /related Class:lE DC electrical power subsystems - M"n: - -- .-.
- m. Each j
, subsystem consists of " 125.VDC batter g a n a :n = r; ,
- Se: ::::: = :;, the asso ated battery chargerefor each '
' battery, and all the associ ed control equipment and interconnecting cabling. '
b I VDC source is obtained by use of the two 125 h batteries. ected in series. Additionally is (one) h spare battery c service in the event th er subsystem, w -provides backup red battery charger is out cf service. If. th ea charger is substituted for one of the red battery charge , en the requir of independence and redundancy be g stems are maintained. j During normal operation, the4125(tzMit2)VDC loadE) powered ; g from the battery chargers with the batteries floatingy the h c system. In case /.ofAoss of normal power to the battery g m) charger, the DC load is automatically powered from the station ba_tterietY y.,,, ,i g ,) a y, % g,,))
+J The%=:n . = L ;.in-tor DC electrical power subsystems provide the control power for its associated Class IE AC power load group,74.16fkV switchgear, ancfM480fV load centers. The. DC electrical power subsystems also provide DC electrical power to the inverters, which in turn power the ACCIITObuses.'
t' ('ms+rmat J o onsu.T e s.s-m (continued) WOG STS B 3.8-50 Rev 1, 04/07/95
?rts L
-. - . ._ - . : _ - = . - .- . - - - - - -_- -- - . . -
1 l DC Sources-Oper ng
$ BASES BACKGROUND The DC power distribution system is described in more detail l (continued) in Bases for LCO 3.8.9, " Distribution System-Operating,"
l and LC0 3.8.10 " Distribution Systems-Shutdown." l ! k ' Each battery has dequate storage .acity to carr he i required load ntinuously for east 2 hours d to l L c w art u t tiA M perform thr complete cycle f intermittent oads
- discusse in the FSAR, Cha er [8] (Ref. 4' .
Each 125 VDC battery is separately housed in a ventilated room apart from its charger and distribution centers. Each l subsystem is located in an area separated physically and
. electrically from the other subsystem to ensure that a single failure in one subsystem does not cause a failure in a redundant subsystem. There is no sharing between redundant Class IE subsystems, such as batteries, battery l chargers, or distribution panels.+ s s l
The batteri ' for Train A and Tr B DC electrical po subsyste are sized to produ required capacity a 0% of namep e rating, correspo ng to warranted cap ty at end of fe cycles and the design demand. B ery size is l(f.) V
, sed on 125% of reg ' ed capacity and, af selection of an available comm ial battery, result r. a battery capacity in ex s of 150% of requir capacity. The voltage lim is 2.13 V per cell, ich corresponds to total mi
- um voltage output o 28 Y per battery d' ussed in th SAR, Chapter [8] (R . 4). The criteria r sizing la lead storage batte ' s are defined in I -485 g
hi,imn(Q ef. 5). 7 [df Eachhraim A ;nd Train CDC electrical power subsystedhaske1M ample power output capacity for the steady state operation ps o of connected loads required during normal operation, while (W -j at the same time maintaining its battery bank fully charged. 0 Each battery charger also has sufficient capacity to restore
- the battery from the design minimum charge to its fully charged state within 24 hour while suppl ing normal steady (l l:
state loads discussed in th a AR, Chapter 8f(Ref.4). l APPLICABLE The initial conditions of Design Basis Accident (DBA) and j SAFETY ANALYSES transient analyses in the SAR,ChapterN6f(Ref.6),andin j theuFSAR, Chapter 715]*'(Ref. 7), assume that Engineered Safety Feature (ESF) systems are OPERABLE. The DC O d ' (continued) WOG STS B 3.8-51 Rev 1, 04/07/95 I?rv L L
4 BASES ~ INSERT (S) l( 7 a.3 SECTION 3.8L Byron Specification Bases 3.8.4
~
INSERT B 3.8 51A (P3 )- Each battery-wa's' sized based upon supplying the design duty cycle.in the event. of a : loss of offsite AC power. concurrent wi,th a Loss Of Coolant Accident (LOCA) and a single failure of a Diesel Generator (DG). Each battery has a . nominal rating of 2320 ampere-hours at the'8 hour discharge rate to an end voltage of 1.75 volts per cell, and was sized based upon continuously carrying -
.the various estimated loads.- The batteries were sized.in accordance with
!IEEE-485-1983:(Ref. 5)..
l INSERT B'3.8 51B (P7 ) While it is possible to interconnect the Unit 1 and Unit 2 DC electrical power l subsystems.'they normally-remain disconnected, except when a DC source.must be ! ! taken~ out of' service for the purposes of maintenance and/or testing.. or in the event of a failure of a DC source. , 1 The crosstie between 125.VDC ESF buses 111 and 211 and the crosstie between . ' sf). ~125 VDC ESF buses 112 and 212 are each provided with two normally locked open. manually operated circuit breakers. No interlocks are provided since the interconnected buses are not redundant. However. if one battery is inoperable. procedural and administrative controls are used to limit the
'l connected load to 200' amps based on not exceeding the OPERABLE battery capacity. These controls ensure that combinations of maintenance and-test operationsTwill not preclude the system capabil.ities to supply power to the ESF DC loads. The provisions of administratively controlled, manually
' actuated, interconnections between the non-redundant Class 1E DC buses
.. increases the overall reliability'and availability of the DC systems for each
-unit in that it provides a means for manually providing power to a DC bus at a
-time when it would'otherwise have to be out-of-service (e.g. to perform a battery discharge test during an outage, to replace a damaged cell, etc.).
Crosstie breaker closed alarms are also provided to alert the operator when the units are crosstied. l 9/3/98 Revision L i
_ _ . . . . _ _ . . _ .__ _ . . - _ __ . . _ _ . _. _ ~ . _ , t i BASES INSERT (S)- SECTION 3.8 V(~5~ Braidwood Specification Bases 3.8.4 INSERT B'3.8-51A (Pd Each battery was sized based upon supp1y' ing the design duty cycle in the event of a loss of offsite AC power concurrent wi
- (LOCA) and a single failure of- a Dieselerator Gen.th a Loss (DG). Ofbattery Each Coolant hasAccjdent a
nominal rating of.1760 ampere-hours for AT&T (2320 ampere-hours for C&D) at the 8 hour discharge rate to an end voltage of 1.75 volts per cell. and was sized based upon continuously carrying the various estimated loads. The batteries'were sized in accordance with IEEE-485-1983 (Ref. 5). 9 INSERT B 3.8 51B (P7 ) While it is possible to interconnect the Unit 1 and Unit 2 DC electrical power subsystems, they normally remain disconnected, except when a DC source must be . taken-out_of service for the purposes of maintenance and/or testing, or in the event of.a failure of a DC source. The crosstie between 125 VDC ESF buses 111 and 211 and the crosstie between D kJ 125 VDC ESF buses-112 and'212 are each provided with two normally locked open, l manually operated circuit breakers. No interlocks are provided since the' interconnected buses are.not redundant. However, if one battery is-
. inoperable, procedural and administrative controls are used-to limit the 1 connected load to 100 amps.for AT&T (200 amps for C&D) based on not exceeding-the OPERABLE battery capacity. These controls ensure that combinations of maintenance and test operations will not preclude the system capabilities to supply power to the ESF DC loads. The provisions of administratively controlled, manually actuated interconnections between the non-redundant Class 1E DC buses increases the overall reliability and availability of the DC systems for each unit in that it provides a means-for manually providing power to a DC bus at a time when it would otherwise have to be out-of-service (e.g.,
to perform a battery discharge test during an outage. to replace a damaged cell.'etc.). - Crosstie breaker closed alarms are also provided to alert the operator when the units are crosstied. L n gQ 9/3/98 Revision L l
. - . - . . . - - ~ . - - - . - . - - .
DC Sources-Operating i B 3.8.4 ()
' '(%
BASES APPLICABLE electrical power system provides normal and emergency 3C SAFETY ANALYSES ! electrical power for the DGs, emergency auxiliaries, atd
'(continued) control and switching during all MODES of o)eration.
The OPERABILITY of the DC sources is[on istent'with the initial assumptions of the accident analyses and is based upon meeting the design basis of theueg. This includes maintaining the DC r - - 2t0PERABLE during accident An conditions in the event ofD4tecuc4 ee**c h%% womm)
- a. An assumed loss of all offsite AC power or all onsite -
AC power;; and Os-a s )
- b. A worst case single failure.
Jec.F4 So.nMpXid C The DC sources . satisfy Criterion 3 of 6 ""I ":l'y y.........,.
'- ar9 9 y, ,
LCO The DC electrical power subsystems, each subsystem b g g' . consistino of" batte G ba ery charger " t n n , b .. l l ! 0;tt:r/D and\ het corresponding control equipme,nt and
'd interconnecting cabl/ g supplying power to the associated M***', ' bus within theTtraid re required to be OPERABLE to ensure e f the availability of the required power to shut down the d
reactor and maintain it in a safe condition after an Eu w pptoe gnticipated /perational /ccurrence (A00) or a postulated
""[* DBA. Loss of any Si",DC electrical power subsystem does 4%p[
hgg,; e notprevent-theminimugsafetyfunctionfrombeingperformed } behneen Ach, /_ (Ref. 4) j ( w,,n) ,
. gmm g, An OPERABLE DC electrical power subsystem requires M @ l ano bvenion ti .n., required batte D and respective chargeriBto be operating 6 ww ow. un,ec and connected to the associated DC bus @
' N =*a:N.Toion z.z.,
i ' APPLICABILITY The DC electrical power sources are required to be OPERABLE ! in MODES 1, 2, 3, and 4 to ensure safe unit operation and to
' ensure that:
(
- a. Acceptable fuel design limits and reactor coolant pressure boundary limits are not exceeded as a result of A00s or abnormal transients; and O(, / (continued) l l
WOG STS B 3.8-52 Rev 1, 04/07/95
%,1
BASES INSERT (S) TX SECTION 3.8 () Byron Specification Bases 3.8.4 INSERT B 3.8 53A -(continued) (P22) M lt C.T and C.2 eo A Condition C addresses an operating unit's D'C bus that is crosstied to the
@ opposite unit's associated DC bus. which has an inoperable source (i.e..
is battery or battery charger), when the opposite unit is shutdown. This
. provision is included to accommodate maintenance and/or testing of the shutdown unit's DC subsystems.
With the shutdown unit's battery inoperable, the operating unit will be required to supply all loads on the shutdown unit's crosstied bus should an event occur on the shutdown unit. Therefore. Required Action C.1 specifies that the possible loading on the shutdown unit's DC bus be verified to be 1 5 200 amps once per 12 hours. -Limiting the load to 200 amps ensures that the operating unit's DC subsystem will not be overloaded in the event of a
- concurrent event on the operating unit. Required Action C.1 is modified by a
. Note only. requiring Required Action C.1 when the opposite unit has an inoperable battery.
$ Required Action C.2 requires the associated crosstie breaker to be o)ened e 2 within 7 days and ensures that measures are being taken to restore t1e inoperable battery or battery charger and reestablish independence of the DC
( j-SM*subsystems. u t' (3j 9/3/98 Revision L I i i
BASES INSERT (S) O SECTION 3.8 b Braidwood Specification Bases 3.8.4 INSERT B 3.8 53A (continued) (Pz2) c' C.1 and C.2
$.ConditionCaddressesanoperatingunit'sDCbusthatiscrosstiedtothe h opposite unit's associated DC bus, which has an inoperable source (i.e..
battery ar battery charger), when the opposite unit is shutdown. This provision.1s included to accommodate maintenance and/or testing of the shutdown unit's DC subsystems. With the shutdown unit's battery inoperable, the operating unit will be required to supply all loads on the shutdown unit's crosstied bus should an event occur on the shutdown unit. Therefore. Required Action C.1 specifies that-the possible loading on the shutdown unit's DC bus be verified to be s 100 amps for AT&T (s 200 amps for C&D) once 3er 12 hours. Limiting the load 100 amps for AT&T (200 amps for C&D) ensures t1at the operating unit's DC subsystem will not be overloaded in the event of a concurrent event on the operating unit. Required Action C.1 is modified by a Note onl" i a- i:Ing Required Action C.1 when the opposite unit has an inoperable ,'s:y.
$ Required Action C.2 requires the associated crosstie breaker to be o)ened
- .i within 7 days and ensures that measures are being taken to restore t7e ai -inoperable battery or battery charger and reestablish independence of the DC O's .{ subsystems.
c (q j 9/3/98 Revision L L
DC Sources-Operating i i B 3.8.4 I p ] EASES - s SURVEILLANCE SR 3.8.4.6' j REQUIREMENTS ' (continued) This SR requires that each battery charger he capable of supplying 44004 amps and 4125) V for 298Dours. These
~
' requirements are based on the desi.gn capacity of the
, chargers (Ref. 4).. According to Regulatory Guide 1.32 31 w ,% y (Re f. 10) . the battery charger';;;;:',0 is required to be based on the largest combined demands of the various steady g g ,m state loads and the charging,Icr::m to restore the battery from the design minimum charge state to the fully charged state, irrespective of the status of the unit during these demand occurrences. The minimum required amperes and duration ensures that these requirements can be satisfied.
The Surveillance Frequency is acceptable, given the unit conditions required to perform the test and the other administrative controls existing to ensure adequate charger performanceduringthesD18 month}*Tntervals. In addition, this Frequency is intended to be consistent with expected fuel cycle lengths. This Surveillance is required to be performed during MODES 5 l' and 6 since it would require the DC electrical power d subsystem to be inoperable during performance of the test. Thi; O 1: :;dith d by ; TOtc. Th; r;esen foi th; ikte n ; M that p;rf,rming th; Surc;ill;n;; w;uld p;rturb th; hiretrie:1 di:trih ticr rcrc :nd th:11:n : ::fet . rc:tr- J [Cr:dit ;;; be t&r f r unf rned :=t: th2t :2tisfy tus] M SR 3.8.4.7 ' l A battery service test is a special test of battery capability, as found, to satisfy the design requirements (battery duty cycle) of the DC electrical power system. The discharge rate and test length should correspond to the design duty cycle requirements as specified in Reference 4. TheSurveillanceFrequencyof)18monthsdsconsistentwith the recommendations of Regulatory Guide 1.32 (Ref.10) and Regulatory Guide 1.129 (Ref.11), which state that the battery service test should be performed during refueling operations or at some other outage, with intervals between tests,nottoexceed318monthsf l (continued) WDG STS B 3.8-56 Rev 1, 04/07/95 bt L
DC Sources-Operating B 3.8.4 BASES
- SURVEILLANCE SR' 3.8.4.7 (continued)'
REQUIREMENTS
.This SR is modified by two Notes. . Note 1 allows the :
performance of a modified. performance discharge test in lieu ] of a service test rae w. GC -nup.Q The modified performance discharge' test is a: simulated duty I cycle consisting of just two rates;.the one minute rate I published for- the battery or the largest . current load = of the ' duty cycle, followed by the test rate employed for the performance test, both of which envelopBthe duty cycle of ' the service test. Since the ampere-hours removed by a rated one minute discharge represents a .very small portion of the battery capacity, the test rate can be chanped to that.for the performance test without compromising.the results of the performance discharge te'st. The battery terminal voltage for the modified performance discharge test should remain above the minimum battery terminal voltage specified in the battery service test for the duration of time equal to that 4 of the service test. ) Cowt m u.e3 i A modified#discharge test is a tes f the battery capacity I and its ability to provide a high rate, short duration load ! O (usually the highest rate of the duty cycle). This will often confirm the battery's ability to meet the critical period of the load duty cycle, in addition to determining 1 its percentage-of rated capacity. Initial conditions for i the-modified-performance discharge test should be identical to those-specified for a service test czmur es.s-s74 : .. The reason for Note 2 is that performing the Surveillance would perturb the electrical distribution system and chal l enge safety systems .A. ,. . . .,. , . . ~... . .. ... . .....--J b;rrt: ini estm; iM: SR.I SR 3.8.4,8 A battery performance discharge test is a test of constant current capacity of a battery gnormally done in the as found
-condition, after having been in service, to detect any -( i change 'n the capacity determined by the acceptance test.
The test is intended to determine overall battery i degradation due to age and usage.
's .
(continued) WOG STS B 3.8-57 Rev 1, 04/07/95 Br.v L
_ _. .- ~ . . ...e._-.._._._._._._.___...._._._..__.___ __ ._._ _ _ H . o BASES INSERT (S)
+- 'SECTION 3.8 i -
;j Specification Bases 3.8.4
- ll INSERT B' 3.8 57A= .(P3 )
L l . . . - and'.the . test discharge rate must envelop the duty cycle of the service L , Ltest if.the modified performance ~ discharge , test is performed in lieu of a L -service test - I D D 5
; + -:
L l t (:.-- - i t; \ .. 9/3/98 Revision L t-
DC Sources-Operating I h B 3.8.4 BASES SURVEILLANCE SR 3.8.4.8 (continued) REQUIREMENTS A battery modified performance discharge test is described in the Bases for SR 3.8.4.7. Either the battery performance discharge test or the modified performance discharge test is acceptable for satisfying SR 3.8.4.8; however, only the modified performance discharge test may be used to satisfy SR 3.8.4.8 while satisfying the requirements of SR 3.8.4.7 - at the same time. iThe acceptance criteria for this Surveillance are consistent [howcoo;:= % i These
~
references recommend that the battery be replaced if its acemcc em (withIEEE-450(Ref.9)andIEEE-485(Ref.5). A {(# O'"I } capacity capacity of 80% is below shows 80% ofbattery that the the manufacturer's rate of deteriorationrating. g is increasing, even if there is ample capacity to meet the joad_ requirements. l The Surveillance Frequency for this test is normally l 60 months. If the battery shows degradation, or if the battery has reached 85% of its expected life and capacity is
+100% of the manufacturer's rating, the Surveillance
/ Frequency is reduced to 12 months. However, if the battery 4
g & shows no degradation but has reached 85% of its expected
, life, the Surveillance Frequency is only reduced to 24 _
QP # months for batteries that retain capacity 2 100% of the d' i g% p,, Aq manufacturer's rating.. Degradation is indicated, accordingi
- 7toIEEE-450(Ref.9),whenthebatterycapacitydropsby 7 m c.Lc)1 more than 90%jrelative to its capacity on the previous' f) performance test or when it is, DZ;. below the manufacturer's rating. Inese trequencies are consistent - =
x /, m grgr with the reconnendations in IEEE-450 (Ref. 9). ( s go.g , cd This SR is modified by a Note. The reason for the Note is Fg that performing the Surveillance would perturb the' y electrical distribut' on system and challenae safety systems. i dit , M teh; Fer er.i;hr.r.;d ;;;;t; th;t ;;tu'y thu REFERENCES 1. 10 CFR 50, Appendix A, GDC 17.
- 2. Regulatory Guide 1.6, March lo,1971.
i 3. IEEE-308-41978h 2 (continued) !O WOG STS B 3.8-58 Rev 1, 04/07/95 2cv L
BASES INSERT (S) p SECTION 3.8- . q) . Braidwood Specification Bases 3.8.4 INSERT B 3.8 58A(Pas )
.l7 AT&T Batteries: AT&T battery manufacturer's data indicates that the capacity of the battery actually increases over its: service life. The NRC has concurred that th0 battery meets acceptable, operating criteria if it can be shown that battery capacity. for the AT&T batteries is at least 95% of the manufacturer's rating when subjected to a performance discharge test every
-l 60 months.
f) . U yO 9/3/98 Revision L i I
1 DC Sources-Oper ng i
-( BASES r
LAFSAR, EP. :t:rg. R(c % t.520 REFERENCES 4. (continued) l L
- 5. IEEE-485k1983gJune1983. 3 A
- 6. 4FSAR, ChapterN67
- 7. MFSAR,Chapterh15[ l
- 8. Regulatory Guide 1.93, December 1974.
j
- 9. IEEE-4503 U"O
- 10. Regulatory Guide 1.32, February 1977. l
- 11. Regulatory Guide 1.129, December 1974.
O ; i .O l l WOG STS B 3.8-59 Rev 1, 04/07/95 OtW L
. .. _ - ~ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ . _ _ . _ _ _ _ _ _ _ . _ _ _ . _ _ . _ _ . __
DC Sources-Shutdown
.h i
B 3.8.5 B 3.8 ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS B 3.8.5 DC Sources-Shutdown BASES . . BACKGROUND - A description of the DC sources is provided in the Bases for LCO 3.8.4, "DC Sources-Operating." APPLICABLE The initial conditions of Design Basis Accident and SAFETY ANALYSES transientanalysesinthellFSAR,Chaptar16f(Ref.1)and Chapter'*[157(Ref. 2), assume that Engineered Safety Feature systems are OPERABLE. The DC electrical power system provides normal and emergency DC electrical power for the diesel generators, emergency auxiliaries, and control and switching during all MODES of operation. The OPERABILITY of the DC subsystems is consistent with the initial assumptions of the accident analyses and the requirements for the supported systems' OPERABILITY. The OPERABILITY of the minimum DC electrical power sources
/
during MODES 5 and 6 and during movement of irradiated fuel assemblies ensures that:
- a. The unit can be maintained in the shutdown or refueling condition for extended periods;
- b. Sufficient instrumentation and control capability is available for monitoring and maintaining the unit !
status; and
- c. Adequate DC electrical power is provided to mitigate events postulated during shutdown, such as a fuel handling accident.
so eFR 50 3(, (cfMii& JheDCsorcessatisfyCriterion3ofC: 5 P:: t n . ~ . . . ~ . lw M t 3 e4lead er,eI LCO The DC elect cal power jubsyystensg @ subsystem F consisting of 35BB battem::. Or@attery charger i 3aZZDF,' @@ the corresponding control equipment, an [ D ser+ 13 3 s-too A l-- l (continued) lO WOG STS B 3.8-60 Rev 1, 04/07/95
L
-]
l. 4
-1 1
i
.- . BASES' INSERT (S)
SECTION 3.8 7 Bases 3.8.5 l L: 4 1l INSERT B 3.8 60A . (Po) 4'
;@ - .a. ...
!- .b. 'when the redundant divisi~on of the class 1E DC efectrical power distribution subsystem is required by LCO 3.8.-10. the-other subsystem consisting of either a battery or a charger:
~and
.c. . . . .
I
..'. y.. l i
4 e ln , e 9/2)/96 L vision L i
DC Sources-Shutdown - h B 3.8.5 d ( BASES
/
Cmw.an k LC0 . - Q interconnecting cabling withinlthe M r are required to be (continued) OPERABLE to support required (tr i n of the distribution systems required OPERABLE by LCO 3.8.10, " Distribution {21 Systems-Shutdown."s This ensures the availability of
/ ${"j'[, sufficient DC electric'al power sources to operate the unit I.pdW.e re <=4kn in a safe manner and to mitigate the consequences of wgmg% postulated events during shutdown (e.g., fuel handling
( w gug. accidents).4 0 rnx a r i- B L s -t.l A 1 lot o ifim.< ) APPLICABILITY The DC electrica' ower sources required to be OPERABLE in MODES 5 and 6, an uring movement of irradiated fuel assemblies, provide assurance that:
- a. Required features to provide adequate coolant inventory makeup are available for the irradiated fuel assemblies in the core;
- b. Required features needed to mitigate a fuel handling accident are available;
- c. Required features necessary to mitigate the effects of P)
( events that can lead to core damage during shutdown are available; and
- d. Instrumentation and control capability is available for monitoring and maintaining the unit in a cold shutdown condition or refueling condition.
The DC electrical power requirements for MODES 1, 2, 3, and 4 are covered in LCO 3.8.4. i luout us-us Ii ACTIONS A.1. A.2.1. A.2.2. A.2.3.eand A.2. erform the required verification and the assurance that the aattery cell parameters are not seve. rely degraded. this time is considered reasonable. The verification is repeated at 7 { day intervals until the parameters are restored to Category A or B limits. .This periodic verification is corisistent with the normal Frequency of pilot cell Surveillances. n (continued) O WOG STS B 3.8-65 Rev 1. 04/07/95 Rbl L
ttpam un;v i ene W son t-
\Joir \ A% WV2 '
Battery Cell Parameters B 3.8.6
, BASES s
SURVEILLANCE Table 3.8.6-1 (continued) REQUIREMENTS suffer no physical damage, and that adequate electron' transfer capability is maintained in the event of transient conditions. IEEE-450 (Ref. 3) recommends that el,ectrolyte
' level readings should be'made only after the battery has ,
been at float charge for at least 72 hours. The Category A limit specified for float voltage is a 2.13 V per cell. This value is based on the recommendations of IEEE-450 (Ref. 3), which states that prolonged operation of l cells < 2.13 V can reduce the life expectancy of cells. The Category A limit specified for specific gravity for each ! pilot cell is 241.200T'(0.015belowthemanufacturerfully charged nominal specific gravity or a battery charging i current that had stabilized at a low value). This value is i characteristic of a charged cell with adequate capacity. According to IEEE-450 (Ref. 3), the specific gravity readings are based on a temperature of 77 F (25 C). The specific gravity readings are corrected for actual l m electrolyte temperature,end lcici. For each 3 F (1.67 C) ; above 77 F (25 C). 1 point (0.001) is added to the reading: o v' g 1 point is subtracted for each 3*F below 77 F. M peci#i: gravity of the electrolyte " ' cel' Mcrease: "ith a lo:: f 3 u cf water due to electrolyci cr c/apor;ticn M Category B defines the normal parameter limite for each connected cell. The term " connected cell" excludes any battery cell that may be jumpered out. The Category B limits specified for electrolyte level and float voltage are the same as those specified for Category A and have been discussed above.+ The Category B limit stecified for specific gravity for each connected cell is a 11.195f(0.020 below the manufacturer fully charged, nominal specific gravity) with the average cf all connected h cells >71.2057'(0.010 below the manufacturer fully charged, nominal specific gravity). These values are based on manufacturer's recommendations. The minimum s)ecific gravity value required for each cell ensures tlat the effects of a highly charged or newly installed cell will not mask overall degradation of the battery. Fcotnote (b) b Tobie. 3.8.G-1 requ itec +he. fical voltage conect non-for overage elec+rolyte temperature. (continued) c} .J WOG STS B 3.8-68 Rev 1. 04/07/95
?cN L
BroldWOC)d UMT 2 - gg BatteryCellPargm rg 4 BASES l (G')' 1 SURVEILLANCE Table 3.8.6-1 (continued) REQUIREMENTS suffer no physical damage, and that sdequate electron transfer capability is maintained in the event of transient conditions. IEEE-450 (Ref. 3) recommends that electrolyte
' level readings should be 'made only after the battery has been at float charge for at least 72 hours. g The Category A limit specified for float voltage is K2.1MV per cell. This value is based on the recommendations of IEEE-450 (Ref. 3), which states that prolonged operation of cells - S V can reduce the life expectancy of cells.
- 2. i a iEg3)
The Category A lim i (t4specified for specific gravity for each pilot cell is 291-200f'(0.015 below the manufacturer fully , charged nominal specific gravity or a battery charging I current that had stabilized at a low value). This value is characteristic of a charged cell with adequate capacity. According to IEEE-450 (Ref. 3). the specific gravity readings are based on a temperature of 77*F (25 C). The specific gravity readings are corrected for actual electrolyte temperature and level. For each 3 F (1.67'C) U ([-yj above 77*F (25 C). 1 point (0.001) is added to the reading: 3 1 point is subtracted for each 3*F below 77'F. The specific g gravity of the electrolyte in a cell increases with a loss of water due to electrolysis or evaporation. Category B defines the normal parameter limits for each connected cell. The term " connected cell" excludes any battery cell that m'ay be jumpered out. The Category B limits specified for electrolyte level and float voltage are the same as those specified for Category A ano nave oeen alscussea aoove.+ The Category B limit (i.zeo) soecified f
=TM(or specific gravity 0.020 below the for each connected manufacturer cell is fully charged, nominal soecific gravity) with the average of all connected O' ZD cells >-T1.2057(0.010 below the manufacturer fully charged, nominal specific gravity). These values are based on manufacturer's recommendations. The minimum s)ecific gravity value required for each cell ensures tlat the effects of a hichly charged or newly installed cell will not mask overall degradation of the battery.
&tnote (b) h Tale 3.s (,- I re gu i r es b Flook voltage correch on j
i for overage electrolyte tempe ratu re. n (continued) , V WOG STS B 3.8-68 Rev 1. 04/07/95
@c:N L_
Sirten V r.it I And \hGr4. J l Battery Cell Parameters B 3.8.6 [ , l 3, BASES
-(J l SURVEILLANCE Table 3.8.6-1 (continued)
REQUIREMENTS Category C defines the limits for each connected cell. These values._although reduced provide assurance that
, sufficient capacity exist.s to perform the intendeti function i and maintain a margin of safety. When any battery parameter !
is outside the Category C limits. the assurance of j sufficient capacity described above no longer exists, and ! the battery must be declared inoperable. l The Category C limits specified for electrolyte level (above I the top of the plates and not overflowing) ensure that the
-plates suffer no physical damage and maintain adequate electron transfer capability. The Category C limits for float voltage is based on IEEE-450 (Ref. 3), which. states that a cell voltage of 2.07 V or below, under float conditions and not caused by elevated temperature of the cell. indicates internal cell problems and may require cell replacement.
The Category C limit of average specific gravity a 1.195.is based on manufacturer recommendations (0.020 below the manufacturer recommended fully charged, nominal specific l 1, gravity). In addition to that limit. it is required that l x the specific gravity for each connected cell must be no less I than 0.020 below the average of all connected cells. This v.lI limit ensures that the effect of a highly charged or new cell does not mask overall degradatio f the battery. > e The footnotes to Table 3.8.6-1 are ap cable to Category A. B and C s)ecific gravity. Footnote to Table 3.8.6-1 ' requires t1e above mentioned correction for electrolyte level and temperature, with the ereption th:t 10v:1 J
-m--m-u~ 4 ,. mm+ rem.4.,m4 mame s s+ + m~ se-m4mm -..--+4,.
Ed[5Eh 55 d5;t35r65. ihib'55rdnU-50i5cI'I ~ 4 j gcacral. ;n indication of cver:ll battery condition
~
7 _ Because of specific gravity gradients that are produced during the recharging process, delays of several days may occur while waiting for the specific gravity to stabilize. A stabilized charger current is an acceptable alternative to s)ecific gravity measurement for determining the state of clarge. This phenomenon is discussed in IEEE-450 (Ref. 3). Footnote (+) to Table 3.8.6-1 allows the float charge current t be used as an alternate to specific gravity for l-p (continued) U WOG STS B 3.8-69 Rev 1. 04/07/95 h:v L.
Brcodweed Udr p_ J~' l .,, Battery Cell Pargm t y lQf'T BASES l SURVEILLANCE . Table 3.8.6-1 (continued) ; l REQUIREMENTS- . Category C defines the limits for each connected cell. ! These values, although reduced, provide assurance that !
, sufficient capacity exists to perform the intendeci function i and maintain a margin of ' safety. When any battery parameter !
is outside the Category C limits, the assurance of sufficient capacity described above no longer exists, and the battery must be declared inoperable. l The Category C limits specified for electrolyte level (above the top of the plates and not overflowing) ensure that the plates suffer no physical damage and maintain adequate j electron transfer capability. The Category C limits for i float voltage is based on_lEEE-450 (Ref. 3), which states I
- ( 2. H ,s that a cell voltage ofG sDV or below, under float l conditions and not caused by elevated temperature of the l cell, indicates internal cell problems and may require cell replacement.
The Category C limit of average specific gravity = 0.195)is based on manufacturer recommendations (0.020 below the A manufacturer recomended fully charged, nominal specific g gravity). In addition to that limit, it is required that ( k) the specific gravity for each connected cell must be no less fi than 0.020 below the average of all connected cells. This g limit ensures that the effect of a highly charged or new cell does not mask overall degradatio f the battery. The footnotes to Table 3.8.6-1 are appli able to Category A. B. and C s)ecific gravity. Footnote (6 to Table 3.8.6-1 requires tie above mentioned correction for electrolyte level and temperature, with the exception that level J correction is not required when battery charging current is > cT2 Tamps on float charge. This current provides, in 4 general, an indication of overall battery condition. Because of specific gravity gradients that are produced during the recharging process, delays of several days may occur while waiting for the specific gravity to stabilize. A stabilized charger current is an acceptable alternative to s)ecific gravity measurement for determining the state of c1arge. This phenomenon is discussed in IEEE-450 (Ref. 3). Footnote (e to Table 3.8.6-1 allows the float charge current to used as an alternate to specific gravity for d rm (continued) l L) WOG STS B 3.8-69 Rev 1. 04/07/95 Rcv t
Inverters-Shutdown B 3.8.8 ,- BASES (continued) Q- g , h 4 ,,, y
@ t t w s. o r> < ne rg ea % + ~a \
LCO The inverters ensure the availability of electrical power for the instrumentation for systems required to but down the reactor and maintain it in a safe condition efter an h anticipated operational occurren or a postulated DBA. M battery powered inverter rovid uninterruptible supply of AC electrical power t AC.fttte43 bused even- if the e o %t,-t. C 4.16 kV safety buses are de-energized. ERABILITY of theG 94 inverters requires that the4ACTv++*+1bu e powered by the inverte@ This ensures the availability of sufficient (waa+*O (19$4.r 13.1f-76& inverter power sources to operate the unit in a safe manner I and to mitigate the consequences of postulated events during shutdown (e.g., fuel handling accidents). I APPLICABILITY The inverters required to be OPERABLE in MODES 5 and 6 u en u .. >during movement of irradiated fuel assemblies, provide , a assurance that:
- a. Systems to provide adequate coolant inventory makeup are available for the irradiated fuel in the core;
- b. Systems needed to mitigate a fuel handling accident
( are available; ( c. Systems necessary to mitigate the effects of events that can lead to core damage during shutdown.are available; and
- d. Instrumentation and control capability is available for monitoring and maintaining the unit in a cold shutdown condition or refueling condition.
Inverter requirements for MODES 1, 2, 3, and 4 are covered
- i in LCO 3.8.7. ,
nsa,r s z.s. 7G B1 - (
/
ACTIONS A.l. A.2.1. A.2.2. A.2.3. h g Caw.e o s gc. in sk-t bu, p-e, s=,y,[ , j
~
two Gein; are required by LCO 3.8.10, " Distribution h*A ) Systems-Shutdown," the remaining OPERABL _x;= =n; may be l Twiw ancer tweMtpw, 3 .,%% pc.m .Wi+ A% capable of supporting sufficient required features to allow J continuation of CORE ALTERATIONS, fuel movement, @ or operations with a potential for positive reactivity additions. By the allowance of the option to declare (continued) WOG STS B 3.8-76 Rev 1, 04/07/95 ih2N L.
9 BASES-INSERT (S) )
/mg SECTION 3.8 Bases 3.8.8-U
.j. _ l INSERT B 3.8 76A . (Po) .
V ' When the redundant division of the Class 1E AC instrument bus !
.E L electrical power distribution s,ubsystem is required by ,LCO 3.8.10.
the pbwer source for the AC instrument buses may consist of*
- a. one inverter powered by its associated battery: ;
- b. . one inverter. powered by its-internal AC: source: or. )
l
- c. one Class 1E constant' voltage source transformer.
.V )
$ 1 d j INSERT B 3.8 76B- (P3 )
LC0 3.0.3 is not applicable while in MODE 5 or 6. However since irradiated fuel assembly movement can occur in MODE 1, 2, 3. or 4. the ACTIONS have been modified by a Note stating that LC0 3.0.3 is not applicable. If moving irradiated fuel assemblies while in MODE 5 or 6. LC0 3.0.3 would not specify A any action. If moving irradiated fuel assemblies while in MODE 1. 2, 3 or 4.
.(/ the fuel movement is independent of reactor operations. Therefore, in either case, inability to suspend movement of irradiated fuel assemblies would not be sufficient reason to require a reactor shutdown.
l l l t; r x . 1 T 9/21/98 Revision L ov
Distribution Systems-Operating B 3.8.9 O BASES v J LCO OPERABLE AC electrical power distribution subsystems require h the associated busesc j n: ::c,ter:1, =ter ::r.tr:1 ::r,ter;, lE T- D ~ (continued) =d distM butir ;= S : to be energized to their proper 1 l**=0wn*n Aho me. woo ' voltages.1 OPERABLE DC electrical power distribution
, b 'S * % co s n me subsystems require the associated buses to be energized to
** * *- their proper voltage from either the associated battery or oD secon
),cas, mm ,
" **N yao .
charger. OPERABLEgntei9 bus electrical power distribution subsystems require the associated buses to be energized to j
, c.om:ss ano oormsunen their proper voltage from the associated $ inverter via e Qanels. inverted DC voltage, inverter usingGr.te. c.aDAC source, or Class 1E constant voltage transformerW In addition ie breakers etween redundant iety related AC, DC, a AC vitti b power distributio subsystems, if they e ' t, must be n. This prevent ny electrical Gnsrio,med malf ction in any ower distribution bsystem from 4
pr agating to t redundant subsys m, that could caus the ilure of a r ndant subsystem d a loss of essent' a safety funct n(s). If any tie reakers are closed he affected r undant electrical ower distribution s systems are cons ered inoperable. is applies to the site, safety elated redundant ectrical power dist bution subs ems. It does no however, preclude dundant (n) U~
. Cl s IE 4.16 kV buses rom being powered om the same o site circuit.
APPLICABILITY The electrical power distribution subsystems are required to be OPERABLE in MODES 1, 2, 3, and 4 to ensure that:
- a. Acceptable fuel design limits and reactor coolant pressure boundary limits are not exceeded as a result of A00s or abnormal transients; and
- b. Adequate core cooling is provided, and containment OPERABILITY and other vital functions are maintained in the event of a postulated DBA.
Electrical power distribution subsystem requirements for MODES 5 and 6 are covered inn _)LCO 3.8.10, a
"Dinribution Systems-Shutdown."
4 I (continued) WOG STS B 3.8-81 Rev 1, 04/07/95 R.c:v L
Distribution Systems-Operating i B 3.8.9 BASES _(continued) .(
'~'
ACTIONS A.1 e
, Oww) f r : 1 -
t Ck
, buses, S :::(tr:f rJ inoperable, the remaining A_C electrical >
power distribution subsystem er the eth:r tr:inJis capable I of supporting the minimum safety functions necessary to shut i down the reactor and maintain it in a safe shutdown condition, assuming no single failure. The overall reliability-is reduced, however, because a single failure in the remaining power distribution subsystemK could result in the minimum required ESF functions not being supported. Therefore, the required AC buees;,0-d ~ ters: utm ) h f'T.'."a!!Lr'**======m"5===n must be restored to CPERABLE status within 8 hours. (d;visten Condition A worst scenario isy(ne dr oiid without AC power (i.e., no offsite power to thet raiG t and the associated DG inoperable). In this Condition, the unit is more vulnerable to a complete loss of AC power. It is, therefore, imperative that the unit operator's attention be focured on minimizing the potential for loss of power to the remaining
'traiS by stabilizing the unit, and on restoring power to the affected W y. The 8 hour time limit before requiring a (p/ ( d;v'i sion ]
unit shutdown'-[in this Condition is acceptable because of:
- a. The potential for decreased safety if the unit operator's attention is diverted from the evaluations and actions necessary to restore power to the affected Or:iO, to the actions associated with taking the unit to shutdown within this time limit; and g-w mbasa.n 3
- b. The retent':u for an event in conjunction with a single failure of a redundant component in the@e+ti) with AC power. 1
( awieen.) The second Completion Time for Required Action A.1 establishes a limit on the maximum time allowed for any combination of required distribution subsystems to be inoperable during any single contiguous occurrence of failing to meet the LCO. If Condition A is entered while, for instance, a DC bus is inoperable and subsequently restored OPERABLE, the LCO may already have been not met for up to 2 hours. This could lead to a total of 10 hours, since initial failure of the LCO, to restore the AC distribution system. At this time, a DC circuit could again 1 l (continued) WOG STS B 3.8-82 Rev 1, 04/07/95 l WL
- Distribution Systems-Operating 8 3.8.9 BASES
[
\
ACTIONS A.1 (continued)-
.become inoperable, and AC distribution restored OPERABLE.
This could continue indefinitely. The Completion Time allows for an exception _to the normal
. " time zero" for beginning the allowed outage time." clock."
l This will result in establishing the " time zero"~ at the time the LCO was initially not met, instead of the time Condition A was entered. The 16 hour Completion Time is an' acceptable limitation on this potential to fail to meet the LCO indefinitely. ,- h g Umw-amtLac T With one 'AC @Mm+-hrd' inoperable, the remaining OPERABLE AC owswear] 4jlaD buses are capable of supporting the minimum safety functions,necessary to shut down the unit and maintain it in the safe shutdown condition. Overall reliability is reduced, however, since an additional single failure could resultintheminimumMrequired?4SFfunctionsnotbeing supported. Therefore, the required AC @ E Ilbus must be restoredtoOPERABLEsatuswithin2hoursbypoweringthe] but from the associate inverter via inverted DC, inverter using GateseaD AC source, or Class IE constant voltage transformerf. I wa C v Gewel l Condition B represents one ACC Dwithout power; potentially both the DC source and the associated AC source are nonfunctioning. In this situation, the unit is significantly more vulnerable to a complete loss of all noninterruptible power. It is, therefore, imperative that
'the operator's attention focus on stabilizing the unit, minimizing the potential for loss of power to the remaining [i
.On%,e&--.6%iB buses and restoring power to the affected Git." but.-
LD m un This 2 hour limit is more conservative than Completion Times allowed f g e vast majority of components that are without adequate u...y AC ower. Ta g exception to LCO 3.0.2 for components without adequate apower, that would have the Required Action Completih. mes..shorter Ac than 2 hours if declared inoperable, is acceptable because of: om6+rumtemP) 1 (continued) WOG STS B 3.8-83 Rev 1, 04/07/95 s t_ J
i Distribution Systems-Operating } B 3.8.9 BASES l ACTIONS .Q.d (continued) - Wit) DC bus @ +e-ene-h etnsinoperable .'the r aining DC j l m, electrical power distribution subsyste capsble of supporting the minimum safety functions necess.ary to shut l n' l' ' -down'the reactor and m'aintain it in a safe shutdown i f condition,. assuming no single failure. The overall I reliability is reduced, however, because a single failure in l the remaining DC electrical' power distribution subsystem l l could result in the minimum required ESF functions not being J
! supported. Therefore, the lr::d r: n DC bus G must be restored to OPERABLE status within 2 hours by powering the bus from the associated battery or charger.
E Condition C represents one (treiruwithout adequate DC power; potentially both with the battery significantly degraded and
% n* tme%*A} the associated charger ncnfunctioning In this situation, Ao &* h * / the unit is significantly more vulnerable to a complete loss L
of all DC power. It is, therefore, imperative that the 88 operator's attention focus on stabilizing the unit, miriimizing the potential for loss of power to the remaining i
;;r:;r and restoring power to the affected'tr;;r.. i (dM4ien J '
l g This 2 hour limit is more conservative than Completion Times .> 3 allowed for the vast majority of components that would be f I without power. Taking exception to LCO 3.0.2 for components c without adequate DC power, which would have Required Action Completion Times shorter than 2_ hours, is acceptable because of:
- a. _The potential for decreased safety by requiring a change.in unit conditions (i.e., requiring a shutdown) while allowing stable operations to continue; L b. The potential for decreased safety by requiring entry into numerous applicable Conditions and Required Actions for components without DC power and not providing sufficient time for the operators to perform the necessary evaluations and actions for restoring c.
power to the affected " %r;ir' and r % ero m m The W m ;an for an event in conjunction with a w owsJ h h single failure of a redundant component. , The 2 hour Completion Time for DC buses is consistent with u Regulatory Guide 1.93 (Ref. 3). l l I-g (continued) I f WOG STS B 3.8-85 Rev 1, 04/07/95 62:V L l . .. - . . - - - . -- - __ - . - .a
.___._._._-.m _ _ . _ _ _ . _ _ . . _ _ . _ _ _ _ _ _ . _ _ _ _ _ . _ _ . _ , . _ . _ _ _ . .
Distribution Systems-Operating 1 B 3.8.9
. BASES
[ ACTIONS Q ' (continued) The second Completion Time for Required Action C.1 establishes a limit on the maximum time allowed for any combination of required distribution subsystems to be
- inoperable -during any single contiguous occurrence of failing to meet the LCO. If Condition C is entered while, for instance,'an AC bus is inoperable and subsequently
' returned OPERABLE, the LCO may_ already have been not met for up to 8 hours. This could lead to a total of 10 hours, since initial failure of the LCO, to restore the DC
- distribution system. At this time, an AC '
become inoperable, and DC distribution resM"" 'could again-OPERABLE. This could continue indefinitely. ( mas ] This Completion Time allows for an exception to the normal-
" time zero" for beginning the allowed outage time " clock."
This will result in establishing the " time zero" at the time the LCO was initially not met, instead of the time Condition C was enterad. The 16 hour Completion Time is an acceptable limitation on this potential to fail to meet the LCO indefinitely. D.1 and D.2 If the inoperable distribution subsystem cannot be restored to OPERABLE status within the required Completion Time, the unit must be brought to a MODE in which the LCO does not apply. .To achieve this status, the unit must be brought to at least MODE 3 within 6 hours and to MODE 5 within 36 hours. The allowed Completion Times are reasonable, based on operating experience, to reach the required unit conditions from full power conditions in an orderly manner and without challenging plant systems. U t [e. Withtwoh : . 'S(inoperableldistribution subsystemsIthat c. result in a loss of safety function, adequate core cooling, c e containment OPERABILITY and other vital functions for DBA mitigation would be compromised, and immediate plant i shutdown in accordance with LCO 3.0.3 is required. ; (continued) WOG STS_ B 3.8-86 Rev 1, 04/07/95 i2cv L.
, . g s ;_.
~
, ' BASES INSERT (S)'
SECTION 3.8
. $. e-Bases 3.8.9 lg 2 INSERT B 3.8 86A.'.
, l Deleted in Reyision L s -
(, . .; t l' ; }{ '
!~
i i_ F l a f t I 9/3/98 Revision L
- ( .. 1
l L JUSTIFICATION FOR DIFFERENCES TO NUREG 1431 BASES
.- SECTI9N 3.8 ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS.
l .I k. i i CP ffNERIC CHANGES (C)
;m lC 3 Not used.
C, ^This change is consistent with NUREG-1431.'as modified by TSTF-8.-
'l Revision 2. The pro)osed changes to SR 3.8.1.12 and SR 3.8.1.13 are not required. (See JFD Pc .) ~
L-- lCr This change is consistent with NUREG-1431.'as modified by TSTF-38.
. l C( Not used.
l C5 This change is consistent with NUREG-1431. as modified by TSTF-2. Revision 1. L i i I j: i. l. BYRON /BRAIDWOOD UNITS 1 & 2 3.8 2 - 9/3/98 Revision L
7
.. S JUSTIFICATION FOR DIFFERENCES TO NUREG-1431 BASES
/'~3 ' 2 - SECTION 3.8 ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS I VM Not used.
'~ g 1. Pu P
u' LCO Bases for ITS 3.8.9 delete the paragraph pertaining to crosstied divisions. No crossties between redundant safety related divisions 1
? exist in the Byron /Braidwood design. 1
.Y !
%[P a Not used.
8 1' P3 LC0 'section Bases for ITS LCO 3.8.3.. more specifically reference the
' required 7-day fuel oil supply as supporting the " maximum post-accident
-load" versus'" full load."
P3 The SR Section of.the Bases for LC0 3.8.1 contains an explanation of the use of Table 3.8.1-1. " Diesel Generator Test Schedule." In accordance with NRC Generic Letter 94-01. " Removal of Accelerated Testing and Special Reporting Requirements for Emergency Diesel Generators." this ; Table was deleted from CTS in Amendment 71 (Braidwood) and Amendment 79 (Byron). Therefore, the discussion of this Table has been deleted from the Bases. P u The Bases for NUREG-1431 SR 3.8.1.14 (ITS SR 3.8.1.14) have been modified by the replacement of information regarding testing the DGs at
. rated power factor. The guidance from INSERT B 3.8-27A ensures that the DGiis tested at its rated power factor for a brief time to verify the G. generator, regulator. 'and exciter can achieve their design ratings.
U 7 ~w During testing, the DG is increased to rated power factor for a short period while at full load and then returned to < 1000 kVARs. This
$ testing ensures the full functionality of the generator and voltage regulator / exciter and yet serves to minimize exposure to the risks associated with a full load reject at rated power factor. The practice of performing this test at rated power factor.has been determined to be unjustified potentially destructive, testing due to exceeding the vendors recommendation for maximum voltage of the generator. if the generator should open.during testing. Amplification of this issue is
. contained in the Engineering Position Paper on Power Factor Loading >
During Emergency Diesel Generator Testing dated November 28. 1995. Both Cooper-Bessemer and the NRC concurred with the determination for discontinuing most of the DG testing at rated power factor. This recommendation and commitment has been added to the Bases for ITS SR 3.8.1.14 ()' Ti m BYRON /BRAIDWOOD UNITS 1 & 2 3.8 7 9/3/98 Revision L
'Y ' JUSTIFICATION FOR DIFFERENCES TO NUREG 1431 BASES f3 Te t
SECTION 3.8 ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS A lP Not used. 3a P u The Bases for SR 3.8.7.1 and SR 3.8.8.1 of NUREG-1431 contain verification of frequency of the- AC instrument inverters. The inverter panels at Byron and Braidwood do not display output frequency, and this requirement is not included in the CTS. Therefore, this requ,irement has been deleted from SR 3.8.7.1 and SR 3'.8.8.1 in ITS. - P n The Actions Section of the Bases for NUREG-1431. Condition A of LCOs 3.8.2. 3.8.5. 3.8.8. and 3.8.10 and Condition B of Ntl REG'LCO 3.8.2 have been modified by the additional Required Action to " declare associated LTOP features inoperable immediately." The Actions of CTS LCOs 3.8.1.2. 3.8.2.2, and 3.8.3.2 require "within 8 hours. deprt.ssurize and vent the RCS through at least a 2 square inch vent." This CTS action is replaced with the additional NUREG actions referenced above. The addition of the requirement to immediately declare associated LTOP features inoperable allows the operator to evaluate the current plant conditions and to determine whether the LTOP features have been affected by the loss of~ power. If the LTOP features have not been affected, then unnressarily restrictive actions may be averted. Pu The Bases for NUREG-1431 LCO 3.8.9. Required Action C.1 Section, have been modified by the addition of the words "and not crosstied to the other unit." This revision is made to address options made available by the ability to crosstie DC buses at Byron and Braidwood. ITS LC0 3.8.4
~N has been changed by new Conditions A. C. and D. which allow crosstieing the Unit's DC buses. ITS LC0 3.8.4 Condition B addresses all other inoperabilities of a DC electrical power subsystem. Conditions C and D specify additional requirements when an o)erating unit's DC bus is crosstied to a shutdown unit's DC bus. T1ese additional requirements are contained in CTS LCO 3.8.2.1 and provide clarification for the TS user.
P u Consistent with CTS 4.8.1.1.2.d). the sampling time frame for new fuel oil is revised to 30 days. IP 33 Not used. BYRON /BRAIDWOOD UNITS 1 & 2 3.8 10 9/3/98 Revision L l
t: JUSTIFICATION FOR DIFFERENCES TO NUREG 1431 BASES SECTION 3.8 ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS
'd .P3 The' Actions Section of the Bases for ITS LC0 3.8.1 was revised to be consistent with ITS LC0 3.8.1 Required Action B.2 and current plant design. Plant specific design consists of two AF pumps. 'A' train AF includes a motor driven AF pump that relies on the A' DG for emergency
'f-power. 'B' train AF includes a stand alone diesel driven AF pum) that does not depend on the ~B' DG. 'In the event the 'A' DG were to )e
$ declared in6perable, not only would the redundant feature (s) associated g with the OPERABLE DG (i.e. the "B' DG) be required to be evaluated for g OPERABILITY. but so would the independent 'B' AF pump. Further in the W event the. 'A' DG and the 'B' AF pump were to be declared inoperable, both AF pumps would be declared inoperable, and the appropriate conditions of ITS LCO 3.7.5 would be entered.
Py Bases revised to reflect the Byron & Braidwood design, analyses, or plant. specific terminology. P3 The Bases for LC0 3.8.3 Action C.1 and SR 3.8.3.2. regarding -
. implementation of the Diesel Fuel Oil Testing Program. is revised to include clarification of basis and intent of the sequence 'and timing of some Program details. Additional plant specific changes made to reflect consistency with current testing methods and procedures.
P3 The Background Section of the Bases for NUREG LCO 3.8.1 has been 1 modified to eliminate discussions relating to sequencing loads onto the ? Q Q SATs on an SI signal. The Byron /Braidwood design does not sequence loads when offsite power is available. y
*P A discussion of the SR 3.8.1.10 Note (which indicates that momentary y . transients above the voltage limit immediately following a load rejection do not invalidate the test) is added to the Bases for the SR.
Pu The Bases for LC0 3.8.5 are modified to include a description of the LC0 Note which allows one division to be crosstied when the opposite unit is in MODE 1. 2. 3. or 4 with an inoperable battery charger. This is consistent with the allowance of CTS LCO 3.8.2.2 action a. In addition, the Actions of NUREG-1431 LC0 3.8.5 have been modified by the addition of ITS LC0 3.8.5 Condition B. Condition B addresses the requirements for the condition when the unit's DC bus is crosstied to a shutdown unit that has an inoperable battery or battery charger. These additional requirements are contained in CTS LC0 3.8.2.1. () BYRON /BRAIDWOOD UNITS 1 & 2 3.8-11 9/3/98 Revision L
-JUSTIFICATION FOR DIFFERENCES TO NUREG 1431 BASES A SECTION 3.8 ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS
-( ) P. The Notes to ITS SR 3.8.1.12 and SR 3.8.1.13 (restricting performance of the SR to MODES other than MODE 1 or 2) and associated Bases are deleted. -Testing which satisfies the requirements of these SRs can be required as part of post-maintenance return to service testing or as a part of other TS required testing performed at power. Deletion of these Notes allows for minimizing wear and , tear on the DGs by limiting the number of unnecessary starts. For example, if a DG becomes inoperable at power and, as part of a return to service testing.- tests'which satisfy the SR are required to determine OPERABILITY, performance of the SR during shutdown would be an additional start of the DG. that might
-not otherwise be required. (See also Lg Discussion of Change.)
(% \s.) BYRON /BRAIDWOOD UNITS 1 & 2 3.8 11a 9/3/98 Revision L
~
l $, . JUSTIFICATION FOR DIFFERENCES TO NUREG 1431 BASES 'n m SECTION 3.8 - ELECTRICAL POWER Sv5TEMS
'l ) % l Pu Not used.
l P. Consistent with Regulatory Guide 1.9. Section 2.2.9. the Bases description of SR 3.8.114 is revised to indicate that the first two hours of the 24 hour test is conducted at a load band equivalent to 105% to 110% of the DG continuous duty rating. , Pc ITS LCO 3.8.1, and its associated Conditions and Required Actions are modified to reflect the Byron and 8raidwood design. Byron and Braidwood design includes a normal and reserve qualified circuit to each 4116 kV bus. The normal circuits are via the unit system auxiliary transformers (note either unit transformer can supply both buses via the use of disconnect links). The reserve circuits are via the opposite unit SATs via the opposite unit's 4.16 kV buses. This design affords additional redundancy in certain scenarios. ITS' LC0 3.8.1 reflects the recuirement of 2 circuits per bus. ITS LCO 3.8.1 Conditions A and C are mocified to - reflect the allowance for one or more buses with one (Condition A) or. ' two (Condition C) circuits to be inoperable. ITS LCO 3.8.1 Condition D provides Required Actions of either restore the DG in 12 hours or restore the required qualified circuits in 12 hours. The proposed restoration time is consistent with the discussions provided in Regulatory Guide 1.93. " Availability of Electric Power Sources". Therefore this change does not have a adverse impact on safety. O O 8vRON'8RA10w000 uN1TS 1 a 2 3.8 12 9/3/98 Revis4om '
. - - . - - . . . . - . . - - . - . -, ~ . . - . -
JUSTIFICATION FOR DIFFERENCES TO HUREG 1431 BASES c SECTION 3.8 ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS
-4
.P c _( continued)
Regulat'ory Guide 1.9'3. Discussion B.2 discusses when the available . offsite AC Sources are two less than the LC0 that this degradation level means that the offsite power system does not have~the capability to I effect a safe shutdown. For Byron and Braidwood, if the norm,al and i , reserve cualified circuits for one bu's are inoperable and the other bus' l l qualifiec circuits are Operable. The offsite power system does have the ;
- capability to effect a safe shutdown. J
_ Regulatory Guide 1.93. Discussion B.3 discusses when the available l offsite.AC Sources are one less than the LC0 and the available onsite AC ! ! Sources are one less than the LCO that this degradation level means that i l' individual redundancy in both the offsite power system and the onsite AC ' power system is lost. In addition. Discussion B.3 provides an example u of the failure of an emergency power distribution bus that is energized i L by'either the single available offsite circuit or the single available onsite AC supply could render all emergency AC power ineffective. For
. Byron and Braidwood, if the normal and reserve . qualified circuits for one bus are inoperable and the associated DG is inoperable, this situation is .similar to the B.3 discussion. in that a failure of an emergency. power distribution bus could render all emergency AC power ineffective. However. in the situation where the normal and reserve qualified. circuits for one bus are inoperable and the DG associated with L v~' the op)osite-bus is inoperable, a. failure of an emergency. power 1 '
distri)ution bus would not render all emergency AC power ineffective. 1 Regulatory Guide 1.93.- C.3 recommends a restoration time of 12 hours when the available offsite and onsite AC power sources are each one less than the LCO. In addition. NUREG-1431. LC0 3.8.9 Condition A Bases describes that in the case of a division without AC power (no offsite power to the division and the associated DG inoperable), that "it is imperative that the unit operator's attention be focused on minimizing the potential for loss of power to the remaining division by stabilizing the unit, and on restoring power to the affected division." In this scenario. NUREG-1431 LC0 3.8.9 Condition A allows 8 hours to restore the L bus. ITS LCO 3.8.1 Condition G is modified to reflect the scenarios where entering LC0 3.0.3 would be appropriate. Pg The Bases for LCO 3.8.6 were revised to add a discussion for the l existing LC0 ACTIONS' Table Note. The Note states. " Separate condition entry is allowed for each battery." The bases do not contain any discussion of this Note. This is consistent with TSTF-203.
- c r
JUSTIFICATION FOR DIFFERENCES TO NUREG-1431 BASES (3 SECTION 3.8 ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS Pu. .Due to the relative large size of the inter-cell connectors, the present' inter-cell resistance readings vary from 8 to 15 gohms. Addition of the g 20% criteria would require action or assessment for deviations as small as 2 gohms. This deviation is outside the accuracy of the test equipment and the measuring techni Therefore this statement is being deleted from the ITS Bases. ques. , ,. P. As stated in STS Bases for SR 3.8.1.3. there are no power factor requirements established by the SR. The substitution of operation w between 0.and 1000 kVARs in place of the power factor references is a
- 4. plant specific limitation. This limitation ensures that in the event of
.4 a ' full load reject during testing, the resulting voltage transient will
'i not exceed the vendor recommended maximum value of 5000 V. While Q operating outside the stated kVAR band.-a full load reject may result in W a voltage transient that exceeds 5000 V.
Po The proposed Bases are modified to reflect plant specific design and to clarify the DC Sources-Shutdown and Inverter-Shutdown LCOs to reflect more specific requirements for each subsystem. As written, the NUREG LC0 requirements imply that a full complement of battery and charger are reau1 red for both subsystems. Similarly, for inverters, a DC battery-backed inverter is required for both divisions or trains. The requirements for the second subsptem should be relaxed to recuire either a battery or a charger and either DC input or regulatec AC input. A This level of DC Source and Inverter requirements will continue to V b'W . assure that sufficient power is available to support the response to events postulated during shutdown conditions in the event of a loss of M offsite power or a single failure. This change is consistent with the 4 initial philosophy of the ITS NUREGs and is an added. restriction (beyond 6 CTS LCD 3.8.2.2 and CTS LCQ 3.8.3.2) which is not required by the CTS.
~
Refer to LC0 JFD Pa. ( ) BYRON /BRAIDWOOD . UNITS 1 & 2 3.8-13a 9/3/98 Revision L r l
!. l l, \. 1 Y . NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS EVALUATION '
. ITS SECTION 3.8 - ELECTRICAL-POWER SYSTEMS h
L .TECHNICALECHANGE LESS RESTRICTIVE "Soecific" l ' ("L 1," . Labeled Comments / Discussions) . i
- -l L LNot.used.-
i
'I
~ s l 4
'l 1
L)- l 1 l l
. l 1
l BYRON /BRAIDWOOD UNITS 1 & 2 3.8 44 9/3/98 Revision L
. , _ _ ._. . . ~ _ , . . . _ - . . _ - . _ . . _ . . _ _ _ . _ . . _ . _ . . _ . _ . . - _ _ . _ . . _ . .
l NO SIGNIFICANT. HAZARDS. EVALUATION
- ITS SECTION 3.8. . ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS l .': --Deleted in Revision L.
- l. ..
m u . j 1 l l-i 4. f l' 4 I I l 1 2 1
)
l a BYRON /BRAIDWOOD UNITS 1 & 2 3.8-45 9/3/98 Revision L b i-
,. - ., - . - . ,,-n..--..--, - . , . - - , - . , -e,,,-..,-., .,. , --. ,- ,n.-.. , , , , . - , , , . _ - . , . - ,.,,w
k L I
- NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS EVALUATION Hq -ITS SECTION 3.8 - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS lV l
TECHNICAL CHANGE - LESS RESTRICTIVE "Soecific"
- ("La" Labeled Comments / Discussions) ,
Commonwealth Edison Company (Comed) has evaluated each of the proposed i '~ Technical Specification changes identified as " Technical Change - Less Restrictive (Specffic)" in accordance with the criteria set .forth in 10-CFR 50.92 and has~ determined that the proposed changes do not involve a i
' significant hazards consideration.
.j The bases for the determination.that the proposed changes do not involve a significant hazards consideration is an evaluation of these changes against each of the criteria in.10 CFR 50.92. The criteria and the conclusions of.the evaluation are presented below.
- 1. Does the change involve a significant. increase in the probabilit;y or consequences of an accident previously evaluated? !
The DC batteries are not considered as initiators of any analyzed event, therefore, this change has no im]act on the probability of an event ! previously analyzed. As such, t1e probability of occurrence for a !
-previously analyzed accident is not significantly increased.~ j The consequences of a previously analyzed event are dependent on the
- iritial conditions assumed for the analysis, and the availability and
, V]
/
successful functioning of the equipment assumed to operate in response to the analyzed event, and the setpoints at which these actions are
- initiated. This change continues to assure the performance of the batteries.is as credited. As a result, no analyses assumptions are violated. Eliminating the verification of battery electrolyte temperature to be above a minimum (60 F) after a battery discharge is :
acce) table because a large discharge of the battery will tend to heat the Jattery electrolyte not reduce the temperature. In addition, only requiring verification of the average electrolyte temperature of the representative cells instead of all connected cells is consistent with Ltesting requirements of IEEE-450. Therefore, there is adequate l assurance:that the batteries will remain capable of supporting their intended function with this change. Based on this evaluation, there is no significant increase in the consequences of a previously analyzed
. event.
i df' BYRON /BRAIDWOOD - UNITS 1 & 2 3.8 46 9/3/98 Revision L L . !
- 1 I
1 l NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS EVALUATION /" ITS SECTION 3.8 ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS Q
- 2. Does the change create the possibility of a new or'different kind of accident from any accident previously evaluated?
The proposed change does not involve a physical alteration of the plant. No new equipment is being introduced,_and installed equipment _is not being operated in a new or different manner. There is no change being made to the parameters within which the plant is operated. There are no I setpoints, at which protective or mitigative actions are initiated, affected by this change. This change will not alter the manner in which equipment operation is initiated. No alteration in the procedures which ensure the plant remains within analyzed limits is being proposed, and no change is being made to the procedures relied upon to respond to an , off-normal event. As such, no new failure modes are being introduced. l The change does not alter assumptions made in the safety analysis and ; licensing basis. Therefore the change does not create the possibility ' of a new or different kind of accident from any accident previously evaluated.
- 3. Does this change involve a significant reduction in a margin of safety?
The margin of safety is established through equipment design, operating parameters, and the setpoints at which automatic actions are initiated. - Sufficient equipment remains available to actuate upon demand for the (]- purpose of mitigating an analyzed event. The proposed change involves eliminating the verification of battery electrolyte temperature to be above a minimum (60 F) after a battery discharge. This is acce) table because a large discharge of the battery will tend to heat the )attery electrolyte not reduce the temperature. In addition, the ITS SR has been brought into compliance with IEEE-450 by requiring verification of the average electrolyte temperature of the representative cells instead of'all connected cells. Therefore, there is adequate assurance that the batteries will remain ca)able of supporting their intended function with this change. Tiere is no detrimental impact on any equipment design aarameter, and the plant will still be required to operate within prescriaed limits. Therefore, the change does not involve a significant reduction in the margin of safety. O 1 C/ BYRON /BRAIDWOOD UNITS 1 & 2 3.8 47 9/3/98 Revision L '
_. ,._.._. _ . . _ _. _ __. _ .. . ~ _ _ _ . _ . . lNO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS EVALUATION 9- ITS SECTION 3.8 - ELECTRICAL F0WER SYSTEMS L h>) . .
/;. TECHNICAL CHANGE' LESS RESTRICTIVE "Speci 7ic" d ("L a". LabeledmComments / Discussions)
.gl g.; ~ Notiused. ,
Q . .. t i s
\.
,l V. _; v . O I. BYRON /BRAIDWOOD - UNITS 1 & 2 3.8 48 9/3/98 Revision L
. , .,, ,.,. . , , ~ . -
- . . . - . . . . . . . . - . . . . . - - - . - . . ~ . - . . .
, s b
i'. {:
- i ...[:; >NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS EVALUATION.-
ITS SECTION 3,8. ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS l; , ,L. .: : o.g ; y y ; M sDeletedin' Revision lL.
~ dl.
r. i, l l; .
- w fi
'li t'
l 1 i i i l 4 I J l ': .. .
)
it'. <) g l 4 1 i l P-
- l l
i ?* l' 4 v .. I i i h BYRON /BRAIDWOOD - UNITS 1 & 2 3.8 49 9/3/98 Revision L [. h l-i. _ -....... _.-..,..4... . . . . , . . _ - - __m. . , . , , , _ . _ . . , . . . . .
-NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS EVALUATION .
- ITS SECTION 3.8 ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS !
~
- TECHNICAL CHANGE - LESS ' RESTRICTIVE "Soecific" ~
. ("Ln" Label ed . Comments /Di scussion)
'Not used. .
. . ~_
1 i I
^
l . i
/ BYRON /BRAIDWOOD UNITS 1 & 2 3.8 50 9/3/98 Revision L I
c- . . . . - ,
NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS ~ EVALUATION ITS SECTION 3.8; : ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS M-
-Q ..
~
$l Deleted in Revision L.
J l i
.l '
)
1 I
- r-
]
t i ll h i [ }%
- h .
. BYRON /BRAIDWOOD UNITS 1 & 2 3.8 51 9/3/98 Revision L l'
i [' . t
,, , - - - . . . - - , . ~ .. ,. ...
NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS EVALUATION A ITS SECTION 3.8 ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS LJ TECHNICAL CHANGE - LESS RESTRICTIVE "Soecific" ("Lu" Labeled Comments / Discussions) Commonwealth Edison Company (Comed) has evaluated each of the proposed Technical Specification changes identified as " Technical Change - Less Restrictive (Specific)" in accordance with "the criteria set forth i'n 10 CFR 50.92 and has determined that the proposed changes do not involve a significant hazards consideration. The bases for the determination that the proposed changes do not involve a significant hazards consideration is an evaluation of these changes against each of the criteria in 10 CFR 50.92. The criteria and the conclusions of the evaluation are presented below.
- 1. Does the change involve a significant increase in the probability or consequences.of an accident previously evaluated?
The DGs are not considered as initiators of any analyzed event, therefore, this change has no im)act on the probability of an event previously analyzed. As such, t1e probability of occurrence for a previously analyzed accident is not significantly increased. The consequences of a previously analyzed event are dependent on the
/_') initial conditions assumed for the analysis, and the availability and V h successful functioning of the equipment assumed to operate in response 4 to the analyzed event, and the setpoints at which these actions are f initiated. This change continues to assure the performance of the DGs 4 is as credited. The allowance for momentary transients above the stated yl voltage limit immediately following a load rejection does not impact g the ability of the test to determine appropriate DG response. An initial very high very short duration voltage spike is expected.
Therefore, the proposed change does not result in a significant increase in the consequences of a previously analyzed event. , (o) BYRON /BRAIDWOOD -UNITS 1 & 2 3.8-56 9/3/98 Revision L
l NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS EVALUATION
'~n, ITS SECTION 3.8 ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS V
- 2. Does the change create the possibility of a new or different kind of l accident from any accident previously evaluated? l The proposed change does not involve a physical alteration of the plant. l No new equip, ment is being introduced., and installed equipment,is not l being operated in a new or different manner. There is no change being made to the parameters within which the plant is operated. There are no setpoints, at which protective or mitigative actions are initiated, affected by this change. This change will not alter the manner in which equipment operation is initiated. No alteration in the procedures which !
ensure the plant remains within analyzed limits is being proposed, and l' no change is being made to the procedures relied upon to respond to an off-normal event, As such, no new failure rcodes are being introduced. The change does not alter assumptions made it, the safety analysis and licensing basis. Therefore, the change does not create the possibility of a new or different kind of accident from any accident previously evaluated.
- 3. Does this change involve a significant reduction in a margin of safety?
The margin of safety is established through equipment design, operating parameters, and the setpoints at which automatic actions are initiated.
,s Sufficient equipment remains available to actuate upon demand for the / ) purpose of mitigating an analyzed event. The proposed change involves v the addition of a Note to the DG full load reject test, Based on plant experience and discussions with the DG manufacturer, immediately following a DG full load reject, there is an initial very high, very short duration voltage spike (as high as 8000-9000 volts). The DG vendor has indicated that the momentary spike does not result in generator damage. The installed plant instrumentation does not necessarily pick up this initial voltage spike due to the extremely short duration of the voltage spike. However, without such an allowance, if sensitive instrumentation were used (in the future) during a DG full load rejection, and this momentary voltage spike was detected, the DG SR would not be met. As a result, Condition B of ITS LC0 3.8.1 would be entered, even though the DG responded as expected. In addition, Condition B requires performance of ITS SR 3.8.1.2 on the remaining OPERABLE DG, which would not be necessary. There is no detrimental impact on any equipment design )arameter, and the plant will still be required to operate within prescri3ed limits. Because this allowance reflects the expected DG response and potentially prevents unnecessary DG starts the change does not involve a significant reduction in the margin of safety.
l BYRON /BRAIDWOOD - UNITS 1 & 2 3.8 57 9/3/98 Revision L l
N0 SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS EVALUATION rn ITS SECTION 3.8 ELECTRICAL POWER. SYSTEMS L.,) 1 TECHNICAL ~ CHANGE LESS RESTRICTIVE "Soecific" j
.("L 3" Labeled Comments / Discussions) .
. Commonwealth Edison Company (Comed) has evaluated each of the proposed i Technical Specification changes identified as " Technical Change - Less '
Restrictive (Spectfic)" in accordance with the criteria set forth in ;
.10 CFR 50.92 and has determined that the~ proposed changes do not involve a significant hazards consideration.
l The bases for the determination that the proposed changes do not involve a l significant hazards consideration is an evaluation of these changes against ; each of the criteria in 10 CFR'50.92. .The criteria and the conclusions of the l evaluation are presented below. j
- 1. Does the change involve a significant increase in the probability or consequences of an accident previously' evaluated?
The proposed change deletes the "during shutdown." scheduling limitation. This detail of testing (scheduling limitation) is not considered as the initiator of any analyzed event. A start of a DG is , not. assumed as an initiator of any.previously analyzed event. l Therefore, this change has no im]act on the probability of an event 4 _ previously analyzed. As such, t1e probability of occurrence for a (J Y previously analyzed accident is not significantly increased. The consequences of a previously analyzed event are dependent on the initial conditions assumed for the analysis, the availability and successful functioning of the equipment assumed to operate in response to the analyzed event, and the setpoints at which these actions are initiated. Sufficient equipment remains available to mitigate the l' consequences-of previously analyzed events. This change does not affect the performance of any credited equipment. This detail of testing (scheduling limitation) is not'an analysis assumption. Based on this evaluation, there is no significant increase in the consequences.of a previously analyzed event. BYRON /BRAIDWOOD - UNITS 1 & 2 3.8 66 9/3/98 Revision L I l
,._ q NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS EVALUATION I fl L; ITS SECTION 3.8 ' ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS i TECHNICAL CHANGE LESS RESTRICTIVE "Soecific" [ ("L 3" Labeled Comments / Discussion) . L Commonwealth Edison Company (Comed) has evaluated each of the proposed , Technical Specification changes identified as " Technical Change - Less ! t Restrictive (Speci'fic)" in accordance with the criteria set forth in .l L 10 CFR 50.92 and has-determined that the proposed changes do not involve a j significant hazards consideration. l l- ~The bases for the determination that the proposed changes do not involve a significant. hazards consideration is an evaluation of these' changes against each of the criteria in 10 CFR 50.92. The criteria and the conclusions of the evaluation are presented below.
- 1. Does the change involve a significant increase in the probability or consequences of an' accident previously evaluated? l The consequences of a previously analyzed event are dependent on the i w initial conditions assumed for the analysis, the availability and i successful functioning of the equipment assumed to operate in response to the analyzed event, and the setpoints at which these actions are initiated. The successful functioning of the batteries is not impacted
' by reducing the temperature limits from greater than 60*F to include O 60 F. The manufacturer has tested the batteries and performed load (O sizing calculations supporting the 60*F limit. The temperature limit is consistent with the battery room temperature. limits, thus providing added assurance that the environment the batteries are subjected to is consistent with the battery design and operational requirements. In addition, the CTS. required that " conner.ted" cells were to be used to perform the battery electrolyte temperature ~ surveillance. The STS has adopted the new IEEE 450 testing requirements which now use a
" representative" cell sample to perform the same testing. The
" representative" cell sampling provides assurance as the " connected" cell method that the battery average electrolyte temperature is maintained above 60"F. The " representative" cell sampling is an industry and NRC accepted method as described by IEEE 450. Changing the temperature limit to include 60 F and changing the sampling criteria from connected cells to representative cells does not result in the batteries ability to perform their intended safety function in the event of an accident in which they are called upon. Based on this evaluation, there is no significant increase in the consequences of a previously analyzed event.
l l i lp 3.8 67a 9/29/98 Revision L
'(/ l BYRON /BRAIDWOOD UNITS 1 & 2
NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS EVALUATION 73 ITS SECTION 3.8 - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS G
- 2. Does the change create the possibility of a new or different kind of accident from any accident previously evaluated?
The proposed change does not involve a physical change or alteration of the plant. No new equipment is being introduced, and installed equi) ment is' not being operated in a new or different manner. ' There is no clange being made to the parameters within which the plant is operated. There are no setpoints, at which protective or mitigative actions are initiated or affected by this change. This change will not alter the manner in which ecuipment operations is initiated, nor will the function demands on crecited equipment be changed. No alteration in the procedures which ensure the plant remains within analyzed limits is being proposed, and no change is being made to the procedures relied upon to respond to an off-normal event. As such, no new failure modes are being introduced. The change does not alter assum)tions made in the safety analysis and licensing basis. Therefore, the clange does not create the possibility of a new or different kind of accident from any accident previously evaluated.
- 3. Does this change involve a significant reduction in a margin of safety?
The margin of safety is established through equipment design, operating parameters, and the setpoints at which automatic actions are initiated. lQ (/ Sufficient equipment. remains available to actuate upon demand for the purpose of mitigating an analyzed event. The proposed change, extends the temperature limit from just above 60 F to include 60 F and requires testing by a " representative" cell sampling in accordance with IEEE 450 versus using a " connected" cell sampling method. This change is consistent with the manufacturer's recommendation and supported by specific battery sizing calculations. In addition, the temperature limit is consistent with the environmental conditions of the rooms in which the batteries are housed. This change in temperature limit has no detrimental impact on any equipment design )arameter, and the plant will still be required to operate within prescriaed limits. Therefore, the change does no involve a significant reduction in the.Jnargin of safety. i 7-m V l BYRON /BRAIDWOOD UNITS 1 & 2 3.8 67b 9/29/98 Revision L
r
. NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS EVALUATION' O. ITS SECTION 3.8 ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS
- b. '
TECHNICAL CHANGE - LESS RESTRICTIVE "Soecific" ("L n" Labeled Comments / Discussion) LCommonwealth Edison Company (Comed) has evaluated each of the proposed Technical
~ Specification changes identified as " Technical Change - Less Restrictive (Specific)" in ac'cordance with the criteria set forth in ~ 10 CFR 50'.92 and has determined that the proposed changes do not involve a significant hazards consideration.
The bases ~ for the determination that the proposed changes do not involve. a 1significant hazards consideration is an evaluation of these changes against each of the criteria -in 10 CFR 50.92. The. criteria and -the conclusions of the i evaluation are presented below.
- 1. Does the change involve a significant increase in the probability or '
consequences of an accident previously evaluated? The ' consequences of. a previously analyzed event are dependent on the initial conditions assumed for the analysis, the availability and successful functioning of the equipment assumed to operate in response to the analyzed event, and the setpoints at which these actions are initiated. Operability of the Diesel Generator (DG) is demonstrated and' verified through successful completion of specific . Surveillance (~] ,. V Requirements (SR). The CTS SR 4.8.1.1.2.a.5), requires that the DG is synchronized and loaded to greater than or equal to 5500 kW in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. ITS SR 3.8.1.3.-Note 1. allows for the DG to be gradually loaded as recommended by .the manufacturer. Allowing the DG to be gradually loaded reduces degradation through mechanical stress and wear to the DG. Gradual loading of the DG will still be in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations, therefore, ensuring that the DG is not operated in a condition outside its design. Complying with ITS SR 3.8.1.3, will still verify that the DG is OPERABLE and will perform its intended safety function. Based on this evaluation, there is no significant increase in the consequences of a previously analyzed event. i I BYRON /BRAIDWOOD . UNITS 1 & 2 3.8 67c 9/24/98 Revision L
NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS EVALUATION A ITS SECTION 3.8 ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS V
- 2. Does the change create the possibility of a new or different kind of accident from any accident previously evaluated?
The proposed change does no involve a physical change or alteration of the plant. No new equipment is being introduced, nor is any installed equi ament b ing modified. The DG will be gradually loaded during testing whic1 is different from the CTS SR. However, the ITS SR is still in , compliance with the manufacturer's recommendations, ensuring that the DG ! will not be tested outside its design. There is no change being made to ! the parameters within which the plant is operated. There are no setpoints, at which protective or mitigative actions are initiated or affected by this change. This change will not alter the manner in which equipment operations are initiated, nor will the function demands on i credited equipment be changed. No alteration in the procedures that ensure the plant remains within analyzed limits is being proposed or any procedures relied upon to respond to an off-normal event. As such, no new failure modes are being introduced. The change does not alter assumptions made in the safety analysis or licensing basis. Therefore, the change does not create the possibility of a new or different kind of accident form any accident previcusly evaluated. 3, Does this change involve a significant reduction in a margin of safety? C) V The margin of safety is established through equipment design, operating parameters, and setpoints at which automatic actions are initiated. Sufficient equipment remains available to actuate upon demand for the aurpore of mitigating an analyzed event. The proposed change, allows the E to be gradually loaded in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. This SR still verifies OPERABILITY of the DG while reducing unnecessary degradation and wear, thus prolonging the life of the DG. Therefore, the change does not involve a significant reduction in the margin of safety. L . BYRON /BRAIDWOOD - UNITS 1 & 2 3.8-67d 9/8/98 Revision L i
/
. - - -. .- -- ~~
L NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS EVALUATION vm ITS SECTION 3.8 - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS
.ij TECHNICAL CHANGE - LESS RESTRICTIVE "Soecific"
("Ln" Labeled Comments / Discussion) Commonwealth Edison Company (Comed) has evaluated each of the proposed Technical
' Specification changes identified as "Tec.hnical Change - Less Bestrictive
-(Specific)"'in ac'ordance c with the criteria set forth in 10 CFR 50:92 and has determined that the proposed changes do. not involve a significant hazards consideration.
The bases for the determination that- the pro)osed changes ~ do not involve a
~
significant hazards consideration is an evaluat on of these changes against each of the criteria: in 10 CFR 50.92. The criteria and the conclusions of the evaluation are presented below.-
- 1. Does .the change involve a significant increase in the probability or consequences of an accident previously evaluated?
The' consequences of a previously analyzed event are dependent on 'the initial conditions assumed for the analysis. .the availability and successful functioning of the equipment assumed to operate in response to-L the analyzed - event, and the setpoints at which these actions are initiated. CTS 4.8.2.1.2.f)' footnote requires that the battery capacity is greater than 100% of rated capacity. ITS 3.8.4.8 requires that the fT battery capacity is a 100% of rated capacity. Although declaring the
.V battery OPERABLE when the rated capacity is exactly 100% is not allowed by.
. CTS; it is allowed by both the battery manufacturer and the ITS. With the
' rated -capacity at 100%. the battery will still be able to perform its intended function. Based on this evaluation there is no significant increase .in the consequences.of a previously analyzed event.
L 1 i "[ ) BYRON /BRAIDWOOD - UNITS 1 & 2 3.8 67e 9/8/98 Revision L 1 l'
- /
l NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS EVALUATION l ITS SECTION 3.8 ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS i f]' v 1
- 2. Does the change create the possibility of a new or different kind of accident from any accident previously evaluated? l l
The proposed change does no involve a physical change or alteration of the ) Slant. No new equipment is being introduced, nor is installe.d equipment l 3eing modified. Allowing the batteries to be declared OPERABLE when the rated capacity is exactly 100% is still in compliance with the l manufacturer's recommendations There is no change being made to the parameters within which the plant is operated. There are no setpoints. at which protective or mitigative actions are initiated or affected by this i change. This change wiM not alter the . manner in which equipment ' operations is initiated.'nor will the function ' demands on credited equipment be changed. No alteration in the procedures when endure the alant remains within analyzed limits is being proposed, and no change is
]eing made to the procedures relied upon to respond to an off-normal event. As such, no new failure nodes are being introduced. The change does not alter assumptions made in the safety analysis and licensing l basis. Therefore, the change does not create the possibility of a new or l different kind of accident form any accident previously evaluated.
- 3. Does this change involve a significant reduction in a margin of safety?
s The margin of safety is established through equipment design, operating , i parameters, and setpoints at which automatic actions are initiated. (V Sufficient equipment remains available to actuate upon demand for the i I Jurpose of mitigating an analyzed event. The proposec change, allows the . Jatteries to' be declared OPERABLE when their rated capacity is exactly I 100% which is in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. Therefore, the change does. not involve a significant reduction in the
~"
margin of safety. i 1 o () BYRON /BRAIDWOOD - UNITS 1 & 2 3.8-67f 9/8/98 Revision L l l}}